《I Reincarnated into an Otome Game as a Villainess With Only Destruction Flags…》 Chapter 1 — I remembered my previous life

Chapter 1 - I remembered my previous life

While getting carried away, I only stopped ying the game when dawn arrived¡­ Sure enough, I barely got any sleep. I changed into my uniform, just sshed my face quickly with some water, and headed towards the front door without evenbing my unkempt hair. I heard my mother nagging ¡°but all high school girls would be embarrassed to look like this¡± and smoothly pretended to listen. After leaving the entrance I jumped onto my favorite bike from middle school and pedaled with full force. After reaching the street from my house and continuing downhill I let myself loose even more while pedaling. Turning the pedal even further, even further. Turning more, more. Turning turning turning¡­ turning so much that I can¡¯t stop. The bike continued this way to a street with a lot of traffic. In my fading consciousness¡­ I heard the endlessly repeating voice of my family saying ¡°this idiot!¡± ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï These memories from my previous life¡­ I just remembered them because my head was hit pretty hard. Katarina es, aged 8. As the only daughter of Duke es, I have been raised and pampered lovelily like a flower. As a result, I grew up to be a selfish, pompous princess. Today, I was escorted to the royal pce by my father. Also, the third prince of the same age was scheduled to be guiding me around the royal pce gardens. Meeting the prince for the first time, his blonde hair and blue eyes were so beautiful that it was like an angel¡¯s face. He was so calm andposed that you would not think he was only an eight year old child. I fell in love with such a prince at first sight, and single-mindedly stuck myself close to the prince. Since I was spoiled, I did not care about bothering others whatsoever. Then, since I was following the prince so closely, I finally got too close and fell on him. The falling momentum was not a big deal, but¡­ the location was bad. There is an ornamental rock garden right before us, and I hit my head there strongly. I hit my forehead, and apparently it was spouting quite arge amount of blood. All of the prince¡¯s servants apanying him were in a panic. ¡­¡­ However, to me, something such as my blood flowing was no problem whatsoever. Anyhow, the shock had caused my previous life¡¯s memories to return. The previous me had been a seventeen year old high school student. This meant that in the current eight year old¡¯s memories and mind, seventeen years of memories came flooding in. Frankly speaking, I thought my head would short-circuit. The stunned me was taken to the infirmary for treatment just like that, and then deported to the mansion right after. After that, I kept having feverish nightmares for the next five days. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï Five dayster, somehow both the fever and the memories settled down, and I was finally able to get out from bed. Then, somehow to such a person as myself, the Prince hase to inquire as to my well-being. It seems that, the prince was concerned about me that could barely get up from my bed and visited my bedroom. ¡°Hello, how are you feeling now, Miss es?¡± The third prince Jared gave me the honor of his angelic face and voice, I was lost on cloud nine. Ahhh, it¡¯s such a cute and lovely face¡­ Before the previous life¡¯s memories returned, Katarina just seemed to be in love with Prince Jared, but¡­ The me that had regained seventeen years of memory would never entertain the idea of love with an eight year old boy. However, Prince Jared healed me just by being able to look at his adorable appearance of an angel. Onee-san seems to have involuntarily be something like a sister. Thinking there was no way, even while appreciating the thought, Prince Jared turned towards me with a clouded face. ¡°Really, I am so very sorry. To have injured your face¡­¡± It seems that Prince Jared was bowing his head for some reason¡­ In the first ce, it was because of my singlemindedly following closely that caused the fall, and because I caused bloodshed at the lovely royal pce garden¡­ I said and truly felt ¡°no, no, it is I who should be saying sorry.¡± I replied in a hurry. ¡°Please, raise your head, Prince Jared. This incident, it is entirely my fault alone. Rather, since it is multiplied by the inconvenience to the castle people, I must go back to apologize to them.¡± And when I admirably lowered my head, the prince had an extremely surprised face. Thinking about why that was so, I remembered that I was still a selfish princess when I met with the prince. By the way, these surprising features of mine after these five days were all the rage amongst our house servants. The princess that was raised like a flower was an arrogant princess even at home, and had always conducted herself arrogantly. But, after regaining my memories of seventeen years as amoner, I was unable to act as bossy and arrogant as I was previously¡­ Now, the mansion is abuzz with rumors that thedy¡¯s personality has drastically changed due to hitting her head hard and being bedridden with a high fever. Even the prince, who had only met me once before, was probably very surprised to see such a change from the original me. However, the truly elite eight year old prince immediately recovered from his shock. ¡°No, if I had watched my surroundings just a bit more carefully¡­ I wouldn¡¯t have collided with you¡­ thinking that it might scar your forehead, I am truly sorry.¡± The small prince once again lowered his head deeply. He really is such a fine prince. Such arge difference from the selfish princess of Duke es¡¯ family. Sure, I was cut a little in this ident but it was nicely sewn up. A horizontal scar of about one centimeter will remain on my forehead. But I felt¡­ it was just at the level of a one centimeter scar that remained. Although not a boast, I was quite rambunctious in my previous life. In elementary school I chased my two older brothers around the mountains. Therefore I constantly injured myself, and often had to get wounds sewn up. At first, my mother kept saying ¡°but you¡¯re a girl!¡± though by the end, she seems to have finally given up saying anything. As such, a wound of this level was nothing to be worried about. ¡°No, no. Please don¡¯t worry about such a scratch, Prince Jared. Anyways, the scar will be no problem at all because my bangs will hide it anyhow.¡± After this, I returned a big smile to the concerned Prince Jared. Then for some reason, the prince froze with an even more surprised face. Not only Prince Jared, but also his servants that apanied him to the bedroom froze in surprise in unison. Somehow there was an odd atmosphere in the air of my bedroom. In such an atmosphere, the first to open his mouth was Prince Jared. It¡¯s really wonderful to be eight years old. The myself that was mentally eight plus seventeen years old really needs to follow his example and act the right age. ¡°Well, even if you are not concerned about the scar yourself, it is not so in society. It might affect your future marriage prospects.¡° ¡±Oh¡­¡± I think while missing my reply. Indeed, something like a one centimeter scar on the forehead would surely not affect any marriages in the previous world. However, this world¡¯s medieval European nobility-like society was rather backwards. In a world where political marriage ismonce, even a little thing can be disadvantageous. Noble society is really such a bother. Honestly speaking, it¡¯s rather mncholy, even if I don¡¯t have to make my social debut for a few years yet. When I was only Katarina, I thought entering adult society was a matter to be taken for granted. As I remember my previous life, it now seems to be extremely cumbersome and troublesome. To begin with, I roamed the hills like a monkey as an elementary student, and turned into an otaku girl as a middle schooler and mostly holed up in my room, it¡¯s impossible for someone like me to socialize¡­ Ahh, I want to go back to my previous life. I want to eat potato chips. There¡¯s manga that I still want to read. I want to watch anime. I want to y video games! ¡°rina-sama, Katarina-sama.¡± ¡°Oh, yes?¡± I was so lost in thinking about my previous life that I hadpletely forgotten about the prince. It seems that he had been trying really hard to talk to me, but I didn¡¯t hear anything. Prince, I¡¯m sorry. ¡°So, you¡¯re sure such a thing is ok?¡± ¡°¡­ Ye, yes, I understand.¡± The adorable Prince Jared was looking at me with such a serious expression. Since I hadn¡¯t heard him at all, I returned his expression with a smile. ¡°Then, I shalle to pay my respects to you again once your physical condition has recovered.¡± The prince said so while smiling and bowing, and the lovely and amazing Prince Jared then exited the bedroom. Honestly I heard nothing of what he said, and while I was thinking of why he said he woulde again to pay his respects¡­ Well, I¡¯ll ask my servants that were also in the roomter, for the time being I¡¯ll just see the prince off with a smile of my own. And such, the prince¡¯s visit suddenly ended. For now, since it was tiring for a convalescing patient to have visitors, let me get some more sleep. Good ni- ¡°Ojou-sama! Congrattions!!!¡± One of my maids, Anne, shook me awake just as I was about to go back to sleep. I really want to sleep¡­ Anne, who was also in the room during Prince Jared¡¯s visit, was visibly excited for some strange reason. Her face was really red. I wonder what it could be, could it be that the prince¡¯s charm was too overwhelming? Without noticing my annoyed look, Anne continued excitedly. ¡°Even though Prince Jared is only the third prince, he¡¯s extremely talented. When our country¡¯s current king decides on his sessor, it could very well possibly be Prince Jared. To be Prince Jared¡¯s fiancee, it is no dream to say ojou-sama could be the future queen. Congrattions on your engagement!¡± Huh, what, uh, what?? I feel like I just heard some strange words. Who and who got engaged? ¡°Uhh¡­ Anne, what did you just say? Could you say that again, please?¡± ¡°Yes! To be Prince Jared¡¯s fiancee, it is no dream to say ojou-sama could be the future queen. Congrattions on your engagement, ojou-sama!¡± ¡°Who and who¡¯s engagement did you say¡­¡± ¡°Whatever are you talking about, ojou-sama! Of course it¡¯s Prince Jared and Katarina ojou-sama¡¯s engagement!!¡± ¡°WHAT~~~~~!!??¡± My scream echoed in the mansion. Because of the head injury and fever, once again ojou-sama went and¡­ or so it was whispered for a while. Chapter 2 — The engagement was decided

Chapter 2 - The engagement was decided

For the time being, somehow I returned to sanity, and I heard the circumstances from Anne. That is to say, she told me what Prince Jared said that Ipletely missed hearing. It seems that Prince Jared feels deeply responsible for causing this incident that left a permanent scar. As such, he felt that he had to take responsibility for the scar. And it would seem that his idea of taking responsibility = something like marrying me. Oh dear, Prince Jared is only eight years old. It¡¯s still much too early. ¡­¡­ Even though I think this as the resident of another world, I also know that there¡¯s no such thing as too early in this world. I also have eight years of memories from this world. Certainly, just half a year ago, Prince Jared¡¯s older brother¡¯s engagement had been announced while he was only ten years old. And just like that, the me of this world, Katarina es of the duke¡¯s family, would have no problem marrying into the royal family due to my pedigree. So, even though there¡¯s no problem in particr¡­ Being engaged to such an angelic prince, and maybe eventer bing a queen¡­ For the other nobles¡¯ daughters, such an event would be just like a dreame true. When my parents heard about this, they were extremely overjoyed. But¡­ as for me¡­ honestly speaking, I could only think of this being extremely annoying. I mean, even though I hate having to make a social debut so much¡­ there¡¯s just no way around it. Of all things, I got engaged to a prince, bing something like a queen candidate¡­ It¡¯s all so unexpected¡­ Ahh, I want to reject it even now¡­ But, I can¡¯t tell the overjoyed family and servants something like ¡°I really hate him¡­¡± ¡­¡­Sighhhhhh¡­¡­ I¡¯m really depressed. At any rate, for such a trivial small wound such as this, furthermore it beingpletely my own fault, that Prince Jared would feel such responsibility as to consider marrying me¡­ I looked into a small hand mirror and sighed again. The mirror reflected the face of a depressed girl. My forehead scar seemed almost as if it was floating. Compared to my previous life¡¯s average face like a tanuki, this face was a beauty¡¯s. However, my light blue eyes gave off a tight, sharp feeling¡­ Speaking frankly, it left a strong impression. If I smile and raise my thin lips slightly, it is the exact image of ¡°the viinous girl.¡± Moreover, on the inside was a monkey otaku girl. So, I don¡¯t think I can possibly be a good match for that beautiful and intelligent Prince Jared. I sighed for the n-th time yet again today. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï Even though my parents still wanted to talk about various things, and were extremely restless, I found them really bothersome and told them ¡°I still need to rest in order to recover my physical condition¡± in order to quickly get them out of my room. The bed I was lying on was about three times better than the bed that the previous me had used. Honestly speaking, just as I thought my five days of feverish nightmares had subsided, this visit from the prince¡­ I didn¡¯t have the time to properly think about my previous life. So, since I was finally alone, I began thinking about the previous life. The previous me was born as the third child of a regr sryman and a part-timer housewife. Since I was the only daughter, I think I grew up very loved. I spent my elementary school years chasing around my two older brothers in the mountains. When I entered middle school I made otaku friends, and suddenly became an otaku myself. I spent my days buying manga, doujinshi, anime, DVDs, and games. In high school, at the rmendation of an otaku friend, I began dabbling in otome games. Ahh, that reminds me, the otome game I had just bought, I hadn¡¯t beaten the game yet before my previous life ended¡­ I had just bought thetest otome game a few days before I lost control of my bicycle in that ident. At my otaku friend¡¯s rmendation, the otome game I had bought had a medieval European setting as the backdrop for a magic school. I was pretty addicted to it, other than school, eating, and bathing, all my time was spent on the game. That night I had been earnestly trying to get the happy end with the rather evil and sadistic prince, saving and loading new choices repeatedly¡­ However, it wasn¡¯t going well¡­ And before I had even noticed, the sun was already rising¡­ Ahh¡­ why was I so excited? If only I had went to bed earlier¡­ There¡¯s no use crying over spilled milk, those proverbs are really urate. Somehow or other, I cleared the smile of the super evil prince in the morning. At first nce, he looked like an orthodox prince out of a fairy tale, but on the inside was the configuration of an evil, sadistic person. Since he could do everything perfectly, he spent every day bored no matter who he was with. In front of him, will appear an unprecedented, peppy and cheerful heroine that will whisk away his boredom. Starting with interest, and gradually turning to love - it¡¯s such a story. Since this prince also had quite a perverted personality, he was unable to raise his poprity rating. Also, the rival character of this prince¡¯s route was quite troublesome. She was the daughter of a duke that had been engaged to the prince since a young age. They had been engaged due to a scar the prince had caused on her in his childhood. Because of this scar, she considered the prince to be hers, and bound the prince to her, and she bullied the heroine and tried to tear their rtionship apart. However, the actual scar has already disappeared. And, the evil prince has already noticed it, but he left the matter alone for the time being in order to guard against other noble daughters¡¯ advances. However, the truth bes increasingly obvious. Anyways, this noble girl viiness did many amazing things to obstruct the heroine. Man, she was sooooo irritating. ¡­¡­Wait, I seem to have heard this story somewhere before¡­¡­ ¡­¡­Because of the prince¡¯s fault in his childhood, getting engaged due to a wound on the forehead, the noble girl that bound the prince to her¡­¡­ The name of the mega sadistic prince in the game was certainly¡­¡­ Prince Jared¡­¡­ Also, the name of the noble girl viiness was, uh¡­¡­¡­ the duke¡¯s daughter, Katarina es!?!?!? I hurriedly got up from bed and looked at my face again with a hand mirror. I saw the sharp face of the viiness. It¡¯s supposed to be an evil face¡­ but, being something like evil¡­ but, such a thing¡­ ¡°You¡¯ve gotta be kidding me~~~~!?!?!?¡± Today, a scream echoed throughout the mansion for a second time. And as such, the Ojou-sama should be properly examined again by the doctor¡­ so it was whispered. Chapter 3 — Strategy meeting

Chapter 3 - Strategy meeting

For now, I need to make sure that this really is the world of that otome game. I can¡¯t prematurely decide that this is the game world just because the name and the setting seems to be the same!! First off, I decided to write down as much as I could remember about the otome game. The game I was ying right before I died was called ¡°Fortune Lover¡± - it was set in a medieval European style country with swords and magic, with a magic school as the stage, an otome game about love and kingship. In this world it is mostly the nobility that are born with the ability to use magic. While somemoners also have the ability, it is very rare. And, when a person with magic power reaches fifteen, in order to properly teach them how to use magic, they are sent to magic school. The heroine was amoner girl that was enrolled in magic school, an extremely rare presence. For the heroine that suddenly entered a school entirely of nobles, with her bright and peppy nature, she will confront a variety of difficulties. By the way, magic in this world is divided into ¡°water, fire, earth, wind, and light.¡± Earth magic is the mostmon type, followed by wind, water, and fire. Light magic is the strongest of the five types, but only a handful have the ability to use it. Of course, the heroine obviously had the ability to use light magic. ¡°The four capture targets¡± One capture target was the third prince of the country that I captured the night before I died, Prince ¡°Jared Stuart.¡± He is seemingly a blonde-haired, blue-eyed prince straight out of a fairy tale, but has a twisted, sadistic personality. He is a prince that can aplish anything with little effort. He has no interest in anything and is eternally bored. He has had a fiancee (Katarina es, the duke¡¯s daughter) from an early age. His magic type is fire. The second capture target is the fourth prince, Prince Jared¡¯s twin brother, ¡°n Stuart.¡± He grew up to be rather perverted since he was alwayspared to and considered not as good as his older brother Jared. Even though they are twins, their appearances are different. He has beautiful yet wild silver hair and blue eyes. As the youngest child, he grew up quite spoiled. His magic type is water. The third capture target is Katarina es¡¯ stepbrother, ¡°Keith es.¡± He was taken from a branch family due to his high magic talent, but he spent a lonely childhood due to his cold rtionships with his stepsister and stepmother. As a result of growing up with ack of affection, he developed an indecisive and fake character. His blue x colored eyes were overflowing with sensuality. His magic type is earth. The fourth capture target is n and Jared¡¯s childhood friend, the son of the prime minister, ¡°Nico Ascarot.¡± Although he is the most normal person among the four capture targets, his brazenness and untalkative personality makes him difficult to approach. He has beautiful ck hair and ck eyes. His magic type is wind. And now wee to the rival character. The only daughter of Duke es, ¡°Katarina es,¡± a selfish, spoiled princess type. Because Prince Jared injured her during childhood, they had gotten engaged. Because of this scar, she considered the prince to be hers, and bound him to her. In addition, she didn¡¯t think highly of suddenly getting a stepbrother, and often bullied him. Her magic type is earth. By the way, there is also a reverse harem route in this game. And, as for the most important character to me, Katarina es¡¯ ingame behavior¡­¡­ Of course in Prince Jared¡¯s route, and even in her stepbrother Keith¡¯s route, she was an extremely insufferable obstacle to the heroine. She¡¯s also this way in the reverse harem route. Anyways, she¡¯s such a hard-working viin! Meanwhile, the hard-working viiness girl is¡­ If the heroine captures Prince Jared sessfully, and gets the happy end - Katarina attacks the heroine with a knife in a fit of jealousy, and instead gets killed by Prince Jared. Prince Jared would rather protect the heroine than his fiancee, the duke¡¯s daughter¡­ and sets off on a journey to other countries with the heroine. By the way, in Keith¡¯s happy end or bad end, either Katarina gets exiled or dies¡­ ¡­¡­ What? Isn¡¯t this weird!?!? I get exiled in the happy end, and die in the bad end¡­¡­ There¡¯s no happy end for Katarina es!?!? It¡¯s bad only!?!? I tried to confirm the facts by jotting everything that I remembered down on paper. I gathered information on the country¡¯s nobility from my parents and our butler, and paid frequent visits to the library in order to examine the country¡¯s history and whatnot. The doctor got called again to see me because I had disheveled hair and bloodshot eyes, but I categorically rejected seeing him because I did not have such spare time. And the end result after a few days passed¡­¡­ I had no choice but to admit defeat¡­¡­ After investigating, without leaving any room for doubt, I was convinced¡­¡­ I couldn¡¯t do anything but admit¡­¡­ That this was the world of the otome game ¡°Fortune Lover¡­¡­¡± ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï I was finally convinced that this world was in fact ¡°Fortune Lover,¡± the otome game I was ying right before I died in my previous life. However, just because I have admitted that it is does not mean that I have epted the destruction end of Katarina es. Honestly, whether it be being exiled, or of course being killed off, please spare me. To make matters worse, since I exited at an early age in my previous life, I want to be able to rx and pet a cat on my knee in old age! So, it was decided that there would be a strategy meeting in order to avoid the destruction end. Chairman Katarina es. Representative Katarina es. Secretary Katarina es. I¡¯m trying to think through this situation all on my own. After all, I have nobody to consult with. If anything, whether it be consulting with the doctor or family servants, I would only be viewed with doubting eyes if I suddenly dered ¡°this world is that of an otome game from my previous life!¡± If I made such a statement, I could even be forcibly taken away and institutionalized. Well then, the first session of the Katarina es destruction end avoidance strategy meeting shallmence. ¡°Alright, does anyone have any good ideas?¡± ¡°Yes~.¡± ¡°Ok. Well then, please go ahead, Katarina es-san.¡± ¡°First of all, I think that we should break off the engagement to Prince Jared. Without it, there will be no destruction end in his route.¡± ¡°That is so, but¡­ since the engagement was offered by the prince himself, can we break it off in a manner that won¡¯t offend his family?¡± ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s a problem.¡± ¡°Well then, how about if we don¡¯t go to magic school? This way, won¡¯t we never meet, or get involved with the heroine?¡± ¡°But, it¡¯s mandatory for those with magic to attend magic school. Because Katarina has already disyed magic power at age five, it will be impossible no matter how much we beg father.¡± ¡°Urgh, all because of some shabby earth magic!¡± ¡°In the first ce, wouldn¡¯t it be fine if we just didn¡¯t bully the heroine?¡± ¡°For sure, I agree!¡± ¡°But, in the game, Katarina¡¯s entourage bullied the heroine together, what if we were considered the mastermind even without bullying?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not even that, the fiance is that evil prince, in order to be with the heroine, there¡¯s even the possibility of him getting rid of me!¡± ¡°Such a thing¡­ then what on earth can we do?¡± ¡°¡­¡­I don¡¯t want to be killed¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­If I get exiled to another country all by myself, I wouldn¡¯t know what to do¡­¡­¡± ¡°For the time being, let¡¯s calm down. I have a good n.¡± ¡°You have a good idea??¡± ¡°First of all, just in case, we practice swordsmanship, in case we get killed by Prince Jared. If there is an emergency, we won¡¯t get done in easily, and can fight back!¡± ¡°Ahh, of course!¡± ¡°And, just in case we have to survive on our own if we get exiled, I suggest that we strengthen our magic!¡± ¡°How would we do that? In the first ce, the only magic that Katarina can use is the shabby earth magic¡­¡­¡± ¡°In other countries, magicians to begin with are rarely found. So, if we were decently skilled in any type of magic, even if we get exiled to another country, it would surely not be hard to find a job. And in the game, Katarina was just too busy being selfish and chasing Prince Jared, her grades were really poor!! She never practiced magic in the first ce. So if we go all out, we should be able to at least use magic decently to some extent!¡± ¡°Oh, very true!¡± ¡°That sounds right!¡± ¡°Alright then, everyone. So our n shall be to practice swordsmanship and magic extensively in the future.¡± ¡°Okay~~~.¡± And as such, the first Katarina es destruction end avoidance strategy meeting was concluded. If, there had been even one person other than Katarina es at this conference, maybe this conference would not have resulted in such an absurd conclusion. Unfortunately, with no other ideas, Katarina es would have no choice but to plunge ahead by herself¡­¡­ What a pity, if only there was someone to apany us¡­¡­ Chapter 4 — A destruction flag has come

Chapter 4 - A destruction g hase

In ordance with the decision from the strategy meeting, I started some special training for swordsmanship and magic the very next day. Of course, my parents thought it odd that I would suddenly want to improve my swordsmanship and magic, and looked at me dubiously, but I emphasized that ¡°I want to be able to protect myself, and not get embarrassed when going to magic school in the future.¡± With an expression as if they were giving up, my parents consented. Their expressions looked a bit like my parents from my previous life, somehow or other it became a nostalgic mood. And so I requested of my father with his empty eyes, for a swordsmanship teacher and a magic tutor, but¡­ We found a swordsmanship teacher right away, but magic tutors were so rare that they were difficult toe by. So for the time being, in order to polish my magic, I¡¯ll just borrow books on magic from the library to read for now. I turn to the first page of a thick book about magic open on top of my knee in the corner of arge garden. ¡°First, in order to enhance magic power, interaction with oneself¡¯s source of magic power is important.¡± To begin with, swordsmanship aside, there was no such thing as magic in my previous world¡­¡­ Therefore, I know absolutely nothing about magic in this world. Everything starts from zero¡­¡­ Interaction with oneself¡¯s source of magic power, eh¡­¡­ My magic type is earth, and that magic is very shabby. By the way, the current magic that I can do is - I can move the soil on the earth about two, three centimeters. Having this ability, will it be of any use? Although honestly, the Katarina of the game did not use this ability to ¡°move the soil on the ground about two or three centimeters.¡± This ¡°move the soil on the ground about two or three centimeters¡± magic¡­¡­ since the name is too long, let¡¯s abbreviate it as ¡°Earth Thud,¡± with this magic the game Katarina would not even be able to trip the heroine, trip the heroine, trip the heroine¡­¡­ Well, in short, I would not even be able to trip anyone with this ¡°Earth Thud¡± magic. Really it¡¯s such a shabby magic. But, if in the end I can only use ¡°Earth Thud,¡± I won¡¯t be able to survive the destruction end! I have to raise my magic power by any means possible! But, I was unable to interact with the source of my own magic. Since my magic is earth, I wonder if I should talk with the soil¡­¡­ Talking with soil¡­ talking with soil¡­ to talk with the soil¡­ ¡­¡­ That¡¯s right!!!! ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°Uhh, Ojou-sama, whatever would you happen to be doing?¡± The maid Anne asked me in a timid voice. ¡°What, I¡¯m just plowing the soil!¡± I cheerfully answered her as I was working while wearing clothes borrowed from the gardener. Starting today, I was making a field in a corner of therge garden of our mansion. ¡°Well, uhh, I thought that Ojou-sama was undertaking training to enhance magic power, why is Ojou-sama plowing the soil?¡± ¡°I¡¯m just making a field and plowing the soil in order to enhance my magic power!¡± ¡°Ojou-sama, I am so very sorry, I¡¯m afraid I do not understand¡­¡± To Anne who was already making a doubtful face, after my cheerful reply she began making an even more dubious face. ¡°Well uh, it was on this magic book you see. It said that first of all in order to enhance magic power, interacting with oneself¡¯s own source of magic power is important. So, the source of my magic is probably the earth! So, to interact with the earth, you should be making a field!¡± In my previous life, since my mom¡¯s family home was a farm, I was often borrowed during school vacations as part of thebor force. And, my grandmother used to say, ¡°it is said that creating fields is our way of interacting with the earth.¡± Gratefully remembering my grandmother¡¯s teachings, I decided today to create a field in order to better interact with the earth. Of course, I did check first with the gardener to see if it would be okay. I borrowed a hoe and some work clothes and was all set. However, while I was talking with the gardener he just stared at me with the same kind of look in his eyes as my parents. So, in order to prevent the destruction end, and to strengthen my magic, I worked hard at plowing the field. ¡°Interacting with the source of magic, interacting with the earth¡­¡­ so that is creating a field¡­¡­ I feel like you might have gotten something fundamentally wrong¡­¡­¡± Somehow or other, Anne still seemed to be grumbling something under her breath, but I resumed tilling the ground with my hoe. There¡¯s still seven years left until I have to enroll in school. Not only ¡°Earth Thud,¡± at a minimum, I have to at least get some magic that will be able to let me make some money for a living. So in this way, I was plowing the field singlemindedly when¡­ Anne who was grumbling to herself under her breath, suddenly shouted as if she remembered something. ¡°AHH!! This is no time for Ojou-sama to be plowing a field!! Something big is happening! The prince¡­ Prince Jared was looking for you in the mansion!!¡± ¡°¡­Eh¡­ Why?¡± I involuntarily dropped the hoe I was holding. ¡°Why Ojou-sama, isn¡¯t it that he ising over to give his greetings for the engagement!!¡± ¡°Ah, is that so.¡± How dangerous, I hadpletely forgotten. ¡°Anyways, we can¡¯t keep him waiting! Let¡¯s hurry and get you ready to go back to the mansion!¡± ¡°Ye-, Yeah!¡± Even for me I would not want to see the prince in my borrowed soil-covered work clothes. I needed to get back to the mansion in a hurry, but¡­¡­ It was toote¡­¡­ Prince Jared who was tired of waiting inside had been guided to the garden by the servants. However, the servants were all confused at being unable to find the target Ojou-sama in question. It was unthinkable that the Ojou-sama that should have been training her magic was instead plowing a field in work clothes. What should I do¡­ Should I return to the mansion first and change my clothes before anyone finds out and thene back? As I was thinking along those lines¡­¡­ I met eyes with someone who realized who I was. This person has sensed from the beginning that I was badly surprised by everyone¡¯s arrival, and as such put on a lovely smile and came over to me. ¡°Well, isn¡¯t this Katarina Ojou-sama, whom I had heard was practicing magic in the garden, so I thought I would pay you a visit, what would you happen to be doing?¡± The third prince, Jared, said so with that angelic smile appearing on his face. The previous me, had admired his smile for its adorable angelic quality, but¡­¡­ now that I have realized that he is the evil sadistic prince from ¡°Fortune Lover,¡± this smile seems like the grin of the devil. Moreover, while he appeared to be smiling, his reaction was something teasing like ¡°what is this weird girl doing out here working in dirty clothes¡± as detected from his eyes, giving him the impression that there was no way he was just an adorable prince. The family servants behind him were all frozen with their eyes glued to his retinue. Aren¡¯t they just all being blinded by perfection¡­ Rather, my father that hade with everyone had a face that seemed so pale green that he would likely faint. By the way, mother already seems to have been so stunned, that she was being supported by a servant. There¡¯s probably no meaning in trying to smooth everything over while dressed in work clothes. As for the frozen servants, and my parents since it hade to this, I decided not to mind any of it. I assumed a perfectly defiant attitude. ¡°Good day Prince Jared, I am so sorry to have troubled you toe all the way here to see me. In order to improve my magic power, I am currently interacting with the earth.¡± ¡°Ohh, interacting with the earth?¡± ¡°Yes, I thought the best way to interact with the earth would be to make a field, and so I have been plowing the soil in order to make a field.¡± ¡°¡­¡­ in order to interact with the earth and making a field¡­¡­¡± To my cheerfully defiant answer, the Prince Jared that had been smiling up to now lowered his head. It appears that his shoulders are jiggling, slightly trembling. Uh-oh, did I say something to make him mad¡­¡­ No way, I held my breath to see if I would get exiled before I had even entered school. After a while, Prince Jared who was jiggling his shoulders raised his face. He is smiling. I¡¯m relieved to see that he does not appear to be angry. ¡°So that was it, plowing a field is innovative training for magic strengthening. It was like that?¡± Is it that innovative? Since I knew nothing about magic, I had no idea how to answer. I reply as vaguely as possible. Suddenly, the prince walked right before me. Prince Jared slowly kneeled in front of me as he held my hand. ¡°Lady Katarina, I have to continue our talk fromst time today, and havee to formally greet you for the matter of our engagement. I apologize for rudely requesting in such a ce like this, but would you do me the honor of agreeing to our engagement?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh, ah, yes.¡± With his flowing movements, Prince Jared unexpectedly stretched out my hand, and pressed his lips against my hand. Well, it was almost like a fairy tale scene¡­¡­ But anyways, since I was wearing work clothes, the picture was not quite satisfactory. I received a proposal from an angelic prince on his knees. If this had been any other noble daughter, or Katarina before recovering her memories, I¡¯m sure she would have been dancing in the air with joy, but¡­¡­ As for me¡­¡­ My hand that was covered in dirt, against his mouth¡­¡­ I mean, isn¡¯t it here that I should have said ¡°someone like me is probably not worthy enough to be with the prince¡± and refuse him? Oh no! By ident, I just went along with the flow and said ¡°yes.¡± Oh no, I can¡¯t change it anymore. What should I do~. Moreover, both my family servants and the prince¡¯s servants were giving off this atmosphere of ¡°congrattions¡­¡­¡± I felt as if the prince in his sparkling aura didn¡¯t even notice me in my dirty work clothes. The prince is really scary¡­¡­ Moreover, father who just looked like he was about to fall over is now pping. Oh, mother is still stunned. Somehow, while not really understanding what was going on, I had officially be the third prince, Jared¡¯s fiancee. Anyways, I decided to just try harder at my sword and magic training tomorrow. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï Jared Stuart is my name. I was born in the delicate position of the third prince of this country. Since this country¡¯s king is always nominated by the previous king, there is a chance for me to be king as well. Honestly, I¡¯m not interested in it at all. I feel like it would be extremely bothersome to do. To begin with, my two older brothers are both excellent, and they are strong rivals to each other in swordsmanship and studies, so they may as well just decide the matter of the throne between them. By the way, I also have a younger twin brother. Although we are twins, his body has been weak since he was born, and since he was so sickly he was mostly raised by mother and a nanny, and we never spent much time together. Although the third prince is in such circumstances, there¡¯s only matters about his older brothers and younger brother around him, Jared¡¯s presence in the royal pce is rather forgettable. For swordsmanship and academics, by andrge I learn it instantly as soon as I am taught. The tutor went overboard in his praise for me, but I just felt ¡°so what.¡± Since I also had to learn what people thought and how to read their expressions, I mastered appropriate ttery for each situation and putting on a perfect face and smile. Without any goals like my brothers, everything is too easy for me. Every day was very, very, boring. While I was being bothered by my boredom, I got caught up in something really bothersome half a year ago. My second brother got engaged when he was ten. Since my oldest brother had gotten engaged a year ago, that was probably the reason. Well, the sudden engagements had nothing to do with me no matter how many there were. I thought it would have no rtionship at all with me, but¡­¡­ Suddenly nobles swarmed around me in order to capture the third prince as a partner. In the royal pce, despite being almost forgotten, since I had been tactfully avoiding attention, the result was that I had left a good impression upon noble society. Thus, nobles with daughters around my age were lined up here with fiancee candidates. Honestly, what a gigantic pain. At this time, Duke es requested of me to be the guide for his daughter that was visiting the castle for the first time. This was something I had been doing often ofte. If I really like his daughter, maybe she¡¯ll get lucky and be my fiancee, or something like that. Since Duke es was quite a powerful nobleman, I couldn¡¯t afford to refuse him, and so the day in question arrived. And so, upon meeting Lady Katarina es for the first time - She was such an idiotic, spoiled selfish princess type. She stuck to me so closely, I felt so unlucky. When she decided on her own to stick so close to me and to hit herself on the head I also felt she was really annoying. Apparently, she would need stitches, and I was told it might even leave a permanent scar. I felt like it waspletely her own fault and what she deserved. Well, that¡¯s what I was thinking when I went to go visit her. Even though that¡¯s what I wanted to think - ¡°Because Lady Katarina es has a high fever and an injury caused by the prince, the prince has no choice but to take responsibility and get engaged to her.¡± Those were the words said to me by the messenger. Is that so, there was that strategy, eh. Honestly, I waspletely fed up with all the tricks of all my noble fiancee candidates. I wanted to quit and be rid of it all, but thinking about my ties to aristocracy, I cannot. There are various factions amongst the nobility. Both my eldest brother and second brother have already started their own factions. If I got engaged with a daughter from the elder brother faction, I would be resented by the second brother faction, and likewise if I got engaged with a member of the second brother faction, the elder brother faction would not stay quiet about it. In this regard, Duke es has remained neutral until now, joining neither faction. And now, there¡¯s an excellent excuse of having to take responsibility for the injury I caused to his daughter. I can steal the neutral Duke es from the session battle, making him my ally, but anyone looking into the surface of the matter would see that excellent excuse instead. Although that girl herself is honestly extremely annoying, and her brains seem nearly nonexistent, at least I¡¯ll probably be able to decorate her well enough. Thus, I decided to ept the engagement and take responsibility for the injury I caused to the duke¡¯s daughter, Katarina es. Then, although I went to pay my respects to the recoveringdy in question¡­¡­ ¡°No, no. Please don¡¯t worry about such a scratch, Prince Jared. Anyways, the scar will be no problem at all because my bangs will hide it anyhow.¡± Lady Katarina said so absent-mindedly, and I waspletely lost for words. What on earth is this girl talking about? Well, for sure, for an ordinary girl, such a scratch is not a big deal, but it was a different story for the nobility. I wonder what happened to the head of the spoiled brat that I had first met¡­ Did the fever finish off what little there was of her brains? However, toe here and change the ns to ¡°let¡¯s not get engaged anymore¡± seemed like an even bigger bother, so¡­¡­ Even though Lady Katarina was clearly not listening to me at all, she somehow agreed to the engagement. Besides, I had gotten a little interested in this girl named Katarina es. I felt like I wanted to get a little more involved with her. And today, I visited her again to give my greetings and to confirm the engagement¡­¡­ The person in question, Lady Katarina es, was standing around in a corner of the garden in peasant attire. I wanted to ask her what she was doing - ¡°In order to improve my magic power, I am currently interacting with the earth. I thought the best way to interact with the earth would be to make a field, and so I have been plowing the soil in order to make a field.¡± She said so proudly. This girl is so hrious, I was about to explode withughter. In order to suppress my onset ofughter, I lowered my head, and when I raised it again I saw her light blue eyes staring straight at me. I walked in front of Lady Katarina and kneeled. ¡°Would you do me the honor of agreeing to our engagement?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh, ah, yes.¡± Lady Katarina that seemed as if she had replied involuntarily, appeared to be rather bewildered and distressed. Her appearance was so funny that it almost caused anotherughter attack. A girl of the same age with slightly light blue eyes and tawny hair. I am now interested in a person for the first time since I was born. I had a premonition that my boring days of being surrounded by boring people had ended. Chapter 5 — My stepbrother has arrived

Chapter 5 - My stepbrother has arrived

A few days after I epted Prince Jared¡¯s formal engagement proposal, I was called by my father as I finished my sword practice. Lately people even stopped telling me to go to the doctor, so I wonder what it could be. By the way, my sword practice is proceeding smoothly, I was told today as well ¡°the sword¡¯s movement is great!¡± After this I just have to get more used somehow to the movements of a sword, so I was praised by my swordsmanship teacher. It seems that we have finally found a magic tutor as well, so everything is going well. And at this rate, I can even surpass Prince Jared¡¯s swordsmanship brilliantly, or if I get exiled abroad, I could support myself and build a fortune with my magic prowess. Go me, I will defeat yet another destruction g! I went to see my father while humming and skipping, in an excellent mood. And so, I entered the room cheerfully, and¡­¡­ There was the assassin of another destruction g waiting there. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°It has been decided that Katarina is Prince Jared¡¯s fiancee, right? In that case, since there is nobody left to inherit for the es family, I have decided to adopt a child from another branch family.¡± There was a boy standing by himself behind my smiling father. He was probably about the same age as me. It was like he was overwhelming this magnificent mansion, just his location alone pressured me awfully. Father encouraged the boy to step forward. ¡°My name is Keith. I have be your adopted stepbrother as of today. Katarina, please take care of me as my onee-san!¡± He said so as he was walking towards me. ¡°I¡¯m Keith. I¡¯ll be in your care.¡± I bowed hesitantly in this ufortable situation. ¡­¡­¡­¡­ The second destruction g hase ~~~~~!!! My happy mood disappeared instantly. This might happen, well I knew it would happen someday, but it happened faster than I thought it would. No, this is too fast. I didn¡¯t make any ns for you in the strategy meeting!! Keith es. The adopted stepbrother of Katarina es, and as I know, one of the capture targets. He¡¯s a man with a lot of sex appeal. While I was dazed by the sudden situation, I saw my father indicating to me as if ¡°you have to greet him too,¡± so I rushed to give a greeting back. ¡°I, I¡¯m Ka, Katarina. I¡¯ll be in your care.¡± Keith bowed his head suddenly at my greeting. The eight year old Keith, does not yet have the overflowing sex appeal from the game. I mean, it¡¯s hard for an eight year old to have that much sultry sex appeal anyways. But, he really is a very pretty boy, truly worthy of being a capture target. With fluffy xen hair that is a little curly, I almost want to pet him on reflex. His perfectly round blue eyes are so cute, just like a squirrel. In the first ce, as the youngest in my previous life, I kinda wanted a younger brother or sister. When I was small, I asked my mom many times over for one, but she replied coldly, like pouring cold water over me, ¡°it¡¯s impossible.¡± So this time, I am delighted to have a little brother. If possible, as cute as possibly could be. However, he is unfortunately a capture target for the heroine, and my second destruction g. I¡¯m d to have such a cute little brother. However, this child is my destruction g¡­ Oo~~, I¡¯m d he¡¯s so cute, but the destruction¡­ but I¡¯m still d to have a little brother. ¡°So he¡¯ll be living here as an adopted child. Katarina, Katarina, are you listening at all?¡± ¡°Uh, yes! Father! Of course I have been listening properly.¡± Without realizing it, it seems like my father has been saying something. Yikes, I didn¡¯t hear anything he said. ¡°And as such, since Keith is surely tired from having just moved today, he will be resting. Starting from tomorrow, take really good care of him.¡± Certainly, when looking more closely at hisplexion, he seemed to be rather exhausted. The boy was then guided to the bedroom provided to him by father. After sending off that tiny little back, I rushed to my room. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï When I returned to my room, I immediately pulled out a sheet of paper titled - ¡°Previous life¡¯s game memories¡± that I had written. While trying to recall my previous life, I had written down all the information that I could remember. I looked for the section on the capture target Keith es. Keith es. He had quite the lonely upbringing. His father was a distant rtive of the es family, while his mother was a prostitute. In total, he has been raised by three different fathers. However, his mother was looked down upon by the es family for having been a prostitute, and he himself was also harassed greatly by the family members. One time, while he was being bullied, he invoked magic for the first time. His powerful magic injured his tormentors, and he ran off. Meanwhile, Duke es had heard about his powerful magic, and decided to adopt him as his son. However, Keith wasn¡¯t ever truly epted in the es house, either. His onee-san, Katarina, who had been a spoiled only child up until then, hated suddenly getting an adopted stepbrother. In addition, Duchess es misunderstood Keith to be an illegitimate child of Duke es, and her rtionship with Duke es became icy. Since he was disliked by both Katarina and the Duchess, even the servants were not able to do anything for him. Therefore, he mostly confined himself to his room and spent his time alone. And as if to fill the loneliness within him, he grew up to be quite the yboy. Such a Keith met the heroine. At first he made a pass at themoner heroine only becausemoners were so rare for him to meet, but she was able to envelop him in such kindness that it gradually healed his loneliness, and he became attracted to her. And for the first time since he was born, he found someone he loved. Meanwhile, in Keith¡¯s route, the hard-working viiness Katarina es was featured extensively. Getting close to the duke¡¯s family, the easy manner of exchanges with the heroine, themoner enraged Katarina¡¯s noble consciousness, and she tormented the heroine endlessly. If the heroine captures Keith sessfully, and gets the happy end - Just like the time with Prince Jared, since Katarina had been criminally harassing the couple, she was deprived of her status and exiled. After that, Keith left the es house, and married the heroine. If the heroine fails to capture Keith, and gets the bad end - Keith would be unable to protect the heroine from Katarina¡¯s harassment, and Katarina would inflict a deep wound on the heroine that would not disappear. In his despair, Keith would use his strong magic power to murder his onee-san Katarina, and then disappear. Thus, when looking over the information about Keith, I sighed deeply. There¡¯s no happy end here for Katarina es! Bad ones only! The only thing that changed was whether I died by a sword, or by magic¡­¡­ Even though she is so hard-working, there¡¯s only destruction ends, Katarina is pitiful too¡­ So, another destruction g that I must defeat has risen up. I decided to enact a strategy meeting yet again. Well then, the second session of the Katarina es destruction end avoidance strategy meeting shallmence. ¡°Alright, just like the first meeting, does anyone have any good ideas?¡± ¡°Yes~.¡± ¡°Ok. Well then, please go ahead, Katarina es-san.¡± ¡°Since this destruction end is basically the same one as Prince Jared¡¯s destruction ends, wouldn¡¯t it be fine if we just kept training in swordsmanship and magic as we are now?¡± ¡°But, in this destruction end, the sword has nothing to do with it. We got done in by magic. Since that¡¯s the case, we should practice magic even harder.¡± ¡°However, the enemy this time has powerful magic. It was powerful enough to get him noticed and adopted from a branch family. For Katarina that only has ¡°Earth Thud,¡± no matter how hard we work at magic, it feels like an impossible hurdle to ovee¡­¡­¡± ¡°Moreover, because the enemy this time is a rtive, he could attack me at any time, and I always have to be on guard¡­¡± ¡°No way¡­¡­ then whatever can we do!? Even though I thought I just managed to avoid Jared¡¯s destruction route!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Man¡­¡­ Since it hase to this, there¡¯s no choice but to¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­EH!? It couldn¡¯t be!?¡± ¡°It can¡¯t be helped, since it¡¯s so important to us, it¡¯s unavoidable¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­Such a thing¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­I have no other choice than to do it for my sake! Even though I really wanted a little brother, there¡¯s no choice! I¡¯ll pack up my feelings in a cardboard box and leave it under a bridge!¡± ¡°Ahh, no way! That seems so mean¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­But, like, there¡¯s no other way¡­¡­¡± ¡°Uhh, sorry to interrupt during such an emotional time, but may I speak up?¡± ¡°Yes, what is it, Katarina es-san? Do you happen to have a better idea?¡± ¡°Yes. ¡­¡­ I mean, Keith fell in love with the heroine as a way to heal his loneliness, right? Then in that case, if Keith was never lonely to begin with, wouldn¡¯t he not fall in love with the heroine!?¡± ¡°!!??¡± ¡°If Keith never falls in love with the heroine, wouldn¡¯t that avoid the Katarina destruction end?¡± ¡°Su, such a wise suggestion! Katarina es! You¡¯re a genius!¡± ¡°Truly! Really! How wonderful!¡± ¡°So, let¡¯s make Keith not lonely. Will this be alright?¡± ¡°Yes, of course. ¡­¡­However, whatever can we do to make him not lonely?¡± ¡°For the time being, so that he¡¯s not by himself, let¡¯s stay with him as much as possible?¡± ¡°And, now I can dote on my lovely little brother to my heart¡¯s content. This is something I also have to do for myself. I¡¯m so happy.¡± ¡°Well then, the destruction avoidance strategy for this time shall be to make Keith feel loved, yes?¡± ¡°Okay~~~¡± And as such, the second Katarina es destruction end avoidance strategy meeting was concluded. ¡°This little brother is simply too unbelievably cute. How wonderful. I want to immediately invite him to y with me,¡± said Katarina to herself as she went to sleep in an ted mood. However, Katarina has forgotten something. Not only was it the game¡¯s Katarina, but also Katarina¡¯s mother that was lonely and treated Keith extremely badly. Chapter 6 — Interacting with my stepbrother

Chapter 6 - Interacting with my stepbrother

The next day, when Keith came to have breakfast with us, he seemed to have rested well. I finished eating as quick as I could, and immediately invited Keith toe along with me. ¡°Since the weather is so great today, I¡¯ll guide you around the garden. Since you went to rest immediately yesterday, you probably didn¡¯t have a chance to look around.¡± ¡°Ah, yeah. Thank you very much, Katarina-sama.¡± Keith is so polite and formal¡­ I began sulking. ¡°Keith, because we have be siblings now, it¡¯s fine to just call me nee-san. It¡¯s also ok to not use honorifics or polite speech.¡± ¡°But¡­¡­ that would be rude¡­¡­¡± Keith said very timidly. ¡°Man, since we¡¯re siblings, it¡¯s fine!! And for me, it¡¯s my dream to be called nee-san. Please, I beg you to call me that!¡± My eyes were glistening, and I was breathing hard. Keith had a very surprised face - then said somewhat awkwardly - ¡°I¡¯ll be in your care, nee-san.¡± My brother is so cute. I¡¯m in heaven. And so, I led Keith to the garden, where there was a beautiful blue sky, with perfect weather for taking a walk. The es family garden was truly that of a duke¡¯s. There was even a small stream and a pond. ¡°Oh, the small stream here has some fish. You can even do fishing.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Fishing¡­??¡± Keith looked at the stream with a nk look on his face. ¡°Yeah, fishing. You¡¯ve never done it before?¡± ¡°Yeah.¡± ¡°Then, let¡¯s do it together! I¡¯m quite good at it too!¡± ¡°We have fishing equipment?¡± ¡°Yep, then, I¡¯ll be teaching Keith!¡± I nodded proudly, while Keith showed off a very surprised face. Keith has only had this face for quite a while now. Well, although I haven¡¯t had any practice since I became Katarina, I used to be able to fill buckets to the brim with carp and crayfish in my previous life. Of course, I was also able to fill buckets with fish in this world. After the stream, I guided him to my field. Due to help from the gardener and the other servants, my field had be quite respectable. There were some sprouts from various vegetable seeds that I had nted. ¡°These are eggnts, and these are tomatoes.¡± I introduced the various vegetables to him. The vegetables of this world seemed to be the same as the previous world. ¡°This field, nee-san made it?¡± ¡°Yep, at first I made it by myself¡­¡­ but since it was too hard for an amateur working alone to develop it, now I also have the gardener and the family servants helping me. When we harvest it all, we promised to have a harvesting food party with everyone. By all means, let¡¯s eat together then as well, Keith.¡± If you look at Keith today, you might think that his face is permanently stuck like this - in a surprised position. While looking at the adorable Keith with his mouth wide agape, I remembered his game settings. He spent most of his time confining himself to his room. I¡¯m guessing that he probably never yed out here much. I want to show more and more fun things to Keith. ¡°Keith, next I¡¯ll take you to my favorite ce.¡± I grabbed Keith¡¯s arm and began to walk quickly. ¡°Here¡¯s my favorite ce.¡± I point at arge tree at the edge of the garden. The tallest tree in the es garden is now my favorite ce to be. I can read a book leaning against it, and it¡¯s also a great ce to take a nap in the shade. And, best of all - ¡°You can get an amazing view of the scenery if you climb this tree.¡± Yep, since this tree is the tallest one in the garden, you can see the entire garden as well as enjoying a nice view. Katarina before recovering her memories, had never climbed a tree before, but I am different, as if my monkey blood was calling out to me, I had no choice but to climb it. I quickly marked the tree as my own, and was always conquering it in between working on the field. ¡°You climb trees?¡± ¡°Yes, tree climbing. Have you done it before, Keith?¡± Keith¡¯s mouth was once again wide agape and he shook his head in a ¡°never¡± motion. ¡°Well then, I¡¯ll just teach you. First, start off by watching me climb, ok?¡± As I said so, I took off my shoes, rolled up my dress, and began climbing the tree. Since I was wearing a dress today and not the usual work clothes, it was more difficult than usual to move around in, but I still slithered up pretty quickly. In my previous life, there were rumors about huge monkeys on the mountain we yed on¡­ Since my family was pretty embarrassed about it, they told me to stop over and over¡­¡­ I climbed the tree smoothly. I gradually let myself loose and increased my pace. I climbed the tree smoothly, smoothly. For me, that was called a genius of tree climbing, there was only one w. It¡¯s that I would always get carried away. Both my parents and teachers told me to be careful. In the first ce, the reason I died in the previous world seems to be something simr¡­ And even after reincarnating, unfortunately, it appears that my bad habit was not cured. Around the middle of the tree, getting rather carried away, I waved at Keith with a big smile on my face. As I hummed, I was getting more carried away and stirred up. As a result, I lost my bnce, and fell out of the tree. While I was falling, as if in slow motion, I remembered my family calling me ¡°this idiot!¡± as I was dying in my previous life. I fell butt-first onto the ground with a loud thud. I was mentally prepared to be quite injured, having fell from such a height, but¡­¡­ Huh? It barely even hurts. I must be quite sturdy. Moreover, I felt like the ground below me was really soft for some reason. And when I looked under me¡­¡­ ¡°Ke, Keith!?!?¡± Isn¡¯t that my lovely brother underneath my butt!? Moreover, he is limp and copsed with my butt on his back. ¡°No~~! Keith please don¡¯t die~~ even though I had just gotten such a cute brother~~~¡± I was crying while holding the limp Keith¡¯s arm. This must surely be the punishment for even thinking about abandoning my feelings for him in a box under a bridge¡­¡­ No way, for my cute little brother to die because of my butt¡­¡­ I cried a lot of tears and my nose became runny~~ ¡°Keith, please don¡¯t die~~~¡± ¡°Um, nee-san?¡± ¡°Please don¡¯t die ~~~ No way, to have killed my younger brother with my butt¡­¡­ Keith~~¡± ¡°Um, nee-san? Are you listening?¡± ¡°Please don¡¯t die ~~ Keith ~¡± ¡°KATARINA NEE-SAN!¡± Suddenly, when I looked at Keith who had suddenly shouted while I was clinging to him, I met his clear, bright blue eyes. ¡°Keith!? You¡¯re alive, right!?!¡± I was so moved that I hugged him strongly, Keith seemed to harden a bit in my arms. ¡°Oh no, Keith, does it hurt anywhere??¡± ¡°Just a little, it¡¯s okay because I only hit my back.¡± Even though Keith said this while smiling, he still seemed a little strange. Surely, he must be angry at me. ¡°Keith, wait a little bit for me here, ok? I¡¯ll run right away to the mansion and get some servants to carry you back.¡± Since I was amoner in my previous life, I had never really gotten used to having servants, but to think that I would have need of them in a ce like this today¡­¡­ Leaving Keith behind since he seemed to be alright for now, I dashed towards the mansion. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï Keith¡¯s back was just a little red, luckily it wasn¡¯t a big deal. Although it became red, it¡¯s something that will heal really soon. Even though I prostrated myself before Keith and apologized, but my angelic little brother only said ¡°it¡¯s good if nee-san isn¡¯t injured.¡± His kindness almost had me crying again. And so I was forgiven by Keith, and my father and the family servants earnestly warned me to be more careful in my movements from now on, and everything ended. ¡­¡­ That¡¯s what I thought, but¡­¡­ After finishing dinner, while lying down on my bed in my room, for some reason I was called by my mother. Honestly, since she had been avoiding me since the engagement to the prince in the field incident, I wondered what she could want. For the time being, I asked Anne to tidy up my unkempt hair, then headed to the room my mother was in. While walking towards the room, I suddenly remembered. Come to think of it, in the game, Katarina¡¯s mother, Duchess es, was also pretty hard on Keith. She had misunderstood Keith to be an illegitimate child. Indeed, I had heard such a rumor around the mansion from the servants when Keith was brought to the mansion. Keith¡¯s blue eyes are very simr to father¡¯s. Duchess es, also known as Miri Diana, and her marriage to Duke Luigi es was not a marriage of love. That¡¯s not umon amongst the nobility, but¡­¡­ Even though Luigi es is now just a no-good middle-aged man madly doting on his only daughter, he used to be quite thedies¡¯ man back in the day. The number of women that wanted to get married to him were as numerous as the stars. Miri Diana is the second daughter of Duke Ades, a family of equal standing to the es family, with tight, upturned eyes that caused her to be a little shy, their marriage was something that was decided for them. As Duke Ades asked Luigi es to take care of Miri Diana, Luigi was obligated to marry her when Duke Ades passed away. It was as if the couple was both wearing masks, although not to the point where they hated each other, but Katarina felt as if they were unfriendly. That¡¯s why, when looking at the young Keith and his eyes that were so simr to my father¡¯s, it was whispered that Keith was the child of one of the master¡¯s mistresses. Well, starting from this afternoon, rumors that ¡°Ojou-sama has done it again,¡± have wiped away the previous rumors¡­¡­ With such rumors flying around, I know that Keith is not father¡¯s illegitimate child due to my knowledge of the game, but my mother does not have that benefit. For both Keith and my mother¡¯s benefit, I have to let her know that he is not the child of a mistress. In this way, I arrived at the room my mother was in while thinking about many things. When I entered the room, for some reason, father and Keith were both present as well. Eh, what, what¡¯s this!? While I was being flustered about not knowing what the situation was, I looked at my father, but he returned my look with one that said he also had no idea what was going on. Of course, Keith also looked as if he didn¡¯t know what was going on, and had his head lowered silently in this unnecessarilyrge room. Meanwhile, in this indescribable atmosphere, the reason for calling all of us here, mother opened her mouth. ¡°My husband, Keith-san, Katarina, I have something important to say.¡± To me, it seemed as if mother had a grave expression on her face. ¡°Exactly what is it so suddenly, Miri Diana?¡± Mother¡¯s grave atmosphere caused father to also have a stiff expression. While staring profoundly into my father¡¯s eyes, mother deeply lowered her head. ¡°Please find your own happiness and divorce me.¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡± This sudden remark caused everyone, from my father and of course me and Keith, to the servants in the room, to be at a loss for words. In front of us that were rooted in ce, mother spoke - ¡°Regardless of you having married me despite my rather high age for marriage, my only daughter turned out this way¡­¡­ moreover, having given your all-important son Keith such an injury¡­¡­ I am deeply sorry. I will bring this helpless daughter of mine with me to my parents¡¯ home. My husband, please find happiness with Keith-san and his mother.¡± My mother said so as her eyes filled with tears. Meaning, mother is saying, you should divorce me, and be happy with Keith and the mistress that is Keith¡¯s mother. Well, actually, there is no such mistress, but¡­¡­ Even so, my mother said in front of the person in question ¡°a helpless daughter¡­¡­¡± Well, I was often told so as well by my previous parents¡­¡­ The atmosphere in the room was like that of a raging snowstorm, there is no saying what could happen. Meanwhile, in that sort of atmosphere, my brave father opened his mouth. ¡°What are you talking about, Miri Diana? The matter of Keith aside, who exactly, is his mother?¡± ¡°You don¡¯t have to hide it anymore, I already know that Keith-san is my husband¡¯s child with a mistress. By all rights, you should marry her, and I will take this helpless daughter of mine and disappear immediately. I wish my husband the utmost happiness with the person he loves¡­¡­ And as such, Katarina, please immediately make preparations to leave.¡± My mother said so while spilling over with tears, and it felt as if she were about to dash out of this mansion this very instant. Moreover, without fail she was also going to take the ¡°helpless daughter¡± back with her. Sure, mother seemed to think that Keith was a mistress¡¯s child, but¡­¡­ No way, being cornered like this¡­¡­ As such, my incident where I fell from the tree onto Keith seems to have been the straw that broke the camel¡¯s back. Surely they won¡¯t divorce just like this¡­¡­ Everyone in the room was frozen and just looking at each other. Without noticing it, somehow my father had moved next to my mother and resting his hand gently on her shoulder. And, he had a terribly sad face. Somehow or other, it seems as if he¡¯s about to cry. Well, it¡¯s natural since he has been suspected of a nonexistent affair, and is being asked for a divorce. ¡°My husband.¡± Mother looked up at father with tears in her eyes. ¡°Miri Diana, when we got married, you didn¡¯t realize that it was me pulling the strings all along?¡± ¡°Even though there were so many other suitable candidates¡­¡­ I know that you only married me out of obligation to my father, Duke Ades. I¡¯m very sorry about that¡­¡­¡± As she was saying that, she was suddenly hugged by my father while her head was hanging down. Eh, what¡¯s this development? The entire room of people, including me, just watched them while stunned. ¡°Miri Diana, so that¡¯s what you¡¯ve been thinking. I¡¯m sorry that I wasn¡¯t aware of any of this. Because I was unable to properly tell you my feelings, I have done you a great injustice. Miri Diana, let me say that I love you again.¡± ¡°My, my husband¡­¡± ¡°When I was first introduced to you by Duke Ades, I fell in love at first sight. When I heard that Duke Ades had not decided your marriage yet, I was happy enough to ascend to heaven, and decided to forcibly make it so that I could marry you. But, after that, I always thought that you hated me because we were obligated to get married¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­No, I was also attracted to you at first sight. But¡­¡­ I thought since we were obligated to get married that you would hate me¡­¡­¡± ¡°Miri Diana, it¡¯s simply that we misunderstood each other.¡± ¡°My husband¡­¡± The bloodbath of the divorce had begun turning into a love y. Mother and father are now in a state where they can only see each other, looking only into each other¡¯s sweet faces. Keith, the other servants, and I could only stand around doing nothing except having our mouths agape. However, the love y between my parents was continuing on¡­¡­ ¡°Ojou-sama, and young master. Since it¡¯s almost time to rest, let¡¯s return to our rooms.¡± We were locked out of the room by a faithful servant-san. Of course all the other servants withdrew as well, while the love y between those two people will probably develop even further now that they are alone. For a while, I just stood around outside the room, but returned to my room at the demand of a servant. Before returning, I told Keith ¡°it¡¯s been a long day, good night¡± and Keith also returned to his room while saying ¡°good night, nee-san¡± with a somewhatplicated face. Ugh. I was so tired in vain. In the first ce, my father always praises this viinous face of mine endlessly to mother as ¡°my angel, the world¡¯s cutest,¡± I¡¯m sure this face must look very beautiful. My father is a traditionalist when ites to beauty I guess¡­¡­ Everyone has different preferences. But, this should also solve the misunderstanding about Keith being a mistress¡¯s child, and as such she shouldn¡¯t be so hard on Keith. In particr, this problem had been solved without me doing anything. In this way, my needlessly long day has finally ended. Chapter 7 — My stepbrother’s magic is quite powerful

Chapter 7 - My stepbrother¡¯s magic is quite powerful

Several weeks have passed since the incidents where I fell onto Keith from the tree and the divorce crisis. After the incidents, daily life has been calm. The magic tutor has been decided, and full-fledged magic training will finally start in a few days. My stepbrother Keith has also been getting more familiar with the family, he seems to have be tamer. If there¡¯s any problems, it¡¯s that asionally the evil sadistic Prince Jared, using the engagement as a reason, has begun showing up here from time to time. Somehow, he heard about my tree incident, and came to visit me to express his regards. However, I told him I really wasn¡¯t injured to the point where I needed visits. Because my brother was underneath me, I was basically uninjured. And yet, it¡¯s so mortifying to think that I couldn¡¯t even climb a tree when I had so much monkey blood in me¡­¡­ I only fell from the tree because I had gotten careless and carried away, but I¡¯m actually still pretty good at climbing trees!!! However, during my hot-blooded passionate narrative, since Prince Jared spent the whole time with his face down and his shoulders trembling, I wasn¡¯t sure if he was actually properly listening to me. By the way, ever since my parents overcame their divorce crisis, I¡¯m now so embarrassed for them as a daughter, because they¡¯ve be so lovey-dovey. Man, it¡¯s like they¡¯re lost in their own little world. At this rate I feel like I may be getting another little brother or sister soon. And sorry but honestly, I wish they would hurry up and calm down. Then, while mother had been cold to Keith in the game¡­¡­ Now that she has confirmed her husband¡¯s love and be lovey-dovey, seeing how Keith looked like her husband, said ¡°Keith will surely grow up to be splendid just like my husband¡± and started doting on him as well. But, her real daughter is feeling left out¡­¡­ Now, as for my father who usually doted on me, after his newfound love, is now saying ¡°Katarina is simr to Miri Diana, the world¡¯s cutest¡± instead¡­¡­ In this way, the es family that had been rather awkward in the game, had somehowpletely be a lovey-dovey family. After I finished practicing the sword with Keith, we came to the field together. My cute stepbrother seems not only to be cute and friendly, but also talented in swordsmanship, and was praised by our swordsmanship teacher today. As the older sister, I¡¯m really proud of him. As for me, I was praised like usual for my sword swings. After that it was just exercising. The field¡¯s crops are bing steadily bigger. ¡°Come to think of it, why did nee-san make a field in the first ce?¡± Keith asked me as he was looking at the cucumber sprouts that had gotten quiterge. ¡°Come to think of it, I never did tell Keith the reason, eh.¡± I exined to Keith how in order to strengthen my magic, interacting with oneself¡¯s source of magic was important, and that making a field was my way of interacting with the earth. Well, as for now, I had mostly forgotten about strengthening my magic, and it had turned into my hobby instead. ¡°Making a field can strengthen magic¡­¡­ I think something is wrong here¡­¡­¡± Keith opened his mouth wide agape when he heard the story, and was grumbling something under his breath to himself. Hmm, somehow I feel like I¡¯ve seen a simr scene somewhere before. ¡°Come to think of it, Keith has some pretty strong magic, right? What can you do?¡± After all, since Keith was recognized for his strong magic, he was adopted into the es family. Surely he has a power that is iparable to that of my ¡°Earth Thud.¡± When I looked at Keith with a face full of interest, for some reason he had a stiff face. ¡°Keith, is something wrong?¡± ¡°Nothing, it¡¯s fine.¡± Sneaking a quick peek at Keith, his tiny neck was shaking. ¡°Oh yeah, as for me, well, I can only do this.¡± And so I showed off my ultimate skill, Earth Thud. Keith smiled. ¡°It¡¯s rather small, isn¡¯t it.¡± ¡°Yep, it¡¯s quite little. Even though I want to be able to create a wall of earth with a bang, or manipte an earth golem or something¡­¡­¡± As I said so, I got a bit downhearted. ¡°An earth golem?¡± Keith repeated. ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s right! I want to be able to manipte an earth golem!¡± I recalled that there was a scene in the game where Keith, with his earth magic, was able to control an earth golem ande to the rescue of the heroine. If I can control an earth golem, that means I can get freebor. It will surely be good for business. If I get exiled, I¡¯ll have my earth golem create a fortune for me. ¡°Even though I really want to try it, I have no idea how. That¡¯s right! If it¡¯s Keith, surely you know some way!¡± After all, Keith used this magic in the game. ¡°¡­¡­Uh¡­ But¡­¡­¡± ¡°Please! Keith. Even just a little! Let me see it!¡± Although Keith seemed terribly hesitant for some reason, I absolutely, even if just a little bit, insisted on asking him to show me. ¡°¡­¡­Fine, just a little¡­¡­¡± He acknowledged me reluctantly. ¡°Yay~~ Thank you, Keith!¡± Yay~~! Now, I can start a business with magic!! I¡¯ll be able to avoid the destruction~~! Or, it might even make Katarina into a business mogul! I was so happy that I even started dancing a bit. Keith had apparently yed with y dolls before at his previous house. And, since his magic activated it, it seems that his magic entered the y doll and gave it the ability to move. Keith made a miniature golem of about ten centimeters from the garden soil. What a stepbrother, he seems so dexterous with his hands. And then, he put both hands on the golem and slowly closed his eyes. After a while, Keith opened his eyes and the golem began walking with a soft pitter-patter. ¡°W-, Wow!! Keith. It¡¯s moving! The golem is moving!!¡± ¡°If I put magic power into the earth golem like this, it can move where I want it to.¡± Keith exined to me while I was squealing in excitement. ¡°Are they all this size?¡± In the game, it was supposed to berge enough to be able to embrace the heroine. ¡°If I put more magic power into it, it should be able to grow bigger¡­ wanna see?¡± While my eyes were full of expectations, Keith had a troubled face. I nodded wildly. I mean, he shouldn¡¯t be limited to just the size of ten centimeters. In order to increase business, of course a much bigger golem with an impact was needed. Keith looked at me with very troubled eyes. However, when he saw how full of expectation I was, once again, he ced both hands on the golem. Then, the ten centimeter sized golem suddenly grew to about three meters. I was instinctively thrilled. ¡°This is really amazing! Keith. You¡¯re a genius! Hey, can you move this in the same way just like when it was little?¡± I inquired while being very excited. ¡°Yep, it moves the same way,¡± he said. ¡°Please, show me how it moves!¡± ¡°Well, just a little, then.¡± The three meter earth golem began moving with a thud. I was once again very, very impressed by the fact that the country I was living in now was one with magic. In fact, I had never seen any magic besides my own Earth Thud. But, Earth Thud was so shabby that it could barely be called magic at all. So this is, magic¡­¡­ Magic did not exist in my previous life. But, I had always longed for it. I had thought many times over, if only I could use magic. And now, magic is right in front of my eyes. I want to touch it¡­¡­ I really want to touch that earth golem that is moving by magic. Thinking so, I impulsively rushed up to the golem. Behind me, Keith seemed to say something while he was controlling the golem, but I was too excited to hear what he was saying. I approached the golem, and stretched out my hand¡­¡­ At this time, the three meter earth golem¡¯s arm was making arge movement as well. I think, the golem¡¯s arm probably hit me somewhere on my chest, and the impact was much, much stronger than I thought it would be¡­¡­ My body flew high up in the air, and I hit the hard ground head-first¡­¡­ Ahh, there¡¯s been lots of these incidents recently¡­¡­ I¡¯m so unlucky¡­¡­ As my consciousness was fading out, I heard Keith calling me over and over¡­¡­ Ahh, I made such a kind-hearted stepbrother worry about me again¡­¡­ Sorry, Keith¡­¡­ Then my consciousness waspletely shut off. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï When I woke up, I was on top of my bed in my room. In front of me was a middle-aged man with tears and a runny nose instead of a great face - my father. ¡°Katarina~~!! You¡¯ve finally woken up!!¡± Father said so as he was hugging me. Upon receiving his bear hug, somehow or other my head and body seemed to be throbbing. Also, my father¡¯s tears and runny nose¡­¡­ came very close to me. Please, just don¡¯t get it on my face¡­ Father tried to fight off the tears by covering his face and wiping off his runny nose. ¡°Katarina, I know that you¡¯ve just woken up, but how¡¯s your condition?¡± This time it was mother that spoke up. ¡°¡­¡­Condition?¡± ¡°Did you forget? You were sent flying by Keith¡¯s earth golem, hit your head, and fainted!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Oh, that¡¯s right!!!¡± Since waking up to see my father with a runny nose was such a terrible sight, I forgot to think about why he was here. Even though mother had been spoiling Keith more than metely, of course she was also worried about me. ¡°So, how¡¯s your condition? The doctor said that there¡¯s no problems besides a bump on your head, and some swelling on your back.¡± ¡°Come to think of it, my head does hurt a little bit¡­¡­ Oh wow, it¡¯s true, there really is a bump!¡± When I touched my head the sudden pain informed me that there indeed was a bump on my head. My back was also aching a bit. ¡°Well, the doctor said that you will heal naturally in a few weeks. Until then you are to rest quietly. You are banned from entering the garden until you heal.¡± ¡°Ehh, such a thing, but I have to take care of the field~~!¡± Almost by reflex, I protested while ring at my mother. ¡°If you¡¯re going to act so selfish, then in the future, you¡¯ll be banned from the garden permanently.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Such a thing¡­¡± ¡°Until you heal, you¡¯re not allowed in the garden. Behave. Got it!?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Yes.¡± I shrank back like a frog that was being stared at by a snake. ¡°Hey, Anne.¡± I spoke in a low voice to the maid Anne who was waiting next to me. ¡°Yes, Ojou-sama?¡± ¡°If I recall correctly, mother should be someone that feels more gentle¡­¡­¡± ¡°Yes indeed, no matter who you ask, Madam always gives off a gentle feeling.¡± ¡°Indeed, that¡¯s so. I wonder why she suddenly gave off such a strong impression¡­¡­ I wonder if she¡¯s gained some confidence from being so lovey-dovey with father?¡± ¡°Ojou-sama, if her child is being a problem, the gentle mother will quickly disappear. Madam surely also has to change for the sake of her child.¡± ¡°If her child is being a problem you say, what on earth are you saying. Keith is a very good child.¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡­I¡¯m really, really sorry for Madam.¡± And then, as I was secretively talking with Anne, I remembered. ¡°That¡¯s right! How is Keith?¡± I involuntarily let out my voice. My father, the person who had been repeatedly saying ¡°I¡¯m d Katarina is alright¡± while wiping his runny nose answered me. ¡°Keith returned to his room after the doctor told him that Katarina would be alright.¡± ¡°Is that so. Since he was calling me so much when I was injured, he must have been quite worried.¡± ¡°Katarina, about Keith¡­¡­¡± Father didn¡¯t have his usual idiotic parent face, but put on a serious face. ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°Well, about Keith. Although he has really strong magic, he cannot handle it properly quite yet. As such, he will now be properly taught how to use it by the magic tutor, and has promised to not blindly use magic until he can control it. I also exined such a thing to you when you two first met, no?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Well, uh¡­¡­¡± I don¡¯t remember hearing such a story¡­¡­ That¡¯s right!? When father first introduced Keith to me, I was being too distracted by my own thoughts to listen to him. ¡°Father, I¡¯m sorry. I, didn¡¯t hear what father was saying at all at that time.¡± ¡°Well, I thought it would be something like that.¡± Father smiled wryly, while mother listening behind him had a shocked face. ¡°I never told this to you before though¡­¡­ before, where Keith was living previously, his magic got out of control and injured his stepbrothers. Keith has a good understanding of his magic¡¯s scariness. So, I was very surprised to hear that Keith was using magic.¡± I remembered how Keith was when I saw the magic. Although I was too excited to get a clear image of him, now that I think about it, he had a rather stiff face. He was very hesitant to use magic. ¡°Well, Keith said, ¡®I arbitrarily broke the promise to not use magic, and even injured nee-san. Everything is my fault. Please, by all means, punish me.¡¯¡± ¡°Such a thing!? Keith didn¡¯t do anything wrong! It was me that was being unreasonable in demanding him to use magic! ¡­¡­Besides¡­¡­¡± What was it that Keith was saying to me while I was rushing towards the three meter earth golem¡­¡­ I wasn¡¯t really paying attention since I was too excited¡­¡­ Certainly, I think he said, ¡°It¡¯s dangerous! Nee-san, don¡¯t get close!¡± ¡°Besides, even though Keith warned me to stay away from the golem because it was dangerous¡­¡­ I, was too excited about the magic and didn¡¯t hear him properly. Keith did absolutely nothing wrong. It¡¯s all my fault as I got too carried away. I¡¯m really sorry.¡± As I was saying so, I lowered my head to mother, father, and Anne who were all worrying about me. ¡°As such, if there is any punishment, let me take it!¡± I said so as I looked up at my father. ¡°Thank you for talking everything out properly. My cute Katarina. To both you and Keith, of course I have no intention to punish either of you. However, you definitely have to rest properly until your injuries are healed because you have been a little too tomboyish as ofte. Understood?¡± My father patted my head gently as he said so. I seem to have heard mother grumbling behind him ¡°is being tomboyish really that cute?¡± ¡°I also have to go apologize to Keith.¡± ¡°You¡¯re right, Katarina. But because it¡¯s toote today, please do so tomorrow.¡± If I look outside the window next to my father, it is indeedpletely dark and the sun has set. Since Keith and I were out in the garden during early afternoon, I seem to have been asleep for almost half a day. ¡°Well then,e tomorrow I shall go apologize.¡± ¡°Please do so. Well then, from now, please earnestly rest.¡± After stroking my head again, father pulled mother out of my room. I asked Anne to help me get ready to rest again, and went back into my bed. When I closed my eyes, I saw Keith¡¯s stiff face in front of me. Even without having heard my father¡¯s story, I knew from the game settings that Keith had injured his stepbrothers by mistake beforeing to this mansion. Before I lost my consciousness, Keith¡¯s desperate voice calling me over and over had been like a scream of pain¡­¡­ His cuteness had turned into something really sad. Tomorrow, let¡¯s go apologize to him first thing in the morning. I swore so to myself as I went to sleep. However, I wasn¡¯t able to fulfill this promise. Keith would no longere out of his room. Chapter 8 — My stepbrother became a hikikomori shut—in

Chapter 8 - My stepbrother became a hikikomori shut-in

The day after I got carried away and sent flying by the earth golem. I headed to Keith¡¯s room first thing in the morning to apologize, maybe he still hasn¡¯t gotten up or something, there¡¯s no reply no matter how many times I knock. Well, even if he is still sleeping, and I¡¯m unreasonably trying to wake him up, I thought that surely he woulde to breakfast. Keith didn¡¯te to breakfast. Since Keith had shut himself in and missed a meal, mother and father were also very worried. Mother even suspiciously asked me ¡°Katarina, did you do something to him when you visited him in the morning?¡± How rude! Man, I didn¡¯t do anything! But anyways, because I was worried as well, I headed to Keith¡¯s room again as soon as I finished eating. Just like this morning, no matter how much I knocked or talked through the door there was no reply. ¡°Keith. It¡¯s me. Katarina. Since you didn¡¯te for breakfast, are you in bad shape?¡± Then from within the room, a feeble voice answered. ¡°¡­¡­Nee-san.¡± ¡°Yes, it¡¯s me. What¡¯s wrong, Keith? Does your stomach hurt? Are you okay?¡± ¡°Nothing¡¯s wrong with me. More importantly, are nee-san¡¯s injuries okay?¡± ¡°Yep, I¡¯m fine. It¡¯s just a little bump on the head. Anyways, Keith, I have something to say. May Ie in?¡± I have to properly apologize to his face about the incident yesterday. However¡­¡­ ¡°I¡¯m sorry. You can¡¯t.¡± I was t out rejected by his answer. ¡°Wh, What?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t stay by nee-san anymore.¡± Keith wouldn¡¯t say anything else after that. Really, I have no idea what¡¯s going on. What¡¯s this, I think Keith hates me now. Anyways, since I can¡¯t do anything like this, I tried getting into his room, but the door knob wouldn¡¯t turn when I ced my hand on it. Apparently, it seems that it is locked. Even when asking Keith to open it, there is no reply. What should I do? At this rate, if Keith bes a shut-in and starts hating me¡­¡­ Keith bes a shut-in ¡ú Keith bes lonely ¡ú He enters school like this ¡ú Has an encounter with the heroine which heals his loneliness ¡ú Keith falls in love with the heroine ¡ú Katarina gets in the way ¡ú the nuisance Katarina gets exiled or gets finished off by magic. Oh no! This is so terrible! This is heading straight towards a destruction g!! And as I was desperately trying to break the door open with all my might, I heard Anne¡¯s voice. ¡°Ojou-sama, exactly what would you happen to be doing?¡± ¡°Well, Keith locked me out and I can¡¯t get in.¡± ¡°Well, doesn¡¯t that mean that he doesn¡¯t want Ojou-sama to enter?¡± Anne coolly sent me a look ofpassion. ¡°Ugh, certainly, that might be so¡­¡­ but, something seems strange about Keith.¡± I¡¯m also in quite the desperate situation. ¡°For the time being, if you want to get in that badly, there¡¯s a spare key for each room in the servants¡¯ room¡­¡­ Ojou-sama.¡± As soon as Anne told me, I dashed off to the servants¡¯ room. However¡­¡­ Once there, it became clear that Keith was holed up with the duplicate key as well. How smart Keith is! However, this has confirmed it. Keith has be a full-blown hikikomori. This is getting dangerous, so so dangerous~. At this point, I have no choice but to use myst resort. And so, I went to a certain ce. I got the item I was looking for, and headed back towards Keith¡¯s room. ¡°Ah, Ojou-sama. Did you find the spare key? Ojou-sama, what on earth!? What are you trying to do!?¡± Anne who was still in front of Keith¡¯s room noticed me and spoke up, but suddenly let out a surprised voice when she saw what was in my hand. Meanwhile, I responded to Anne with a rough snort. ¡°I¡¯m gonna open this door. If Keith stays shut-in like this, it¡¯ll turn into a big deal!¡± ¡°It couldn¡¯t be that you¡¯re going to open the door with that!? And if so, how are you going to open the door with that!? You¡¯re not nning to break the door down, are you¡­¡­ Anyways, please calm down, and put that thing in your hands down.¡± Anne desperately tried coaxing me, but I paid her no mind at all. I mean, at this rate, the destruction end that I tried so hard to avoid at great length has turned into a straight path towards ruin. ¡°Keith. If you¡¯re close to the door right now, get away from the door.¡± I spoke towards inside Keith¡¯s room. And then - I mmed the ax that I brought from the garden shed into the door. ¡°Ojou-sama~~~!!¡± The crackling sounds of the door breaking mixed in with Anne¡¯s screams. After breaking down the door, when entering the room I saw Keith on his bed with wide, round eyes. It looked like he had no idea what was going on. It seems as if Anne who was behind me went off to find someone to tattle on what the Ojou-sama did. Well, I¡¯ll leave the matter of the door for the time being, and apologizeter. Keithes first. ¡°¡­¡­Nee-san.¡± I drew close to Keith who had wide round eyes and his mouth open agape. And then¡­¡­ ¡°I¡¯m so sorry about yesterday!!¡± I kneeled down on the floor and bowed my head until it hit his bed. A so-called prostration. After all, it would not count as a sincere apology unless it was to this degree. ¡°Unreasonably asking you to use magic you could not control yet, I¡¯m really sorry!! Moreover, not listening to your warning and trying to touch the earth golem¡­¡­ Sorry for making you worry!!¡± I desperately bowed my head as I said so. Before I realized it, Keith was crouching next to me. ¡°¡­¡­Why is nee-san apologizing¡­¡­ It was all my fault¡­¡­¡± ¡°What are you saying? It was my fault! Because I asked such an unreasonable request of Keith!¡± Looking at Keith next to me, he had his head down. Keith talked in a voice like he was barely squeezing it out. ¡°¡­¡­Nee-san isn¡¯t scared of me?¡± ¡°Scared?¡± What on earth would that mean? Well, if Keith continues shutting himself in like this, it will be extremely scary if he falls in love with the heroine and raises a destruction g¡­¡­ Somehow or other, for some reason, he¡¯s already started hating me and wants to dispose of me early¡­¡­? The destruction g came early!? ¡°¡­¡­In my previous home, I injured my stepbrothers with magic. And this time, I¡¯ve injured nee-san. Even though my magic is strong, I can¡¯t control it properly.¡± I held my breath at Keith¡¯s words. ¡­¡­So, he probably hates me now because I unreasonably asked him to use magic¡­¡­ Is the destructioning? Is iting? How about it? ¡°¡­¡­Because I can¡¯t control my powerful magic, it might keep hurting people. ¡­¡­Nee-san isn¡¯t scared of me?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Huh?¡± Involuntarily, I let out a funny voice. Somehow, it doesn¡¯t seem like a destruction g. ¡°¡­¡­Oh, so it was something like this~~¡± I was relieved, and let go of my breath, while Keith finally raised his face. There were such beautiful blue irises in his eyes. ¡°If you can¡¯t control your magic, all you have to do is just work hard at mastering it now.¡± In fact, in the game, Keith was able to properly manipte his powerful magic. Keith is only eight years old now. From now on, if he trains properly, he will surely be able to control his magic before attending school. ¡°Since our magic tutor ising soon, won¡¯t you keep practicing magic together with me?¡± Fully at ease now, I said to him with a foolish smiling face. Then, the silent Keith finally said something. ¡°¡­¡­Nee-san still wants to be with me?¡± ¡°Of course! I¡¯ll always be with you, or else do you hate me?¡± Keith shook his head vigorously. Apparently, I don¡¯t seem to be hated anymore. I¡¯m so d. ¡°As such, even if something¡¯s wrong, in the future don¡¯t shut yourself in your room¡­¡­ Uh, Keith, what¡¯s wrong?¡± As I was looking at Keith with relief¡­¡­ Tears were dripping from his such beautiful blue eyes. ¡°Keith! What¡¯s wrong? Does it hurt somewhere?¡± Suddenly, I panicked as Keith started crying. We were just talking normally a minute ago! I, I¡¯ve done something wrong!? Even though I desperately rubbed his small back, his tears wouldn¡¯t stop. And so, Keith continued to cry, while I was lost not knowing what to do. ¡°¡­¡­Katarina, what on earth, are you doing?¡± From the room¡¯s entrance, I heard a low bass voice that was so low as if it was crawling on the earth. When I turned to look, I saw mother standing there with the face of a demon. ¡°Katarina, just the other day you had promised me to rest and behave until your injury healed¡­¡­ What is this destruction to the door¡­¡­ Moreover, your stepbrother is crying like this¡­¡­ I wonder what on earth you are thinking.¡± ¡°Uh, uhh mother¡­¡­ This is, well¡­¡­¡± It was as if all the blood had been drawn from my body. I felt like I had been thrown into a cage with a lion. ¡°Katarina. For now, pleasee to my room.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Whimper.¡± ¡°Keith, you must have been scared. Since I¡¯m going to take this with me, it¡¯ll be alright.¡± While pulling me by grabbing onto my cor, my mother turned to me with the reverse of the gentle eyes she had for Keith. ¡°¡­¡­Mo-, other, it¡¯s not¡­¡­¡± Keith raised his face like he was going to say something, but he couldn¡¯t speak too well because of all the crying. Without realizing it, a lot of servants had gathered in front of the room. However, at this time only the doting father was not to be seen. As such, I was forcibly taken away by my enemy to mother¡¯s room. After that, I had to listen to my demon mother¡¯s lectures for several hours straight. After being released from mother¡¯s grasp, I returned exhaustedly to my room, where Anne met me with some tea. Her kindness touched my heart. I told her everything that happened, words flowing from me like a river. I drank the tea, and was finally able to rest a bit. Come to think of it, was Keith alright after crying so much? I asked Anne whether Keith was okay. ¡°After a while, he seems to have calmed down.¡± ¡°Is that so, I¡¯m really d. But, suddenly crying like that, I wonder what it was?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Ojou-sama, since Ojou-sama suddenly broke down the locked door, what will happen when you see someone invading your room with an ax in her hand?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Uh, well¡­¡­¡± ¡°If it had happened to me, I would be crying and screaming with fear.¡± ¡°¡­¡­ I will go apologize to Keithter.¡± ¡°Yes indeed. Well, it might also be that he will cry and be scared again.¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡± Anne¡¯s logical analysis made me depressed. Certainly, when looking at it calmly, breaking down the door with an ax was a bit overboard. I was a bit too hasty after detecting a destruction g. First of all, it would have been much better if I had done something like stick a wire in the keyhole. But, since I can¡¯t take back something I¡¯ve done already, for the time being, since Keith might have been rather frightened, I will try and recover my rtionship with him. However, betraying my expectations, Keith came to see me with a smile on his face. On the contrary, saying something like ¡°Nee-san didn¡¯t do anything wrong. From now on you¡¯ll always be with me, right¡± is the absolutely cutest thing he could have done. Moreover, he seems to have defended me in front of mother, and my punishment of no dinner was able to be rescinded. My stepbrother is not only very cute but also so kind. He really is the best brother ever. And as such, curtains were closed sessfully on the ¡°Keith became a hikikomori shut-in¡± incident. From now on, to make sure Keith isn¡¯t lonely, I¡¯ll be sure to love him properly! However, due to this incident, mother decided on her own to strictly train me all over again in the rules of etiquette. In this way, I avoided the destruction g, but faced another trial in the form of my demon mother and her etiquette lessons. Chapter 9 — Becoming Keith Claes

Chapter 9 - Bing Keith es

In the spring when I turned eight, my name became Keith es. This is the second time I¡¯m changing my name. Even though I say so, I was too small to remember the first time. However, until I turned three I was always told to stay by myself quietly in a small room, and the room had such a feeling of stillness. Then one day, a man I had never met before sent a fine horse-drawn carriage to bring me to a beautiful mansion. And so, I met this person calling himself my father, as well as my stepmother and two stepbrothers. Everyone was looking at me with really cold eyes, and even though I was really young, I could tell that I wasn¡¯t wee. Later, from hearing the servants¡¯ rumors, I learned that it was because my father had me with a prostitute mother. In the new family that I hade to, calling them mom and dad was not allowed. It was like that with my brothers as well, I was always told to address them with honorifics. Since at first I wasn¡¯t used to using honorifics, I was often punished. I also wasn¡¯t allowed to eat with the family, and instead ate alone in my room. My father and stepmother just treated me like I wasn¡¯t there, and no great harm was done, but¡­¡­ My stepbrothers would always relentlessly harass me whenever they saw me. They¡¯re always punching or kicking me, and one time they locked me for an entire day alone in the barn. Therefore, in order to avoid my stepbrothers as much as possible, I spent most of my time staying still, alone in my own room. However, that happened. The weather was very good on that day. There were some birds making a nest in the tree that was visible from the window of my room. With my whole heart, I wanted to see how the cute birds looked making their nest from a much closer distance. Walking softly, I left my room and went towards the tree. I was found by my brothers that also happened to be outside. My brothers surrounded me and repeatedly hit and kicked me, while calling me ¡°that whore¡¯s child.¡± I curled up into a ball like always, and waited for them to get bored. It happened at that time. One of the brothers noticed the bird on the tree. ¡°Oi. There¡¯s some birds there.¡± ¡°Oh, that¡¯s right. They¡¯re making a nest. Let¡¯s knock them off!¡± The brothers began throwing rocks at the birds as they said so. The nest that the birds had worked so hard to build was about to be destroyed. When the rocks were thrown at them, the birds started screeching in pain and fear. ¡°¡­¡­Stop!!¡± I shouted. And then, something hot poured out from my body. At that time. Something big fell from the sky. And, before I noticed, the brothers had fallen down prostrated before me. Around them, many chunks of dirt the size of fists were scattered about. It seemed that what fell from the sky was this clump of earth. Rather, there was also quite a few chunks of earth missing from the ground. Apparently, it seemed as if the brothers were injured somehow by all these clumps of earth. What on earth is all this. I stood stunned. After that, the brothers were carried back to the house by servants that had seen the situation, and the doctor was called. The brothers had bruises all over their bodies, and the worst thing was that they had apparently broken a few bones as well. And so, I learned that the pieces of earth that injured them were activated by magic that I had used. From that day on, the ce where I originally didn¡¯t belong, became even less weing. Except when necessary, I was forbidden to leave my room. My brothers would no longere close to me. If they saw me, they would just shout, ¡°it¡¯s a monster!¡± and run away with fearful expressions. It wasn¡¯t only my brothers, my father, stepmother, and the servants all avoided me. And, although not that obvious, my brothers always had fear in their eyes. I spent every day staying in my stifling room. I spent time like that for several years. One day, I was told that yet another man I didn¡¯t know hade to see me. ¡°After hearing about your powerful magic, Duke es has decided to adopt you as his son.¡± And as such, I was once again taken to a new family in a horse-drawn carriage. Even though I had lived in this mansion for five years, nobody saw me off at all. Whenparing the mansion I arrived at with the one I had been living in, the difference in luxury was sorge that it made the previous mansion look like a small house. Everything from the pots to the carpet, was decorated with a terrifyingly high-ss feel. The man who had be my new adoptive stepfather, was the head of this family, a man named Duke es. ¡°Hello, you¡¯re Keith, right? Wee to our es family.¡± As Duke es greeted me with a wide smile, I was badly embarrassed as I was not used to being greeted like this. Duke es immediately introduced me to his family. Duchess es seemed to be somewhat cold and distant. And then, his only daughter, Katarina es. Since I had been tormented every day by my previous brothers, I was afraid of having siblings. If at all possible, I don¡¯t want to get involved with my new sister. On the day that I arrived at Katarina¡¯s family, I had to rest in my room right after greeting everyone. Since I was brought suddenly from my previous ce, I was quite exhausted, and even though the bed was unfamiliar and overly big, I slept deeply that night. The next morning, I ate breakfast with Duke es and the family. It was my first time eating a meal with someone else. It was a more delicious meal than any other I had ever had. Somehow, I returned to my room with a mysterious warm feeling in my chest. For some reason, Katarina hase to see me. If at all possible, I thought that I didn¡¯t want to get involved with her¡­¡­ I never thought that she woulde to see me. She said ¡°I¡¯ll guide you around the garden,¡± so I replied ¡°thank you very much, Katarina-sama¡± and she immediately started sulking after hearing my courteous reply. ¡°Keith, because we have be siblings now, it¡¯s fine to just call me nee-san.¡± I was badly shocked. Since I was the younger brother as well in the previous family, of course I was not allowed to address my siblings without the proper honorifics. She even begged ¡°and for me, it¡¯s my dream to be called nee-san. Please, I beg you to call me that!¡± so I replied ¡°I¡¯ll be in your care, nee-san.¡± After that, Katarinaughed so so happily. And then, we went to the garden together. Katarina guided me happily around the garden, and the weather was excellent. After a while of talking to Katarina, I realized something. This girl named Katarina es is a little different from other noble daughters. ¡°I¡¯m quite good at fishing. Let¡¯s fish together!¡± She invited me, and also exined about her field passionately. Because I had spent most of my time cooped up in my room, I had never done anything like fishing or making a field, but it didn¡¯t look like my brothers had such hobbies either. I think that most other noble children wouldn¡¯t have these kinds of hobbies. That¡¯s what I was thinking while being surprised by Katarina. ¡°Keith, next I¡¯ll take you to my favorite ce.¡± As she said so, she grabbed my arm and began to walk quickly. And then, she took me to the tallest tree in the garden. ¡°You can get an amazing view of the scenery if you climb this tree.¡± She said so while her eyes seemed to be sparkling. Then, she asked me if I had ever climbed a tree. I told her that I hadn¡¯t. ¡°Well then, I¡¯ll just teach you. First, start off by watching me climb, ok?¡± As she said so, Katarina took her shoes off, then rolled up her dress and began climbing the tree. I watched while stunned as Katarina climbed the tree smoothly. When looking up at Katarina from under her as she was climbing, I could see what was under her dress. Either Katarina did not mind such a thing, or didn¡¯t even notice, and kept climbing the tree smoothly. Then, around the middle of the big tree. Katarina stopped climbing and turned back to wave at me with a big smile. It was at that time. Her body shook. Watch out! I happened to be right under Katarina. Katarina fell on me with a loud thud. At the time of impact, I lost my consciousness for a bit. A little bitter, when my consciousness returned, I was in Katarina¡¯s arms. ¡°Keith please don¡¯t die~~¡± As she was crying, she didn¡¯t notice me no matter how many times I tried to get her attention, until I greatly raised my voice and let her know I was okay. ¡°Keith!? You¡¯re alive, right!?!¡± and hugged me strongly. I froze up involuntarily. It was the first time someone had hugged me like this. ¡°Oh no, Keith, does it hurt anywhere??¡± Katarina anxiously stared at the frozen me. This is the first time that I have been worried about like this. I was badly embarrassed. Honestly, even though there¡¯s no ce that¡¯s really sore, since she is so worried about me, I have no idea what I should do. Upon seeing my embarrassed manner, Katarina seems to have misunderstood it as me being too injured to move. ¡°Keith, wait a little bit for me here, ok? I¡¯ll run right away to the mansion and get some servants to carry you back.¡± After saying so, Katarina started running towards the mansion while barefoot and with her dress still rolled up. While watching her back grow smaller in the distance, a strange warm feeling rose in my chest just like what happened during breakfast. That night, there was a big fuss when Duchess es suddenly demanded a divorce from Duke es, but the misunderstanding was resolved. After that, since some misunderstanding about me was cleared up, Duchess es started treating me gently as well. Of course, Duke es also treated me very well. Then, my stepsister Katarina taught various things to me. The first thing was fishing. She also taught me how to climb trees while saying ¡°keep it a secret from mother, okay?¡± And when I was praised by the swordsmanship teacher, she was happy for me almost as if she was the one being praised instead. Every day was exciting, fun, and happy¡­¡­ which caused me to forget. I¡¯m a monster with uncontroble magic¡­¡­ One day after finishing swordsmanship practice, I came with Katarina to the field. Katarina was very happy that her crops were growing up sessfully. When the story of the field changed to the story about magic, she said those fateful words. ¡°I want to be able to manipte an earth golem!¡± An earth golem - magic where a construct made of earth can move freely once you put magic into it. This is the magic that I used. It was a coincidence that I was able to use it. It became possible while I was making a y doll by myself in my room. Since I barely had any contact with my previous family, I made a y doll to apany me during meals and be my friend. It was magic I knew how to use, but I had made a promise with Duke es. I had some powerful magic, but was still unable to control it properly. I¡¯ve also hurt my brothers at the previous family, and until I have been properly taught magic, I should not use magic blindly until I can control it. However, when I saw Katarina staring at me full of expectations, I decided to use just a little bit of magic. The moving golem made Katarina so happy, that she begged me to make it even bigger. And so, the earth golem became way too big and no longer moved as well as I wanted it to. Overjoyed, Katarina that was approaching the earth golem was¡­¡­ sent flying by the arm of the earth golem I could no longer control. Katarina¡¯s tiny body flew in the air. Without even slowing down, Katarina mmed into the ground head-first. After the servants got a doctor to check up on Katarina, it seems that she just fainted and got a bump on head, with no serious injuries. That¡¯s what Duke es, who had been watching over Katarina worriedly, told me. ¡°I arbitrarily broke the promise to not use magic, and even injured nee-san. Everything is my fault. Please, by all means, punish me. I¡¯m truly very sorry. I don¡¯t mind even if you drive me out of this family.¡± Duke es looked at me with such gentle eyes. ¡°About this incident, after Katarina wakes up, I also have to hear about it from her. Let¡¯s continue this after Katarina wakes up. Keith, yourplexion looks terrible, as if you could fall over any moment. Since Katarina is alright now, you should also return to your room and rest.¡± As he said so, Duke es urged me to my room. That night, I was sincerely relieved to hear that Katarina awoke with no problems. Even though I want to go see her immediately, I can¡¯t¡­¡­ I was afraid¡­¡­ When the next day arrived, I couldn¡¯t move from my room. It¡¯s the first time I¡¯ve missed breakfast sinceing here. Around the time that breakfast would end. ¡°Keith. It¡¯s me. Katarina. Since you didn¡¯te for breakfast, are you in bad shape?¡± Katarina came in front of my room. ¡°¡­¡­Nee-san.¡± I replied on reflex. ¡°Yes, it¡¯s me. What¡¯s wrong, Keith? Does your stomach hurt? Are you okay?¡± Even though she almost got seriously injured because of me, Katarina still seemed worried about me. ¡°Nothing¡¯s wrong with me. More importantly, are nee-san¡¯s injuries okay?¡± ¡°Yep, I¡¯m fine. It¡¯s just a little bump on the head. Anyways, Keith, I have something to say. May Ie in?¡± I was relieved to hear Katarina sounding so energetic. In truth, I want to see her face right now, but¡­¡­ ¡°I¡¯m sorry. You can¡¯t.¡± ¡°Wh, What?¡± ¡°I can¡¯t stay by nee-san anymore.¡± I really really want to see her face now. Thest time I saw her, she had lost her consciousness and her head was limp. I want to see her when she¡¯s healthy. But, I cannot stay by Katarina anymore. If a monster like me that might lose control of his magic at any time stays by Katarina, I might hurt her again. I don¡¯t want to hurt this friendly Katarina that taught me so many things anymore. Katarina was talking a lot outside my room, but I just stayed in my bed, curled up into a ball. I had been living alone in my room originally anyways. And if I¡¯m by myself¡­ I won¡¯t hurt anyone important to me anymore. After a while, I couldn¡¯t hear Katarina¡¯s voice anymore. She probably gave up on my coldness after I stopped replying to her and returned to her room. As I was thinking that absentmindedly¡­ ¡°Keith. If you¡¯re close to the door right now, get away from the door.¡± I heard Katarina¡¯s voice again after I thought she had already given up. By itself, the door that had been locked was making a crackling sound, then broke. At the entrance, for some reason I saw Katarina standing there with a desperate face while holding an ax. I just looked at her while stunned, and she came inside the room. And then¡­¡­ ¡°I¡¯m so sorry about yesterday!!¡± Katarina kneeled in front of my bed and bowed her head until it hit the bed. ¡°Unreasonably asking you to use magic you could not control yet, I¡¯m really sorry!! Moreover, not listening to your warning and trying to touch the earth golem¡­¡­ Sorry for making you worry!!¡± I got out of bed, and crouched next to Katarina. ¡°¡­¡­Why is nee-san apologizing¡­¡­ It was all my fault¡­¡­¡± ¡°What are you saying? It was my fault! Because I asked such an unreasonable request of Keith!¡± Why, is this person stilling to me? Why is she saying things like this? She should be scared of my magic, and she even got injured¡­¡­ And yet¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Nee-san isn¡¯t scared of me?¡± ¡°Scared?¡± ¡°¡­¡­In my previous home, I injured my stepbrothers with magic. And this time, I¡¯ve injured nee-san. Even though my magic is strong, I can¡¯t control it properly. ¡­¡­Because I can¡¯t control my powerful magic, it might keep hurting people. ¡­¡­Nee-san isn¡¯t scared of me?¡± I even told her about my past incident. This way, Katarina shouldn¡¯t be getting close to me anymore. I was scared. That I might hurt Katarina¡­¡­ And, even more than that, that Katarina would have eyes full of fear towards me like my previous family¡­¡­ To be hated as a monster¡­¡­ That was my greatest fear. Then, I looked properly into Katarina¡¯s eyes for the first time since she hade into the room. If, there was fear in her eyes¡­¡­ I was waiting for Katarina¡¯s next words with bated breath. ¡°¡­¡­Oh, so it was something like this~~¡± The words were so unexpected, that I involuntarily raised my face. I met Katarina¡¯s light blue eyes. ¡°If you can¡¯t control your magic, all you have to do is just work hard at mastering it now. Since our magic tutor ising soon, won¡¯t you keep practicing magic together with me?¡± Katarina said so with no fear in her eyes and a smile on her face¡­¡­ her eyes were so gentle. ¡°¡­¡­Nee-san still wants to be with me?¡± ¡°Of course! I¡¯ll always be with you.¡± Being alone was so sad and painful¡­¡­ I always wanted someone to be with me. But, nobody would be close with me. Anyone that got close to me would only call me names like ¡°that whore¡¯s child¡± and ¡°monster.¡± I thought nobody would ever be with me¡­¡­ I had already given up¡­¡­ The girl in front of me had said with a smile, that she¡¯ll be with me forever. ¡°As such, even if something¡¯s wrong, in the future don¡¯t shut yourself in your room¡­¡­ Uh, Keith, what¡¯s wrong?¡± Katarina had a surprised voice as she anxiously peered at my face. When I touched my face¡­¡­ it was wet for some reason. Tears were overflowing from my eyes. Ahh, I¡¯m crying. Before I had always cried silently in my room. Tears had always flowed when it was lonely or painful. Crying to the point where my chest hurt, it was painful. And yet¡­¡­ Something about these tears. As I cried, the more I cried the warmer my chest got. I learned for the first time that tears alsoe out when I¡¯m happy. Katarina was peeping at me anxiously, while stroking my back. It was a very warm and gentle hand. While feeling her warm hand I thought strongly. I want to be with this girl named Katarina es. I want to be with her as long as it is permitted. I will train my magic, and learn how to properly control it. And, I want to stand by her side one day and be able to protect her. Chapter 10 — I was invited to a tea party

Chapter 10 - I was invited to a tea party

As the seasons changed, it finally became summer. I, Katarina es, became nine years old. For birthday presents, father gave me a lovely dress, and Keith got me a flower bouquet. As for my mother, she gave me a mountain of books on manners. Prince Jared brought me a somewhat expensive looking ne for some reason, but¡­¡­ Because I can¡¯t ept such an expensive thing, I refused with all my might. Still, the prince insisted on giving me something, so I asked for watermelon seeds. I wanted some fruits in my field. When I asked for seeds, the prince froze solid for quite a while, but he did send me some splendid seeds the next day. I immediately nted them in the field. When the watermelon is ripe, let¡¯s share some with the prince. By the way, my doting father seemed to have wanted to celebrate a big birthday party for me, but¡­¡­ I really hated the idea of it, and mother also said ¡°please stop as it would only further expose our embarrassment.¡± However, it seems that the social debut party upon reaching fifteen years old was unavoidable for a family of the Duke¡¯s stature. ¡°I¡¯ll figure something out before then,¡± said mother enthusiastically, and my Spartan mother powered up the horrifying etiquette lessons even further. My long-sought after magic tutor has finally arrived, and magic training began. My magic tutor taught me that ¡°interacting with oneself¡¯s own source of magic power does not mean interacting with the earth,¡± apparently making a field wouldn¡¯t strengthen my magic after all. However, since it¡¯s now be a hobby, I¡¯ll continue with it. A few months after beginning magic training, Keith was able to considerably improve his control over magic. He is quite the stepbrother indeed. As for me¡­¡­ well, I was able to improve Earth Thud from two, three centimeters all the way to seven, eight centimeters. To me, this is quite something. At this rate, I should be able to control an earth golem as freely as Keith pretty soon. And in this way, even though I can¡¯t say that everything was smooth sailing, I had a daily life that was fulfilling in its own way, but¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Hmm. I wonder what it is.¡± I let out a huge sigh and squatted in the field. Standing by my side, was my perfectly cute stepbrother that I had taken to, and Prince Jared who had beening over for thest three days to see his fiancee. ¡°What¡¯s wrong? Nee-san.¡± ¡°What¡¯s the matter? Katarina.¡± Keith and Prince Jared asked me. I showed them a corner of the field. ¡°Look at this.¡± The vegetables I pointed at werepletely wilted. Even though it¡¯s almost time for the harvest¡­¡­ this doesn¡¯t seem like it will bear fruit. ¡°This, is something I have nted and taken care of.¡± I was downhearted. Why¡­¡­ Only the ce where I nted and took care of¡­¡­ In the previous life I wasn¡¯t very good at taking care of nts. From a morning glory flowerpot, to the loofah nt that everyone had in school, everything I took care of wilted. But, I have been reincarnated. This time, I¡¯ll definitely be able to raise them well! ¡­¡­ Is what I thought. I stared sadly at the wilted vegetables. ¡°Nee-san, aren¡¯t you just tired from working too hard? We should take a break here.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. Katarina, you should get some rest here.¡± The drooping me wasforted by both Keith and Prince Jared, and both of them held out their hands to me. They stared at each other while holding their hands out. ¡°Prince Jared, I¡¯ll be taking nee-san. It¡¯s fine even if you don¡¯te to visit her all the time!¡± ¡°Since Katarina is my fiancee, I¡¯ll be taking her. Keith, you don¡¯t always have to stick so close to Katarina all the time!¡± Two people that had almost no contact in the game, were now getting along great. They were bothughing at each other, and both seemed to be having fun while talking. And so, after giving them a sidelong nce, I went back to staring at the wilted vegetables and gave another loud sigh. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°Katarina, you¡¯ve been invited to a tea party, would you like to give it a try and go?¡± ¡°A tea party?¡± I listened to father while talking with a mouth full of bread. And, since mother red at me, I swallowed the bread in a hurry. ¡°That¡¯s right, a tea party. Since you¡¯re nine years old already, how about trying to attend one?¡± Tea parties here, seem to bemon here for noble children around nine or ten years old to have in order prepare them for their social debut at age fifteen. It serves the purpose of allowing noble children of simr age to interact with each other. ¡°Uh¡­¡­¡± ¡°Impossible! Katarina has no manners whatsoever!¡± My reply was forcibly interrupted by my mother. ¡°Well, even if that¡¯s so¡­¡­ it might be beneficial for her to learn by getting some real practice once in a while. And this time, it¡¯s our rtives inviting us, instead of some other family, so I think it¡¯ll be perfect for her first time.¡± Father nced at me briefly. Huh? What did father just say? Why is he looking away? ¡°¡­¡­Indeed, maybe if she got some real experience, she could learn some etiquette¡­¡­¡± Mother looked at me with empty eyes. Why does she have those eyes? ¡°Oh yes, how about letting Keith tag along. If Keith goes, I¡¯ll be relieved.¡± ¡°Yes, indeed. I¡¯ll be more at ease if Keith goes too.¡± Mother agreed with what she considered to be father¡¯s good idea. In the few months since Keith¡¯se here, his evaluation has been quite excellent, unlike his older sister. ¡°Keith, would you go along with Katarina to her tea party?¡± ¡°Yes, I¡¯ll be more than happy to apany nee-san.¡± Upon being asked by father, Keith replied with a smile. Huh? Even though I¡¯m the older sister? Why am I being apanied by Keith like a burdensome useless child? Even though there were many points that were hard for me to swallow, thus I went together with Keith to attend my first tea party. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï After very strict etiquette training from mother, apanied by lots of nagging, the day of the tea party has finally arrived. Father had a new dress specially made for me to wear to this tea party, and like so Keith and I arrived at the party organizer, Marquis Hunt¡¯s family. ¡°Katarina-sama, Keith-sama, thank you very much for participating in our family¡¯s tea party today.¡± The person greeting us was the eldest daughter of the Hunt family, Lilia Hunt. She is a fourteen year old girl with honey-colored hair and eyes, the year right before she¡¯s expected to make her social debut. There were three girls standing behind Lady Lilia. They were probably all Lilia¡¯s younger sisters. The Hunt family had four girls, including Lilia. Lilia¡¯s sisters began greeting us in order. The second and third daughters greeted us while smiling. Both of them had hair and eyes that looked very simr to their honey-colored older sister. I returned their greetings as gracefully as I could remember how to, with my mother¡¯s lessons. And then, after those two finished their greetings¡­¡­ From behind them, one more girl walked out nervously. ¡°¡­¡­ Pl, pleased to meet you. I¡¯m the youngest daughter¡­ M, Mary Hunt.¡± She gave her name with a voice that could be barely heard, and her auburn hair and eyes was nothing like her sisters. However, herrge eyes and nice pink lips made her a very cute beauty. Meanwhile, I elegantly greeted her just as how I remembered with the others. And then, as soon as the greeting was over, Mary immediately retreated behind the others. I wonder if she¡¯s scared of my viinous face? Even though this face says ¡°The Viin¡± but I certainly won¡¯t bully you. While bing a little sad, I watched the Hunt sisters greet the next guest. By the way, about this time¡¯s tea party - I promised mother that I would try to speak as little as possible, and just smile. I¡¯m not allowed to stuff myself full of sweets. I must drink tea little by little. I must not roll up my skirt even by mistake. Mother told me all this while sticking to my ear so closely like an octopus. Therefore, as I was allowed to, I just smiled gracefully, and sipped my tea. This tea party¡¯s buffet format consciously mimics high society¡¯s dance parties. The Hunt sisters were continuously greeting various other noble sons and daughters, they just kepting, without giving them any time to have tea. They repeated the greetings, walking all around the room several times before noticing, that they had finally finished and were dead tired when they were ultimately able to have their tea. As for me, I was trying my best, to control my hand and only take a few cookies. Oh my? This cookie is delicious. Yeah, I¡¯ll have one more. I¡¯ll have another. Oh, there¡¯s a muffin in a ce like this. I¡¯ll try one. At any rate, there sure are a lot of sweets left. Since most of the guests were chatting with each other, these prepared sweets have barely decreased at all. Such a waste. ¡­¡­If there¡¯s any Tupperware I want to take some home. I wonder if I can borrow any Tupperware from the Hunt family. ¡°Nee-san.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Ke, Keith!?¡± Suddenly, I jumped up involuntarily when my stepbrother appeared from behind. While I was watching the greetings Keith had imperceptibly been standing behind me. ¡°You surprised me. Keith, you finished going around greeting everyone without incident?¡± ¡°Yep, just about finished with everyone. That aside, why are you spacing out here?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Uh¡­¡­¡± ¡°You couldn¡¯t have been thinking about taking the extra sweets back home, could you?¡± ¡°!?¡± Keith is amazing!? What is this child, an esper? So awesome. Why is it that you know what I¡¯m thinking. ¡°Amazing. You know me so well!¡± ¡°¡­¡­I know you so well¡­¡­ isn¡¯t what you should be saying, nee-san. If you do such a thing, the es¡¯ family dignity will be suspect. And if mother finds out, you¡¯ll be banned from eating sweets for a while, nee-san.¡± ¡°¡­¡­ Ugh. For sure.¡± The other day, when I ate a cookie that fell by my bed during etiquette training using the three second rule, I was banned from eating sweets for three full days as punishment for eating it. If I get discovered trying to bring sweets home in Tupperware, I¡¯ll probably be banned from eating sweets for three days to a week. That would be quite troubling¡­¡­ Even though it¡¯s regrettable¡­¡­ I guess there¡¯s no helping it. And since I can¡¯t take any of it back with me¡­¡­ more and more of the sweets lined up ended up in my mouth suddenly. The promise with mother was forgotten to oblivion. Keith said several times ¡°that¡¯s enough already, nee-san¡± and tried to stop me but I told him ¡°just a little more¡± and kept devouring the sweets. I mean, it would be such a waste since there¡¯s still this much remaining. Besides, everything is so delicious. Oh, this is also delicious. That one too, and this one over there¡­¡­ As a result, I got carried away eating too many sweets and got a painful stomach ache. I told Keith who was worried about my strange appearance that I was alright, and walked myself slowly in search of a restroom. I asked a servant where the restroom was, and he offered to guide me, but I rejected that and ran towards the restroom on my own. If I¡¯m guided there while trying to act graceful, I won¡¯t make it in time. And somehow, I barely made it in time¡­¡­ I had been running so desperately that I didn¡¯t even know how to get back to the room with the tea party anymore. While the Hunt mansion was not asrge as the es mansion, since they were a Marquis¡¯s family, the mansion was still quite splendid. Briefly speaking, it didn¡¯t seem likely that I could return to the tea party on my own. If only I could meet a servant, and ask the way back¡­¡­ Like this, as I was walking around absentmindedly¡­ A beautiful vision entered my sight. There were flowers spread out in some ce sort of like a courtyard. They were so beautiful that I ran up to them on reflex. Then, I saw a girl standing in the flowers all by her lonesome. Having heard me, the confused girl noticed my presence and addressed me. ¡°¡­¡­K, Katarina-sama. Why are you in a ce like this?¡± Oh yeah, thinking back, this girl seems to be the youngest daughter of the Hunt family that I greeted earlier, Mary. ¡°¡­¡­Uh, just a little change of pace.¡± There¡¯s no way that I could tell her that I gave myself a stomach ache by eating too many sweets, and even got lost and couldn¡¯t find the way back anymore. Since there way no way I could say it, I told a suitable white lie. ¡°As for Mary-sama, what are you doing here?¡± Setting the matter of the lost me with a stomach ache aside, shouldn¡¯t it be bad for the daughter of the party organizer to be here? ¡°¡­¡­I¡¯m, not, too good with really lively ces¡­¡­¡± Mary said so with a quiet voice like when she greeted me and her head down. Even though she¡¯s such a beautiful girl, it¡¯s such a waste when she has her head down like that. ¡­¡­Anyways, it must be that she¡¯s scared of the viinous face¡­¡­ However, if I use this viinous face to tell her ¡°I definitely won¡¯t bully you,¡± it¡¯s quite likely that I¡¯ll scare this pitiful beauty even more. For the time being, I¡¯ve got to let her know that I mean her no harm! ¡°Th, this garden is quite something. All these flowers are really beautiful.¡± For the time being, I¡¯ll talk to her while trying my best to smile without giving off any viinous vibes. However, what instantly came out of my mouth was my true feelings. This garden was really beautiful, even more amazing than the one that the es family had. The flowers were all gorgeous in their full bloom. The gardener-san here must be really good at raising nts. ¡­¡­That¡¯s right!! I got a great idea. The person that brought up these amazing flowers, would surely also be able to revive my wilting field. As soon as I thought of it, I asked Mary. ¡°Hey, Mary-sama, would it be possible for you to introduce the gardener-san responsible for this garden to me?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh¡­¡­¡± ¡°To the gardener-san that can grow such gorgeous flowers, I would love to be able to consult them on something.¡± To the bewildered Mary, I begged her by all means possible, while breathing hard. Then, I heard her soft voice yet again. ¡°¡­¡­It, it¡¯s me.¡± ¡°Eh?¡± ¡°I¡¯m the one that¡¯s taking care of this garden.¡± What¡¯s this!? Mary¡¯s taking care of everything by herself!? ¡°Mary-sama¡¯s taking care of it!? This entire garden!?¡± ¡°No, not everything by myself, just the flowers and nts that you see here are what I¡¯m taking care of.¡± So, this location¡¯s wonderful blooming flowers are all Mary¡¯s handiwork¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Amazing.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh¡­¡­¡± ¡°It¡¯s so amazing that you can create such a fine garden! How on earth did you get all the flowers to bloom beautifully like this! There must be some secret technique! Or some secret to the soil!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Uh, uh, Katarina-sama.¡± I was so excited that I had edged up to Mary instinctively. Then I noticed that the pitiful beauty had beenpletely scared by my excitability and rough breathing. Oh no¡­¡­ I was too excited. I took a deep breath, and tried to smile as elegantly as possible. ¡°Well, by all means, I would like to request a consultation with Mary-sama that created such a garden.¡± ¡°¡­A consultation?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± I told Mary about my field that was wilting before the summer harvest. At first, she asked me if I made the field myself, and was very, very surprised to hear that I had, but she listened to me seriously about the condition of my field. I was relieved to see that her expression was no longer as frightened as it was before. Then, she finished listening to the story. ¡°¡­¡­Since you¡¯re putting so much trust in my abilities, I would love to be of some help, but¡­¡­ I¡¯ve never grown vegetables before, so, I can¡¯t say anything by just listening to your story. I¡¯m really sorry to not have been of any help.¡± ¡°Well then, how abouting over to my ce?¡± To Mary who was bowing her head in sadness, I simply said this at a critical moment. ¡°That, but¡­¡­¡± To the puzzled Mary, I argued vehemently that she would most definitely be wee toe over. This is a matter of life or death for my important field. I don¡¯t want it to have a life like that of my previous morning glory and loofah nts all over again. And then, as I desperately persuaded with Mary to the breaking point, I was finally able to obtain a promise ofing out to see the field herself. However, when I said ¡°it¡¯s really good to have met you,¡± I was rejected¡­¡­ Well, I became happy at getting her promise, and was guided back to the tea party after that by Mary without any problems. Then, Keith who had been worrying about me that disappeared for a long time scolded me, asking me exactly where I had been. Somehow, it feels like the positions of older sister and younger brother have beenpletely reversed. Thus, Ipleted my first tea party safely without messing up big time somehow. Chapter 11 — I discovered the truth

Chapter 11 - I discovered the truth

A few days after safelypleting the tea party, Mary came over to my ce as promised. Amazingly enough, Mary seems to have studied about vegetables for the sake of my field. What a kind child! Talking with her, I discovered that we were the same age, and that Mary was also a person with magic power, making her easy to understand and get along with. She seemed quite frightened in the beginning, but smiles can finally be seen. And then, my field waspletely resurrected by Mary who came to visit many times over. ¡°Mary. Really, thank you. Thanks to you, the field has bepletely healthy.¡± I thanked Mary while looking at the recovered field. ¡°No, it¡¯s because Katarina-sama has worked very hard.¡± Mary said so while smiling. It¡¯s such an adorable beauty¡¯s smile, a heavenly sight to behold. ¡°Man, I thought they might even wither and die¡­¡­ As I thought, Mary is really amazing.¡± ¡°¡­¡­No, nothing of the sort.¡± Although Mary is being humble, she¡¯s really very good at growing nts, and aftering in contact with Mary¡¯s hands, even nts on the verge of death have been revitalized. Mary¡¯s hands are special. That¡¯s right, about these type of hands, they were called¡­ ¡°Mary, you have a green thumb!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Green thumb?¡± ¡°Yep, a green thumb. It means your hands have a special talent for growing nts!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Special talent¡­¡­¡± ¡°Yeah, Mary¡¯s just overflowing with talent when ites to growing nts!¡± I was squeezing both of her hands as I was saying so. Mary was staring wide-eyed at her clenched hands. ¡°¡­¡­My hands are special¡­¡­¡± ¡°Yep, you and your green thumb are an amazing, special existence!¡± I said so while smiling, and Mary cracked a faint smile as well. Her smile was as lovely as if flowers were blooming. ¡°Katarina-sama, the field has returned to a healthy state, but¡­¡­ if it¡¯s okay with you, is it alright if Ie visit again?¡± ¡°Of course, you¡¯re more than wee toe over and y anytime.¡± I told the somewhat reserved Mary that she was ¡°very, very wee,¡± andughed happily. ¡°Having a green thumb is so amazing.¡± As I sent off Mary, Keith who had been left alone standing by my side quietly up until now spoke up. ¡°Indeed, someone like Mary who is so good at growing nts is quite a person.¡± ¡°Yes, that¡¯s right. I read a book a long time ago titled ¡°The Girl with the Green Thumb,¡± has nee-san also read this book?¡± ¡°Uh¡­ I don¡¯t think I¡¯ve read that book¡­¡­ I don¡¯t quite remember how I knew about it.¡± For some reason, it just came to mind all of a sudden while watching Mary. I wonder where I knew about it from? ¡°Well anyways, Mary has be really bright now.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. At first, she was really scared of me.¡± ¡°Eh, she was scared of nee-san?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Yeah, it must be the fault of my viinous face.¡± I mocked myself slightly to the shocked Keith. I hate this viinous face that I¡¯ve inherited from mother¡¯s genes. ¡°¡­¡­Saying it¡¯s a viinous face¡­¡­ I don¡¯t think any such thing¡­¡­ Also, I don¡¯t think Mary-sama was only scared of nee-san. It felt that way no matter who she was speaking to.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh, was that so?¡± ¡°Yeah, she gave off a super nervous feeling with everyone she met¡­¡­ There must be various circumstances at home that caused her topletely lose her self-confidence.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Various circumstances? Like what?¡± I thought it was quite a mystery while Keith looked at me as if I was insane. ¡°What exactly did nee-san even do at the Hunt family¡¯s tea party? You should have heard about all this at the tea party.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Uh¡­¡± After I finished my greetings, I was busy thinking about how to take the sweets home with me. After I was caught by Keith, I was busy eating the sweets that I wouldn¡¯t be able to take home. As such, I barely even participated in the tea party. Well, at least I didn¡¯t get into any trouble. Rather, it was kind of a strategy of sorts. Yeah, let¡¯s go with that. Keith who was staring at me seemed to have given up on something and gave a loud sigh. Er, I feel kinda sorry now, my stepbrother. And then, Keith told me the story he had heard at the tea party. It seems that, as for the four Hunt sisters, the first three have the same mother, while the youngest child Mary¡¯s mother is the second wife. After his first wife died of all illness, Mary¡¯s mother entered the family as the second wife. However, it seems that Mary¡¯s mother does not have a very high status, so Marquis Hunt¡¯s remarriage was not very wee. Moreover, even Mary¡¯s mother was married over her objection, and also died of illness when Mary was five. Although the remaining Mary was cherished by her father, it seems that sparks often flew between Mary and her sisters. As such, it seems that Mary hears mean things like ¡°your blood is low status¡± or ¡°you have no ss¡± from her sisters every day. ¡°¡­¡­So, that¡¯s why, Mary seemed to be so nervous at first.¡± Certainly, if you heard your rtives saying bad things about you every day, your self-confidence would disappear. If you think yourself to be useless, then appearing in front of people could very well be frightening. ¡°But, it seems like she¡¯s changed quite a lot, Mary-sama will surely be alright now.¡± Keith said so with a face as if he knew everything for some reason. He looked so self-assured that I wondered if he knew something else he wasn¡¯t telling me. Even though I asked, he seems to be taking me lightly. My stepbrother that was at first just bouncing around behind me when he first came here, had somehowpletely matured in just a few months. He is desperately working hard in both etiquette and magic lessons, and when I said to my maturing brother that ¡°you don¡¯t have to hurry up and be an adult this fast,¡± he replied ¡°I want to get as much power as fast as possible in order to protect what¡¯s important to me,¡± with a very grown-up look. Honestly, I¡¯ve even be a bit lonely. Moreover, he wouldn¡¯t even tell me what it was that he wanted to protect, onee-chan is feelingpletely left out here. ¡°Come to think of it, it¡¯s about time for Mary-sama¡¯s engagement to Prince n to be determined.¡± ¡°¡­Oh, really?¡± I responded with whatever seemed appropriate while watching Keith. While I was thinking I could have a cute little brother for a bit longer, he¡¯s already bing an adult¡­¡­ Moreover, what could he possibly want to protect. It couldn¡¯t be, does he already have someone he likes!? Hey now, first of all, please introduce her properly to onee-chan! I won¡¯t forgive her if she seems too weird¡­¡­ ¡­¡­Huh? What did Keith say just now? ¡°¡­¡­Keith. What did you just say?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Nee-san.¡± Keith made a stunned face again. I¡¯m so sorry. ¡°I was saying, it¡¯s about time for Mary-sama¡¯s engagement to Prince n to be determined.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh? Mary is getting engaged to who¡­¡­??¡± ¡°It¡¯s Prince n. Prince Jared¡¯s younger twin brother, the fourth prince of this country.¡± ¡°!?¡± ¡°Mary-sama is currently the best candidate to be Prince n¡¯s fiancee.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Prince n¡¯s fiancee?¡± ¡°It hasn¡¯t been decided officially yet, but it should be soon. Marquis Hunt¡¯s family is quite high status and wealthy, and she is the same age as Prince n and a good match for him¡­¡­ Hey, nee-san, where are you going?!¡± In the middle of Keith¡¯s exnation, I had already run inside to my room. Prince n, or n Stuart, was one of the heroine¡¯s capture targets. I had to review my ¡°Previous life¡¯s game memories¡± notes as quickly as possible. I immediately opened up to the section on Prince n as soon as I returned to my room. n Stuart. Jared¡¯s younger twin brother, the fourth prince of the country. Until he was five, he was quite sickly, and almost died. Because of that, he was raised over protectively, and became a rather spoiled prince. However,pared to his older twin that can do anything, he¡¯s a bit perverted. He always had a strong sense of rivalry and inferiority towards his older twin, and barely interacted with him at all. Such an n attended school with his twin, viewing his brother as a rival to defeat, and strove to train in magic. During this time, for the results of the first academic tests, n was ranked third. In first ce was his brother Jared, and second ce was the heroine. Not only did he not beat his brother, but since he also lost to amoner girl, he got involved with her by viewing her as a rival to beat. Then, while getting himself involved with the bright, optimistic heroine, he fell in love. And, the heroine told him that ¡°it¡¯s fine for n to just be n,¡± his strong sense of inferiority gradually faded, and he even began interacting with his brother Jared normally. By the way, the viiness Katarina es does not appear on n¡¯s route. She slightly teased themoner heroine for her good grades, but it was nothing obnoxious like the Jared or Keith routes. There was a different rival that appeared instead. That would be, Prince n¡¯s fiancee, Marquis Hunt¡¯s daughter, Mary Hunt. Mary, who loved Prince n from the bottom of her heart, was jealous of the heroine, but¡­¡­ she didn¡¯t stoop to the level of Katarina¡¯s harassment. Mary was an obstacle to the heroine in the form of a wonderfuldy. Showing the difference between her and amoner in areas such as etiquette and dance, she was a dignified rival to the heroine. In contrast to Prince Jared¡¯s utterck of feelings towards Katarina, although Prince n didn¡¯t hold romantic feelings towards Mary, he treated Mary very well and thought of her as a cute sister. The game¡¯s ending was alsopletely different from the Katarina endings. If the heroine captures n sessfully, and gets the happy end - Mary will give up n over to the heroine, and congratte them while asking the heroine to ¡°always support Prince n from now on.¡± However, it was a saddening scene where there were tears in her eyes as she said so. And, if the heroine fails to capture n, and gets the bad end - n gets married with Mary as originally promised, and all is well that ends well. I thought as hard as I could with this information in front of me. Why is it only to Katarina!! Even though she is also a rival character, Mary doesn¡¯t have any destruction gs! To begin with, Mary is such a wonderful character! Why is it only Katarina that¡¯s such a terrible viin! What could the production staff possibly be thinking! Why, is it only Katarina that¡¯s this pathetic! The setting is too pitiful! You guys should have went over Katarina es again, and given her a chance to redeem herself! And somehow n, is lucky enough to be happy in both the happy and bad ends! Even though Jared and Keith have to disappear as criminals for killing Katarina in their bad ends! It¡¯s preposterous! I can¡¯t forgive the production staff! If I can return to my previous life again, I¡¯m definitely going to go to this otome gamepany and make aint!! ¡­¡­And, after releasing my hot-blooded passion, I looked at the notes again. There¡¯s no mistake about it, ¡°Mary Hunt¡± definitely seems to be my kind, cute friend. Because the game¡¯s Mary was such a perfectdy, it was hard to connect her to the Mary that is so timid now. To begin with, there was no friendship between Katarina and Mary in the game, I think. Rather, Mary didn¡¯t seem to think highly of Katarina¡¯s style of getting her own way in everything by abusing her father¡¯s authority. No way, even though Mary is also a rival character like me. However, Mary doesn¡¯t even know how to write n¡¯s name currently. It seems that the engagement hasn¡¯t been decided yet, and they probably haven¡¯t even met. If I recall correctly, the heroine heard about their first meeting during the confrontation with Mary in n¡¯s route. In her childhood, Mary often shed with her sisters from a different mother, and grew up hearing meanments from her sisters every day, losing her self-confidencepletely and thinking herself a useless person. In front of such a Mary, appeared Prince n, who praised Mary for her garden that she raised. ¡°Mary¡¯s amazing. You have a green thumb!¡± It is said that having a green thumb means your hands have a special talent for growing nts. And then, the prince told Mary that she was an amazing, special existence for having a green thumb. Mary regained some of her lost self-confidence from hearing Prince n¡¯s words. And then, before she realized, she hade to love Prince n more than anyone else. After that, Mary worked hard every day to be a worthy enough person to stand next to Prince n, and became a splendiddy admired by everyone by the time she entered school. Such a big difference from Katarina, who neglected her magic studies, only chasing after Prince Jared instead. Mary is really great. You and your green thumb are an amazing, special existence, eh¡­ Prince n also said such wonderful words. ¡­¡­Green thumb¡­¡­ Oh, that¡¯s it! This is why I know about what a green thumb is. Ohh, it¡¯s refreshing to have finally remembered. So that was it, it¡¯s something that Prince n said to Mary¡­¡­ that you and your green thumb are an amazing, special existence¡­¡­ Huh? I, I just said this a little while ago to Mary¡­¡­ ¡­¡­Oh no!? I, ended up stealing Prince n¡¯s words!? I couldn¡¯t have used the Prince¡¯s famous pick-up lines before he did!! What should I do, at this rate Prince n will tell her rehashed lines instead. Even though they¡¯re great lines, it¡¯ll only have half the power the second time around. Ahh, I¡¯m such an idiot, if only I had noticed quicker¡­¡­ I reflected in remorse alone in my room for a while¡­¡­ Well, I can¡¯t take back what I¡¯ve already said. I felt defiant about it. And, because Prince n is a wonderful prince in an otome game, he¡¯ll be fine even if I steal one of his lines. I¡¯m sure, he¡¯ll think of something even more fabulous in order to make Mary enamored with him! It¡¯s nothing much if I just take one line! Not a big deal! Aftering to a conclusion, and sorting out my feelings, I went back to find Keith, who I had left behind. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï My name is Mary Hunt. I¡¯m the youngest of four daughters in Marquis Hunt¡¯s family. Although my mother was a very beautiful person, she wasn¡¯t highly thought of in the mansion because her social status was low. Even so, father and mother were very much in love. However, my three older sisters didn¡¯t seem to think very highly of me¡­¡­ However, when mother passed away - the environment around me changedpletely. Since father was often out working, without mother anymore I had no more ce in this mansion. Originally, since the servants were not very epting of mother as she was low in social status, they would also not treat her daughter very well either. And, my three older sisters began to harass me once my mother¡¯s protection was lost. They would hide my things, or break them, or call me all sorts of names. ¡°Dirty redhead,¡± ¡°filled with low status,¡± ¡°low ss.¡± Hearing this abuse and harassment every day, my heart became quite weak, and I became afraid toe into contact with people, and was always frightened. And, I was thinking that I¡¯m just such a helpless child. My only escape was the courtyard garden. The only peace I got was when I was taking care of the nts there. Then, one day, I met her at a tea party that was hosted by the Hunt family. While I was only frightened, the other girl identified herself as Katarina es. Katarina returned a magnificent greeting to me in our first meeting, it was like we were frompletely different worlds. Since I¡¯m a wimp that¡¯s afraid of people, I ran from the tea party while it was still going on. And, just like usual, I escaped to the courtyard garden. There, the issue of Katarina es appeared. Katarina, who ran up to the garden suddenly, praised the nts that I had been taking care of. Since nobody had praised me like this since mother died, I hadpletely forgotten what it was like. Then, Katarina asked me to look at the field she made herself, because it was in bad shape. Honestly, I¡¯m shocked that a duke¡¯s daughter would make a field by herself, but the way Katarina talked about her field passionately with a twinkle in her eyes was actually pretty cute. Then, I agreed to go visit the es family, and help with the matter of the field. I studied desperately about vegetables because I wanted to help Katarina even just a little. Katarina was always so grand, bright, and optimistic, she was really amazing. And, each time I got praised by Katarina I regained some of my lost self-confidence. ¡°Mary, you have a green thumb! It means your hands have a special talent for growing nts! Yep, you and your green thumb are an amazing, special existence!¡± I had thought that I was only a good-for-nothing cowardly wimp. However, Katarina was telling me that I was a special existence. And that I was amazing. I was really, really happy. I want to be someone worthy of standing next to Katarina as a friend. That¡¯s why, I shall say goodbye to the cowardly wimp Mary Hunt. Definitely so, in order to one day stand proudly next to Katarina. Chapter 12 — I was challenged to a match

Chapter 12 - I was challenged to a match

A few weeks have passed since my field was resurrected, and it¡¯s now the middle of summer. Finally I heard the news that Mary and Prince n have been officially engaged. And today, when Mary visited the es mansion, I immediately tried to shake her for information. ¡°Mary, so the engagement was decided on, congrattions!¡± ¡°Yes. Thank you very much. I¡¯m now a prince¡¯s fiancee as well. I¡¯ll be together with Katarina-sama, I¡¯m so happy!¡± Mary is very happy, but¡­¡­ it doesn¡¯t sound very much like it¡¯s because she is longing for n. ¡°Uhh, have you already met Prince n?¡± ¡°Yes. I already met him.¡± ¡°¡­¡­And, how was it?¡± ¡°How was what?¡± ¡°Well¡­¡­ like what did you think of him¡­¡­¡± After all, since I stole his famous pick-up line earlier, I still feel a little bit guilty towards Prince n. I wonder if Prince n was able to attract Mary without his best line. ¡°He was quite a handsome person. Oh, and he praised me in the same way that Katarina did about my garden.¡± ¡°Ohh. And then?¡± Hmm. For now, it was just like the scenario. What I was concerned about was whates after. ¡°What do you mean, and then?¡± ¡°Uhh, is there anything after that?¡± ¡°¡­¡­That¡¯s all there is.¡± Mary looked at me curiously. What¡¯s this!? That¡¯s all!? Oh no, what about those lines in question¡­¡­ Did he not say them? ¡°Well, uh. I wonder, did he say anything about Mary¡¯s green thumb?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Green thumb¡­¡­ Man, Katarina-sama, have you been listening at all!?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Oh, that means, he did say it? Is that right?¡± For some reason Mary seemed rather shy, and she continued rather hesitantly. ¡°It¡¯s so embarrassing. No way, to have Katarina-sama herself hear such a thing¡­¡­¡± ¡°Oh, so he did say it¡­¡­ Huh? Me?¡± ¡°Yeah, I mean, are you really listening? I told n what Katarina-sama said, about me having a green thumb.¡± ¡°Eh? You said that to him yourself? Moreover, exactly what I said?¡± ¡°Yeah, hearing something like that from Katarina-sama, I was really happy, so I also told it to Prince n.¡± As she said so, her cheeks were flushed red. ¡­¡­So, what does that mean. Since Mary told Prince n first that I praised her green thumb for being a special existence, Prince n never got the chance to say ¡°Mary, you and your green thumb are a special existence.¡± And then Prince n didn¡¯t have anything else to say. I had already said it. I¡¯m sorry, Prince n. After that, it seems that Mary still has a favorable impression of Prince n, but not that kind of favor¡­¡­ I¡¯m really sorry, Prince n. ¡­¡­Well, since they are still connected by an engagement, you should still have a chance to make her realize the charm of a prince. Good luck, Prince n. It seems that, since I was looking off into the distance, Mary was worried and asked me, ¡°is your stomach alright?¡± She¡¯s really such a good ojou-san. Since I¡¯ve already interfered with you two¡¯s happiness, I truly hope you can find happiness. I can¡¯t act as a go-between for the two of them anymore, but decided to cheer for them softly in my heart. And then, a few weekster. I was harvesting thest of the vegetables from the field. ¡°Ojou-sama, the prince is here to see ojou-sama about something!¡± For some reason, Anne looked to be in a panic. ¡°Really Anne, why are you so panicked. Since it¡¯s Prince Jared, isn¡¯t it fine if he justes here to find me like usual?¡± As for Jared, at first we greeted him solemnly each time, after three days like this, Jared himself said ¡°you don¡¯t have to greet me like this,¡± and would usuallye find me by himself. He¡¯s gottenpletely used to my appearance in workwear, so there¡¯s no need to change my clothes to wee him anymore. So, there¡¯s no reason to panic just because the prince hase. ¡°That¡¯s not it. Ojou-sama. It¡¯s not Prince Jared.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Huh?¡± What are you saying, Anne. There¡¯s no party or anything today, so there shouldn¡¯t be any princes visiting me apart from Prince Jared. I pulled up a well-grown cucumber. ¡°Prince Jared¡¯s younger brother, the fourth prince, Prince n hase!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Huh.¡± Involuntarily, I dropped the cucumber on top of the soil. ¡°¡­¡­Why?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know why he¡¯s here, but he¡¯s here to meet Katarina-sama.¡± Somehow, I had a premonition that something really bothersome was about to ur. I dashed back to the mansion, and changed into ojou-sama clothes with Anne¡¯s help before heading to the guest room to meet Prince n. Then I went to the guest room in a hurry, and there was a boy with a self-important attitude slouching on a chair. ¡°You kept me waiting.¡± This boy, didn¡¯t even greet me properly in my own home, and with such an attitude. He¡¯s got such a terrible attitude. By reflex, my cheeks began convulsing. ¡°How dare you visit unannounced with that kind of attitude¡± is what I¡¯d like to retort with, but¡­¡­ He is just an eight year old child. I have the mental age of seventeen + nine, and am a good adult. That¡¯s what I tell myself. ¡°I am so very sorry. I took too much time to get ready. My name is Katarina es.¡± ¡°I¡¯m n Stuart.¡± I greeted him like an adult, and with a smile, but n once again only had a self-important attitude. n Stuart. Since he is a capture target, he¡¯s quite handsome indeed. But, he doesn¡¯t resemble his twin Jared. If Jared is an orthodox handsome prince type with blonde hair and blue eyes, n¡¯s handsomeness has a wild streak to it, with his silver hair and blue eyes. However, even though he is so handsome¡­¡­ He¡¯s such a self-important brat. It was just like the selfish spoiled Katarina before my memory returned. Even though Jared is also a prince, he isn¡¯t this self-important. Although Jared¡¯s game character was always thinking something unknown on the inside, on the surface he was always calm and humble. That¡¯s what I was thinking as I observed the selfish Prince n. ¡°Katarina es. I came today because I have something to say to you.¡± The selfish prince turned a sharp gaze on me for some reason. ¡°¡­¡­Uh. What would that be?¡± Honestly, I have no idea what n would want with me. Well, I am Prince Jared¡¯s fiancee, but that shouldn¡¯t have anything to do with it¡­¡­ If it¡¯s just like the game then n should still be avoiding Jared. In particr, there shouldn¡¯t be any reason for him toe to my ce. ¡°You know Mary Hunt, right?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh, ah, yes.¡± Huh? Why is this about Mary? ¡°I heard from Mary that the two of you are very close.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Yes. We have a very good rtionship.¡± n¡¯s gaze became even sharper. What is this, what does the prince want to say. ¡°Mary Hunt has be my fiancee. Did you know that?¡± ¡°Yes. I have been told.¡± ¡°If you know, stop seducing her!¡± ¡°¡­¡­What¡¯s this about seducing!?¡± n red at me with maximum power. I was so stunned that I couldn¡¯t speak. No no, what are you talking about? This prince, is he okay? When did I seduce Mary¡­¡­ He says I seduced Mary who is a fellow girl! For sure, Mary is really cute and gentle and I like her a lot, and would also like to get along with her from now on¡­¡­ I want to have her, but I¡¯ve never even considered getting married to her! I don¡¯t swing that way! However, n ignored that I was stunned and continued to attack me. ¡°Are you just pretending not to know!? Whenever I invite her, she always says ¡®I promised to see Katarina-sama today¡¯ and rejects me, and even when we are together she only talks about you! Everything about Mary is so pure, so it can¡¯t be anything other than you seducing her!¡± ¡°Hey, what is this! This is a false usation!¡± I couldn¡¯t act like an adult anymore with n on a rampage and shouted right back at him. ¡°What do you mean, a false usation? It¡¯s the truth! With such a face, you deceived such a pure Mary!¡± This arrogant prince, has condemned me to viiny just because of my viinous face. What a disgusting jerk. ¡°There¡¯s no way that could be true! It¡¯s your fault for inviting Mary when she already promised toe over to my ce! Besides, if you were really that attractive then she would go to see you whenever you invite her! You justck appeal! And, she only talks about me because she finds you boring!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Lack appeal¡­¡­ Boring¡­¡­¡± I shouted at him in a fit of rage without thinking. Then, after shouting, I became startled. The Prince n before me seems to have frozen solid. ¡­¡­This is bad. I¡¯ve done it now. I¡¯ve said some terrible things to him before I realized it. In the first ce, this might be partly because I stole his lines¡­¡­ However, once again, I can¡¯t take back what I¡¯ve already said, so no use crying over spilled milk. I broke out into a cold sweat. ¡°¡­¡­Hahahaha. This is the first time I¡¯ve been made fun of to my face.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Uhh~. That was¡­¡­ uh¡­¡­¡± n¡¯s face looked like it was about to explode at any moment. Ahh, I¡¯ve said something irrevocable. ¡°I hope you¡¯re prepared, Katarina es. That rant, I¡¯ll take that as a challenge against me.¡± No, no, nothing of the sort. I didn¡¯t intend to challenge you. I just had a little slip of the tongue¡­ ¡°Have a match with me.¡± n loudly dered. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°¡­¡­And, why did it be like this?¡± Anne looked at me with a face full of disbelief. We were in the mansion¡¯s garden, in front of the tallest tree. ¡°Well, n said something like ¡®since you¡¯re a woman, I¡¯ll let you decide on the method of the match.¡¯¡± ¡°¡­¡­Even if that¡¯s so, for the prince of a country and a duke¡¯s daughter¡­¡­ To do something like tree climbing¡­¡­ that¡¯s so¡­¡­¡± ¡°I mean, the only thing that came to mind when I thought about what I was good at, was this¡­¡± ¡°No, in the first ce, for Prince n. He¡¯s definitely never done anything like climb a tree! Hepletely froze solid when you said tree climbing!¡± ¡°No, but he was the one who issued the challenge in the first ce¡­¡­¡± Indeed, when I suggested ¡°tree climbing¡± for the method of our match, hepletely froze solid. His mouth remained open and unmoving for a full ten seconds. However, when I asked him ¡°perhaps you don¡¯t know how to climb a tree?¡± he unfroze and retorted ¡°no such thing! I ept your challenge!¡± Thus, currently, standing in front of the tallest tree in the garden were me, Anne, n, and his servants. By the way, my clever and kind stepbrother, went off to distract my mother so that she wouldn¡¯t find out about thismotion. The match¡¯s rules are simple. Whoever reaches the top first wins. n stared at the tree with his mouth wide agape for a while, but seems to have be determined and rolled up his sleeves. However, n¡¯s servants were raising quite a fuss. Then, desperatements like ¡°prince, it¡¯s dangerous,¡± and ¡°please stop¡± were heard. I had already changed into clothes that were easy to move in, and was fully prepared. ¡°Well then, Prince n. Are you ready?¡± ¡°I¡¯m ready anytime.¡± ¡°Then, we¡¯ll start at the servant¡¯s signal.¡± ¡°O, Okay.¡± And then, with everyone watching, the match began. And then, it finished immediately. Of course, it was my overwhelming victory. I climbed the tree as smoothly as usual, and got to the top in just a few minutes. However, as for n¡­¡­ he¡¯s probably never even climbed a tree in the first ce. While I was climbing, he was still hesitating at the first branch. And so, I won the match overwhelmingly, but¡­¡­ ¡°Prince n. With this, the match is over. Is that fine?¡± Don¡¯t even think that a spoiled prince who¡¯s never even climbed a tree can possibly beat me who was known as a monkey in her past life! I aimed a triumphant smile at n. Then, n red at me with a frustrated face. ¡°¡­¡­It¡¯s not over yet¡­¡­¡± ¡°Eh?¡± ¡°Let¡¯s have another match! I just wasn¡¯t used to it the first time.¡± n just admitted that it was his first time. He indeed had never done it before. He should have said so from the beginning, how pretentious. ¡°Is that really alright? You won¡¯t beat me so easily.¡± ¡°It¡¯s exactly what I want!¡± And so, n challenged me many times over, but¡­¡­ The result was always the same. Well, it¡¯s a natural conclusion. And then he said¡­¡­ ¡°I¡¯m definitely going to win next time. Be prepared!¡± n is really such a poor loser, and went away while dering ¡°I¡¯ll be back.¡± And so, I became n¡¯s rival from then on. Chapter 13 — I changed the type of match

Chapter 13 - I changed the type of match

From now on, n would keeping to say ¡°face me!¡± and I would always beat him with plenty of room to spare. It became that he would alwayse over to my ce saying ¡°let¡¯s have a match!¡± and his days of losing continued. As a result, since hees over so frequently our rtionship isn¡¯t as bad anymore, having be friends, and in between matches we would often have a cup of tea together. Moreover, recently n seems to be lively and quite happy even when he keeps losing. It¡¯s probably just my imagination. In this way, I was getting along well somehow¡­¡­ However, that day finally came. ¡°Jared!? Why are you here!?¡± Jared and n had coincidentally met each other in the es family garden. Since Jared ising over once every three days, and n ising over once a week, it¡¯s no surprise that they have finally met here. Mary who wasing over more than n at the rate of twice a week, had already greeted Jared. By the way, I had already talked with Jared a little about ning over here to have matches with me. However, I never told n about Jareding over here every three days. I thought he would have known already that I am Jared¡¯s fiancee, but¡­¡­ n looked quite hostile towards Jared, but also seemed to be hesitant on getting the story out of Jared. Thus, since the brothers never really interacted with each other, they didn¡¯t know each other¡¯s schedules and happened to run into each other by chance at my ce today. ¡°You¡¯re saying such a weird thing. Since this is my fiancee¡¯s family,ing over here isn¡¯t anything strange at all.¡± Jared replied with a smile. That¡¯s true, it¡¯s like that, but I think youing over once every three days is too much¡­¡­ Or, I wonder, is itmon for that to be the norm over here. ¡°¡­¡­Anyways, since I came over here to have a match with her today, don¡¯t interfere!¡± n didn¡¯t have as much spirit as usual. I wonder what happened to his usual self-important aura. Seeing n¡¯s strange condition, the perceptive Jared smiled as if to say he detected n trying to act tough. ¡°About this match, I¡¯ve heard that you haven¡¯t won even once after all these times? Wouldn¡¯t it be better if you just gave up already?¡± Jared said so with very cold eyes for some reason. I¡¯m sure that he¡¯s usually indirect with me¡­¡­ being so direct like that¡­ I timidly looked at n to see if he was about to explode with anger - He didn¡¯t seem to be angry¡­¡­ Instead, he had a very bitter expression. ¡°¡­¡­N, no!! The match isn¡¯t over yet! Even I can do it! Even I can¡­¡­ Even I can¡­¡­¡± Somehow n¡¯s voice became rather pained as he shouted out in desperation. Man, it seems that n can¡¯t see anything other than Jared¡¯s reflection. There was an indescribable atmosphere in the es garden. Aw, awkward¡­¡­ I feel like I¡¯m half-involved in this as well¡­ This atmosphere is so awkward. Okay, I should change the topic here to clear the air. And so, in order to dispel the strange atmosphere, I proposed an idea that I had been thinking about recently. ¡°¡­¡­Uh, uhh Prince n. If it¡¯s alright with you, how about we change the type of match? If we climb the tree too much, mother will surely find out eventually and be angry with me.¡± In truth, it was a miracle already that mother had not discovered our tree climbing matches yet, but I was getting a dangerous feeling about it. Also, not only had mother ordered me to stop climbing trees, if it was found out that even the prince was tree climbing, lightning would surely strike me. Whenever n visits, since my dependable little brother Keith always apanies her, it seems that mother is beginning to suspect something is going on. If I don¡¯t change the type of match here, things will get really bad. ¡°¡­¡­If it¡¯s something like that¡­¡­ Then, what do you want topete in?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Hmm~.¡± n finally looked at me. The awkward atmosphere from earlier faded a little. Thank goodness, thank goodness. However, for me to have brought up changing the type of match myself¡­¡­ Honestly, my magic is so shabby, and my academics are only average, so the truth is that there¡¯s not much I canpete in. Or maybe, I should lose to n once on purpose so that he will be finally satisfied. But, that would be so frustrating. As I was saying ¡°Hmm~, hmm~,¡± while shaking my head, one of n¡¯s servants spoke up. ¡°Um, how about something like a board game, since there¡¯s no risk of injury?¡± Indeed, if it¡¯s a board game, there won¡¯t be any risk of injury, and there won¡¯t be any gender difference either¡­¡­ However, during my previous life, I was bad at things like card games and Othello. While chess is popr here, I¡¯m even worse at it. It¡¯s not that I can¡¯t y it, but to lose would be so frustrating. Upon seeing my dissatisfied appearance, the servant seems to have realized that this is no good. ¡°Well then, how about music? The person that gives the better performance is the winner.¡± He proposed a new idea. Music instruments, eh¡­¡­ By the way, since being able to y instruments seems to be rted to noble status, I have been taught how to y the piano and violin since I was little. In my previous life I yed the recorder and the piano but never did any performances, and currently I only y the piano a little. As for the violin¡­¡­ Unfortunately, it wasn¡¯t for me. ¡°I¡¯ll, be fine with the piano.¡± I replied energetically and n agreed as well. And so, the match changed from tree climbing, to a piano performance showdown. It suddenly became a more noble-like match. Even if mother found out about it, lightning wouldn¡¯t strike me. And next to the relieved me, were n¡¯s servants who seemed to be overjoyed that ¡°the tree climbing is finally over, how wonderful.¡± The servant that proposed the board game and musicpetition ideas was praised as ¡°well done¡± by the other servants. And so, everyone moved into the piano room for the piano showdown with peace of mind. The es family piano is really grand, befitting that of a duke¡¯s. It gave off a much more high-ss feeling than the one in the music ssroom at school from my previous life. The judges for our performances would be n¡¯s servants and my servants, and we also asked Jared to judge us as well. And so it was decided that I would perform first, followed by n. I went to the piano and sat down on the piano chair. In my previous life I could only y the ¡°Flea Waltz,¡± but now I can also y practice pieces for children. I made several mistakes, but I still think I did pretty well overall. In fact, Jared was shocked, saying ¡°Katarina can y the piano?¡± Is that apliment? And, subsequently, n began ying the piano. For the sake of fairness, he was ying the same children¡¯s song as me. And it was supposed to be the same song¡­¡­ but it rang throughout the room like apletely different tune. Starting from me, everyone in the room held their breath. That was how amazing n¡¯s performance was. I was enthralled by the performance. I thought he was just a self-important prince, but I¡¯m very surprised to find out he has such a talent. And then, after his performance ended, the apuse that did not ur after my performance filled the room. ¡°That was amazing. Prince n. You¡¯re so amazing.¡± I said that by instinct. Honestly, even though I don¡¯t know very much about music, I thought it was great to listen to. However, n himself had a stiff face. ¡°It wasn¡¯t such a big deal.¡± ¡°Nothing of the sort. Isn¡¯t it a great talent?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Something of that extent isn¡¯t what I can call talent.¡± For some reason, when I praised him, his face became even stiffer. And then - ¡°As you say Katarina, it was quite amazing.¡± Jared praised the performance just like I did. ¡°¡­¡­Even though you don¡¯t think that at all.¡± n practically spat that out. His face had the same terribly bitter expression as before. ¡°Stop giving mepliments you don¡¯t mean! I¡¯m sure you¡¯re only here to make fun of me that can¡¯t do anything!¡± n shouted. Then, he ran out of the room almost as if he was being chased by something. Exactly, what on earth is going on¡­¡­ When he escapes so agitatedly, it really gives off the impression that something is chasing him. While giving the stunned servants a contemptuous nce, I chased after n like the heroine of a shoujo manga. It seems to be true that when a person is looking to escape, they will go to a familiar ce. n was under the tree that we always climbed for our matches. As I approached, n raised his head a little, but after seeing that it was me, he lowered it again. ¡°¡­¡­Did you alsoe tough at me?¡± ¡°Huh?¡± n muttered, but I didn¡¯t understand what he meant at all. What does it mean, he thinks I came tough at him. That doesn¡¯t seem like anything pleasant. ¡°¡­¡­Surely you came here tough at me for being able to y the piano a little.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Saying that you can only y the piano a little¡­¡­ I don¡¯t think it¡¯s on the level of only being a little. It¡¯s an amazing talent.¡± When n showed off how well he could y the piano, I thought he would be all self-important like usual, but he¡¯s actually being quite humble. Comparing that to my performance, it would be like ranking down my so-so performance to worthlessness. ¡°Such ttery. I can¡¯t do anything anyways. Always second to Jared.¡± I thought he was a self-important prince, but he¡¯s actually a negative prince instead. ¡°¡­¡­But it¡¯s not just ttery¡­¡­ Prince n, why is that you won¡¯t believe in yourself more?¡± ¡°Hmm. Ever since I was born, I was always beingpared to Jared, and I can¡¯t beat him in anything, no matter what it is. Jared took all the good parts starting from our birth, and I¡¯m only ever left with his leftovers, how am I supposed to have self-confidence?¡± Ohh, I get it. Come to think of it, this was also the game setting. Ever since they were born, n was alwayspared with Jared and couldn¡¯t win in anything. No matter how hard he desperately tried, Jared could always beat him with a cool face. Certainly in such a situation, it wouldn¡¯t be easy to simply tell him to work hard and have self-confidence. After all, in the game, even the kind and cute Mary couldn¡¯t save him. But n has never been inferior. In the game, his academic grades have always been top ss. His brother Jared was just too much of a superman. And, his piano performance just now was really impressive. n might just have a talent for music. Indeed, in the game there was even a great scene where n yed the violin to the heroine. I think he probably has more talent than Jared in music. Therefore - ¡°¡­¡­I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a question of being suitable or not.¡± ¡°¡­¡­What do you mean?¡± Uh oh. I¡¯ve said it now. n is looking at me intently. ¡°Well, uh¡­¡­ Prince Jared has things that he is good and bad at, so Prince n surely also has things that you are good at, it¡¯s natural that people will be more suited to some things than others.¡± I became a bit flustered, but somehow I exined it. ¡°Being suited or unsuited¡­¡­ Then, is there anything that Jared¡¯s bad at? I¡¯ve never heard of anything.¡± Indeed, it appeared that there was nothing that the genius Jared could not do skillfully. He is very good at swordsmanship, and his head just as good. He should have been like this when he came over to visit me¡­¡­ He even helped me harvest the field, clearly with more efficiency than me. There isn¡¯t anything that he can¡¯t do, he shouldn¡¯t have anything that he¡¯s bad at. That¡¯s what I always thought. However¡­¡­ ¡°Hahahaha. I know what Jared¡¯s weak at!¡± ¡°!?¡± Iughed fearlessly. In fact just recently, I realized what Jared¡¯s not good at. Or maybe it¡¯s better to say discovered. Even I thought at first that Jared was an absolutely perfect prince with no weaknesses. However, as time passed by, while harvesting the field, I only became aware of it because our meetings turned into something simr to a neighborhood women¡¯s meeting. ¡°Prince Jared¡¯s weakness, is, well.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Is?¡± When I saw n waiting with bated breath, I smiled wickedly. It¡¯s a story that happened a few weeks ago. On that day, both Jared and Mary hade over, and I was harvesting the vegetables to share with everyone. Jared offered to help me, and Mary and Keith also took some vegetables. Something passed by my foot, and went towards Mary, while I thought ¡°oh, what a surprise.¡± Then, Jared who was close to me had ran off. He was usually so calm andposed, this was my first time seeing such a panicked expression. And then, I realized. Could it possibly be, that this was Jared¡¯s weakness. While I was smiling wickedly at n, I saw Jareding over to look for us as we had not returned for quite some time. This is a chance. I think this might be his weakness, but let¡¯s try it out since I¡¯m not for certain. And so, I grabbed the thing in my pocket that had been concealed for several days. I had been waiting for an opportunity to try it out sometime. I had n hide behind the tree so he could watch Jared¡¯s reaction. And then, I threw ¡°that¡± in front of Jared as he walked towards me. ¡°AHH!?¡± When ¡°that¡± suddenly appeared in front of him, Jared let out a loud scream. And then, his face seemed rather panicked and scared, without any of the usual calm, collected feeling. ¡°There¡¯s no mistake now.¡± I gloated by reflex towards the tree¡¯s shade. ¡°Oi, I told you if you waited a little here you could see what Jared¡¯s weakness was. And now, exactly what will you do?¡± Because n had been doubting me, I was rather proud of myself. ¡°That¡¯s a snake.¡± ¡°Snake!?¡± ¡°Although I say that, it¡¯s a fake one. I can¡¯t put a real one in my pocket since it would move around too much.¡± ¡°¡­¡­No, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a question of putting a snake in your pocket¡­¡­ So uh, why did you just throw it?¡± ¡°That way, I can show you what Prince Jared¡¯s weakness is.¡± ¡°His weakness is something like¡­¡­ snakes!?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. I had my suspicions before, but his reaction just now confirmed it for me. Prince Jared¡¯s weakness is definitely snakes.¡± I told him loudly. This was such a great discovery. I finally found a chink in the armor of that perfect prince. By the way, the fake snake that I threw was something I made out of some crumpled paper. I prepared it to experiment with Jared¡¯s possible weakness. It still doesn¡¯t quite look like the real thing, but the result was quite admirable. ¡°His weakness is something like snakes¡­¡­ No, he definitely looked very scared¡­¡­ I definitely thought such a thing wouldn¡¯t be possible¡­¡­ But something like a snake¡­¡­ No, but he had such an amazing panicked look¡­¡­¡± For some reason n began talking to himself while I was just jumping up and down in joy next to him. I¡¯ve discovered Jared¡¯s weakness. This is in case of emergency - it will surelye in useful if I reach a destruction end. While I was jumping with joy, I did not notice the dark presence approaching me from behind. ¡°Katarina. You seem to be in very high spirits. Whatever could have happened?¡± ¡°!?¡± Looking behind me, Jared was standing there with a beautiful smile. He was holding my toy snake firmly in his hands. While he was smiling, his eyes had noughter to them. ¡°¡­¡­Pr, Prince Jared.¡± ¡°I was worried about you two since neither of you had returned after quite a while, but what on earth is this, I wonder.¡± As he said so, he set the toy snake he was holding down in front of me. ¡°Eh, uh, that¡¯s¡­¡­¡± Without him even saying any more forceful words, I already panicked. Oh no, I was thinking to try this out light-heartedly, but I¡¯ve angered Jared more than I thought I would. And even though he shouldn¡¯t have seen me do it, he seems to be convinced that it was me. Why is that. ¡°Katarina became nine years oldst month, right?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Yes.¡± ¡°It¡¯s inconceivable that a nine year old daughter of a duke would throw such a toy at her fiance, isn¡¯t it?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Uhh.¡± Jared¡¯s smile seems to be getting even darker. ¡­¡­This is so scary. It couldn¡¯t be, I might be exiled like this for the crime of ¡°throwing a toy snake at the prince¡­¡± ¡°Come to think of it, I haven¡¯t seen Duchess es today, what would she happen to be doing?¡± ¡°¡­Ah, she should be having tea with Keith right now.¡± Since I was confused by the sudden change of topic, I answered without thinking. Then, Jared began grinning devilishly. ¡°Is that so, I absolutely must go to greet her. I want to tell her about the tree climbing matches with n, and about Katarina throwing a toy at me.¡± ¡°!?¡± What!? He¡¯s going to get revenge on me by selling me out to mother for throwing a toy snake at him! He is indeed a sadistic prince, such a terrible guy. And then, I begged and chased him desperately as the evil sadistic prince made his way towards my mother. However, he only responded with a wide smile and much sarcasm. Ahh, I¡¯ve angered someone that I shouldn¡¯t have. From behind the despairing me, I felt like I heard a voice, and when I stopped chasing Jared and looked back by reflex I saw n that I hadpletely forgotten about - he wasughing so hard that he could barely stand. The way he lookedughing while holding his stomach was actually pretty funny. This n, he¡¯s actuallyughing at the misfortune of others¡­¡­ Well, it¡¯s what I deserved, but still¡­¡­ But, I didn¡¯t have the spare time to mind n right now. I chased desperately after Jared. However, I had no way to stop the angry Jared. He told mother about me hiding the tree climbing matches from her, and throwing a toy snake at him¡­¡­ I received several straight hours of lecturing. However, this incident was not a total disaster. I also got a big harvest. I found Jared¡¯s weakness! In an emergency, if I¡¯m facing the destruction end where I¡¯ll be cut down by Jared¡¯s sword, I¡¯ll throw a toy snake at him, and take the opportunity to escape while he¡¯s panicking. It¡¯s perfect. After all, I¡¯m quite the strategist. Before I have to attend school, I¡¯llplete a toy snake that looks much more realistic, and keep it hidden in my pocket at all times! And in this way I discovered another wonderful method to avoid a destruction g. By the way, after that, for some reason n didn¡¯t challenge me to any more matches. However, he would still visit me, even without the matches, for whatever reason¡­¡­ Moreover, somehow he¡¯s begun speaking normally with Jared as well. Why is that¡­¡­ While it was something I minded a bit, I don¡¯t have the time to care about that right now! In case I need to defeat Jared one day, I absolutely have to make a much more realistic toy snake. Chapter 14 — Being born as the fourth prince

Chapter 14 - Being born as the fourth prince

I was born as the fourth prince of this country, and n Stuart is my name. I have an older twin brother, the third prince Jared Stuart. I spent the years right after I was born mostly in bed as I had a terribly weak constitution. I grew up being loved and raised by mother and my nanny and everyone gently. When my health finally improved, I earnestly began my swordsmanship and academic studies, and I worked desperately hard in order to catch up to my older brothers due to the dy. And then, all my teachers praised me as amazing, honestly, I was getting a bit carried away. However, I realized something when I had my first academic lecture together with Jared. The problems that I had to spend so much effort on in order to solve, Jared would always solve quickly with a cool face. It was the same way during swordsmanship training. While I was just barely hanging in there desperately, Jared would always defeat me as if his opponent was only a baby. I¡¯m worse than Jared. And by quite an amount¡­¡­ I finally realized that. My academic and my swordsmanship teachers tried tofort me by saying that Jared was special, and that losing to him is unavoidable, from then on, I refused to learn alongside Jared anymore. Then, I became distant from Jared¡­¡­ And then one day, I heard this. ¡°What is Prince n doing now, all by himself.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t it unavoidable since he was so sickly and was bedridden for a long time, there¡¯s no helping it.¡± ¡°Anyways, even though they¡¯re twins, it¡¯s pitiful that there¡¯s such a difference between them.¡± ¡°Indeed, it seems like Prince Jared took all the good parts starting from birth.¡± ¡°Haha, taking all the good points, leaving only the leftovers, eh.¡± ¡°Oi oi, that¡¯s going too far.¡± The castle servants were joking about me whileughing in such a manner. I felt like everything was going dark before my eyes. I forgot to even me them for their rudeness right in front of me¡­¡­ The words ¡°Prince Jared took all the good parts starting from birth¡± were like unremovable thorns stuck in my chest. After hearing it once, I realized¡­¡­ It seemed like that was being whispered everywhere. My swordsmanship teacher, my academic teachers, all the servants seemed to be saying it¡­¡­ No matter how hard I worked¡­¡­ Jared got further and further above me with a cool face. Before I noticed, I had be filled with an inferiorityplex towards Jared. However, no matter how conscious I was of Jared, Jared had no interest whatsoever in me, he didn¡¯t see me at all¡­¡­ That made me even more frustrated, I felt bitter¡­¡­ And then I distanced myself from Jared even more¡­¡­ Even so, my frustration and bitterness only increased. I heard that Jared got engaged in the spring that we turned eight. That he himself initiated the engagement with a powerful duke¡¯s daughter was the topic of the castle. And from then on, it became my turn to get engaged. Of course, I was unable to decide it for myself like Jared did. The nobles were moring for my attention as I was still a single prince with no fiancee. And then, my fiancee that was decided by politics turned out to be Mary Hunt. Luckily, she¡¯s a very lovely girl. She has auburn-colored long eyshes, andrge eyes, almost doll-like. The way she tried hard to greet me in such a tiny voice was also pretty lovely. Since I¡¯m the youngest, if I can get a cute sister like her, I¡¯ll be pretty happy. And then, she showed me the courtyard garden that she was taking care of. It was such a beautiful garden. When I praised the amazing garden, Mary smiled. When I saw Mary like that, I remembered a book titled ¡°The Girl with the Green Thumb,¡± that I read the other day. It was a story about a girl who could grow nts extremely well, a girl with a green thumb. Ah, Mary also has a green thumb. I tried to rte Mary to this story. ¡°The other day, I was told that I have a green thumb, and that it¡¯s an amazing special existence.¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡± It was almost as if Mary could read my mind, she said the words I wanted to say before I had a chance, I don¡¯t even know what to say next. ¡°Recently, I became friends with Katarina-sama, who told me so the other day.¡± Her face was flushed, and Mary seemed to be staring off into space as she remembered that moment, her expression was just like that of a maiden in love. Feelingpletely left behind, I just replied ¡°ah¡± in response. However,pared to me that only returned appropriate responses for the situation, Mary only talked about her Katarina-sama passionately. And from then on, whenever I met with Mary, she would only talk about her Katarina-sama passionately every time. What¡¯s more, whenever I invited Mary to tea, she always said ¡°I promised to visit Katarina-sama today,¡± and rejected me. Heck, what on earth is this person called Katarina supposed to be? While my dissatisfaction was increasing, I found out her identity soon enough. Katarina es. The only daughter of the es family, and she also seems to be Jared¡¯s fiancee. Jared takes everything from me with his cool face. This time even Jared¡¯s fiancee Katarina, is trying to steal Mary from me¡­¡­ Everything went dark before my eyes again. And, before I realized it, I was riding on a horse-drawn carriage towards the es mansion. The girl that arrivedte to the guest room introduced herself as Katarina es. She has light blue eyes and tawny hair. I¡¯ve heard that she¡¯s the same age as me. Although she¡¯s not ugly, her tight, upturned light blue eyes gave off quite the intense impression for a girl. Since she¡¯s Jared¡¯s fiancee, and Mary is always praising her, I thought she would be quite a beauty¡­¡­ I feel like I¡¯ve beenpletely had. To Katarina es, I immediately mentioned Mary. ¡°Mary Hunt has be my fiancee. Did you know that?¡± ¡°Yes. I have been told.¡± The way Katarina said it as if it wasn¡¯t anything to her irritated me. ¡°If you know, stop seducing her!¡± ¡°¡­¡­What¡¯s this about seducing!?¡± Katarina¡¯s light blue eyes were wide open. Her attitude was one of not even remembering what she herself had done. I naturally became even more irritated and began shouting. ¡°Are you just pretending not to know!? Whenever I invite her, she always says ¡®I promised to see Katarina-sama today¡¯ and rejects me, and even when we are together she only talks about you! Everything about Mary is so pure, so it can¡¯t be anything other than you seducing her!¡± ¡°Hey, what is this! This is a false usation!¡± Katarina¡¯s already upturned eyes turned up even further. ¡°What do you mean, a false usation? It¡¯s the truth! With such a face, you deceived such a pure Mary!¡± ¡°There¡¯s no way that could be true! It¡¯s your fault for inviting Mary when she already promised toe over to my ce! Besides, if you were really that attractive then she would go to see you whenever you invite her! You justck appeal! And, she only talks about me because she finds you boring!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Lack appeal¡­¡­ Boring¡­¡­¡± I lost my speech involuntarily. Indeed, up until now, I had a hard time of it because everyone said behind my back that Jared took all the good parts¡­¡­ This was the first time someone had foolish enough to make fun of me to my face. It was so outrageous,ughter welled up from within me. ¡°¡­¡­Hahahaha. This is the first time I¡¯ve been made fun of to my face.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Uhh~. That was¡­¡­ uh¡­¡­¡± ¡°I hope you¡¯re prepared, Katarina es. That rant, I¡¯ll take that as a challenge against me.¡± And then I loudly dered it towards Katarina. ¡°Have a match with me.¡± Exactly, how has it be like this. Standing in front of the tree, I was thinking. Indeed, I had just challenged Katarina es to a match. If the other party was also a boy, it would have been a duel with swords, but I challenged a girl. For that reason, I let Katarina pick the type of match. So, I thought it would be a board game like chess, but¡­¡­ ¡°Then, let¡¯s do tree climbing!¡± Katarina, said something I¡¯m not familiar with hearing. Tree climbing? What¡¯s that? I know the words but, I¡¯ve never seen it in action¡­¡­ Up until now, in my eight years of life, I¡¯ve never done such a thing. In the first ce, not even themoner kids do this, and I¡¯ve never seen a noble child climb a tree. However, when I was asked ¡°perhaps you don¡¯t know how to climb a tree?¡± my manly pride caused me to involuntarily say ¡°no such thing! I ept your challenge!¡± And now, I was standing in front of the tallest tree in the garden along with Katarina. By the way, the rules are simple, whoever reaches the top first wins. For sure, it will be easy to tell who¡¯s better. However, since I¡¯ve never climbed a tree before in my life, I don¡¯t even know how to start. But, since I¡¯ve epted the match, I can¡¯t back down. I prepared myself, and rolled up my sleeves. ¡°Well then, Prince n. Are you ready?¡± ¡°I¡¯m ready anytime.¡± ¡°Then, we¡¯ll start at the servant¡¯s signal.¡± ¡°O, Okay.¡± And then, with everyone watching, the match began. And then, it finished immediately. The result was a crushing defeat. Since I didn¡¯t know in the first ce how to begin climbing a tree, and what to do after that, I was stopped at the first branch in confusion. And then, I watched in disbelief as Katarina climbed the tree smoothly like a monkey, and reached the top in no time. Why is it that Katarina, the daughter of a duke, is so good at climbing trees¡­¡­? ¡°Prince n. With this, the match is over. Is that fine?¡± However, since Katarina had such a smug look on her face - I involuntarily said something. ¡°¡­¡­It¡¯s not over yet¡­¡­¡± ¡°Eh?¡± ¡°Let¡¯s have another match! I just wasn¡¯t used to it the first time.¡± ¡°Is that really alright? You won¡¯t beat me so easily.¡± ¡°It¡¯s exactly what I want!¡± However, no matter how many times I challenged her, I couldn¡¯t beat Katarina who climbed trees with great speed just like a monkey. For that reason, I decided to challenge her again at ater date. A few weeks after I had begun challenging Katarina. I noticed something several times as I was challenging Katarina. It¡¯s that Katarina is always serious. She never went easy on me just because I¡¯m a prince. And, she always looked right at me. I¡¯ve never challenged anyone seriously like this until now. And always, no matter how hard I worked, I couldn¡¯t take my eyes off my brother Jared¡­¡­ Katarina¡¯s unwavering eyes and serious attitude healed the pain in my chest a little. Without realizing it, I began to consider it fun just to go visit Katarina. However, that day finally came. ¡°Jared!? Why are you here!?¡± When my brother appeared at the es mansion, I instinctively rose my voice. ¡°You¡¯re saying such a weird thing. Since this is my fiancee¡¯s family,ing over here isn¡¯t anything strange at all.¡± Jared replied with his usualposed smile. Certainly, it was as he said, so I had no reply for him. And, without realizing it, I was surprised to find that I had somehow forgotten about the fact that Katarina is Jared¡¯s fiancee. ¡°¡­¡­Anyways, since I came over here to have a match with her today, don¡¯t interfere!¡± ¡°About this match, I¡¯ve heard that you haven¡¯t won even once after all these times? Wouldn¡¯t it be better if you just gave up already?¡± Jared¡¯s eyes were very cold as he said that. The phrase ¡°Prince Jared took all the good parts¡± began to reverberate in my head again. ¡°¡­¡­N, no!! The match isn¡¯t over yet! Even I can do it! Even I can¡­¡­ Even I can¡­¡­¡± Don¡¯t look down on me! Don¡¯t make a fool out of me! I felt that everything was going dark before me again¡­¡­ Even though my chest had been feeling lightertely, the usual heavy feeling hit me again. This is bad¡­¡­ I feel terrible¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Uh, uhh Prince n. If it¡¯s alright with you, how about we change the type of match? If we climb the tree too much, mother will surely find out eventually and be angry with me.¡± Abruptly, I heard Katarina¡¯s voice and saw her idiotic face. Just by looking at that face, the heavy feeling in my chest faded a little. Katarina proposed to change the match from tree climbing to a piano performance showdown. I moved to the piano room, and the showdown began. Katarina went first and performed a children¡¯s song. Katarina yed while making many small mistakes. And then, it was my turn to y the piano. When my performance ended, everyone in the room was pping. Katarina raised her voice in excitement. ¡°That was amazing. Prince n. You¡¯re so amazing.¡± Katarina praised me just like the teachers in the castle did. Surely, this was also mere ttery. ¡°It wasn¡¯t such a big deal.¡± ¡°Nothing of the sort. Isn¡¯t it a great talent?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Something of that extent isn¡¯t what I can call talent.¡± Indeed, I did find music to be more fun than swordsmanship or academics, and it was something I was good at, but¡­¡­ A great talent¡­¡­ I have no such thing. I have the leftovers while Jared took all the good parts. No matter what I do, I¡¯m no match for Jared¡­¡­ ¡°As you say Katarina, it was quite amazing.¡± Jared said so with his usual fake smile. My brother that can do anything is surely trying to make a fool out of me. The world around me went dark yet again. The pain in my chest that had faded returned once again. ¡°¡­¡­Even though you don¡¯t think that at all. Stop giving mepliments you don¡¯t mean! I¡¯m sure you¡¯re only here to make fun of me that can¡¯t do anything!¡± It¡¯s intolerable for me to be in the same spot as Jared any longer. Everyone will only make a fool out of me. Before I realized it, I was running out of the room. I was just running around blindly, and before I realized it I was underneath the tree where I always challenged Katarina. After a while, I detected someone¡¯s presence standing beside me. I thought for sure that it would be a servanting to check on how I was doing, but instead it was Katarina for some reason. I muttered something involuntarily. ¡°¡­¡­Did you alsoe tough at me?¡± ¡°Huh?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Surely you came here tough at me for being able to y the piano a little.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Saying that you can only y the piano a little¡­¡­ I don¡¯t think it¡¯s on the level of only being a little. It¡¯s an amazing talent.¡± ¡°Such ttery. I can¡¯t do anything anyways. Always second to Jared.¡± This girl named Katarina seems different from the people in the castle somehow, but it¡¯s probably still the same. Boring ttery. And then, definitelyughing at me behind my back. I already know very well that I¡¯m no good. I mean, since everyone keeps saying so¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­But it¡¯s not just ttery¡­¡­ Prince n, why is that you won¡¯t believe in yourself more?¡± ¡°Hmm. Ever since I was born, I was always beingpared to Jared, and I can¡¯t beat him in anything, no matter what it is. Jared took all the good parts starting from our birth, and I¡¯m only ever left with his leftovers, how am I supposed to have self-confidence?¡± As I mocked myself, it seemed that even Katarina became silent for a while, but¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a question of being suitable or not.¡± This girl really won¡¯t shut up easily. ¡°¡­¡­What do you mean?¡± I questioned her while ring. ¡°Well, uh¡­¡­ Prince Jared has things that he is good and bad at, so Prince n surely also has things that you are good at, it¡¯s natural that people will be more suited to some things than others.¡± ¡°Being suited or unsuited¡­¡­ Then, is there anything that Jared¡¯s bad at? I¡¯ve never heard of anything.¡± Jared can do anything easily with a cool face. Despite living in the same castle as him, from the time since he was born, I haven¡¯t even heard of something such as a food he dislikes. He¡¯s impably perfect, that¡¯s Jared. He¡¯s different from me with his leftovers. However - ¡°Hahahaha. I know what Jared¡¯s weak at!¡± ¡°!?¡± Katarinaughed rather triumphantly. ¡°Prince Jared¡¯s weakness, is, well.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Is?¡± I involuntarily held my breath. Jared came looking for us since we hadn¡¯t returned for quite some time. Then, aiming in front of Jared, Katarina threw something. ¡°AHH!?¡± Suddenly, Jared screamed at whatever it was that was thrown in front of him. This is the first time in my life that I¡¯ve seen him panicking like this. ¡°Oi, I told you if you waited a little here you could see what Jared¡¯s weakness was. And now, exactly what will you do?¡± I had gotten close to Katarina by reflex upon seeing how distraught Jared was. Once again, Katarina had such a triumphant expression. ¡°That¡¯s a snake.¡± ¡°Snake!?¡± I was shocked at the unexpected answer. ¡°Although I say that, it¡¯s a fake one. I can¡¯t put a real one in my pocket since it would move around too much.¡± ¡°¡­¡­No, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a question of putting a snake in your pocket¡­¡­ So uh, why did you just throw it?¡± ¡°That way, I can show you what Prince Jared¡¯s weakness is.¡± ¡°His weakness is something like¡­¡­ snakes!?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. I had my suspicions before, but his reaction just now confirmed it for me. Prince Jared¡¯s weakness is definitely snakes.¡± Katarina told me in a loud voice. I don¡¯t know why, but she looked so proud. However¡­¡­ Jared¡¯s weakness is something like snakes¡­¡­ This is something unexpected. I mean, that¡¯s not the type of weakness I wanted to know, I wanted to know what he was bad at such as somewhere in swordsmanship or academics¡­¡­ But really, something like snakes¡­¡­ But¡­¡­ That¡¯s the first time I¡¯ve ever seen Jared panicking like that¡­¡­ Honestly, at the time, he did look quite scared. Also, Katarina threw a toy snake so proudly at the prince of a country. I withdraw my earlier statement. As I expected, this girl named Katarina ispletely different from the people in the castle. She¡¯s also different from other noble children. What a funny girl she is. And then, while I was thinking to myself about all these things, Jared had caught Katarina without me noticing. The angry Jared gradually approached Katarina. Well, it didn¡¯t feel like he was truly angry, but rather that he was pretending to be angry in order to y a joke on Katarina. The Jared I know is constantly bored, and always puts on a fake smile. It¡¯s like he¡¯s not interested in anything at all. That¡¯s the way it felt. And somehow, Jared has be serious due to Katarina throwing a toy snake at him, and is even pretending to be very angry. Is this really Jared? As I watched while stunned, it seems that Jared is going to tattle on Katarina about her wrongdoings to her mother. Katarina¡¯s earlier smug look was quickly wiped and reced as she turned pale. In the first ce, I have absolutely no idea why she seemed to be so proud earlier. Now she¡¯s desperately crying and apologizing to Jared. While I pitied her just a little, but¡­¡­ More than that, it¡¯s just too hrious. I couldn¡¯t stand it anymore and burst outughing while holding my belly. Iughed so hard that tears came out. This is the first time I¡¯ve everughed this much. Afterughing hard enough to cry, I feel like something that¡¯s umted within me up until now flowed out of me with the tears - I could see everything clearly again, and my chest was light. Before long, since Katarina was taken away by Duchess es, we went back to the castle. When we arrived at the castle I suddenly called out to Jared. ¡°Even you have a weakness, eh.¡± It felt rather unnatural to be talking to him, honestly, it¡¯s been a really long time since Ist talked to Jared. And, Jared who usually kept a cool smile at all times, tilted his head slightly in response to my statement. It¡¯s my first time seeing such an expression from him. ¡°It¡¯s not really a weakness, I just happen to not like them very much.¡± As he was saying so, his smile didn¡¯t seem asposed as usual. Isn¡¯t it that you don¡¯t like them very much because you¡¯re weak with them? I found it somewhat amusing to see a different side to my brother that I thought was invincible. ¡°I thought you had no weaknesses, and that you could do anything.¡± However, it wasn¡¯t my belief alone. Due to all the talking behind my back, somehow without realizing it I made my closest rtive into a threatening enemy. And, I couldn¡¯t even see the real Jared. Even Jared has some things he¡¯s not good at. Just like me. Today, I was able to notice this entirely thanks to that strange girl. ¡°Anyways, as for things I¡¯m bad at, there¡¯s something that even I can¡¯t do.¡± ¡°For example?¡± It seemed like Jared wasn¡¯t in his usual condition at the moment for some reason, he answered me with a wry smile. ¡°For example, predicting how Katarina es will act.¡± ¡°¡­¡­That is, indeed¡­¡­¡± I instinctively gave a wry smile as well. A girl that can climb a tree just like a monkey, as well as suddenly throw a toy snake at you, such a girl seems to be impossible to predict even for Jared. Once again, I remembered that smug look Katarina had on her face when she tossed that toy snake in front of Jared. I naturally loosened up. For the time being, just remembering that look on her face was so fun. ¡°Come to think of it, since your match with Katarina was interrupted today , are you going to go challenge her again? ¡°Hmm~. That¡¯s right. Somehow, I feel like there¡¯s no need.¡± Thinking upon it, I felt really good for some reason, and I didn¡¯t even care about the matches anymore. Until now, I had been so stubborn about winning, considering how obsessed I was, it¡¯s unbelievable how calm I am now. ¡°Then, I guess you won¡¯t be going to the es mansion anymore?¡± ¡°Eh, why would that be?¡± By reflex, I gave Jared a nk look. I didn¡¯t quite understand what Jared was trying to say. ¡°After all, if you¡¯re not challenging her then there shouldn¡¯t be a reason to go visit anymore.¡± ¡°¡­¡­No, that might be so, but¡­¡­¡± Indeed, if I¡¯m not going to challenge Katarina anymore, I won¡¯t have a reason anymore to visit the es mansion, but¡­¡­ I thought about the light blue eyes that always looked straight at me. She¡¯s my brother¡¯s fiance, so they¡¯re connected by that, but if I couldn¡¯t go and visit that girl anymore¡­ I felt that I really don¡¯t want that to happen. As I was thinking about this, Jared came towards me with a rather serious face. It¡¯s also the first time for me to see this face as well. ¡°Well, that girl is my fiancee.¡± ¡°??¡± I know that already. Once again, Jared tilted his head slightly, and gave yet another wry smile. ¡°Don¡¯t you have any self-awareness? But, aren¡¯t you definitely going to pass me?¡± Jared¡¯s smile turned fearless, then he left me and returned to his room quickly. While I don¡¯t really understand what he means, I watched his back as he left. Up until now, just seeing him would make my chest hurt, but now, everything is fine. While I haven¡¯t suddenly gotten to the point where I like Jared, it seems that no more dark feelings are welling up within me. After Jared returned to his room, so did I. On the way there, I saw two trees side-by-side in the garden, and thought about that strange girl who was so good at climbing trees yet again. Today, Katarina might be depressed right now because of how angry her mother is at her. Since I was the one who challenged her, I also feel partly responsible. Next time, let¡¯s go to apologize. Also, at that time let¡¯s take her favorite sweets to her as a gift. I¡¯m sure that like usual, she¡¯ll stuff her cheeks like a squirrel, and I smiled again by reflex as I imagined the way she looks with her mouth crammed full of food. Chapter 15 — I got a new hobby

Chapter 15 - I got a new hobby

It¡¯s now the second summer I¡¯ve experienced in this world since I recovered my memories. I¡¯m ten now. Last summer, my field wilted, and I was challenged many times by n, but this year has been peaceful so far. My fiance Prince Jared, his brother Prince n, and n¡¯s fiancee Mary have been visiting me all the time, just likest year. Instead of being in discord, I don¡¯t know why but, Jared and n were getting along normally. And, n has begun focusing on piano and violin performances seriously, and he¡¯s even being called a poster child for being blessed by the god of music. When I met Mary, she was a shy, nervous girl with no self-confidence, now she¡¯s already be quite the splendiddy. However, her admiration for me hasn¡¯t seemed to change. The other day, Mary told me something like ¡°if only I was a man, I¡¯d marry Katarina-sama¡± with her cheeks flushed. Mary is so lovely. By the way, I said to Mary ¡°since you¡¯re n¡¯s fiancee, wouldn¡¯t it be good if you two spent more time together?¡± However, it was categorically rejected with ¡°no way, then I¡¯ll get to spend less time with Katarina-sama!¡± Since she said it so bluntly, I won¡¯t say anything more on the subject. As for my cute stepbrother Keith, he¡¯s living cheerfully without being a hikikomori shut-in. However, he¡¯s still be adies¡¯ man just like in the game, and is always saying ¡°you have to treat girls gently and kindly.¡± By the way, my destruction g countermeasures are proceeding smoothly as well. Countermeasure against being cut down by Jared¡¯s sword - In order to be able to wlessly dodge his sword, I diligently practiced my swordsmanship, until my teacher said ¡°just like this! Your movements are excellent!¡± I was able to pass with excellent grades. In addition, in order to distract Jared from cutting me, the toy snake had beenpleted - I asked the head gardener Tom-san, who¡¯s known for being very good with his hands, to help me create an borate toy snake. With this, Jared will surely be scared for his life. Since it¡¯s made this well, maybe he¡¯ll even run straight out of town. Countermeasure for being exiled out of the country by myself - My strategy is to continue improving my magic so that I can get a magic-rted job to take care of myself. After learning from my magic tutor for one year, my ultimate technique Earth Thud that started out at two, three centimeters, has improved all the way to fifteen centimeters. Soon, I should be able to look cool while calling out ¡°Earth Barrier!¡± By the way, Keith haspletely mastered how to control his magic in this year, and can even manipte the giant earth golem from that time skillfully. I also really wanted to manipte earth golems, but¡­¡­ putting magic power into earth golems is surprisingly delicate work¡­¡­ Unfortunately, since doing delicate work isn¡¯t my strong suit, I can¡¯t learn it. My magic tutor told me, not only is the right amount of magic power necessary in order to use the right magic, but also magic sense. Magic is such a deep subject. As such, as my fulfilling days went by, I picked up a new hobby besides tree climbing and taking care of my field recently. My new hobby is reading. By the way, not hard books like history or economics. I¡¯m talking about so-called romance novels. At the current moment, there¡¯s a secret boom in these romance novels among all the girls. Meaning, that in noble society, it¡¯s a secret pleasure because these types of novels aren¡¯t allowed in public. By the way, the person who lent me the book I have now, is one of my maids who¡¯s sensitive to what¡¯s trendy. I was splendidly hooked by the books I borrowed and got addicted. Since I had lost my sulent living environment with anime and manga from the previous world, I fiercely devoured the stories here instead. These romance stories would typically be about being in love with a wonderful prince or knight, with beautiful stories of friendship. Honestly, it¡¯s not as good as the ones from my previous life, but¡­¡­ Even so, I hadpletely gotten into my element as I got totally absorbed by these novels. By the way, the most popr story right now, is about a beautiful friendship between two girls, a princess and amoner, titled ¡°The Emerald Princess and Sophia.¡± And then the luckiest thing about it all was, unbelievably, mother understood and supported my new hobby. She was even willing to buy new books for me. Anne said it was because that ¡°she probably thinks it¡¯s better for you to be sitting at home quietly reading a book, rather than going outside¡­¡­¡± Well, whatever the reason, I¡¯m so happy that I can buy the books I want to read. However, I have just one regret. It¡¯s that the maid that rmended these books to me, has gotten married and left our family. And so, I lost arade to talk about these romance novels with. Now, I have nobody to talk with about the novels. In order to find arade, I tried to persuade Anne and Mary, but¡­¡­ It seems that neither of them are interested in romance novels. How disappointing. Ahh, I really want a fellowrade. Let¡¯s look for one at the next tea party. By the way, in a few days, Jared and n are nning to host a tea party at the castle. Since the princes themselves are hosting it, a great number of noble sons and daughters are going to attend. If so many people are going to be gathering, I might even find arade. I¡¯m looking forward to the tea party. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï The tea party was held in a corner of the wide castle garden. The format was just like the one I participated inst time at Mary¡¯s home, a buffet format consciously mimics high society¡¯s dance parties. As befitting of a tea party being hosted by royalty, this tea party is thergest one I¡¯ve ever attended, with the most people as well. There was always many people around us, and as the hosts Jared and n were kept extremely busy doing nothing but exchanging greetings with everyone at the beginning of the tea party. I had already learned my lesson from my first tea party, that I can¡¯t eat too many sweets, so I was just sitting there gracefully drinking tea. However, as befitting of a royal tea party, the sweets are delicious, and the tea is delicious. There¡¯s also many different types. It¡¯s getting too hard to suppress my desire. I saved one of each kind of sweet for myself forter, and there were so many different types of tea, that I had to drink a little of every type to taste all the different novel vors. However, as I had greatly improved at being a noble daughter, I gracefully told Keith and Mary who had been together with me as well, ¡°excuse me¡± as I went to the restroom before I hit my limit - A tragedy urred along the way. While I was making my way towards the castle¡¯s restroom - I encountered a watchdog that had escaped its chain. Honestly, I¡¯m really bad with dogs. I¡¯ve been hated by dogs ever since long ago. It¡¯s something carried over from my previous life. Most dogs be hostile the instant they see me as if they¡¯ve just seen their mortal enemy. On top of that, this watchdog was baring his fangs at me in order to intimidate me. However, all that happened was that our eyes met, how unreasonable. And so, my nemesis that wasn¡¯t on a leash, was being belligerent towards me. I might be able to repel something like a Chihuahua, but this opponent is Doberman-ss, I highly doubt I can defeat it. I fled desperately while holding up my dress, and climbed a nearby tree. Since my nemesis was unable to climb trees, it just barked at me threateningly for a while under the tree, until its owner noticed it was missing and called out for it, so it finally left me alone quietly. It¡¯s finally gone. With peace of mind, I tried to descend from the tree¡­¡­ Recing the dog that was under the tree, there was now several people there instead. I think it was about six or seven people, they were talking about something under the tree that I was in. If I go down now, then it¡¯ll be known that I climbed a tree. Although it was a perfectly unavoidable incident, if it became a rumor that a duke¡¯s daughter climbed a tree in the castle garden, it would be bad¡­¡­ I wished they would hurry up and move to a different ce already. However, I had just aboutpletely reached my limit. In the first ce, I was on my way to the restroom when I got chased by the dog, and a considerable amount of time has passed since I was forced up this tree. So, I¡¯m¡­¡­ My dder has reached its limit. Alright, there¡¯s no way around causing a fuss about me climbing a tree anymore. After all, it would be even more embarrassing if I caused an incident about wetting myself. I made up my mind, and descended the tree smoothly. When I suddenly appeared, the people by the tree were all greatly surprised. ¡°Could you please let me pass?¡± I asked the people that were gathered around the tree. They took up positions almost as if to surround me, and I won¡¯t be able to go to the restroom like this. My face was scowling a bit and my voice was awfully cold, but I didn¡¯t have the time to worry about that now. Am I really that scary¡­¡­ The people around me scattered quickly and fled like spiders. My feelings were a little hurt, they didn¡¯t have to run away like that - Did she react toote or something, there was still one girl remaining in front of me. Since she seems to have her back turned to the tree, she must have missed seeing mee down the tree. I held my breath by instinct upon seeing what a beauty the remaining girl was. She had white hair with red eyes, and albino skin as pure white as snow, a truly beautiful girl. I was lost in her beauty for a moment there, but the pressure on my dder quickly brought me back to reality. If I don¡¯t get to a restroom soon, there will surely be a tragedy. To the girl that was staring at me somewhat uneasily, I gave a smile to tell her not to be afraid, then I hurried off to find the restroom. Somehow, I made it in time and avoided the worst possible consequence at this tea party, but I was really in danger ofmitting such arge blunder. I¡¯m seriously considering bringing a portable toilet next time. After I finished in the restroom and returned to the tea party safely, now I can¡¯t find Mary and Keith anywhere. There¡¯s just too many people here. While I wasining to myself, and pinching the sweets that I haven¡¯t eaten before - ¡°Uh, uhh-¡± I heard a voice from behind. When I looked back and wondered who it was, it turned out to be the girl from under the tree. ¡°Hello, you¡¯re from earlier.¡± ¡°Y, yes. That¡¯s right.¡± The beauty nodded. Seeing her again, she really is so pretty. She¡¯s quite luscious even though I¡¯m already used to seeing beautiful people like Jared. Her white hair is silky smooth, and her albino skin is as white as snow. Her red eyes shine in such contrast to her white skin. It¡¯s almost as if she jumped straight out of a romance novel. That¡¯s right! She¡¯s just like Sophia from the popr novel ¡°The Emerald Princess and Sophia.¡± Themoner girl Sophia had beautiful silken ck hair and snow-white skin. The princess that was exploring town while incognito was taken in by Sophia¡¯s beauty. This girl was really like the Sophia from the story. I was entranced by this girl. ¡°Uhh¡­ just now¡­¡± The girl¡¯s snow-white cheeks were dyed red. Ahh, the story¡¯s Sophia also had her cheeks flush red upon first meeting the Emerald Princess. Well, unfortunately, this girl isn¡¯t looking at a princess, but instead the noble girl viiness Katarina es¡­¡­ The story¡¯s princess said this to Sophia at their first meeting. ¡°Your hair is just like silk! I wonder if I may touch it just a little bit?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh!?¡± I noticed that the girl before me was considerably surprised. Oh no, I blurted out what I was thinking inadvertently! The girl was quite shaken. After all, I¡¯m no beautiful princess like in the story, if a girl with such a viinous face said that to you, it would be natural. She might even be scared of me. ¡°Um, that was, uh.¡± I tried desperately to think up of some excuse. Then, the shaken girl said something unexpected. ¡°¡­¡­Emerald Princess!¡± What¡¯s this!? Could it possibly be!? I instinctively grabbed the girl¡¯s shoulders and my face reddened. ¡°The Emerald Princess romance novel!! You know the story ¡®The Emerald Princess and Sophia!?¡¯¡± I approached her like a demon and my momentum probably upset the girl even more as she just nodded. After that, I also named off some other romance novels, asking her if she knew of them, and the girl nodded at each one. Such a thing! I¡¯ve finally found myrade in romance novels! And she¡¯s even just like a beauty right out of the story herself! And then, while I was trembling in excitement - ¡°What are you doing, nee-san?¡± I heard a questioning voice from my side. When I looked towards the source, I saw my stepbrother Keith and Mary looking at me with the same wondering eyes. ¡°¡­¡­What, you say¡­¡± I saw my state for the first time. I was up close against the beauty, with my hands on her shoulders, while breathing roughly. I was a splendid pervert. ¡°Ah, I¡¯m really sorry.¡± I quickly let go of her. I felt like everyone around me was looking at me dubiously. Ahh. I¡¯m so sorry. I was so overjoyed that I lost my reasoningpletely. Come to think of it, I don¡¯t even know this girl¡¯s name yet. I haven¡¯t introduced myself either. As ady, this is quite a breach of etiquette. I grasped the hems of my dress, and curtsied gracefully in greeting. ¡°I apologize for my earlier rudeness. I am Katarina es. I¡¯ll be much obliged to be in your care.¡± Being suddenly grabbed by a suspicious girl, and now being greeted, although the girl must be shaken badly, as expected of a noble daughter, she returned my greeting properly. ¡°¡­¡­I¡¯m Sophia Ascarot.¡± What¡¯s this, I had just thought that she was like the Sophia in the story¡­¡­ And if her name¡¯s Sophia, this girl might even be the model for the story! My excitement meter was about to burst. ¡°Sophia-sama! If it¡¯s alright with you, would you like to chat with me for a bit?¡± I immediately gripped Sophia¡¯s hands tightly and pressured her. However, I was interrupted by a calm voice next to me. ¡°Nee-san. I¡¯m sorry to interrupt you while you¡¯re so excited, but the tea party has already ended. It¡¯s time for us to return to the mansion.¡± ¡°!?¡± What!? Even though I thought I¡¯d finally found arade to discuss romance novels passionately with¡­¡­ If that¡¯s the case - ¡°Well then, Sophia-sama. Next time, won¡¯t you pleasee over to y with me at my ce?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh, uhh¡­¡­¡± Once again, I grabbed tightly onto her hands and desperately pleaded until I was able to get confirmation from her that she woulde visit. I did it~! Just in case, I even decided on the exact date with her right now. ¡°Then, I¡¯ll be waiting for you!¡± Thus, I said goodbye to Sophia with a big smile on my face. As such, I was finally able to discover a fellowrade for romance novels at the tea party, moreover even sessfully getting a beauty to promise toe and visit me! And then, I grinned like a maniac during our trip back in the horse-drawn carriage, while Keith looked at me strangely for the whole way. Chapter 16 — I invited my friend

Chapter 16 - I invited my friend

It finally became the promised day, when Sophia woulde to visit my ce. I waited restlessly for her arrival since morning. ¡°Ojou-sama, Sophia-sama whom you have spoken about has arrived¡­¡­¡± Anne told me about her arrival, but she seemed strange for some reason. However, I just thanked her and hurried to the guest room because I wanted to see Sophia again as quickly as possible. And then, I went to the guest room - Indeed, the beautiful Sophia was waiting there impatiently, but¡­¡­ For some reason, there was also an incredibly handsome boy next to her. With ck hair and ck eyes, his hair and eye color was different from Sophia, but it could be seen that his features were simr and they were rted. And, with two such beautiful people in front of me, it was like lining up a pair of dolls. Ahh, Anne¡¯s expression was surely strange because she was by these two doll-like people. While I was lost staring at the two beauties, the voice that snapped me back to reality, was the handsome boy¡¯s. ¡°Thank you very much for inviting my sister. Since my sister almost never goes out by herself, I am apanying her today. I¡¯m her older brother, Nico.¡± I thought they looked simr, and indeed, this handsome boy seems to be Sophia¡¯s older brother. But even so, to apany her whenever she goes out, she¡¯s had such a sheltered life. However, I¡¯ve been under pretty strict guard in my own way as well. After all, whenever I go out, mother will say ¡°take Keith with you. Listen to Keith, and absolutely don¡¯t do anything weird.¡± So, Keith always has to apany me as well. Mmm. Since we¡¯re both so overprotected, we should be able to get along well. While I was thinking this, for the time being I raised the hem of my dress and turned towards Sophia¡¯s brother. ¡°Thank you very much for epting my invitation. My name is Katarina es.¡± ¡°I¡¯m Sophia¡¯s older brother, Nico Astarot. I¡¯ll be much obliged to be in your care.¡± The handsome boy introduced himself once again. And, I froze upon hearing it. Nico Ascarot¡­¡­ That name sounds familiar. ¡°Um, this may be rude but, Nico-sama, would you happen to be the prime minister-sama¡¯s son?¡± ¡°Yes. That¡¯s right.¡± He is!? This person, I was thinking he¡¯s such a perfect handsome boy, it¡¯s because he¡¯s a capture target! Honestly, I want to immediately go back to my room to read my ¡°Previous life¡¯s game memories¡± notes¡­¡­ But in the meantime, I desperately tried to remember what I could. Nico Ascarot, the prime minister¡¯s son, n and Jared¡¯s childhood friend. He¡¯s one year older than the heroine, and is a taciturn senpai type of character. Ugh, I can¡¯t remember any more than this. To begin with, I haven¡¯t even captured Nico yet. I died after finishing the Jared route. In the end, I never even got started on Nico¡¯s route. All I know about him, is what was in the game¡¯s character introductions, and little tidbits than I heard from my otaku friend A-chan that cleared the game first. If I recall correctly, A-chan said¡­¡­ the rival for Nico was¡­¡­ his sister!! That¡¯s right, Nico was designed as quite a siscon, and the rival is his sister. And, to capture Nico, I think A-chan told me that you have to capture his affections before his sister does. Ahh, thank you A-chan. I¡¯m sorry about being mad at you at that time for the spoilers. I can¡¯t believe that A-chan¡¯s spoilers from that time woulde in handy here. If the rival for Nico is his sister, that means it¡¯s not Katarina! That means, even if I get involved with Nico, I probably won¡¯t get any destruction gs. Anyways, if the rival for his affections is his sister, that means I won¡¯t identally steal anyone¡¯s lines like that time with n and Mary and get in the way of their affections. Good, if it¡¯s like that then it won¡¯t be a problem even if I make friends with Sophia. She¡¯s my long-awaitedrade to chat about romance novels with. I won¡¯t let her escape so easily! ¡°¡­¡­Uh, Katarina-sama.¡± It seems that I waspletely lost in my own little world. Sophia was looking at me with a worried face. ¡°Ahh, Sophia-sama. I¡¯m sorry. Once again, thank you very much foring. If it¡¯s alright with you, let¡¯s continue from where we left offst time.¡± As I said so, I invited Sophia over to a table prepared with sweets and tea. And then, we spent our time very meaningfully. Although Sophia was nervous at visiting my ce for the first time, once we started talking about books, she became quite talkative. It seems that she really loves books. Of course, she knew about all the popr romance novels right now, but she also read a lot of old legends and history books and fairy tales, and those stories were all very interesting as well. She rmended several books to me. If I do say so myself, her brother Nico has beenpletely left out of everything¡­¡­ Well, I don¡¯t have the time to concern myself over such a matter, it can¡¯t be helped. Man, he¡¯s really such an emotionless and taciturn boy like in the settings. It seems like such a waste of a handsome boy. Time flies when you¡¯re having fun, before I noticed it the sun was going down, Sophia¡¯s family servant raised her voice and said that ¡°it¡¯s time that we have to go now.¡± And when the family servant urged Sophia to get up to leave, the sunlight hit her hair as she stood up and her hair sparkled in the sunshine. It¡¯s so beautiful. I¡¯m sure that it¡¯ll be just like touching silk. Ahh~, I want to touch it even just a little bit. ¡°You really do have such beautiful hair. May I touch it just a little?¡± I spoke my thoughts and tried requesting Sophia. Somehow, since I was using lines simr to the ones in ¡°The Emerald Princess and Sophia,¡±my mood waspletely like the Emerald Princess. However, if it was like the story, Sophia should be blushing now, but¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Eh!?¡± Unfortunately, she had such a dubious look on her face! I¡¯ve done it now! I realized my grave blunder upon seeing her face. Since Mary happily allowed me to touch her fluffy hair as much as I wanted, I might have forgotten that it could very well be considered rude in this world to ask to touch ady¡¯s hair like this. In the first ce, I almost forced her during our first meeting as I was breathing roughly¡­¡­ They might think I¡¯m a pervert¡­¡­ This is bad! I can¡¯t do anything about my viinous face, but I don¡¯t want to be called a pervert! ¡°¡­Uh, uh, this is¡­¡± Nothing came to mind as I tried to think of an excuse while panicking. ¡°Disgusting¡­¡­?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh?¡± Sophia muttered something in a weak voice. I asked her to repeat herself - ¡°¡­¡­It¡¯s not disgusting?¡± This time Sophia said it in a louder voice than earlier. Disgusting¡­¡­ Me!? Since I¡¯m a pervert, I¡¯m disgusting!? Oh no, I¡¯m definitely not a pervert! Even thoughst year a certain self-important prince used me out of nowhere of seducing Mary¡­¡­ I¡¯m not interested in that! I¡¯m quite straight! ¡°Uh, that¡¯s¡­¡­ I¡¯m¡­¡± I opened my mouth and tried to defend myself somehow - ¡°Katarina-sama isn¡¯t disgusted by the way I look?¡± I lost my words at hearing what she had to say next. Eh? What¡¯s this mean, that I¡¯m not the disgusting one? Sophia is? I had apletely nk face by reflex while Sophia looked like she was about to cry. ¡°¡­¡­Hair like an old person¡¯s and eyes as red as blood¡­¡­ Everyone says I¡¯m disgusting and a cursed child¡­¡­¡± ¡°!?¡± What¡¯s this!? Something this beautiful is considered disgusting!? The people of this world have golden, silver, brown, red, and ck eye and hair colors, a colorful assortment. So, I thought Sophia¡¯s white hair and red eyes would also bemon. Yet¡­¡­ It seems to be something different from the rest¡­¡­ Anyways - ¡°Saying you¡¯re cursed¡­ What on earth?¡± While I was trying to question Sophia, as if to block me Nico spoke up in a cold voice. ¡°It¡¯s just nder¡­¡­ It¡¯s merely abusive rumors spread by those jealous of father¡¯s achievements.¡± Indeed, the Ascarot family is very talented. Such talent probably leads to much jealousy, and many bad things must be said about them. As for our es family, although Keith is extremely talented, as for the actual daughter of the family I¡¯m referred to by some as ¡°the weird girl over there¡± for some reason with no basis whatsoever. ¡°¡­¡­Even so, it doesn¡¯t change the fact that the way I am is disgusting.¡± Sophia muttered without any strength in her words¡­¡­ It¡¯s probably because she¡¯s been told such a thing over and over again. Well, for sure, I¡¯ve never seen anyone like Sophia before, but - ¡°But, I think you¡¯re pretty though¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh.¡± Sophia opened her eyes wide at what I said. Sophia kept staring at me as I continued. ¡°I think, that Sophia-sama¡¯s silken white hair, and eyes that sparkle like rubies are very beautiful in my opinion.¡± If I don¡¯t say something to this extent I probably won¡¯t be able to shake off the impression of being a pervert. I must absolutely avoid being made out to be a pervert! I smiled at Sophia, trying to convey that I was straight and that she had nothing to be worried about. ¡°As such, I¡¯ll be very happy if you could continueing over to y with me. And if it¡¯s alright with you, won¡¯t you be friends with me?¡± As I said so, I extended my hands and gripped Sophia¡¯s hands tightly. Those beautiful white hands of hers clenched mine tightly as well. Happily, this time she no longer had such a dubious expression. Thus, the friend that I had always wanted to discuss romance novels with, get! After I sent off Sophia and Nico in their horse-drawn carriage. When I returned to my room, and pulled out my ¡°Previous life¡¯s game memories¡± notes - I didn¡¯t have anything written there aside from what I remembered today. Well, I¡¯m a little surprised that Sophia turned out to be a capture target¡¯s sister, a rival character just like Katarina, but - This time I have peace of mind because I probably won¡¯t get in the way of their rtionship. And, it¡¯s very good news that Sophia is the same age as me, and also has magic power. That means that she¡¯ll be my ssmate in magic school. I¡¯ll always be able to discuss books with her from now on! I was jumping up and down in joy on top of my bed, and ended up being warned to be cautious by Anne. After that, Sophia beganing to my house regrly. By the way, Nico would always apany her. The best part was that Mary finally got influenced by our passionate discussions and asked if she could borrow some books, so Mary began reading with us and our book discussions became even livelier. Also, for Sophia who had almost never yed outside before, she began helping me in the field as well. At first, Sophia and Nico were rather shocked, but now it¡¯s okay to appear in front of them in my work clothes. In this way, I increased the number of repeat visitors to my ce. Chapter 17 — Reading books by myself in a gilded cage

Chapter 17 - Reading books by myself in a gilded cage

My name is Sophia Ascarot. I was born as Earl Ascarot¡¯s eldest daughter. My gentle and reliable father is the prime minister of our country, and is greatly trusted by the king. I also had a very kind and beautiful mother and older brother. I was born into a wealthy and respectable house, and am blessed with a wonderful family. Ever since I was born, I was given a lot of happiness from my family. Because of this though¡­¡­ There was a price to be paid for my blessings¡­¡­ I wasn¡¯t born the same as everyone else. My hair waspletely devoid of any color and was pure white, and my eyes were the color of blood. My appearance was different from everyone. Whenever I went outside, I would be looked at strangely, and people would call me the ¡°cursed child¡± behind my back. Even so, my family loved me very much. My father would always stroke my head gently, mother would always hug me, and my brother always stayed close to protect me. My kind family says that one day someone who epts me for who I am will appear¡­¡­ That I will definitely be able to make a wonderful friend¡­¡­ I don¡¯t think such a person is going to appear. And so, I mostly shut myself in my room. This way, I won¡¯t catch people¡¯s attention¡­¡­ And I would always be reading books inside my room. All the wonderful stories helped me forget about my painful reality. I opened my favorite book, a story about the friendship between a princess and amoner girl. ¡°The Emerald Princess and Sophia.¡± One of the main characters had the same name as me. Sophia in the story is a cheerful, popr girl with beautiful ck hair and ck eyes. In front of such a wonderful Sophia, the princess of the country appeared. ¡°You really do have such beautiful hair. May I touch it just a little?¡± The princess said so to Sophia while smiling. Sophia smiled back shyly. It¡¯s a wonderful story that the cursed me will never be able to experience. So, alone in my room, I would always imagine myself to be the main character of the story. I can only be a wonderful, popr girl in my imagination¡­¡­ ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°Sophia, please join the tea party at the castle.¡± One day, my father said this to me. I¡¯ve never been to a tea party before. Whenever I go outside, everyone would look at me strangely because of my appearance, so I¡¯d rather not go outside and experience that. That¡¯s what I said as I refused. However, father who always listened to what I wanted would not budge his ground today. ¡°Listen up, Sophia. You have magic power. That means that when you turn fifteen, you¡¯ll be required to attend magic school. You won¡¯t be able to always hole yourself up in your room. This tea party is being hosted by the princes, and many noble children will be attending. Some of them will probably be attending magic school with you. I know it might be tough on you, and I don¡¯t mind if youe back early, but you have to start getting used to the outside world little by little.¡± Certainly, it¡¯s mandated that I have to attend magic school once I turn fifteen. I know that I can¡¯t always stay in my room ying make believe all the time. I have to start getting used to things little by little - I summoned what little courage I had and decided to participate in the tea party. And so I attended my first tea party together with my brother. The extravagant tea party was held in a corner of the castle garden. There were more people there than I had ever seen before. At first, I tried the mountains of sweets and teas together with my brother, but¡­¡­ As soon as I strayed a little from my brother, I was immediately surrounded by some other noble children. All of them had grim faces. And then they brought me over to a tree by the edge of the garden. ¡°Hey you, don¡¯t you know that this is a very special asion where the princes are hosting a tea party for the first time!?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right! If a cursed child like youes here, it¡¯ll spoil the atmosphere!¡± ¡°To begin with, you shouldn¡¯t even being out in public when you look like that!¡± All of them were badmouthing me together. I know that I¡¯m disgusting, and I know that it¡¯s to be expected for them to hate me, but¡­¡­ I bit my lips. As I thought, I shouldn¡¯t have left my room. I was thinking that it would be much better if I could always live a sheltered life in my room¡­¡­ While I was thinking so - ¡°Could you please let me pass?¡± I heard a clear voice from behind me. When I looked back to see who it was, I saw a girl standing there with a dignified air about her as if she was the Emerald Princess from the story. With one line from the girl, she easily made the people around me scatter and flee. I don¡¯t really understand exactly what happened¡­¡­ But even so, I understood that this girl had helped me. And while I was still confused, the girl smiled elegantly, and went off dashingly. I just stared at her back all the while. After that, I hid behind the tree for a while, and then returned to the tea partyter after confirming that none of the people from earlier were around. Then, I met the girl from before again by ident. I wanted to thank her for helping me earlier¡­¡­ I summoned all the courage I had and tried to speak to the girl. ¡°Uh,¡± When she turned around to look at me, her dignified appearance was unchanged from earlier. ¡°Uhh¡­¡­ (Thank you for earlier¡­)¡± I was so nervous that I couldn¡¯t speak. Her light blue eyes were looking at me. And then she said something suddenly. ¡°Your hair is just like silk! I wonder if I may touch it just a little bit?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh!?¡± That¡¯s a line from ¡°The Emerald Princess and Sophia¡± which I¡¯ve read dozens of times. The main character Sophia is a cheerful, popr girl that had a chance meeting with a mysterious girl in the outskirts of town. A girl with a dignified atmosphere - her name was - ¡°¡­¡­Emerald Princess!¡± By reflex, I said it out loud. Then - ¡°The Emerald Princess romance novel!! You know the story ¡®The Emerald Princess and Sophia!?¡¯¡± Before I realized it, the girl before me grabbed my shoulders. I was just,pletely lost. Exactly, why did this girl just say the Emerald Princess¡¯s lines¡­¡­ And why is it that right now, she¡¯s grabbing my shoulders¡­¡­ I had no idea what was going on. Also - up to now, I¡¯ve seen lots of strange looks or cold looks aimed at me, but¡­¡­ This girl was looking at me with sparkling eyes for some reason. I got even more confused at seeing her eyes. And so, I was overwhelmed by her momentum, and without knowing anything that was going on, just continued to nod in response to her questions¡­¡­ ¡°What are you doing, nee-san?¡± I heard a questioning voice from beside her. When I looked towards the source of the voice, I saw a handsome boy with xen hair and blue eyes standing there. It seems that this boy and girl must know each other. ¡°Ah, I¡¯m really sorry.¡± Upon being confronted by the boy, the girl released my shoulders. And then she gracefully grasped the hems of her dress and curtsied. ¡°I apologize for my earlier rudeness. I am Katarina es. I¡¯ll be much obliged to be in your care.¡± I was fascinated by her gestures that really seemed to be like the princess from the story. And so before I realized it I was hurriedly introducing myself in return. ¡°¡­¡­I¡¯m Sophia Ascarot.¡± And then, after that, something unbelievable happened. ¡°Sophia-sama! If it¡¯s alright with you, would you like to chat with me for a bit?¡± This Katarina girl was holding my hands as she said so. What on earth is this girl talking about¡­¡­ I wondered if she was joking with me. I was just too stunned to understand the situation. And then - ¡°Well then, Sophia-sama. Next time, won¡¯t you pleasee over to y with me at my ce?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Ah, okay.¡± Before noticing it¡­ I promised to visit Katarina¡¯s ce. While making the promise, I kept trying to decide if this was reality, or if perhaps this was just one of my usual dreams from my overactive imagination. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï And so, the promised day finally arrived. Since I never go out by myself, my kind brother came along with me. My older brother by one year with beautiful ck hair and ck eyes would always defend me and gently hug me. Today, his presence beside me also gave off a very reliable feeling. And so I gathered up all my courage and visited the es mansion, and the servants that came out to greet us had rather shocked expressions. I was already ustomed to this, but¡­¡­ The courage that I had summoned was gradually losing its strength. Maybe, I¡¯ll only be teased¡­¡­ While I was waiting anxiously in the guest room, she appeared. Katarina was breathing hard, and it seemed as if she had hurried to meet us, she just stared at us for a while without saying anything. I wondered again if she invited me only because she wanted to tease me. Maybe it was a mistake to havee over and visited. While I was frozen stiff not knowing what to say, my reliable brother greeted Katarina first. ¡°Thank you very much for inviting my sister. Since my sister almost never goes out by herself, I am apanying her today. I¡¯m her older brother, Nico.¡± At hearing my brother¡¯s words Katarina finally responded. ¡°Thank you very much for epting my invitation. My name is Katarina es.¡± Thank you very much for epting¡­¡­ Maybe it wasn¡¯t a joke at my expense after all¡­¡­ I wonder if I¡¯ll end up being d to havee here. ¡°I¡¯m Sophia¡¯s older brother, Nico Astarot. I¡¯ll be much obliged to be in your care.¡± My brother introduced himself to Katarina again. Then, she froze up. I wonder why¡­¡­ I was worried about thepletely frozen Katarina and said something. ¡°¡­¡­Uh, Katarina-sama.¡± ¡°Ahh, Sophia-sama. I¡¯m sorry. Once again, thank you very much foring. If it¡¯s alright with you, let¡¯s continue from where we left offst time.¡± While she said so, Katarina urged me over to a table prepared with sweets and tea. Although I started off very anxious, after actually talking with Katarina for some time, those feelings vanished. Being able to chat with someone about the books I loved for the first time like this, was like a dreame true. Then, the dream was over too quick and time was up, the sun was setting before I even noticed, and my family servant raised her voice and said that ¡°it¡¯s time that we have to go now.¡± And then when I stood up to leave, I heard Katarina¡¯s voice imploring me. ¡°You really do have such beautiful hair. May I touch it just a little?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh!?¡± My face became stiff by reflex. What on earth exactly is Katarina saying¡­¡­ There¡¯s no way that this disgusting white hair can be considered beautiful¡­¡­ Before I realized it, I asked the question that had been bothering me all this time since I met Katarina. ¡°Katarina-sama isn¡¯t disgusted by the way I look?¡± Whenever I go out, people would look at me strangely, and would whisper that I¡¯m disgusting. ¡°¡­¡­Hair like an old person¡¯s and eyes as red as blood¡­¡­ Everyone says I¡¯m disgusting and a cursed child¡­¡­¡± There¡¯s nothing beautiful about me at all. I¡¯m just, only a disgusting existence¡­¡­ ¡°Saying you¡¯re cursed¡­ What on earth?¡± Katarina was muttering to herself while seemingly shocked. ¡°It¡¯s just nder¡­¡­ It¡¯s merely abusive rumors spread by those jealous of father¡¯s achievements.¡± My brother¡¯s voice sounded very cold. My gentle family is always covering for me like this¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Even so, it doesn¡¯t change the fact that the way I am is disgusting.¡± I always received a lot of verbal abuse for my albino appearance. It¡¯s always been like this. Why did I have to be born like this¡­¡­ I want to have been born as pretty as Sophia from the story. ¡°But, I think you¡¯re pretty though¡­¡­¡± Katarina mumbled something. Pretty? What on earth are you talking about? I just stared at Katarina. ¡°I think, that Sophia-sama¡¯s silken white hair, and eyes that sparkle like rubies are very beautiful in my opinion.¡± Katarina was smiling at me as she said so. Silken white hair, and eyes that sparkle like rubies. I wonder if she¡¯s really talking about me¡­¡­ It¡¯s so hard to believe, but¡­¡­ Katarina¡¯s light blue eyes didn¡¯t seem like they were lying. She¡¯s the person that helped me during the tea party just like an ally of justice. She¡¯s a girl like the Emerald Princess from the story. ¡°As such, I¡¯ll be very happy if you could continueing over to y with me. And if it¡¯s alright with you, won¡¯t you be friends with me?¡± Katarina held my hands tightly. ¡°One day, a wonderful friend who understands Sophia will definitely appear.¡± I never really believed those words that my family told me. After all, such a person shouldn¡¯t exist¡­¡­ Such a person, even though I thought they wouldn¡¯t exist - Everyone looks at me with such strange looks - for someone to say that I¡¯m beautiful, and even to want to be friends with me - My hands were trembling in Katarina¡¯s hands. She gripped my hands tightly, and was smiling so happily. Is this all just a dream¡­¡­ While I was still being confused in the horse-drawn carriage on the way back, my brother showed off a big smile that I hardly ever see. ¡°I¡¯m d that you made a friend.¡± Friend¡­¡­ I always thought such a thing was impossible. That¡¯s why I always spent my time alone in my room with my imagination. But, in truth I really, really wanted a friend. I¡¯ve always, always been wanting one. I remembered how warm Katarina¡¯s hands were, and her happy smile. I had always wanted a friend, and had finally obtained one after having given up on it already. And then, after that, while visiting the es mansion, I made friends with the twin princes, Katarina¡¯s brother Keith, and Katarina¡¯s friend Mary. I had always been alone in my room, but my world suddenly became much wider. Katarina¡¯s friend Mary said this to me. ¡°Not long ago, I was always filled with self-loathing¡­¡­ I hated this brown hair and these brown eyes of mine.¡± I was very surprised. She was just like Katarina, a very respectabledy, I can¡¯t see any reason why Mary would hate herself¡­¡­ And I couldn¡¯t believe that she would hate such beautiful hair and eyes¡­¡­ ¡°But, after Katarina-sama told me over and over that she thinks I¡¯m wonderful, that she likes me, that I¡¯m really cute¡­¡­ Now I don¡¯t hate myself anymore. I¡¯ve alsoe to like this hair and these eyes of mine. That¡¯s why, Sophia will surely be fine as well.¡± Mary said so while looking at me. Nobody that gathers here in this mansion, including Mary, thinks I¡¯m disgusting. And, Katarina is always saying, that my hair and eyes are beautiful, and wonderful. Even though everyone always thought I looked disgusting¡­¡­ Katarina was praising me from the bottom of her heart. One day, I¡¯ll be able to love myself just like Mary does¡­¡­ I wonder if one day this albino appearance of mine will be epted¡­¡­ I don¡¯t know what wille in the future. But, now I¡¯m able to believe that such a day might evene. ¡°Thank you very much.¡± I said thank you to Mary. Then, she smiled as if to challenge me. ¡°But, I definitely won¡¯t hand Katarina-sama over to you~¡± I had always thought it would be best for me to read books by myself in my gilded cage¡­¡­ But, I was able to fly out into the world and discover so much more than that. Chapter 18 — I went over to play at the earl’s house

Chapter 18 - I went over to y at the earl¡¯s house

Summer was just about over, and fall was approaching. It¡¯s been several weeks since the first time that Sophia and her brother Nico visited me. Sophia was now alwaysing over, and Mary would always join in as well, my romance novel boom was overheating even further. Due to Sophia who enjoys a wide variety of books, I¡¯ve also greatly increased the genres that I read. By the way, the current boom is a book about the romance between a girl and a devilishly charming earl. The handsome earl¡¯s devilish charm not only attracted women, even men fell for him. It¡¯s a romance story about an ordinary girl that he met in town. At Sophia¡¯s rmendation, I started reading this story - it was about a beautiful handsome young earl who had ck hair and ck eyes. Sophia told me secretly that ¡°actually, I like it because the main character¡¯s a bit like onii-sama.¡± Sophia also said to me shyly ¡°I see him in a favorable light¡­¡­¡± When I read the novel, I felt that they were indeed quite simr. I¡¯m already used to seeing handsome boys like Jared and Keith, but Sophia¡¯s brother Nico has his own unique atmosphere about him as well. His face is as beautiful as a well-made doll, and his beautiful ck eyes have a mysterious charm to them that draws people in. If he grows up like this, I can certainly feel that not only women, but men as well might get attracted to him like the earl from the novel. However, I still don¡¯t know Sophia¡¯s brother Nico very well yet. In the game manual¡¯s information section on all the capture targets, it was said that he is the most normal person with a lot ofmon sense. Also, since he¡¯s my important friend¡¯s brother, I want to get along well with him, but¡­¡­ The thing is, he hardly ever spoke. He only spoke when it was absolutely necessary, and even then he would only say one or two words. Since it was always so busy around me, I hardly ever got any chances to speak to the taciturn Nico¡­¡­ However, even so I understood that he cherished Sophia very much, and he considered our feelings very much, he really is such a good onii-san. I also know very well that Sophia likes her onii-san very much. Also, I¡¯ve heard that just like Jared and n, he seems to be a very high spec character who¡¯s excellent in academics and swordsmanship. If I get a chance, I definitely want to talk to him some more and deepen our friendship¡­¡­ As I was thinking so, the chance presented itself. ¡°If you would like, won¡¯t youe to visit me?¡± I kept telling Sophia that ¡°I want to see it, I want to see it!¡± about her book collection, and after telling her many times, she finally invited me over to her ce. Well, it feels like I was being a little pushy and forced her into it though¡­¡­ ¡°Is that really alright!?¡± I was so happy that I was jumping in joy in celebration while grinning at Sophia, while beside me Anne was furrowing her eyebrows and saying ¡°if your mother sees this, you¡¯ll get scolded again.¡± And so, I¡¯ll be going over to visit the Ascarot family. The main purpose was to chat with Sophia about novels, but just maybe, I¡¯ll get to talk with Nico some more too. In order to get along even better with my cute friend that loves her older brother so much, I made up my mind to speak more than two words to Nico this time. And so, the promised day arrived, and I headed towards the Ascarot mansion with my heart all aflutter in excitement at the thought of Sophia¡¯s book collection. By the way, as I¡¯m the sheltered daughter of the es family, Keith was also apanying me. My mother also said ¡°be very careful not to make any social blunders¡± and was very worried about me. Even though I¡¯ve already been to so many tea parties, and I¡¯ve been to our rtives¡¯ house and Mary¡¯s house so many times without any problems, mother seems to be really worried for some reason. And so, even though the Ascarot mansion that we visited wasn¡¯t asrge as the es mansion, it was still a clean mansion that gave off a good feeling. As the servants greeted us and served us tea in the guest room, suddenly a handsome man about father¡¯s age and another beautifuldy as well appeared close together. Of course, I thought it would be Sophiaing to greet us so I just sat there with my mouth wide agape at their appearance. Uhh, who on earth could these beautiful people possibly be. As I was thinking so, the handsome man shed a dazzling smile towards me. ¡°Pleased to meet you, I¡¯m Nico and Sophia¡¯s father, my name is Dan Ascarot. This is my wife Radea.¡± ¡°My name is Radea Ascarot.¡± At the man¡¯s prompting, the woman smiled and greeted us as well. What¡¯s this! They were Sophia and Nico¡¯s parents!? No wonder they were so beautiful. That means that this man is the rumored Earl Ascarot who epted the position of prime minister from the king. I stared at the smiling Ascarot couple. Earl Ascarot had the same ck hair and ck eyes as Nico, while Countess Ascarot had pale golden hair and blue eyes, and both of them seemed so beautiful as if they hade straight out of a story book. They are indeed the beautiful siblings¡¯ parents. While I was staring at them in a daze, Keith pulled on my arm lightly. ¡°Nee-san, greet them,¡± Keith whispered to me in a low voice. Oh right! As a noble daughter, I have to greet them properly - ¡°¡­¡­Pleased to meet you, my name is Katarina es. Thank you very much for inviting me today.¡± ¡°I¡¯m her younger brother, my name is Keith es. I¡¯ll be in your care.¡± I greeted them gracefully as befitting a noble daughter, and following me Keith greeted them courteously as well. Yup. We greeted them properly. Anyways¡­¡­ I wonder why Sophia¡¯s parents came out instead of Sophia. My question showed on my face. ¡°We figured we¡¯de to greet you first, since our daughter won¡¯te when we call. Right now, she¡¯s waiting for you nervously in her room.¡± Earl Ascarot answered my question for me. ¡°Oh, is that so.¡± For the time being, at least I understand why they showed up first now¡­¡­ I was a bit nervous because her parents showed up to greet me so formally. I¡¯ve been to Mary¡¯s ce many times to y, but since her father¡¯s always busy with work and is hardly ever home, I haven¡¯t even seen him since the first tea party there. That¡¯s why this is the first time my friend¡¯s parents have greeted me so formally. While I waspletely stiff from the tension, Countess Ascarot walked over gracefully to me. ¡°I¡¯ve heard many things from my daughter about you, Katarina-sama. After meeting you, my daughter seems to be having lots of fun now¡­¡­ Thank you very much.¡± As she said so, Countess Ascarot reached out to take my hands. Looking at her so closely, she¡¯s really beautiful. Also, her features were very simr to Sophia. Although I was still very tense, I let her take my hands. ¡°The pleasure is mine. Being able to talk with Sophia-sama is very fun, and I¡¯m very d that we get along.¡± Because of Sophia, I¡¯ve been having a very fulfilling life filled with romance novels. If I hadn¡¯t met Sophia, I wouldn¡¯t be leading this fulfilling life right now. I definitely want us to keep getting along from now on. As I said so, Countess Ascarot that seemed so much like Sophia was gripping my hands tightly. ¡°I¡¯m really d that Sophia was able to make a wonderful friend like you!¡± Then, following his wife, Earl Ascarot was also bowing his head towards me. ¡°I would also like to give my thanks to you. Lady Katarina es, thank you from the bottom of my heart.¡± ¡°Ah, uh, I would like to as well, yes.¡± The overly beautiful couple lowered their heads together towards me, and I became rather flustered out of nervousness. I had just thought that I could do the greeting properly, and now it¡¯s alle to naught. However, even though I waspletely panicking, the Ascarot couple were still smiling at me in a friendly manner. How wonderful and kind these parents are. And so, both of them kept gently smiling, and said ¡°we¡¯ll leave the rest to you girls¡± and they left the guest room. Even looking at them from from behind, they¡¯re so beautiful. After the two of them left, I finally let go of my breath. ¡­¡­I was really so nervous. Well¡­¡­ For the time being, I¡¯m d they¡¯re so weing. I think that it¡¯s the fault of my viinous face, it¡¯s really hard to leave a good impression on people as opposed to if I had an ordinary face. Even when I smile elegantly, it¡¯s highly likely to turn into the sarcastic smile of a viin. Just like that time at the castle¡¯s tea party, it¡¯s only sad memories of people running from me. While staring at the door that the Ascarot couple had left from, I started whispering secretly to Keith next to me. ¡°They¡¯re very beautiful, kind parents.¡± ¡°Yes, I agree.¡± Keith smiled as well and agreed with me. ¡°As for our mother, I wish she could just be a little calmer like Countess Ascarot, she¡¯s always angry with furrowed brows, that won¡¯t be good for her beauty.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Nee-san. ¡­¡­Mother herself probably wants to live a calmer life as well.¡± Whenparing the gentle and beautiful Countess Ascarot to mother, I remembered how mother always loves toin, but Keith sent me a pained nce for some reason. I didn¡¯t understand why, so I just looked at him nkly. When Keith sighed at my state, Sophia appeared. Nico was apanying her as usual. Sophia seems to have hurried here as she was breathing hard, and her cheeks were also stained slightly red. However, even though they should havee here at the same speed, Nico¡¯s breathing was perfectly even. ¡°Katarina-sama, thank you very much foring, and wee.¡± The way her cheeks were slightly red as she smiled, ohh Sophia is so cute today~. And so, I had a fun time chatting with Sophia, and I was also shown the amazing collection of books in the Ascarot mansion. There were tons and tons of the books that Sophia had read before there, I was very excited. By the way, since Keith came with me today, Nico wasn¡¯t left out of the loop like usual. As expected of two boys that are the same age, they seemed to have various things to talk about, even for a guy as taciturn as Nico was, but not as much as Sophia and I did, their conversation was moderate inparison to our lively and energetic discussion. And so, the fun times were over way too quickly. Even though academic lectures always feel so much longer, and I would always wish that time would move faster¡­ Although I still regret having to leave, I can¡¯t bother them and stay toote, or else mother will be really angry at me. I borrowed an armful of books from Sophia, and got ready to return home. And so, it was time to say goodbye to the Ascarot siblings at the entrance. ¡°Oh no, how could I! I left a book in the study that I was going to rmend to you earlier!¡± Sophia raised her voice in panic. ¡°Ahh, is that the book you mentioned before?¡± If I recall correctly, it was the book that Sophia had rmended the most to me. While passionately telling me about its appeal in the study, the book seems to have been ced there and forgotten. ¡°That¡¯s right. I¡¯m sorry. I¡¯ll go get it for you right now!¡± ¡°Sophia, it¡¯s okay if I juste and get it next time, you know.¡± Since Sophia looked like she was about to run out of the room to the study, I said so in order to prevent her from going, but¡­¡­ ¡°No, because it¡¯s really such a great book, I¡¯d love for you to read it as soon as possible. Please wait a little bit, okay?¡± As she said so, Sophia went off to the study. Well, since she¡¯s conscious of her status as a noble daughter, it¡¯s not good to be seen running in a dress, but she was hurrying as fast as she could without running. I saw my friend from the previous world, A-chan, in Sophia. Just like with Sophia, in the previous world I would read manga together with her, watch anime together, and even y otome games together with A-chan. Ahh, I¡¯ve really made such a wonderful friend. While I was absorbed in staring at Sophia¡¯s back as she was leaving, Nico who had been silent up until now opened his mouth. ¡°Katarina es-sama. Let me thank you once again about my sister. Really, thank you very much.¡± Come to think of it, I was supposed to try and talk some more with Nico today¡­¡­ In the end, I was too excited about visiting the Ascarot family library, and was having so much fun chatting with Sophia about books that I hadpletely forgotten about it. This is a chance to talk to him a little and be better friends! ¡°No, I should be saying thanks. Thank you very much for getting along well with me¡­¡­ Please tell that to your parents as well.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Parents, eh.¡± Come to think of it, ever since they greeted us, Nico¡¯s parents hadn¡¯te to say anything to us at all. ¡°Yes, they even came out specially in order to greet me. They¡¯re really wonderful parents.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Is that so, thank you very much.¡± Nico returned to his regr expressionless self and didn¡¯t say anything further. Even so, that¡¯s the longest interaction I¡¯ve had with him up to now, but¡­¡­ It¡¯s still very far from a level where it can be said that he¡¯s talked a lot. I wonder what on earth Nico was talking to Keith about. As the older sister, I really want to know too! If I was a boy, I wonder if he would have more things to say to me. ¡­¡­Let¡¯s find a topic of conversation¡­¡­ I got it! Since it¡¯s like this, I might as well use my knowledge from my previous life! I¡¯ll show you the power of seventeen years of my memories from a previous world! I won¡¯t lose to my stepbrother! Topic of conversation¡­¡­ Something to talk about¡­¡­ I desperately tried to remember anything. And then - I remembered the way that thedy from next door caught my father for thirty minutes straight without letting him go. This is it!! Anyways, since she¡¯s an expert in lengthy conversations, if I use thedy from next door¡¯s lines I¡¯ll surely be able to have a nice long conversation with Nico. That¡¯s right, I¡¯ll start off with those words that she always used - ¡°Your parents are so wonderful, and your sister is so cute as well, Nico-sama, you¡¯re a really lucky person.¡± Copying thatdy, I smiled as widely as I could. By the way, this is what thatdy always told my father, ¡°you¡¯re really such a lucky person to have married such a wonderful wife,¡± and I just changed it around a little. When she started her talk with those lines, in the end my father wasn¡¯t able to leave for a full thirty minutes. Yup. I¡¯ve imitated everything perfectly. However¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Lucky person¡­¡­¡± For some reason, the atmosphere around Nico seems to have changed. ¡°Yeah, er¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­You think I¡¯m a lucky person?¡± His face was just as expressionless as always, but something seems different. I¡¯m a little lost at why Nico seems to be different. Ahh, drats. I must have failed in my choice of lines to use¡­¡­ ¡°You have such a wonderful family¡­¡­ Isn¡¯t that so?¡± I mumbled rather timidly, and then¡­¡­ Nico opened his ck eyes wide and kept staring straight at me. Then - ¡°¡­¡­That¡¯s right. I have great parents I can respect, and I¡¯m very lucky to have such a gentle, lovely sister.¡± As he said so Nico seemed to be very happy¡­¡­ And then he startedughing. I¡¯ve known him for several weeks now, but I¡¯ve never seen his smiling face before. I had also heard from Sophia that her brother doesn¡¯tugh very often. Such a Nico was nowughing. And so happily to boot - I had always thought that he was quite handsome, but when he¡¯s smiling, he seems to be several times even more handsome. Right now, he¡¯s just like the charming earl from the story whose captivating smile alone can capture everyone¡¯s hearts. Wow, to think Nico was really such a charming earl¡­¡­ And so, what solved the issue of me freezing up at the major incident happening in front of me was Sophia returning with the book in hand. ¡°Katarina-sama, it¡¯s this book.¡± When I snapped out of being frozen, I saw the lovely Sophia next to me holding out a book, and¡­¡­ My cute stepbrother Keith was also in a daze, he just kept staring at Nico who had already returned to his usual expressionless self. This is really bad! I¡¯ve lost my cute stepbrother to the charming earl! I didn¡¯t want him to fall in love with the heroine, but, it¡¯s pretty dangerous to lose him to a guy as well! At this rate, my all-important stepbrother might step off the proper path! I took the book from Sophia while casually guarding Keith from Nico, and departed from the Ascarot mansion. And so, during the trip back in the horse-drawn carriage¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­I can¡¯t believe it, Nico is really just like that charming earl, from now on, I absolutely have to defend Keith from his grasp¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­No way, to have my rivals be increasing yet again, exactly how many more does she have to have before she¡¯s satisfied¡­¡­¡± Keith and I each had our own troubles as we looked out the window while grumbling to ourselves. Side story 1 — Working as the Claes family head gardener

Side story 1: Working as the es family head gardener

I, Tom Wesley, have been serving as the es family head gardener for a very long time now. I was born in a poor rural vige, once I grew up I started apprenticing myself, and ever since then I¡¯ve been living while traveling from ce to ce wherever life takes me. By nature, I¡¯ve never been good at speaking, on top of my face being a bit in, I couldn¡¯t work well with others no matter where I went, so I always worked by myself in silence. And so when I became a young man, since I was really good with tools, and I had a green thumb, before I realized it I¡¯d be a gardener, and I began working for rich merchants and nobles. Although I kept improving as a gardener, even so, I still couldn¡¯t interact with others well, which was very bad for me trying to make a living, people would always find a reason to fire me, or take away my sry, there was often nothing I could do about it. During these days, that person appeared in front of me for the first time. ¡°Are you the one taking care of this garden?¡± While I was working at a certain noble¡¯s garden, when I finished the work I was doing, I suddenly heard a voice beside me from a handsome young man that seemed to be around my age. From what he was wearing, I understood that he had a pretty high status, and I immediately paid my respects, but¡­¡­ ¡°It¡¯s fine. So anyways, are you the one taking care of this garden?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Yes.¡± I was working seriously and courteously as always, I nodded at him while wondering anxiously if I had dissatisfied him in some manner. The young man¡¯s light blue eyes were brilliantly sparkling. ¡°Every time Ie here to visit, I¡¯m always amazed at the terrible gardening sense here, but it¡¯s suddenlypletely changed. You¡¯re very talented!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Th, thank you very much¡­¡­¡± He was looking at me a little too directly, and I was confused. ¡°By the way, are you a retainer of this family?¡± ¡°¡­¡­No. I just got hired recently.¡± ¡°Then, are you working anywhere else right now?¡± ¡°¡­¡­No, there isn¡¯t anywhere else.¡± Since I couldn¡¯t interact with others well, and I was bad at making a living for myself, I was never able to stay at any workce long, and I was used to a lifestyle of changing jobs often. ¡°Then, I¡¯d like for you to be my retainer and be my gardener.¡± His eyes kept sparkling as he said so, and the young Duke es forcibly dragged me over to his mansion. He happened to be the family head of the previous generation, Duke es. And so, even though I was pulled over here forcibly in the middle of my work by Duke es, I found his mansion to be a veryfortable ce to work. All the servants were nice people, I finally had a steady job that even included vacations, and the family head that had forcibly recruited me was a very friendly and approachable person. He was liked by many of the servants, even those that were bad at interacting with others, and to the other servants and even to me who couldn¡¯t get close to others easily, he would always call out to us light-heartedly, and he would often go out to y in town while hiding his identity. Just like that, one time I went with him to y in town while he was hiding his identity, and wepletely became good friends, and we went to town together over and over again like that. And so, before I realized it, even though he was the head of a family and a duke, and I was just a servant, he was calling me ¡°friend,¡± at first I was extremely humbled by this, but I was finally affected by his feelings, and I finally began to think of him as a ¡°friend¡± as well. Since I was bad at interacting with others, and never knew what to say to people, he¡¯s the first person that truly ever called me a ¡°friend.¡± While I was living beside this friend, and doing my best at work, and at the time I suddenly realized that I¡¯ve be the head gardener - My only friend unceremoniously passed away from an illness. After that, I just spent my days idly. My friend that always called out to me and told me my garden was ¡°wonderful,¡± was no longer here. I didn¡¯t go anymore to the town that we used to visit together so much. I wonder if he¡¯ll call for me soon, I want to go to where he is as quick as possible¡­¡­ I want to meet him again¡­¡­ As I was thinking about this every day, that girl appeared. ¡°I would really like to create a field in the garden!¡± The way she seemed as her light blue eyes sparkled, was very simr to the day where I met him for the first time. And so, that girl began toe see me every day. ¡°Tom-san, I¡¯m here~¡± Before I noticed it, the girl was always smiling at me like a friend. Even though there were still painful memories of my friend everywhere in town, I forced myself to go to town to buy the materials needed to help her create a toy snake, and suddenly it became natural to go to town again. And so, while I spent time with this girl, my feeling of wanting to see my friend as soon as possible disappeared. ¡°To my precious friend. I¡¯m sorry, you¡¯ll have to wait a little bit more for me after all. In exchange, when I finally do see you again, I¡¯ll bring you a ton of interesting stories about your granddaughter.¡± Chapter 19 — Meeting a strange girl

Chapter 19 - Meeting a strange girl

I¡¯m the eldest son of Earl Ascarot, Nico Ascarot. Since my father is this country¡¯s prime minister, I¡¯ve had many chances to go with my father to the castle since I was little. Because of that, I¡¯ve had the opportunity to interact with the princes of this country. In particr, I got along really well with the twin princes that were one year younger than me. My childhood friends, the twin princes, began changing about one year ago. The third prince Jared would always have a perfect fake smile stered to his face. He would always say ¡°boring¡± and it was as if his eyes reflected nothing. However, one time, Jared said ¡°I discovered something very interesting¡± andughed. His smile seemed to be somewhat different from his fake smile up to now. And then as time passed, Jared began changing rapidly. His fake smiles decreased, and his smiles became bright and lively. And, as for Jared¡¯s younger brother, the fourth prince n. n was always beingpared to Jared, and so he had strong feelings against Jared. The desperate way he looked always seemed rather pained to me. Such an n also began changing from a certain point in time. It was as if a heavy burden had been removed from him, he stoppedpeting against Jared. What¡¯s more, saying he liked the subject, he began to focus more on music. His talent was amazing, and it¡¯s even being said that he¡¯s been blessed by the god of music. However, the biggest change of all was that n was now interacting with Jared normally when he used to avoid him so much. Everyone in the castle was surprised at this. After all, n had always treated Jared as a rival in an extreme manner. What¡¯s more, not only did they start interacting normally, they even began doing things together again. Recently, they¡¯ve even been seen chatting happily together in the castle. It was really such a dramatic change. However, most people did not know the reason why the twins would have changed so much. And then, since an unknown time, there was a rumor abound - The reason the twins have changed so much, and why they¡¯re together so frequently now¡­¡­ Has something to do with the es family. There¡¯s something, or someone, there that caused the two of them to change so much - A few days after the tea party at the castle, I myself visited the es mansion from the rumors. While my sister and I were at the tea party, my sister was invited by the daughter of the es family, Katarina es, to go visit her at the es mansion. My younger sister, Sophia Ascarot, is a very gentle, cute, and splendiddy. However, her hair and skin are pure white, and her eyes are red, Sophia looked a little different from other people. It was a very cruel world for my sister just because she looked a little different from everyone else. If she goes out, people will look at her strangely, and people that envy our family will keep gossiping and telling people that she¡¯s a ¡°cursed child.¡± Also, it¡¯s the really foolish children that say the cruelest things of all. And, always being red at heartlessly, always being talked about heartlessly¡­¡­ Eventually, Sophia shut herself up in her room and would no longer go out. By now, Sophia hasn¡¯t went out for several years. It¡¯s been decided that she¡¯ll participate in the tea party being hosted by my childhood friends, the twin princes. Sophia was considerably reluctant, and even I didn¡¯t really want to go if I didn¡¯t have to. The princes are somewhat acquainted with Sophia, so they definitely won¡¯t be looking at her strangely or anything. However, since this tea party is the first one that the princes are hosting, it¡¯s a veryrge scale affair. There¡¯ll be a ton of noble children there. There will definitely be people there that look down on and make fun of Sophia. I insisted on not going to such a ce, but was persuaded by father. ¡°Both you and Sophia have magic power. When you turn fifteen, both of you will be required to attend magic school. Also, you¡¯re a different grade and gender from Sophia. You can¡¯t always stay by her side and protect her. Sophia has to learn how to protect herself on her own. And since there¡¯s going to be so many children there, Sophia might even find herself a friend. Both of us have magic power, and it¡¯s mandated byw that a person has to attend magic school once they turn fifteen. I¡¯ll be enrolling in school after four more years. And then Sophia will have to enroll in school one year after me. I always want to stay next to my important sister and protect her. However, I know that it¡¯s not possible to always stay next to her and protect her because our grade and gender are different. Before Sophia started shutting herself in her room, our parents had wanted her to go out and to be able to make some friends, but¡­¡­ Children are sensitive about those different from themselves. Most of the time, it just ended in Sophia being hurt. I also understand very well that just staying like this isn¡¯t good either. However, I don¡¯t want Sophia to get hurt and cry any more¡­¡­ I¡¯m very scared of that happening again. At the tea party that Sophia and I attended together, of all things that could have happened Sophia got separated from me. Even though I was thinking how important it was for me to protect Sophia, I¡¯m so ashamed of myself. There were several noble children at this tea party that had verbally abused Sophia before. While I¡¯m separated from Sophia, I¡¯m worried that they¡¯ll do something to Sophia again. And then even though I desperately searched for Sophia I couldn¡¯t find her anywhere, when I finally ended up finding her the tea party was already over. And so, when I found Sophia, she seemed to be stunned for some reason. When I asked her why since I was worried that someone may have done something to her - ¡°I was invited to visit a person by the name of Katarina es-sama.¡± Sophia mumbled this while stunned. And so, I visited the es mansion from the rumors. But honestly, I wasn¡¯t all that interested in it. That¡¯s because, we¡¯ve received such invitations before, and they all turned out to be in order to make fun of and look down upon Sophia. Since I couldn¡¯t help worrying, I asked my childhood friend Jared, who also happens to be Katarina¡¯s fiance, about Katarina. He was close by greeting guests when Katarina invited my sister, so I asked him what happened. ¡°I thought that recently she seemed to be quite well behaved, but to see that she¡¯s hooked yet another girl¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­?¡± For some reason, Jared was talking to himself in a small voice, then he smiled profoundly. ¡°Nico. Although Katarina is really strange, she definitely won¡¯t hurt your all-important imouto-san.¡± Since Jared said so, I decided to believe him, and apanied my sister to the es mansion. ¡°I think, that Sophia-sama¡¯s silken white hair, and eyes that sparkle like rubies are very beautiful in my opinion.¡± Katarina es smiled at Sophia as she said so. ¡°As such, I¡¯ll be very happy if you could continueing over to y with me. And if it¡¯s alright with you, won¡¯t you be friends with me?¡± She was smiling kindly while holding Sophia¡¯s hands. It was just as Jared said. This girl would never hurt my precious sister. And so, I noticed it while looking at Katarina smile towards my sister. It was definitely this girl that changed Jared and n. A strange girl with a unique atmosphere. The princes are probably visiting this mansion so often in order to meet with this girl. And so, after meeting Katarina, Sophia changed as well. She escaped from the cage of her room, and began actively going out on her own. Her formerly gloomy face became lively and bright, and smiles returned to her expressions. I¡¯m deeply indebted to Katarina es. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï When Sophia began to venture out more often instead of staying inside her gilded cage, vicious ndering by gossipmongers increased as well. However, now that my sister had finally recovered her smile, there was no more returning to her dark room for her. I did my best to silence those that spoke ill of Sophia. I decided that the way I did things before wasn¡¯t sufficient, so I silenced them as thoroughly as possible this time. And so, those second-rate worthless fellows decreased gradually¡­¡­ ¡°I feel very sorry for Nico-sama who¡¯s burdened by working so hard for the sake of his imouto-sama.¡± ¡°Even though Nico-sama is so outstanding, it¡¯s pitiful that there¡¯s so much being said about the siblings.¡± ¡°The Ascarot family is so unfortunate to have so many bad things being said about their daughter.¡± People were no longer looking down on us as much, it was more purely pity and sympathy now. Since I had desperately worked so hard for Sophia¡¯s sake on this matter, those voices increased. There was no malice present in those voices. But, unfortunately, it was nothing but pity. However¡­¡­ Those words were stabbing me mercilessly in the heart. I¡¯m not burdened in any way. My family isn¡¯t unfortunate at all. I¡¯m actually very proud of my splendid parents, and my gentle, lovely sister, and consider myself to be a very lucky person¡­¡­ It¡¯s not that I can¡¯t understand why they think that. If I say I¡¯m very fortunate then I¡¯m always told ¡°you¡¯re amazing for being so patient and working so hard.¡± It¡¯s very frustrating to hear that. Even though I¡¯m so lucky¡­¡­ Why does everyone arbitrarily decide on their own that I¡¯m supposed to be unfortunate? Don¡¯t decide on your own that my precious sister is a burdensome existence! Even though I think that I¡¯m extremely fortunate to have Sophia been born as my little sister¡­¡­ Before long, I had gotten very tired of hearing all these disagreeable thoughts. I thought that it would be best if I didn¡¯t bother with hearing them anymore. Right now, my precious sister is smiling so happily. That¡¯s enough for me. Even if people think that it¡¯s unfortunate and pity us¡­¡­ There¡¯s nothing I can do about them not understanding. I thought it was fine like this, but¡­¡­ ¡°Your parents are so wonderful, and your sister is so cute as well, Nico-sama, you¡¯re a really lucky person.¡± The girl before me, Katarina es, was smiling as she said so. It¡¯s the same gentle smile that¡¯s been directed at Sophia before. ¡°¡­¡­Lucky person¡­¡­¡± That¡¯s right, that¡¯s what I¡¯ve always been thinking. However, nobody ever understood that until now. ¡°Yeah, er¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­You think I¡¯m a lucky person?¡± I stared straight at Katarina. ¡°You have such a wonderful family¡­¡­ Isn¡¯t that so?¡± Her light blue eyes were looking directly at me as well. ¡°¡­¡­That¡¯s right. I have great parents I can respect, and I¡¯m very lucky to have such a gentle, lovely sister.¡± I thought that it would be fine even if nobody understood. I¡¯d already given up. And yet¡­¡­ This girl¡­¡­ Katarina understands¡­¡­ Ahh, in truth I always wanted for someone to understand this feeling of mine. I felt as if all the frustration I¡¯d ever felt in my heart was subsiding. I looked over the girl in front of me once more. The duke¡¯s daughter, Katarina es. The strange girl that managed topletely change the twin princes and my sister. When nobody ever understood what I was thinking, she¡¯s the first to ever understand. Why the princes and my sister would visit Katarina¡¯s ce almost every day, I finally understand the reason now. And so, I¡¯m sure that I¡¯ll be joining them in going over to her ce frequently from now on. Not in order to apany my sister, but in order to see Katarina. Chapter 20 — I celebrated my birthday

Chapter 20 - I celebrated my birthday

The days passed by really fast, and ever since I recalled my memories during spring when I was eight years old, seven years have passed before I even noticed. I¡¯ll be fifteen soon. In this world, fifteen is the age at which noble children are required to make their social debut - Also - it¡¯s the age at which people with magic power are required to enroll in magic school. This summer, I¡¯ll turn fifteen, and I¡¯ll be entering magic school in spring of next year. By the way, in magic school, no matter your social status, everyone was required to live in the dorms. As expected, those of higher social statuses seem to get better rooms, but it¡¯s even okay to bring servants with you¡­¡­ Anyways, it won¡¯t be as free of a life as I have now. And, when I enter magic school - the otome game that I¡¯ve been afraid of will begin. The story begins when themoner heroine enters magic school with the extremely rare ability to use light magic despite not even being a noble. At school, the heroine will meet and be able to fall in love with various high-spec capture targets, all handsome boys, such as the twin princes, the duke¡¯s adopted son, and the prime minister¡¯s son. And so, the viiness Katarina es obstructed her, walking the path of destruction. In the seven years since I¡¯ve regained my memory, I¡¯ve made various efforts to avoid my destruction ends. I¡¯ve practiced swordsmanship, and trained in magic, I pulled Keith out of his room so that he wouldn¡¯t be lonely, and I had the head gardener Tom-san help me create an borate toy snake. Because of all that, my sword swings have been praised, my stepbrother was no longer a shut-in, and I have a toy snake that looks perfectly like the real thing. However, there was something that didn¡¯t go well. ¡­¡­I¡¯m talking about strengthening my magic. My magic was originally the shabbiest magic of them all, earth magic, and the only spell I could cast was ¡°Earth Thud¡± which could only move some earth two or three centimeters at first¡­¡­ After training for a year, I was able to improve it all the way to fifteen centimeters, and I had thought that I¡¯d be able to use much grander magic soon, but¡­¡­ After that, no matter how much more I trained, I couldn¡¯t move the earth any more than that, and I couldn¡¯t even use any other magic spells. At first, I didn¡¯t want to admit the truth, but¡­¡­ In the end, I had no choice but to acknowledge it. It¡¯s extremely unfortunate, but¡­¡­ I have almost no talent in magic whatsoever. If I attend magic school, there might be the chance that my magic will ¡°bloom¡± suddenly, but¡­¡­ I won¡¯t get my hopes up¡­¡­ In that case, my original strategy of finding magic-rted work if I get exiled out of the country may no longer be useable. If that happens, what am I supposed to do to support myself¡­¡­ When I was troubled over thinking things over, I heard from a servant that there were manyrge farms all over that hired farmers. That¡¯s it! I¡¯m not like before where all my nts will wilt, and I¡¯ve be pretty good at working in the field now. So if I get exiled to another country, let¡¯s seek out arge farm and work as a farmer. As long as I have a job, I¡¯ll be able to make a living somehow. While I still trained my magic, just in case I had to be a farmer I started studying agriculture as well. In this way, my anti-destruction countermeasures will be perfect. And while I had my perfect countermeasures all nned out, there were also unexpected urrences in my daily life. That would be, why all the capture targets and rivals were gathering in my house every day, and why everyone¡¯s rtionships and personalities seemed to be different from the game settings. Let¡¯s start with Jared Stuart. He¡¯s the third prince of the country, and the capture target that¡¯s my fiance. Even though he looks like an orthodox blonde-haired, blue-eyed prince, on the inside he¡¯s actually an evil sadistic prince. If the heroine falls in love with Jared, Katarina will head straight to her destruction. However, even though Jared in the game was supposed to be ¡°not interested in Katarina at all, and almost never visited her¡­¡­¡± Before I noticed, he woulde over to my house once every three days. And, he even helps me harvest the fruits and vegetables from the field, and would always bring me sweets as presents, we¡¯repletely friends now. We have a lot of contact. Honestly, we get along pretty well¡­¡­ To the point where I cannot imagine Jared cutting me down with his sword or exiling me from the country, but¡­¡­ However, if Jared meets the heroine and falls in love for the first time, as his fiancee, I¡¯ll be a hindrance¡­¡­ ¡°Love changes people¡± is what¡¯s written as well in the romance novels that I read. I can¡¯t let down my guard. Also, my scar that caused Jared to get engaged to me in the first ce disappeared a few years ago. And, when I noticed this a few years ago and relievedly told Jared about it¡­¡­ ¡°Prince Jared, the scar on my forehead has disappeared. That means that you won¡¯t have to take responsibility for me anymore, and can cancel the engagement.¡± When I happily told him this, Jared seemed a little shocked for a while¡­¡­ A little bitter, his usual smile returned. ¡°Oh, really? Why don¡¯t you show me.¡± He approached me with that beautiful smile on his lips, and forcefully parted my bangs to the side. My wounds were supposed to have all disappeared and left my forehead clean, but¡­¡­ ¡°On the contrary, a few scars remain.¡± Jared said so as he stared at my forehead that was supposed to have be pretty again. ¡°Eh!? But I confirmed it in the mirror many times¡­¡­ I even showed Anne¡­¡­¡± I muttered in a daze¡­¡­ ¡°Well, that¡¯s wrong. There¡¯s still some scars remaining. Hey, don¡¯t you think so as well?¡± Jared¡¯sst question was directed at my maid Anne who was waiting by my side. Then, even though she had just told me ¡°it¡¯s pretty again and everything¡¯s disappeared. Isn¡¯t that great, ojou-sama?¡± she nodded her head vigorously and agreed with Jared¡­¡­ I can¡¯t believe it, that traitor¡­¡­ And so, even though the scars absolutely should have disappeared, they didn¡¯t disappear for some reason, I was told by Jared firmly that ¡°the engagement absolutely can¡¯t be canceled¡± as he smiled wonderfully, ending this conversation. After that, even though she supported my engagement to Jared at first¡­¡­ Mother was against my engagement now as well, and even Keith said directly ¡°Katarina nee-san isn¡¯t fit to be a prince¡¯s bride,¡± trying to help me out, but even now I haven¡¯t been able to cancel the engagement. Indeed, Jared won¡¯t let go of this engagement so easily because just like in the game, he wants to use this to defend against all the other noble girls that would otherwise chase after him. Thus, I wasn¡¯t able to cut off the destruction g of being engaged to Jared, and it seems that I¡¯ll have to bring my sword and the toy snake with me to school for self-protection. Also, I¡¯ll have to practice being able to smoothly throw the toy snake from my pocket from now on. Then, about Keith es. He¡¯s the capture target that was adopted into my family seven years ago for his powerful magic, my cute stepbrother. If the heroine falls in love with Keith, Katarina will also head straight towards her destruction. He¡¯s a handsome boy with xen hair and blue eyes, and since he was neglected by his stepmother and stepsister, had a lonely upbringing and became a yboy type character because of it. And when he entered school, his loneliness was supposed to be healed by the heroine and he would fall in love, but¡­¡­ If that happens, I¡¯ll be very troubled, so in order for him to not be lonely, I¡¯ve been pulling him out of his room every day. During this time, without me having to pull him out anymore it turned out that we were always together. Therefore, Keith shouldn¡¯t have grown up lonely this time. This way, the heroine won¡¯t heal his loneliness and he shouldn¡¯t fall in love with her. However, there¡¯s one thing I failed at. In order to prevent him from being a trashy yboy, I always told him that he has to ¡°treat girls gently and kindly,¡± and the result¡­¡­ He¡¯s be a gentlemanlydies¡¯ man. Since he obediently obeyed his sister and treated women gently and kindly just as I told him to, that¡¯s a wonderful thing. However, as the years passed and the lovely Keith matured, he¡¯s somehow be a guy that emits lots of sex appeal just like in the game. I didn¡¯t notice this happening at all. Maybe it¡¯s because I¡¯m with him every day, I¡¯ve gotten used to it and didn¡¯t feel anything from Keith¡­¡­ And by the time I realized it, all the noble daughters, and even all the female servants were hanging on to him and thedies¡¯ man had beenpleted. And so, I was able to prevent Keith¡¯s loneliness, but¡­¡­ As for preventing him from bing a yboy¡­¡­ Even with my help he¡¯s alreadypleted this form. Then, about n Stuart. He¡¯s the fourth prince of this country, and is Jared¡¯s younger twin brother as well as a capture target. He¡¯s a beautiful prince with a wild streak, with silver hair and blue eyes, and he¡¯s always beingpared to Jared, so he¡¯s constantly in pain from feelings of inferiority, and it should have been set that he hates his brother, but¡­¡­ n didn¡¯t seem to be troubled by an inferiorityplex or anything at all now, and it doesn¡¯t seem like he hates Jared either. Well, I wouldn¡¯t say that they are best friends, but their rtionship seems reasonably good to me. Moreover, since in the n route Katarina didn¡¯t appear as she wasn¡¯t a rival, in the game I should have had hardly any contact with n, but¡­¡­ For some reason n woulde to visit me almost every day, and his talent for music haspletely bloomed so I¡¯m always receiving invitations to his piano and violin concerts, I would always go together with everyone. We¡¯repletely friends now. In the first ce, n shouldn¡¯t have had such a talent already for music in the game. Rather, it was set that the heroine would be aware of his talent for music, and would help it bloom, but¡­¡­ Well, things were different from the game settings in a lot of ways for some reason. Then, about Mary Hunt. She¡¯s n¡¯s fiancee, and is also the rival character on his route. She¡¯s a beauty with auburn hair and doll-like eyes. In the game settings, she didn¡¯t think highly of Katarina es, and just like n, should have had almost no contact with me, but¡­¡­ She¡¯s already one of my best friends now. In our first meeting, she was so nervous, but Mary¡¯spletely changed from her always frightened self in these seven years. She was excellent in her studies, had such a dignified and elegant manner when she made her social debut a little while ago, and her wonderful dancing monopolized the topic of conversation during her debut. She¡¯s be exactly like the noble daughter that she was in the game. However, in the game, Mary loved n from the bottom of her heart¡­¡­ Mary currently doesn¡¯t seem to be deeply in love with n like that right now. I think they got along normally, but, she never really had anything to say about n when we were together, and they hardly ever seemed to meet each other. Or could it be, they¡¯re just hiding things from me out of embarrassment? Moreover, in the game, Mary should have be a splendiddy in order to be ady befitting a prince¡¯s bride, but¡­¡­ It seems that Mary doesn¡¯t actually care too much about being a prince¡¯s wife. Several years ago, Maryined to me that she¡¯s ¡°not fit to be someone important like a prince¡¯s wife.¡± Then, she would always tell me how hard it is to be a part of the royal family and act befitting of a prince¡¯s wife. During these conversations, when she heard that I didn¡¯t like being engaged to Prince Jared, she became even more mncholy. I mean, if even the perfect Mary thinks such a role is too hard, it¡¯s even less fitting for me. And so, to assuage my anxieties, Mary would tell me gently ¡°let¡¯s run away together to another country and break off our engagements.¡± She¡¯s really such a kind and reliable friend. Then, about Nico Ascarot. He¡¯s the taciturn, expressionless son of the prime minister, and also a capture target. With ck hair and eyes, and a perfect doll-like face, he¡¯s a handsome boy with a devilish charm that can even capture men as well as women with his unique atmosphere. Just like the others, in the game settings Nico wasn¡¯t supposed to have any contact with Katarina es at all, but¡­¡­ After I became friends with his sister by chance, he also starteding over to my house almost every day. He was taciturn and expressionless like usual, and only spoke up when he had to, but¡­¡­ His devilish charm seems to be increasing in strength every year. Nico didugh at more things than he did before, it¡¯s probably because he¡¯s opening up to us, I think I should be happy, but¡­¡­ I can¡¯t, that smile¡¯s a trap. What¡¯s more, it¡¯s rumored that Nico is very popr with women and men alike. Everyone will be seduced by him once he smiles at them. The damage has already spread to the es mansion, several maids have already fallen victim to him and lost themselves to himpletely. Even so, for the time being I¡¯ll do my best to defend Keith and Mary from his devilish charm and save them from such a fate. Then, about Sophia Ascarot. She¡¯s both Nico¡¯s sister, and the rival for the Nico route. She¡¯s a beauty just like her brother, and shouldn¡¯t have had any contact with Katarina either, but¡­¡­ She¡¯s now my romance novelrade, and one of my best friends just like Mary. She shut herself in her room until she was almost ten, reading a great amount of books, so her book rmendations have never missed their marks. She also has great talent in discovering wonderful new works, I even called Sophia my teacher out of reverence. Sophia always loved Nico from the bottom of her heart, she would often speak of her onii-chan so fondly saying ¡°onii-sama is so wonderful. I¡¯d rmend him as a husband.¡± If a person that Nico likes happens to appear, she might just start sulking. I¡¯ll have tofort my precious friend at that time if it happens! And so, without understanding why all the capture targets and rivals had somehow be friends with me, we¡¯ll all be attending school together next spring. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï My fifteenth birthday has finally arrived. This party has been nned ever since several years ago as my social debut, and it was held at my house. By the way, this party will be a dance party. I¡¯ll have to greet all the guests, and will even have to dance. Even though I was supposed to be very good at athletics, unfortunately I didn¡¯t have much of a sense of rhythm, I¡¯m not very good at dancing. Even so, I trained under mother¡¯s supervision for this birthday party, I had painful dance lessons over and over, it seems that I¡¯ve be adequate enough, but¡­¡­ There¡¯s still some worry that I might mess up somewhere. What¡¯s more, during this dance party, it¡¯s been decided that my escort will be Prince Jared for some reason. I had really wanted it to be Keith, but I was told that it can¡¯t be anyone but Jared because he¡¯s my official fiance. If it¡¯s Keith, even if I step on his foot, he¡¯ll justugh it off and forgive me, but¡­¡­ I felt like Jared wouldn¡¯t be the same way. When I thought so, it only added to my depressed feelings towards this party. Since the party was scheduled in the evening, I had to apply makeup starting from morning, and had to make sure that my clothes were absolutely perfect, I was already exhausted well before the party in the evening. However, after everyone put in their efforts a result was seen, when I looked in the mirror I looked like a decentdy. Well, my viinous face still hasn¡¯t changed, but¡­¡­ And so, while I was dressed up like this, I was escorted to the party by Jared who was wearing full formal attire. I greeted all the guests for quite a while, then I was led to the dance hall by Jared. Of course, the first dance of the day belonged to me and Jared. I¡¯m going to have to be very careful to not step on his feet¡­¡­ Time to pay attention to my feet and dance as carefully as if my life depended on it. ¡°Katarina, you¡¯re very beautiful tonight.¡± ¡°Thank you very much.¡± When the blonde-haired blue-eyed prince paid me apliment and smiled, the women around us swooned a little at the sight. Jared¡¯s aplete package, both his appearance and abilities are all superb. That¡¯s why, as his fiancee, I received the jealousy of all other women. Honestly, if it¡¯s that enviable, I want to give him up and change ces with someone, but¡­¡­ When my dance with Jared finished, Keith was my next partner. ¡°Nee-san, you¡¯re very beautiful.¡± ¡°Thank you.¡± As my gentle stepbrother Keith smiled, just like with Jared, all the women¡¯s eyes were on us. As the heir to Duke es, and not having a fiancee yet, he¡¯s being targeted by many women. And so, his social status already attracted an endless amount of women, but his tremendous sex appeal (which unfortunately I was unable to experience) captured even more women. Come to think of it, even though he¡¯s so popr, I¡¯ve never heard of him having someone he likes¡­¡­ Even though we¡¯re always together, we¡¯ve never talked about this. If at all possible, I don¡¯t want you to fall in love with the heroine, I really want you to find another wonderful partner instead. After my dance with Keith finished, next up was Mary, and then it was n¡¯s turn. ¡°You¡¯re better than usual today.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Thank you very much.¡± n said so rather bluntly to me. I wonder if this is supposed to be apliment. Anyways, I¡¯ll just say thank you. Again, just like with Jared and Keith, the women¡¯s nces were focused on us. Right now, this genius boy that¡¯s said to be the poster child for being blessed by the god of music has the support of many of the older women. It seems that they were all saying, ¡°there¡¯s an incredible difference from an ordinary performance.¡± Although, I don¡¯t really understand it¡­¡­ Well, since everyone acknowledged n¡¯s fiancee Mary as a splendiddy, it seems that all of n¡¯s fans are in support of his engagement to Mary. It¡¯s such arge difference from saying people saying behind my back ¡°other than social status, she¡¯spletely unsuited to be with Jared¡± all the time. At the end of my dance with n, not only the women but even the men focused their lines of sight on the appearance of the devilishly charming earl, Nico. He¡¯s one year older than I am and has already enrolled in magic school, but he¡¯s taking today off just for the purpose ofing to my birthday party. I took his gracefully outstretched hand, and began dancing with him. ¡°You¡¯re very beautiful.¡± ¡°T, thank you very much.¡± As he said so, he showed off his magical smile, and there were exmations all around us. I¡¯ve gotten pretty used to his magical smile over the years, but other people were like ¡°Nico-sama smiled!¡± and were staggering all over the ce. The devilishly charming earl, is such a frightening existence. He¡¯s probably surrounded by people like this even at school. A whileter, after the dance was over Mary and Sophia stopped by, and praised the beauty of my hair and dress lots and lots. And so, I turned fifteen years old without incident. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï Winter is here now, and the countdown before I have to enter school has begun. I¡¯ll be at school for two years, and I¡¯m going to have to prepare the luggage that I want to take to the dorms. Well, since I am a duke¡¯s daughter after all, it should be the servants doing the packing, but¡­¡­ I still can¡¯t leave everything up to them. That¡¯s because, if I leave it all up to them, the servants will only put in things like dresses, hair decorations, and jewelry, basically only a bunch of stuff I don¡¯t need, and they won¡¯t put my important romance novels and agriculture books into my luggage for me. Therefore, I decided to pack my luggage myself. So, it¡¯s been decided that five servants, led by the maid Anne, will being to school with me. Since I can do almost anything by myself, I said that ¡°I won¡¯t be needing servants,¡± but it seems that won¡¯t be possible because of our duke status. In the end, I took the smallest number of people I was allowed to, and picked five people. However, there¡¯s someone I¡¯m worried about among these members. My maid Anne, who¡¯s been serving me since I was eight, is now of marriageable age. During these seven years, Anne¡¯s always been taking care of me. By now, she¡¯ll be turning 23 this year. If this was the previous world she¡¯d still be considered young, marriageable age is shorter in this world, it¡¯s said to be toote for people if they¡¯re older than 25. In the first ce, even though Anne is working as a maid here, she¡¯s also the daughter of a baron. I am told that there¡¯s a custom in this world for the daughters of lower-ss nobility to serve those of upper-ss nobility to learn good manners by apprenticing themselves. And, these apprentices would often serve the daughter of the house. For that reason, there were many maids serving me that were apprenticing like this, but¡­¡­ They¡¯ve really been brought up as such coddled daughters. They¡¯ll scream in terror if I climb a tree, and while I¡¯m catching snakes they¡¯ll faint at the very sight. Therefore, there weren¡¯t many maids that stayed a long time with me, and we had to send off many maids, and every time mother would strike me down with lightning. Among them, through all the scolding, the presence of Anne remained unchanged, and I really valued her. A few years ago, Anne¡¯s family brought up the topic of marriage. A new maid that had just arrived, saw the way I flew from tree to tree and fainted, and quit immediately thereafter, it was because I was worrying about the topic of Anne¡¯s marriage¡­¡­ If I lose Anne from my life now, I wouldn¡¯t know what to do¡­¡­ And while I was so worried, I¡­¡­ When Anne¡¯s father came to pick up Anne, I told him ¡°I really want to have Anne here with me!¡± and I desperately pleaded with him while lowering my head for his daughter just like a bridegroom would, and Anne¡¯s father¡¯s face became just like ice. And so, as a result of my desperate pleading, I was somehow sessful in preventing Anne from returning home to get married then. Meaning, I crushed the marriage talks involving Anne. And then, when my mother discovered themotion, a great thunderstorm immediately struck me, but¡­¡­ The person in question, Anne herself, forgave me for everything and evenughed. And so, I¡¯m d that Anne likes me as well, but I can¡¯t ask her to stay with me anymore, she¡¯s already 23 now and if she stays any longer, I won¡¯t be able to hold back my selfishness anymore. Thus, me going to school is a good chance for Anne to return home, and I was determined to help her get a good marriage, but¡­¡­ ¡°If I¡¯m not here, who else would take care of ojou-sama. Of course, I¡¯ll be going to school with you,¡± is what Anne said to me. Honestly, the idea of having Anne leave me after she¡¯s been by my side for so long, while I¡¯m at school facing destruction gs was a bit unsettling. Once again, by Anne¡¯s grace, she¡¯ll being with me together to school. I¡¯m really grateful, Anne. ¡°Ojou-sama, what is this?¡± Anne pulled out from my packed luggage, my work clothes with a questioning face. ¡°Ahh, those are my work clothes for the field.¡± ¡°The field¡­¡­ Ojou-sama, it couldn¡¯t be that, you¡¯re nning to work on a field even at school?¡± ¡°Of course! I mean, if I ck off from working in a field for two years, my skills will drop, and I wouldn¡¯t be able to be a splendid farmer then!¡± When I dered so with all my strength, Anne seemed to have a haggard look. ¡°¡­¡­It can¡¯t be, why is it that a duke¡¯s daughter wants to be a farmer¡­¡­¡± ¡°It¡¯s for just in case!¡± ¡°What kind of just in case!? ¡­¡­It can¡¯t be, are you even nning on bringing the hoe?¡± ¡°Of course, I¡¯ll be bringing it! After all, I don¡¯t know if the school will have one!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Please give me a break.¡± After that, for the next few minutes, I kept trying to put my work clothes and the hoe into my luggage, and Anne kept trying to stop me. Winter had finally ended, and spring was approaching. Chapter 21 — Working as a Claes family maid

Chapter 21 - Working as a es family maid

My name is Anne Sherry. I was born in a countryside baron¡¯s family, and when I turned fifteen, I apprenticed myself to the es family and began to serve them. And so, I became the personal maid of Katarina es, the only daughter of Duke es. The first time that I met Katarina-sama, while her face was cute in its own way, her tight, upturned eyes gave off quite the strong impression. At that time, Katarina was a typical spoiled rich brat, and she had quite the arrogant and selfish personality. After working for such a Katarina-sama for a few months, one day Katarina-sama tripped and fell while visiting the castle garden, and hit her head strongly on a rock. That ident caused a severe cut on Katarina-sama, and because of that, she was bedridden with a high fever for several days. And then, when Katarina-sama woke up again, it was as if she had be apletely different person. She always looked down on the servants so arrogantly, such a Katarina-sama who was used to living in thep of luxury, hadpletely calmed down, to the point where the servants were worried about her, she¡¯spletely turned into a kind and benevolentdy. Ojou-sama¡¯s personality must have changed because she was hit in the head and had a high fever. She¡¯s be a calm and friendlydy¡­¡­ While the servants were shocked at first, it turned into joy afterwards. Right now, Katarina-sama was only able to get out of bed for a little time at a while. After her fever subsided, and Katarina-sama was able to get out of bed¡­¡­ She became even more of a problem child than before she had hit her head. When Katarina-sama got out of bed, for some reason she ran off to the library with bloodshot eyes, and kept confusing the butler with her entric behavior¡­¡­ Just after I thought she¡¯s calmed down a bit, now she¡¯s breathing excitedly while dering that she would begin training in swordsmanship and magic¡­¡­ And so she began her swordsmanship practice but, only her fervor was praiseworthy, her movements were so clumsy that it seemed more likely she would injure herself before hitting her opponent, and it was scary to be near her. And after that, saying she was going to train her magic power, she put on work clothes, began digging in the earth with a hoe, and began to create a field in the esteemed es family garden. And she would always spend most of her time in the garden, and do things like roll up her dress and climb a tree, or fish in the small stream in the garden, she almost drove all the fish in the stream to extinction. Thus, she caused an endless amount of problems, and no matter how many times her mother got angry at her, it did nothing to affect Katarina-sama. Sure, she¡¯ll be depressed right after being scolded, but the next day she¡¯ll bounce right back to her usual self. It seems that, no matter how angry you get at Katarina-sama, she has a downright enviable ability to forget about everything the next day. And now, she¡¯ll be turning 15 this year, but unfortunately Katarina-sama hasn¡¯t changed one bit. At least she doesn¡¯t climb trees in a dress anymore, but¡­¡­ This one time, she kept insisting on her own that a mushroom growing in the garden was ¡°definitely edible,¡± and upset her stomach after eating it, and lightning descended upon Katarina after her mother found out¡­¡­ And now for some reason she¡¯s suddenly decided to study agriculture, rummaging through books on agriculture, and she¡¯s been working at erging her field. Really, she hasn¡¯t changed at all since she was eight. I¡¯ve served beside her for seven years now, but I¡¯m stillpletely unable to predict her actions or understand her thoughts. However, even though Katarina-sama is such a terrible problem child¡­¡­ She¡¯s very popr with some people. For example, Katarina-sama¡¯s fiance, the third prince of this country, Prince Jared Stuart. Prince Jared, who¡¯s very handsome and excellent, seems to be quite enamored with Katarina-sama. Whenever Prince Jared is with Katarina-sama, he seems to be having a lot of fun, and his expression looks like he loves Katarina-sama to the point where he can¡¯t bear to be without her. Even though he has such an expression directed at her, it seems that Katarina-sama hasn¡¯t noticed Prince Jared¡¯s feelings at all. At the time when the incredibly dense Katarina-sama tried to cancel the engagement, Prince Jared was truly frightening to behold. It was because the scar that caused Prince Jared to be engaged to Katarina-sama hadpletely disappeared. One day, when Katarina-sama noticed that the scar she received when she was eight had vanished, she was overjoyed. However, I never even dreamed that she would use that as an opportunity to suggest cancelling her engagement to Prince Jared. Even though Prince Jared obviously loved Katarina-sama so much, I realized for the first time then that she¡¯s beenpletely oblivious to everything. ¡°Prince Jared, the scar on my forehead has disappeared. That means that you won¡¯t have to take responsibility for me anymore, and can cancel the engagement.¡± When Katarina-sama informed him so happily, Prince Jared opened his eyes wide and seemed rather shocked, but then¡­¡­ After that, his smile immediately returned. However, there was noughter in his eyes. ¡°Oh, really? Why don¡¯t you show me.¡± Prince Jared approached Katarina-sama, and rather forcefully parted her bangs to the side. Even though her forehead should bepletely healed and all the scars gone, but¡­¡­ ¡°On the contrary, a few scars remain.¡± Prince Jared said so as he stared at Katarina-sama¡¯s forehead which was perfectly unblemished. ¡°Eh!? But I confirmed it in the mirror many times¡­¡­ I even showed Anne¡­¡­¡± Wait a minute, Katarina-sama, please don¡¯t get me involved in this¡­¡­ ¡°Well, that¡¯s wrong. There¡¯s still some scars remaining. Hey, don¡¯t you think so as well?¡± Even though Prince Jared was smiling beautifully, his eyes were staring at me without any sign ofughter. I was so scared of him, that I simply agreed with him by nodding my head vigorously. And so, even though the scars havepletely disappeared, Prince Jared insisted that they didn¡¯t, and said firmly that ¡°the engagement absolutely can¡¯t be cancelled¡± as he smiled with noughter in his eyes, ending this conversation. Honestly, I was so terrified that I felt like I had lost several years from my lifespan. Then, about Katarina-sama¡¯s stepbrother, Keith es-sama. The first time I met him, Keith-sama was a skinny, gloomy boy, but now he¡¯s a handsome young man that many women are chasing after. And, since he treated all women gently and kindly, he was very popr. Moreover, as he grew, he¡¯s begun to emit a tremendous amount of sex appeal. Honestly, amongst the servants as well, several have fallen for Keith-sama¡¯s sex appeal. Keith-sama is also absolutely crazy about Katarina-sama. He would always go wherever Katarina-sama went, it was as if he was her shadow. And, with the passionate way he looked at Katarina-sama, it was clear he had more than brotherly feelings for her. However, of course the incredibly dense Katarina-sama wouldn¡¯t notice Keith-sama¡¯s gaze either. That¡¯s not all, she seems to bepletely unaware of Keith-sama¡¯s overflowing sex appeal. It¡¯s as expected of her. ¡°People say that I¡¯m so sexy¡­¡­ But if the person in question that I¡¯m in love with doesn¡¯t notice anything, isn¡¯t it all useless in the end¡­¡­¡± Coincidentally, I once heard Keith-sama muttering so to himself with a sad face. He seemed really pitiful. Such a Keith-sama allied himself with Katarina-sama¡¯s mother, with both of them saying ¡°Katarina (nee-san) isn¡¯t fit to be a prince¡¯s bride,¡± and they fought together to cancel the engagement, but unfortunately for them, they¡¯ve been unsessful so far due to Prince Jared¡¯s interference. Also, the fourth prince of this country, Prince Jared¡¯s younger twin brother, Prince n Stuart, is yet another person that¡¯s head over heels in love with Katarina-sama. He¡¯s called the poster child for being blessed by the god of music, Prince n is known for his talent everywhere, and the streets are always filled to the brim with people that want to hear him perform. He would always invite Katarina-sama every time. And, the way that Prince n looks at Katarina-sama, it¡¯s almost like he¡¯s overflowing with affection. However, there¡¯s one regrettable thing about Prince n, it¡¯s that even after seven years of affectionately gazing at Katarina-sama, he still hasn¡¯t seemed to realize his own feelings. Not having realized that he¡¯s clearly in love with Katarina-sama, I think the way he seems as he stays by her is somewhat pitiful as well. But, I know that it¡¯s not just a problem of Prince n being dense. Since Prince Jared and Keith-sama don¡¯t want their rivals to increase even more, they¡¯re making sure that Prince n doesn¡¯t notice his own feelings. In particr, someone that¡¯s really amazing among Katarina-sama¡¯s admirers is Prince n¡¯s fiancee, Mary Hunt-sama. And that¡¯s because, the normal situation would be, Mary-sama wouldn¡¯t want Katarina-sama stealing Prince n away from her, but¡­¡­ I know that¡¯s not what¡¯s happening here. Mary-sama is yet another person that¡¯spletely fallen for Katarina-sama. When I first met Prince n¡¯s fiancee, Mary Hunt-sama, she was really such a nervous and shy little girl, but in these seven years she¡¯s be recognized by society and transformed into a splendiddy amongdies. Such ady is really quite in love with Katarina-sama. If you ask me just how much she loves her¡­¡­ It¡¯s to the extent where she wants to break the engagement to Prince Jared, and run away with Katarina-sama to another country, monopolizing her all to herself. Mary-sama began enacting her n several years ago. At one time, Mary-sama happened to tell Katarina-sama that Mary¡¯s ¡°not fit to be someone important like a prince¡¯s wife.¡± After hearing such a perfect Maryin, of course Katarina-sama would be unsettled as she¡¯s even less like a noble girl. Katarina-sama said that ¡°then, I¡¯m even more unfit for it. Whatever should I do?¡± When Mary-sama saw how dejected Katarina-sama was, she told her gently ¡°let¡¯s run away together to another country and break off our engagements¡± as she took her hands. At first, I thought it was just a joke, but¡­¡­ Mary-sama actually began to make preparations and n for how to escape to another country¡­¡­ I finally realized she was for serious. Mary-sama really intends to break off the engagements, and take Katarina-sama away with her to another country¡­¡­ However, of course the incredibly dense Katarina-sama had no chance at all of noticing that Mary-sama was being serious¡­¡­ She¡¯s still giggling and saying that ¡°Mary¡¯s such a nice girl.¡± And even though the twin princes, her stepbrother, and even the prince¡¯s fiancee are all madly in love with her¡­¡­ She has no idea whatsoever about her poprity. The prime minister¡¯s son, Nico Astarot-sama, is yet another person that¡¯s smitten with Katarina-sama. With ck hair and eyes, and a perfect doll-like face, when the handsome Nico-sama made his social debutst year, it¡¯s amazing how fast he immediately acquired his own fan club. Not only that, not only were there women in his fan club, it seems that it even included many men. If we¡¯re just talking about beauty, Prince Jared, Prince n, and Keith-sama are all very handsome as well, but Nico-sama has a strange captivating aura about him. Katarina-sama would always call him ¡°the devilishly charming earl.¡± As for Nico-sama, he was mostly expressionless, and hardly ever talked, and there were very few people in his fan club that had seen his different facial expressions before, but¡­¡­ Such a Nico-sama would always smile so happily in front of Katarina-sama only. It¡¯s really a smile that will melt people¡¯s hearts, anyone that sees it will automatically lose their hearts to him¡­¡­ That smile has already broken so many people among the servants¡­¡­ However, as expected, the incredibly dense Katarina-sama never noticed that Nico-sama only behaved differently in front of her¡­¡­ She would gasp that she absolutely had to ¡°properly defend Mary and Keith from being captured by the devilish charm.¡± Just like how she couldn¡¯t feel Keith-sama¡¯s sex appeal at all, Nico-sama¡¯s magical smile had no effect on her as well. Then, that Nico-sama¡¯s younger sister, Sophia Ascarot, is also in love with Katarina-sama. As Katarina-sama¡¯s fellow romance novel enthusiast, she would alwayse over happily while rmending another book. I already realized early on that Sophia-sama seems to have special feelings for her brother Nico-sama, but she kept earnestly appealing to Katarina-sama about how wonderful her brother was¡­¡­ Of course, the incredibly dense Katarina-sama didn¡¯t notice anything, and would arbitrarily say that ¡°Sophia is really so nice to her onii-chan~¡± and misunderstand things. In this manner, even though there¡¯s so many problems with Katarina-sama, she seems to be popr with everyone for some reason. Keith-sama seems to call her a ¡°clueless harem protagonist.¡± Katarina-sama¡¯s harem didn¡¯t seem to be limited to only her noble friends. The head gardener Tom, who hardly ever interacted with people, always seemed to have so much fun with Katarina-sama, when he was always so strict with both himself and others. Also, the head maid would always show Katarina-sama a gentle expression that she¡¯s never shown to others before. No matter how old she gets, this noble girl only causes problems and thinkspletely outside the box, exactly what on earth attracts people to Katarina-sama¡­¡­ Why is everyone in love with her¡­¡­ Even though I say so, actually¡­¡­ I already know. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï I was born as Anne Sherry. My father is Baron Sherry, and my mother is one of his family servants. I grew up in a small house that was close by the Sherry mansion. I was conceived in the mood of the moment, and mother would always tell me that she was Baron Sherry¡¯s mistress for only a very short time. ¡°Please do as the Baron-sama says, and if he likes you you¡¯ll be able to move up in the world. Never be rebellious.¡± Those words were repeated to me so much that they were engraved into my body and soul. I obeyed those words, and did as the baron said ording to mother¡¯s wishes, and never said anything against him, and was thus liked by him and moved up in the world. As a result, while I wasn¡¯t called to go live in the baron¡¯s mansion, he didn¡¯t treat me badly, and I was able to livefortably. However¡­¡­ Those days finally had toe to an end. It happened when I turned 15. Suddenly, a fire started in our house, and everything was gone in an instant. I managed to escape somehow with only a big burn on my back, but my mother passed away. While I was stunned at the sudden turn of events, the baron summoned me to his mansion for the first time since I was born. ¡°You have a terrible burn scar on your back now. That means that you¡¯re useless now as a marriage candidate. I don¡¯t need you anymore. Get out of here immediately.¡± He said so as naturally as if he was saying ¡°the weather¡¯s nice today, isn¡¯t it,¡± and I just stood there without saying anything back to him. Up until now, I¡¯ve been trying my hardest to gain the baron¡¯s favor. I had gotten conceited because he never treated me badly. But, I think I made a mistake. He didn¡¯t treat me badly because, he never had any interest in me¡­¡­ To the baron, I was only a political tool¡­¡­ And¡­¡­ An existence that he didn¡¯t need anymore¡­¡­ Thus, having lost both my ce to live and reason to be, I came to see Duke es who was distantly rted to me, and was hired as a maid and began apprenticing myself here. And so, I became the personal maid of Katarina es, the only daughter of Duke es. Probably because Katarina-sama had such a spoiled upbringing, she was really selfish, and treated us servants so arrogantly, that Katarina-sama¡¯s personal maids would neverst very long, but¡­¡­ I didn¡¯t quit like all the others. I mean, the other girls are able to go back home if they don¡¯t like it here and want to quit, but I don¡¯t have a home to go back to anymore. If I¡¯m chased out of here, I won¡¯t have anywhere else to go. I had always listened to my mother, never going against the baron, trying to gain his favor to move up in the world. So whatever Katarina-sama says, anything she wants, I won¡¯t object to anything, I¡¯ll fulfill my master¡¯s demands, and be whatever master wishes¡­¡­ And so, serving her like this, I was able to please her, and I passed my days without any problems. I was already living like this originally. All that¡¯s changed is the master I now serve. It would be great if I can get ustomed to bing a tool again here. However¡­¡­ Ever since Katarina-sama was hit on the head with a rock, she¡¯s changed. Her arrogance and selfish words disappeared. She didn¡¯t want people to toady to her like before either. She became an extremely unorthodox noble girl that climbed trees, and plowed fields. How I can gain her favor, and what to do in order to please her, I have absolutely no idea anymore. Up until now, I always lived trying to please others, and lived as others wished, I¡¯ve never known how to live by my own will. And so, I was extremely confused about how to get close to her now, but¡­¡­ Before I realized it, I¡¯ve learned how to speak up on my own and think for myself. I didn¡¯t have to tter and toady to Katarina-sama all the time like before, and this Katarina-sama wasn¡¯t so pompous and didn¡¯t treat me badly¡­¡­ But on the contrary, I longed for it. I received my first-ever birthday present from her. It was a ticket that said ¡°shoulder rub¡± on it in rather crooked letters, and every year from then on she would make me a wooden toy animal that I didn¡¯t recognize, and I cherished them and stored all of them very carefully. When that unbelievable Katarina-sama appeared, my daily life underwent a great change, but¡­¡­ It was iparable to my previous fifteen years of living in separation, and every day I got to experience new and fun things. Just like this, I always want to stay beside Katarina-sama. Imperceptibly, I had begun to think like this. Several years aftering to the es mansion, I received a letter from Baron Sherry who had never contacted me here before. All it said was ¡°your marriage has been decided upon, return to the mansion.¡± It was as if all my blood drained from my body. A marriage was decided for me¡­¡­ Even though I thought I had been discarded as a political tool because of the burn scar on my back¡­¡­ If it was the me from before, I would have returned to the mansion immediately upon receiving this letter. I¡¯m just a tool to the baron¡­¡­ But I can¡¯t disobey my master¡­¡­ But¡­¡­ I wasn¡¯t the me from before anymore. I wanted to stay here. That¡¯s why, I tried to ignore the letter¡­¡­ Despite that, a few weekster, Baron Sherry himself came to visit Duke es. When I was called out to meet him, Baron Sherry was sitting there, looking unchanged from several years ago. ¡°I found a generous partner for you who¡¯s willing to take you even though you¡¯re damaged goods. What¡¯s more, since you haven¡¯t returned yet, I even took the trouble ofing to pick you up myself.¡± He told me to be thankful about my marriage partner, who happened to be a man with a facial deformity, with many bad rumors floating about him in society, he was a rather elderly viscount with more mistresses than could be counted. For this marriage proposal, Baron Sherry will probably be paid a considerable sum, but¡­¡­ I definitely wouldn¡¯t be able to find happiness. In the first ce, I¡¯ve begun to wonder if it¡¯s wrong for a tool to want to find her own happiness. It was as if I¡¯d lost all the blood in my body again, and Ipletely froze up. ¡°What are you taking so long for. I¡¯ve already talked to Duke es-sama about everything, so let¡¯s get going! Time to return to the mansion!¡± Because I was just standing there silently, he became impatient with me. Ahh, are my happy days here over now¡­¡­ Am I going to be just a tool again¡­¡­ I wanted to stay here longer¡­¡­ By Katarina-sama¡¯s side¡­¡­ While I was thinking that, it happened. ¡°Excuse me.¡± Right after knocking, the person that immediately burst into the room, was my ojou-sama, Katarina-sama. ¡°You¡¯re Anne¡¯s father, right?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Uhh, yeah¡­¡± As she asked so, Katarina-sama was looking at Baron Sherry with a sharp gaze. Suddenly, the girl that had burst in, lowered her head towards Baron Sherry and began pleading. ¡°I have a request! Please reconsider the matter of Anne¡¯s marriage!¡± Katarina-sama grabbed my arm as she said so. ¡°I really want to have Anne here with me! I absolutely need her beside me! So please, I¡¯ll be troubled if you take her away!¡± As Katarina-sama begged, the baron opened his eyes wide in shock and she bowed down even further. Looking at the way the two of them looked, it was as if they were frompletely different worlds. Katarina-sama¡¯s hand that¡¯s gripping my arm is really warm. And, her body heat began warming up my frozen body. I had always been living as just a tool for the sake of my master. But, while in the es family¡­¡­ While beside Katarina-sama, I learned how to think for myself for the first time. Before I realized it, I wasn¡¯t just a tool anymore. I¡¯m no longer a tool, I¡¯m just Anne Sherry¡­¡­ What¡¯s more, I¡¯m needed¡­¡­ She¡¯s saying that she wants to have me by her side. Without noticing, my body that waspletely frozen had be warm again. It was especially warm in the inner corners of my eyes. I was holding back my tears that were about to overflow. In the end, because of Katarina-sama¡¯s interference, my marriage proposal was cancelled, but¡­¡­ After that, when Duke es heard about how horrible my proposed partner was, hepletely broke off all ties to Baron Sherry. I¡¯m really very grateful to Duke es. What¡¯s more, being worried about my welfare, Duke es said ¡°if you would like, I¡¯ll do my best to find a proper marriage partner for you,¡± but¡­¡­ I just want to stay like this and continue serving Katarina-sama. Thus, I continued working as Katarina-sama¡¯s personal maid in the es family. No matter how old she gets, this noble girl only causes problems and thinkspletely outside the box, exactly what on earth attracts people to Katarina-sama¡­¡­ Why is everyone in love with her¡­¡­ Even though I say so, actually¡­¡­ I already know. More than anyone¡­¡­ Even though I was once just a tool to be used, I¡¯ve be a human known as Anne Sherry. I¡¯ll never forget the warmth I experienced from her words and hand on the day that she grabbed my arm. Of course, I¡¯ll be going with her starting next year to magic school. Katarina said something like ¡°I¡¯ll be fine by myself,¡± but¡­¡­ She can¡¯t even put on a dress properly by herself, and if you leave her alone she won¡¯t evenb her hair, there¡¯s no way she¡¯ll be fine by herself. ¡°Of course, I¡¯ll be apanying you,¡± is what I told her as she looked so dejected. ¡°But, Anne should be thinking about getting married now, I can¡¯t always take you along with me¡­¡­¡± It seems that she¡¯s a bit worried about my marriage prospects, and Iughed a little. Honestly speaking, I have no interest in getting married. I only have one wish. ¡°If I¡¯m not here, who else would take care of ojou-sama. Of course, I¡¯ll be going to school with you.¡± When I said so, Katarina-sama became so happy. From now on, whether Katarina-sama bes Prince Jared¡¯s bride as promised and goes to live in the castle, or even if Mary-sama seeds in whisking her away to a distantnd, I intend to keep following her wherever she may go. After all, the ce where I belong¡­¡­ The ce where I¡¯m the happiest¡­¡­ Is right next to Katarina-sama~ I only have one wish, Katarina-sama, to always be by your side. Extra — 21.5

Extra: Chapter 21.5

After my birthday party ended, it finally got a little quieter around me. After all, there had been such a fuss about getting me into a fancy dress, and I had been so worried that I might mess up my dancing despite all my practice, I¡¯m finally able to breathe a sigh of relief now. Since I have a bit of time now, I figured I should spend it in my field. I put on my work clothes for the first time in a long while, and got myself fully equipped and ready to go for the field. Today I¡¯m going to use the fertilizer I received from Jared as a birthday present to prepare for the summer harvest. With Keith¡¯s help, I had just finished preparing the fertilizer for using when Jared came in. ¡°Oh, Katarina, you seem to be working hard as usual today, eh.¡± ¡°Ahh, Prince Jared. Thank you very much foring to my birthday party and for your present. I was just about to get to immediately using your present just now.¡± ¡°It¡¯s that so, I¡¯m d to see that it¡¯s been of immediate use. Since you requested this present from me, I¡¯m not surprised. ¡­¡­Well, I had originally wanted to give you an essory befitting of your dress, but¡­¡­ You wouldn¡¯t ept that.¡± Jared smiled wryly as he said so. Well, that¡¯s so. He had wanted me to give me essories and dresses, but I had refused him outright. As for why, it¡¯s because my overly doting father always buys mountains of essories and dresses for me¡­¡­ Actually, I¡¯m a bit troubled by how many there are now. For the game¡¯s Katarina, it seemed like she could change her dress and essories every day of the year without trouble, but¡­¡­ Unfortunately, I¡¯m not like that. In the first ce, I don¡¯t like gaudy dresses. It¡¯s because they¡¯re hard to move in. I can¡¯t think of those sparkly dresses with absolutely nothing useful about them as anything I would wear unless I lost in a punishment game. Also, because I¡¯m always in a crouching position while outside working in my field, I don¡¯t need that many dresses. For the same reason, I don¡¯t need that many essories either. It would be a terrible waste after all if I were to lose them in my field. I had told these reasons to Jared and my other friends, forbidding them from getting anything like dresses and essories for my birthday presents. As such, Jared had listened to my request, and given me fertilizer as a birthday present, but¡­¡­ ¡°But, since Katarina is turning fifteen, and will be mine soon, you should really be more aware of your appearance to others, maybe it would have been better to give you dresses and essories after all,¡± said Jared with a thinking look on his face. Bing his, and being more aware of my appearance? Ehh~ If that¡¯s the case¡­¡­ ¡°But I think everyone should already know that I¡¯m Prince Jared¡¯s fiancee¡­¡­¡±It¡¯s such a famous topic that there really shouldn¡¯t be anyone that doesn¡¯t know. Well, if it wasn¡¯t like that, it wouldn¡¯t serve his purpose as a defensive measure preventing other girls from bothering him. ¡°Well, that¡¯s so, but¡­¡­ Even if they know about it, there¡¯s still many people that don¡¯t approve of it.¡± Indeed, I¡¯m not a beauty like Mary is, having a viinous face instead, since my specs aren¡¯t high, it¡¯s said that ¡°she doesn¡¯t match up to Prince Jared in anything but status¡± and it¡¯s a fact that there¡¯s so many girls that don¡¯t approve of us being together¡­¡­ I don¡¯t particrly have any intentions of approving our betrothal either though¡­¡­ Rather, if I could get rid of this betrothal that¡¯s only being used for Jared¡¯s convenience as a shield against other girls, I¡¯d really like to, but¡­¡­ However, Jared has brought up before ¡°this betrothal thing, it¡¯s bothersome so let¡¯s change our status already,¡± while he smiled ambiguously for some reason. Then, Jared confronted me directly with that ambiguous smile of his. ¡°What do you think you¡¯re doing?¡± Keith interrupted suddenly, putting himself between Jared and me with a rather dark expression on his face. Hm? I¡¯ll get lonely if I feel too left out, you know? ¡°Ahh, Keith es. Don¡¯t you know how rude it is to interrupt a date between two betrotheds? And what¡¯s with that grim expression on your face, it¡¯s such a waste of your fine looks.¡± ¡°Unfortunately, the only one that believes this is a date, is you, Prince Jared. And as for why I have a grim expression, it¡¯s because no matter how much I warn nee-san, I always still have to watch out for bad insects swarming around her.¡± ¡°Bad insects, I wonder who that could possibly be referring to?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Those that were thinking about doing improper things during the dance party, Prince Jared.¡± ¡°Mmm~. I don¡¯t think you need to be worried about those sorts of people.¡± ¡°What, how could you say such a thing!¡± ¡°I mean, since she¡¯s my own fiancee, making her mine and iming her as my own surely wouldn¡¯t be anything improper.¡± ¡°Who belongs to you! Right now, she¡¯s still only your betrothed!¡± Somehow, Keith and Jared had be fired up about some subject I don¡¯t understand at all¡­¡­ If I¡¯m being left out of the conversation this much¡­¡­ I feel rather lonely. I might as well get started working on the field. As for why I¡¯m being left outpletely, I can think on the reason by myselfter. ¡°Katarina-sama~¡± At hearing a clear voice behind me, I turned around and saw Marying over this way with arge smile on her face. Behind her were Sophia and n as well. ¡°Eh? Everyone, you came here together?¡± Even though they¡¯re all my friends that oftene over to y with me, it¡¯s rare for all of them to show up together. ¡°Yep. I invited them toe with me.¡± ¡°Mary did?¡± ¡°Yep. Since I had heard from Keith-sama that someone was nning improper things at the dance party the other day, I thought that I needed to shore up my defenses, I felt it would be better with more people around so I invited Sophia toe along as well. Oh, and n too.¡± Did an incident of some sort happen during the party? I didn¡¯t even know. And what¡¯s more, Keith didn¡¯t even tell his nee-san, nor did Mary let me know¡­¡­ I¡¯m really getting left out of everything¡­¡­ I¡¯m so lonely. And so Mary and her fiance n have arrived¡­¡­ It seems like somethingplicated is going on¡­¡­ Well, it¡¯s good that n doesn¡¯t seem like he¡¯s very worried about what¡¯s going on, but¡­¡­ Things seem to be so different from the game. ¡°By the way, Katarina-sama. Was the book I gave you as your birthday present suitable to your tastes?¡± ¡°Ahh, that it was. Mary, Sophia, n, thank you very much for the wonderful presents. Man, it was so interesting that I¡¯ve finished an entire book already. ¡± For my birthday this year, Mary, Sophia, and n had picked out wonderful books all for my sake. Well, it was probably mostly Mary and Sophia that had chosen them. After all, because n would never know what to get for me as a present each year, Mary would always help him pick something out. This year, Mary had decided to give me books as well, so she discussed things over with Sophia who gave me books every year and the three of them picked out books for me together. Since I¡¯ve received this many rmended books, I¡¯m really happy about it all. ¡°I¡¯m d to hear that you¡¯re enjoying them so much. As expected, it¡¯s better to give presents like these rather than watching you dig around in the soil and maybe even injure yourself.¡± ¡°Is that aimed at me? Lady Mary Hunt.¡± Jared who had been so passionate with Keith earlier had noticed Mary¡¯s arrival, and greeted her. ¡°Oh my, if it isn¡¯t Prince Jared. So you were here. How do you do?¡± Mary performed a wonderful curtsey like a properdy. As expected of ady amongdies. I have to take notes from her. At receiving such a wonderful greeting, Jared shed a beautiful smile back at her. ¡°Heh heh heh. I wonder what you could have been referring to, Lady Mary. I¡¯ve heard about it, you know. That someone seems to be going out of their way trying to interfere with my rtionship.¡± ¡°Well, it¡¯s rude to say that it¡¯s interfering with your rtionship. I¡¯m merely trying to get along better with Katarina-sama.¡± ¡°Lady Mary. Since you¡¯re n¡¯s fiancee, wouldn¡¯t getting along better with n be the better thing to do?¡± ¡°Indeed, that¡¯s why I¡¯ve considered things properly and also invited Prince n toe along with me as well.¡± ¡°Lady Mary. Even though you used to be so lovely¡­¡­ Year after year, your personality gets even more wonderful.¡± ¡°Oh? I¡¯m so honored to be praised by you. But even so, I¡¯m not even close to Prince Jared¡¯s level.¡± ¡°No, no. There¡¯s no need to be so humble.¡± Now it¡¯s Jared and Mary¡¯s turn to get all fired up about something¡­¡­ And what¡¯s more, why is it that Keith encouraged Mary by saying ¡°Mary-sama, please keep up the good work?¡± And when n¡¯s name was mentioned, he said ¡°eh, huh?¡± like question marks were floating above his head. Once again, I¡¯m being left out¡­¡­ Huh? Isn¡¯t this everyone here now? What¡¯s more, they¡¯re talking about something I don¡¯t understand again¡­¡­ Somehow I¡¯ve be so lonely¡­¡­ I can¡¯t help but feel like I¡¯m being teased a little. ¡°By the way, Katarina-sama. What was your present from my onii-sama?¡± Sophia asked me with a smile on her face. Her adorable smile blew away all of my worries. ¡°Ahh. I liked it very much. I¡¯m very thankful for the ne that Nico made for me.¡± That was my reply to Sophia. ¡°NECKLACE!!!!????¡± For some reason, the others that had all been leaving me out of the loop simultaneously raised their voices. Then - ¡°Katarina, what¡¯s this about a ne?¡± ¡°Nee-san, didn¡¯t you say that you didn¡¯t need any essories and that you definitely wouldn¡¯t ept them?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. Since you said that things to wear were useless because they would get lost or dirty, you definitely didn¡¯t want them?¡± ¡°I also heard the same thing from Mary¡­¡­¡± Everyone seemed to be shocked as they raised their voices. Mmm. Indeed, it was like that. I had no interest in dresses or essories so I had refused all of them. However¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­I¡¯m actually really happy about it because it was a ne that appeared in a story I really loved. It doesn¡¯t have any jewels in it, and it wasn¡¯t something expensive, so that¡¯s why I epted it.¡± That¡¯s what it was. What Nico had given me was the same ne as the one the main character of my favorite romance novel had. While I have absolutely no interest in essories, as an otaku I¡¯m still weak to collecting things of characters in stories. I had been so excited at being able to get ¡°the same thing as the main character.¡± ¡°If you¡¯re all that interested in it, I¡¯ve actually been wearing it secretly under my clothes today.¡± When I brought it out from under my work clothes to show everyone, everyone¡¯s faces darkened for some reason. As I expected, it was wrong to wear essories under my work clothes, eh¡­¡­ ¡°Hehe. I gave onii-sama advice on this. After all, he¡¯s the only one that¡¯s older than everyone, and has the least time to spend with us so it was unfair.¡± Sophia said so with a lovely smile appearing on her face. At seeing her smile, everyone was frozen still inplete silence for some reason. Chapter 22 — Together again

Chapter 22 - Together again

My name is Sasaki Atsuko. I¡¯m thirteen. I just enrolled in a local middle school the other day. And so, I spent my days in the restless atmosphere of the ssroom reading books in the seat farthest in the back. The girls around me that hade from various elementary schools seemed to be making new groups rapidly. Originally, I should have also joined a group, and be having friendly conversations right now, but¡­¡­ I¡¯m not very good at this kind of thing¡­¡­ What would be good to say, is it alright to join them, I have no clue whatsoever. During elementary school, while I spent my days puzzled like this before I noticed it I had be always alone. And so, when everyone was together I was always out of the loop, orpletely ignored because I didn¡¯t fit in, or teased, or sometimes they would even hide my stuff. As I spent my days like this, before I realized it I became afraid of other people, and I didn¡¯t speak very much to anyone at all. Because of that, even though I¡¯vee to middle school now and it¡¯s a brand new environment¡­¡­ I still can¡¯t approach people and have a conversation. That¡¯s why, I was only able to watch the people around me that seemed so happy, and read a book that I brought from home by myself. From manga to novels, I loved all sorts of books. While reading a book, once I entered the story, it became possible to forget the lonely feeling of being all alone. While reading, I would imagine that I was the main character of the story. Even I who was always alone with my head buried in a book, could be a popr, amazing girl in a story. So, I opened a book as usual today. In order to escape from my lonely reality¡­¡­ And as the days passed like this, it became a few weeks since I entered middle school. After my homeroom ss ended, I would always go to the library to borrow books. In thest few weeks, that¡¯s be my daily routine. After changing my shoes at the shoe lockers, I would cut across the school courtyard where all the athletic clubs gathered and head straight for the school gate. I didn¡¯t enter any clubs. I kind of want to enter one and maybe even make some friends, but¡­¡­ I didn¡¯t have the courage to go anywhere by myself. How nice, it looks so fun. I was thinking that as I saw other girls chatting away in the school courtyard. At that time - ¡°Ahh~~~~¡± I heard a strange cry from above me, and before I could confirm what it was, something hit me with a loud thud with a tremendous impact. It was such an impact that I immediately fell unconscious. ¡°Ohh, I¡¯m really sorry.¡± I woke up to someone¡¯s crying, and when I slowly opened my eyes there was a girl whose face was flooded with tears and had a runny nose in front of me. It seems that it was this girl that had been crying. ¡°Ahh, she¡¯s awake! She opened her eyes, sensei!¡± When the girl noticed that I opened my eyes, she flew towards the other side of the white curtain. I don¡¯t understand the situation at all. I wondered if I was still asleep. I looked around slowly. There was a white ceiling, with swaying white curtains next to me, and I was in a white bed. I don¡¯t know where this is, but it seems like it¡¯s somewhere inside the school, because the ceiling is the same. Huh, I thought for sure that I was supposed to be cutting across the school courtyard¡­¡­ This time, a woman wearing white clothes appeared in front of the confused me. ¡°How do you feel? Is your head dizzy? Does it hurt anywhere on your body?¡± The woman in the white coat asked me several questions, and I checked my body. Nothing in particr really hurts, and I think my head is fine. ¡°¡­¡­I, I¡¯m alright.¡± The woman in the white coat smiled gently when I answered her. ¡°Is that so, I¡¯m really d. But just in case, to make sure nothing really happened you should go to the hospital for a checkup. Your parents have also been contacted just now.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh? Hospital? Checkup?¡± I had zero idea what was going on and I just looked at the woman in the white coat with a confused face. ¡°That¡¯s right. It must have happened so suddenly that you didn¡¯t even know what was going on. This is the school infirmary, and you were brought here because you fainted.¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡­Fainted¡­¡­¡± Oh, so this is the infirmary, it¡¯s the first time that I¡¯ve been here, so I didn¡¯t know where I was¡­¡­ That means that this woman with the white coat is probably the infirmary¡¯s nurse. But anyways, I don¡¯t have any illnesses, and I wasn¡¯t feeling sick or anything today. Yet, why did I faint¡­¡­ My confusion just increased and it was quite visible. And so, the nurse gave a wry smile at seeing my confusion. ¡°Well, you fainting probably didn¡¯t have anything to do with your condition at all. Unmistakably, it was caused by this child.¡± As she said so, the nurse indicated to the girl that was standing next to her. It¡¯s the girl from earlier, and her face was still messy with tears and her nose was still runny. ¡°I¡¯m sorry!¡± As she said so, she deeply lowered her head towards me. ¡°I finally couldn¡¯t resist the charm of the tree as it beckoned towards me¡­¡­ It was going great in the beginning, but I got a little carried away¡­¡­ And so my foot slipped and I fell¡­¡­ And Inded on top of you¡­¡­ I¡¯m really sorry!¡± At that time,e to think of it, I think heard a strange cry from above me right before something hit me really hard. So that was because this girl fell on top of me. But anyways she¡¯s not an elementary student anymore, she¡¯s already in middle school, and on top of that, for a girl to be climbing trees¡­¡­ And what does ¡°I finally couldn¡¯t resist the charm of the tree as it beckoned towards me¡± mean¡­¡­ I looked again at the teary-faced girl who was desperately apologizing. And then, I noticed. This girl¡¯s uniform¡¯s skirt¡­¡­ The skirt was quite dirty with soil, and it was rather rumpled. It probably got dirty when she fell from the tree onto me¡­¡­ But the thing is¡­¡­ That means, this girl climbed a tree without caring about the fact that she was wearing a skirt. She seems like such a strange child¡­¡­ ¡°Um, I¡¯m alright now.¡± I can¡¯t let her keep staying like this with her head bowed towards me, so I told the girl I was alright. ¡°¡­¡­But¡­¡± The girl still had a troubled face and continued bowing. ¡°I¡¯m really alright now, so please don¡¯t mind it anymore.¡± I was suddenly buried underneath her when she fell on me. I probably should have been more angry, but¡­¡­ When this girl is being so remorseful¡­¡­ And¡­ I just couldn¡¯t bring myself to hate this girl who had a troubled face and was lowering her head, there was just this indescribable atmosphere around her. ¡°Since it wasn¡¯t on purpose or anything, please don¡¯t mind it at all. More importantly, are you injured? Are you okay?¡± I said so to the girl while smiling. ¡°I¡¯m okay. Thank you, Sasaki-san is so nice.¡± The girl who had been crying up until now finally smiled. Anyways¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Why do you know my name¡­¡­¡± Why does this girl know my name? I wonder if she checked my belongings or something. ¡°What are you talking about? Of course I know it. After all, we¡¯re in the same ss!¡± ¡°¡­¡­!?¡± I had a nk face at hearing those words and stared intently at the girl in front of me. Come to think of it, I feel like I¡¯ve seen her before. ¡­¡­So that was it, she was a ssmate¡­¡­ In the weeks since I¡¯ve enrolled in middle school, I¡¯ve mostly just been reading by myself, and I haven¡¯t remembered most people¡¯s names or faces. ¡°¡­¡­Sorry, I haven¡¯t really remembered everyone¡¯s names and faces in the ss yet.¡± Even though you remember me, I¡¯m really sorry that I didn¡¯t remember you. What if she¡¯s unhappy because of that? As if to dispel my worries, she grinned widely. ¡°So that¡¯s it. Then, once again, I¡¯m year one, ss three¡¯s -¡± The girl held her hand out to me as she introduced herself. When I instinctively shook her hand in return, the smile spread over her entire face. ¡°From now on, I¡¯ll be in your care.¡± The girl¡¯s hand that I was holding onto was very warm. And so, from that day on, my days of being by myself underwent a great change. Just like her words ¡°from now on, I¡¯ll be in your care,¡± the tree climbing girl began to interact with me from the next day on for some reason, and before I realized it became my first friend. And so - ¡°A-chan~~, help me~~¡± My friend hugged me from behind while begging me for help in a pathetic voice. ¡°¡­¡­What is it this time?¡± I listened to her as calmly as possible. ¡°The English trantion was today, but I thought it was on another day, and forgot all about it¡­¡­ And before this time, since I¡¯d forgotten about it the previous two times as well the teacher told me ¡°if you forget any more times, you¡¯ll be punished by having to do the sweeping¡­¡­¡± I was amazed at my friend¡¯s hapless face and sighed. ¡°¡­¡­I think you forget too many things¡­¡­¡± While being shocked, I loaned my English notes to my friend, and a smile magically appeared. ¡°Be sure to return them after English ss.¡± ¡°A-chan-sama, thank you very much!¡± After saying so, the friend that had just lowered her head to me dashed desperately back to her seat, and began copying my notes. ¡°Sasaki-san, you seem to have gottenpletely used to taking care of that monkey.¡± One of the girls that sat close to me and my friend in ss said so with a wry smile. ¡°¡­¡­Monkey?¡± ¡°Yes, monkey. That¡¯s been her nickname since elementary school. I went to the same school as her.¡± As she answered my question, she gave yet another wry smile. ¡°She would move around from tree to tree during recess, and she would always be ying around in the nearby mountains, and there were even rumors in the neighborhood that ¡®there¡¯s huge monkeys in that mountain¡¯ because of her.¡± ¡°¡­¡­That¡¯s really quite something.¡± Indeed, if she was like that back in elementary school, climbing a tree at school in a skirt would be nothing to her even though she¡¯s now in middle school. ¡°Moreover, just like today she always forgets her homework, and the teacher is always angry at her, yet she¡¯ll just forget everything the next day again¡­¡­ She¡¯ll always forget to bring it.¡± ¡°¡­¡­That¡¯s really quite something.¡± Indeed, my friend always seems depressed immediately after being scolded, but the next day, she¡¯ll bepletely back to herself again. It seems that, no matter how angry you get at my friend, she has a downright enviable ability to forget about everything the next day. However, is this actually good for the person in question¡­¡­ It must be hard on everyone around her. When I said ¡°it must be hard on everyone else¡± to her, her expression became a bit profound. ¡°But, like¡­¡­ There¡¯s something fun about being together with her for some reason.¡± When the girl smiled andughed as she said so, I also smiled on reflex. And after that, she told me many legends about my friend¡¯s elementary school days. Thus, before I realized it I had be friends with the monkey¡¯s friends as well as a lot of other people. And so, a bitter, the monkey that had always been ying in the hills and fields, got interested in anime and manga due to my influence. Thanks to that, the monkey was no longer roaming the hills like before, and her parents even thanked me for ¡®making the monkey into a human.¡¯¡± Since I finally had a friend interested in the same hobbies as me, I got even more addicted to anime and manga. And then both of us turned into splendid otakus, and we became best friends. And so, as we developed our otaku friendship, and spent three years in middle school together, we were supposed to go to the nearby high school together, but¡­¡­ ¡°A-chan¡­¡­ I can¡¯t go on anymore¡­¡­ I¡¯ll leave the rest to you¡­¡­¡± As my best friend said so and closed the textbook, I smacked her in the head with a loud ¡°thump!¡± ¡°What are you saying¡­¡­ Isn¡¯t it just your first time getting 10 points? But if it¡¯s like that, you won¡¯t be able to enter high school, you know¡­¡­¡± ¡°Urgh¡­¡­ But, like, whenever I look at all the words in this thick reference book, I get drowsy¡­¡­ There¡¯s no doubt about it, this reference book is surely cursed!¡± And so, I deeply sighed at my best friend who only got 10 points on a test and couldn¡¯t study at all. My best friend is good at athletics, but ispletely useless at academics. Rather than saying she¡¯s not that smart, I think it¡¯s just that she has no interest instead. Honestly, I was able to teach her some things for our school¡¯s tests, but¡­¡­ As expected of high school entrance exams, I can¡¯t help her. What should I do¡­¡­ At this rate, we won¡¯t be able to go to high school together, and she really might fail to get into high school. I think, the way to motivate her is to¡­¡­ ¡°Okay! After this next test ends, let¡¯s y my secretly hoarded otome game to our heart¡¯s content!¡± ¡°¡­¡­O, otome game? ¡­¡­Uh¡­¡­¡± I bought an ¡°otome game¡± with my New Year¡¯s money recently, and it¡¯s a new genre that I had just gotten addicted to. Originally, I wanted to y it together with my best friend, and talk about it with her, but¡­¡­ My best friend has a rather simple personality where she thinks ¡°it¡¯s a waste if you have a lot of money and don¡¯t spend it,¡± and because of this her parents decided not to give her any New Year¡¯s money, and forcibly deposited it for her to save instead. Because of this, my best friend can¡¯t buy anything expensive on her own. As such, not only does she not have games, she doesn¡¯t even have a game console. But, I don¡¯t have the extra money to buy and loan an extra game console to her either¡­¡­ Since my best friend was always staring in jealousy at mine, I felt very sorry for her. ¡°¡­¡­But, A-chan. I don¡¯t have a game console¡­¡­¡± As my best friend said so, she looked a little down. I gave the best smile I possibly could to her. ¡°We¡¯ll rent one! If you properly pass your test, we¡¯ll rent a game console for a while!¡± ¡°¡­¡­A, A-chan-sama¡­¡­¡± My best friend was looking at me with her eyes sparkling. ¡°Thank you A-chan! For the sake of the otome game, I¡¯ll make sure to pass the high school entrance exams!¡± She said so in a loud voice. Thus, although there¡¯s a problem in why she was motivated to get into high school, my best friend put in the effort, and was able to splendidly pass the exams and attend the same high school as me. Even more luckily, to celebrate her passing the exam and getting into high school, my best friend¡¯s parents bought her a game console, and so she immediately borrowed my otome game and got hooked on it. In high school, we gained more otaku friends. In order to buy more manga and games, I got a part time job together with my best friend, as always I would support her when she forgot her homework, and we spent our days full of life and energy. Being always alone reading a book when I was in elementary school, spending my days without talking to anyone seemed almost to have been a lie now. Every day was so lively and fun, even though my best friend is a problem child, I still love her. I thought that my days would always continue like this from now on. That¡¯s what I believed. Then one day, on the day that I coincidentally forgot my cell phone at home, when we were both in our second year of high school, my best friend didn¡¯te to school. ¡°Come to think of it, that girl, she didn¡¯te over to y today,¡± is all I thought at the time. And then, after school ended, I learned that it wouldn¡¯t be possible to meet my best friend anymore. Every day that I had been taking for granted¡­¡­ Ended so suddenly. At the wake, or at the funeral¡­¡­ I couldn¡¯t even cry. In the first ce, I couldn¡¯t believe that I wouldn¡¯t be able to meet my best friend anymore like this. I mean, since it¡¯s that girl, she might even unexpectedlye back somehow¡­¡­ After her funeral ended, my days still went on like normal. But, no matter how much I held out hope or waited, my best friend still didn¡¯te back. And then after a few days had passed, I finally noticed that I had one unread message from her in my smartphone. Since I was busy mourning her death at the wake and contacting all our friends¡­¡­ But I didn¡¯t realize it until now. I wonder when she sent it? And when I opened it, I saw the familiar name of my best friend again. It was sent in the middle of the night on the morning she died. ¡°A-chan. I¡¯m having trouble capturing the sadistic evil prince~¡± The message was apanied with an emoticon of a troubled face, my best friend was probably getting pretty desperate about the otome game¡­¡­ Her final message is something like this¡­¡­ Even at the very end, it just seems so like her. I startedughing at thinking how amusing it was. Iughed andughed until tears starteding out. And then, the tears kept overflowing, without reserve¡­¡­ They kept flowing and flowing until I thought my eyes would melt¡­¡­ Although that girl isn¡¯t here anymore, I¡¯m not alone anymore. After all, that girl gave me a new world¡­¡­ I tightly clenched my smartphone that contained that girl¡¯s final message. That girl won¡¯te back anymore¡­¡­ I lived my days without that girl from now on. I can live properly in this new world that she had given me. So¡­¡­ If it could be like in the stories, when my life is over, I can be reincarnated into a new life¡­¡­ At that time - I want to be with that girl and be friends again¡­¡­ Once more, I want to spend every day energetically and having fun with her. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°¡­¡­Sophia-sama, Sophia-sama.¡± When I heard a voice calling me and opened my eyes, a maid was looking at me very anxiously from next to my bed. It seems that she was the one who was calling me. ¡°¡­¡­What¡¯s the matter?¡± I responded while not being fully awake yet. ¡°¡­¡­Um, it seemed that you were having quite a nightmare, are you alright?¡± ¡°¡­¡­I was having a nightmare?¡± When I woke up some more and looked at myself, I noticed that my cheeks were wet. Ahh, so I was crying¡­¡­ And there must have been a reason for it. ¡°I just had a very sad dream, that must be it, but it wasn¡¯t a nightmare.¡± ¡°A dream?¡± ¡°Yes, a very, very, sad dream¡­¡­ But after waking up, I can¡¯t quite remember exactly what it was about anymore.¡± Yes, I remember that it was a very sad dream¡­¡­ Even though I don¡¯t remember the contents anymore. ¡°I think it was probably about something that happened a long time ago, though.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Something a long time ago¡­¡­¡± At myment, the maid froze up with an indescribable expression. After all, I had been living a sheltered life for many years, due to all the nder I received for my different appearance. She was probably wondering what I meant by a long time ago. ¡°¡­¡­Well, uh. I¡¯m not talking about from when I had to start living a sheltered life. I¡¯m talking about something even farther, much earlier than that¡­¡­¡± Hearing so, the maid had a wondering expression on her face. Well, that¡¯s only natural. There should be no way for me to remember something that far back when I¡¯m not even an adult yet¡­¡­ Honestly, even I myself, don¡¯t understand it very well¡­¡­ I can¡¯t remember the contents of that very, very, sad dream¡­¡­ But for sure, I¡¯m convinced that it was about something long ago¡­¡­ And so, even though I don¡¯t remember the dream in detail, a very sad painful feeling remained in my chest, and I was despondent. And so, while I was feeling downcast, the maid said something that cheered me up. ¡°Sophia-sama, today¡¯s the day that you¡¯re supposed to visit the es family.¡± At hearing that, the sad painful feelings in my chest lightened a little. That¡¯s right. Today, I¡¯m supposed to visit Katarina-sama¡¯s family to go over and y. I chose a book to rmend to her yesterday, I wonder if she¡¯ll be happy with it. As I thought about Katarina-sama, my mood improved. After getting dressed properly and having breakfast, and finishing all the preparations I headed over to the es mansion with my brothering along as usual. When I arrived at the es mansion, Katarina was in the garden like usual. As always, her stepbrother Keith-sama was together with her. ¡°Keith, this mushroom is definitely edible, I¡¯m telling you.¡± ¡°No, nee-san, an unknown mushroom growing on the side of a tree, you absolutely can¡¯t eat it.¡± ¡°No, no, this is definitely edible. After all, they have the same smell as shiitake. This is absolutely something simr to shiitake.¡± ¡°What¡¯s shiitake¡­¡­ Anyways, you absolutely aren¡¯t allowed to eat unknown mushrooms. You¡¯ll get your stomach upset.¡± ¡°No, if you don¡¯t try it you¡¯ll never know if it¡¯s edible or not¡­¡­ Oh, Sophia!¡± Somehow, Katarina-sama that was arguing with Keith-sama finally noticed me. And then she weed me with a big grinning face. At seeing that smile, some more of the sad painful feelings in my chest disappeared. I¡¯m really d that I joined the tea party on that day several years ago. I¡¯m really happy to have met Katarina es-sama on that day. ¡°Katarina-sama, I brought you a new book as a rmendation today.¡± ¡°Really!? Thank you, Sophia!¡± As I said so and brought out the book, Katarina-sama was jumping up and down in joy. Every day I spend with Katarina-sama is so lively and fun. I¡¯m really happy to have been able to be friends with Katarina-sama. Before I realized it, all the remaining sad painful feelings in my chestpletely vanished. Side story 2 — Working as the Claes family head maid

Side story 2: Working as the es family head maid

I was born as the third of three girls to a merchant family, and I began working for the es family as a maid when I turned 16. Both my older sisters had good personalities, and were cute and lovely, with many offers of marriage received. And so, my oldest sister eventually got married, and my second sister got married as well after that. However,pared to my sisters, I¡¯m not as attractive as they are, and I¡¯m also bad at getting along with others. I had rather sharp features, and talking is hard for me, I couldn¡¯t even make any friends, much less get a lover. And so, I graduated from school without having made any friends, and I remained in the house, without receiving marriage offers like my sisters. If I keep staying in the house like this, before long, it¡¯ll surely trouble my family, so I went to work for the es family which has had a long rtionship with our family business. I already realized a long time ago that I wouldn¡¯t be able to get happily married like other women, so for the time being I just worked as hard as I could. And so, I worked harder and more seriously than anyone else, ten yearster, before I realized it I¡¯ve already be the head maid. It¡¯s just that, the previous head maid just happened to retire, so I got the position unexpectedly. After I became the head maid, so that I wouldn¡¯t be looked down upon for being so young for the position, I devoted myself even more to my work and became stricter. And so, despite my hard work and effort, because of my sharp features, because I¡¯m bad atmunicating with others, and because I became even stricter so that people won¡¯t look down on me for my age, I had turned into a person that all the other servants avoided before I realized it. But even so, in order to ¡°live on by myself,¡± I dedicated myself to my work even more furiously. My hobbies were that I liked cute things, and to make sweet candies. Fluttery cute dresses, adorable stuffed animals, fairy tales about princesses, and sweet candies are what I love. But since my hobbies didn¡¯t suit the way I look and act, I¡¯ve always been teased about it ever since I was young, so I started hiding my hobbies so that people around me wouldn¡¯t find out anymore. Since eating sweet candies doesn¡¯t fit my image, even when everyone else is having some I would always say ¡°I don¡¯t eat sweet things.¡± Because of that, even though one of my hobbies is to make sweet candies, I can only eat them secretly by myself when I¡¯m not busy¡­¡­ A couple of years ago, when I was still a regr maid, I was sitting in a corner of the garden by myself and eating sweets secretly in between work. A few days ago, one of my fellow maids had gotten married, and left the mansion. After sending off this coworker of mine that had worked with me for so long, I couldn¡¯t think of anything to do other than stare nkly at the bushes in front of me. I¡¯m not personable, I don¡¯t have anyone that I like and I know that it¡¯s impossible for me to get married, but¡­¡­ Even so¡­¡­ I¡¯m envious of how happy my coworkers seem to be¡­¡­ In a fairy tale I once read as a child, right now, a magician should appear from the bushes in front of me, and change me into a wonderful princess, and it¡¯ll be great if I can be carried off by a prince ¡ª as I was letting my imagination run wild like a child again, that¡¯s when it happened. From within the bushes, I heard a rustling sound, and a girl that was covered in leaves appeared. And so, the girl that had appeared from the bushes was¡­¡­ the daughter of Duke es. She was staring at the sweets that I was eating and her stomach was growling loudly. ¡°¡­¡­Do you want some?¡± Since she was staring so intently, I offered her some by reflex. ¡°Is that okay!?¡± The ojou-sama was so pleased that she immediately flew over here. And so, after ojou-sama ate the sweets I made¡­¡­ For some reason, she was quite enamored with my sweets, even though it¡¯s just the work of an amateur, and from then on she would alwayse to me begging for sweets. All my coworkers were scared of me and avoided me, but only ojou-sama was different, and she had gotten used to me. Whenever I¡¯m with ojou-sama, I feel really calm as well. However, ojou-sama was about to turn 15 soon, and she¡¯ll be entering magic school. Her personal maid Anne seems to be going with her. Honestly, I want ojou-sama to take me too, but I can¡¯t considering that I¡¯m the head maid here, so I¡¯ll endure these very lonely feelings, and send off the ojou-sama. And so, a few days after ojou-sama left for magic school. ¡°Um, excuse me.¡± When I was about to eat some candy alone in the corner of the garden as always, I suddenly heard a voice. Up until now, ojou-sama was the only one that would evere here. But, ojou-sama has already left for school¡­¡­ Who on earth could it be? When I looked back in surprise, standing there was a young man that¡¯s been working here in the es family as a gardener for several years. He¡¯s really tall, he¡¯s serious and sincere and is quite popr among the maids, and the maids often gossip about him¡­¡­ As for me personally, I don¡¯t participate in gossiping. ¡°¡­¡­Yes?¡± I asked him while being quite shaken. ¡°¡­¡­Uh, actually, I really love sweet candies, and ojou-sama happened to share your sweet candies with me several times¡­¡­ And so, I¡¯m a big fan of your sweet candies¡­¡­ If it¡¯s not too much trouble, could you share some with me from now on?¡± ¡°¡­¡­S, sure¡­¡± Seeing howpletely red his face was, my face turned bright red as well, and I nodded. And so, by reflex, I gave some candies to the young man as well, and heughed so happily. A whileter, even though I had once given up on ever getting married, I was able to start my own family, but that¡¯s a story for another time. And so, I¡¯ll always believe this. That day, the person that emerged from those bushes ¡ª was actually ¡ª a magician that granted me happiness. Chapter 23 — I enrolled in magic school

Chapter 23 - I enrolled in magic school

Spring is here now, and I¡¯ve finally enrolled in magic school. Magic school, just like its name, is a school where I will learn and train in magic. People with magic power that reach 15, will be gathered here by the country, and will have to undergo two years of strict education here at the dorms. This school is run by the country, and it¡¯s thergest one of its kind. Within its gigantic campus, besides the school itself, there¡¯s also student and teacher dorms, as well as various magic research facilities and other structures. By the way, there¡¯s a reason for the country to sponsor such splendid facilities. That¡¯s because people with magical power, and the magic they wield are considered important national treasures. In other countries, there are very few people that are born with magic power. It¡¯s not zero, but it seems to be extremely rare. Inparison to other countries, our country has more people born with magic power, and we raise them to be the best. That¡¯s why our country has put so much into developing everyone¡¯s magic power. Thus, we¡¯re considered national treasures, precious to the country. In order to help us, the national treasures, be able to use magic better, and to discover people with extremely high talent in magic, that¡¯s why our country is sponsoring magic school. At this school, if a person is recognized for having powerful magic, they¡¯ll be granted power just below that of the king¡¯s, and will receive a position in the powerful organization simr to a ministry of magic. And so, each year, everyone with magic power that¡¯s turned 15 is gathered here, but¡­¡­ They¡¯re almost all nobles. That¡¯s right, even though our country has more magic users than other countries, it¡¯s almost entirely made up of the nobility and other people with high social status. Because of that, whether or not you have magic, and how good your magic is, can be considered a mark of noble status, having powerful magic can also get you adopted by the nobility, so by the time people reach 15, most of them will be enrolling in school as a noble. But of course, it¡¯s not only nobles that have magic power. It¡¯s really rare, but sometimes there aremoners that are also born with magic power. And so,moners as well are required to enroll in magic school. However,moners born with magic power are so rare that, it seems that there haven¡¯t been anymoner students in magic school for ten years. And now, after ten years, amoner with magic power has finally enrolled in magic school. Maria Campbell. She¡¯s one of those raremoners with magic power, and on top of that with light magic. Among the five different types of magic, there¡¯s very few people with the strongest type, light magic. It¡¯s said that you can count the number of people with it in our country on one hand. Obviously, all attention would of course be focused on Maria Campbell who¡¯s amoner with light magic. Starting from the entrance ceremony, all eyes would be on her. And so, I followed everyone¡¯s line of sight, and found her. She has beautiful, flowing blonde hair and clear blue eyes, she¡¯s a beautiful girl. By reflex, I began admiring her beauty. Maria Campbell is a moner¡± with ¡°light magic,¡± I¡¯m sure that she¡¯s the most special girl in this entire school, or rather entire country, even. Well, the main character of the otome game ¡°Fortune Lover¡± is definitely here. It¡¯s finally time for the heroine¡¯s appearance and for the game to begin. From now until the end of the game next year, it¡¯s time for Katarina es to do battle with the destruction gs. ¡°I definitely won¡¯t lose to some destruction gs!¡± I clenched my fist and swore so to myself. I was trying to do my best after the entrance ceremony, but¡­¡­ Just a few days after I¡¯ve enrolled in magic school, I¡¯m already being overwhelmed by the heroine Maria¡¯s charm. As for why, it¡¯s because just a few days after school started, with her out of control charm, she¡¯s already attracted Jared¡¯s interest, and captured Keith¡¯s heart as well. ¡°Come to think of it, just earlier, I met a girl who has the power of light magic.¡± Jared was saying such a thing while he was drinking tea with Keith and me in the dorm¡¯smon room. Jared had invited me over by saying he had some rare candies for me today, and I heard this as I was drinking tea with the sweets I had just received, and I nearly spit out the tea I was drinking. Somehow, I managed to swallow it without spitting it out, I was really close to staining the tablecloth in front of me with tea with the prince right in front of me. That was close¡­¡­ And just as I was feeling relieved at avoiding an incident, Keith showed interest in Jared¡¯s topic of conversation. ¡°Ahh, thatmoner girl¡¯s a really hot topic of conversation now.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. When I was walking around on the school grounds just now, I met her by coincidence.¡± He met her while he was walking around on the school grounds¡­¡­ It¡¯s the first encounter event between Jared and the heroine! The heroine who¡¯s curious by nature, was exploring the school grounds, but since the campus is too big, she got lost. And so, when the heroine had no more idea where she was anymore, she decided to climb a tree to look around, even though she was wearing a skirt at the time. At that time, the blonde-haired, blue-eyed prince, Jared, just happened toe by. The heroine blushed crimson red at being discovered like this by Jared. And so, Jared got interested in the tomboyish heroine that was climbing a tree in a skirt, and helped her find her way back to the dorms. ¡­¡­Jared¡¯s story was just like the game¡¯s scenario, I started getting depressed at hearing it. Ahh, so it¡¯ll just be like the game¡­¡­ Jared¡¯s already starting to take interest in the heroine after this encounter¡­¡­ And then, he¡¯ll surely fall in love before long¡­¡­ ¡°Mmm. So there are other girls out there that climb trees in skirts just like nee-san.¡± ¡°This is the first time I¡¯ve seen someone other than Katarina climb a tree in a skirt. Well, since I¡¯m used to Katarina, I didn¡¯t think anything of it, but she seemed really embarrassed.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Mmm, that¡¯s right. Normally, you¡¯d be pretty embarrassed if someone saw you climbing a tree in a skirt¡­¡­ Most people won¡¯t say proudly ¡®since I¡¯m a professional at climbing trees, it¡¯s fine¡­¡­¡¯¡± ¡°Well, Katarina is out of the ordinary. But, that¡¯s what makes her so special. Hey, Katarina, are you listening?¡± Ahh, and so Jared¡¯s fallen in love with the heroine, he only got engaged to me reluctantly in the first ce as a defensive measure against other noble girls, and I¡¯m going to be a nuisance now¡­¡­ I¡¯ll¡­¡­ be a nuisance¡­¡­ ¡°Oi, Katarina, are you listening? ¡­¡­It¡¯s no good. She¡¯s not listening at all.¡± ¡°¡­¡­It seems that way.¡± Ahh, this is the worst¡­¡­ It¡¯s only been a few days since school started, and my destruction is approaching me already¡­¡­ And so, I was so shaken, andpletely lost in my own little world, that I forgot to check with the person in question, Jared, about how far along they¡¯ve progressed in their love¡­¡­ ¡°Hey, it¡¯s already time for us to return to our rooms.¡± I just kept worrying endlessly until I was finally prompted by Jared and Keith that it was time to go. And so¡­¡­ Somehow, the two of them seem to have noticed that something¡¯s off about me - ¡°Nee-san. After all, since this isn¡¯t our home anymore, it¡¯s not good if you pick up and eat something strange, you know.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, Katarina. You¡¯re already 15 now, you really should stop picking up and eating anything that you see.¡± It seems that they¡¯ve misunderstood it to be that I¡¯ve ¡°gotten carried away and eaten something unidentified.¡± Well, that¡¯s because it¡¯s happened many times before¡­¡­ But, I have aint¡­¡­ I¡¯m not just ¡°picking up¡± things to eat! I¡¯m ¡°harvesting¡± from nts and trees! Even I definitely won¡¯t eat things off the ground, so I¡¯m not ¡°picking up¡± things to eat! Besides, I¡¯ve done this more than ten times already, and I only upset my stomach twice¡­¡­ ¡°Oh, I also met that girl with light magic that Prince Jared was talking about just now.¡± Just a few days after Jared gave me such a shock, this time it was my stepbrother Keith that made such ament. This time it was after I had gotten ready in the morning, with Keithing to pick me up since he wanted to go to school together, so there was no danger of me spitting out any tea this time. But¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­What!!¡± A mysterious utterance was heard. ¡°¡­¡­Hey, nee-san, what¡¯s the matter?¡± My stepbrother flinched at my sudden mysterious cry, and pressed me for the cause. ¡°C, could it be, you were hitting on her!?¡± In the game¡¯s first encounter event between Keith and the heroine, he was hitting on her. After all, in the game, Keith was a real yboy, and would hit on any girl that he saw, anyways, he was a real dangerous fellow. For that reason, when he saw the rumored girl with light magic by coincidence, he got interested in the heroine because of her uniqueness, and started hitting on her. ¡°¡­¡­W, what does hitting on her mean¡­?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Uhh~, hitting on her means, how to exin it¡­¡­ Mmm. It means to invite girls with immoral thoughts in mind.¡± ¡°Inviting girls with immoral thoughts in mind¡­¡­ There¡¯s no way I would do such a thing!¡± Keith was shouting with a bright red face. Well, certainly I can¡¯t imagine Keith doing something like hitting on her. In the game, Keith was a trashy yboy, but thanks to me deigning to give him an education on the matter, he became a wonderful gentleman instead. Well, although he has be adies¡¯ man without him realizing it¡­¡­ Keith was desperately denying it while blushing, so I pressed him with ¡°then, what were you doing with her?¡± ¡°She just happened to be walking in front of me, and I picked up a handkerchief that she dropped¡­¡­¡± ¡°Handkerchief¡­¡­¡± That¡¯s right! In the game, Keith got interested in the heroine during their first meeting, and was promptly rejected when he hit on her. And because the heroine rejected him, he got even more interested in her. And so, after the heroine rejected Keith and left, she¡¯ll drop her handkerchief. After discovering it, on the next day Keith will appear in front of the heroine again and force her with ¡°is this yours? If you happen to want it back, go out on a date with me first.¡± ¡°¡­¡­And, what happened to that handkerchief?¡± I¡¯m scared, I¡¯m scared, what¡¯s the answer¡­¡­ ¡°What do you mean what happened to the handkerchief, I picked it up and gave it back to her.¡± ¡°Oh, oh, is that what happened.¡± Ahh, so Keith didn¡¯t keep the handkerchief¡­¡­ Then, it seems that he probably won¡¯t be forcing the heroine to go out with him using the handkerchief as an excuse¡­¡­ However¡­¡­ I can¡¯t repeat the same mistake I made with Jared, I need to make absolutely certain to check all the details this time. ¡°¡­¡­And, after you met the girl with the power of light magic, what¡­¡­ What did you think of her?¡± ¡°¡­¡­What I thought of her? She seems like a normal, nice girl. She thanked me really politely¡­¡­¡± Keith answered me like he didn¡¯t really understand what I was getting at¡­¡­ Ahh, that¡¯s not it! Keith. That¡¯s not what I really want to hear! I¡¯m going to have to be super direct with him! ¡°What I¡¯m saying is! What do you think of Maria-san! Did you fall in love with her beauty!?¡± I raised my voice loudly and grabbed on to Keith¡¯s shoulders, and Keith becamepletely wide-eyed. ¡°!? ¡­¡­ Fall in love with her¡­¡­ Nee-san, what exactly do you mean¡­¡­¡± Ahh, the surprised look that he has right now is just like the way he was when he first joined our es family¡­¡­ I must have nailed it! There¡¯s no mistake! Keith¡¯s already fallen for Maria! ¡°¡­¡­Like I thought, you¡¯ve already fallen in love with Maria-san, eh¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­Uh, nee-san. Really, what are you saying¡­¡­?¡± I gripped Keith¡¯s shoulders even more tightly. ¡°Listen up, it¡¯s okay. Don¡¯t hide things from me, aren¡¯t we siblings after all! It¡¯s just that, I want to tell you one thing¡­¡­ I definitely won¡¯t interfere between Keith and anyone that Keith likes! I¡¯ll definitely be cheering for you and Maria-san! I definitely won¡¯t do something like get in the way!¡± I¡¯ll never get in the way of your love! I¡¯ll be your ally! So, even if I do something wrong, please don¡¯t eliminate your nee-san! In order to take in my deep words, Keith was looking at the sky¡­¡­ For some reason, Keith had a look on his face as if he had lost something very important¡­¡­ I¡¯m also concerned that he seems to be looking worse off than earlier as well. ¡°¡­¡­Keith?¡± While I was looking at Keith nkly, I heard Anne speak up from behind me. ¡°Ojou-sama, if you go any further than this¡­¡­ I¡¯m afraid Keith has already reached his limit.¡± Limit¡­¡­ That¡¯s it! After hearing Anne¡¯s words, I finally came to the realization that I had been unconsciously shaking Keith rather violently. Since I shook him so hard right after he ate breakfast, it¡¯s probably making him feel a little sick. I did something really terrible to him while being unconscious of it. ¡°I¡¯m really sorry, Keith. I shook you so hard right after you ate breakfast, if you¡¯re feeling a bit sick now, how about you take a break from sses and go rest in the infirmary?¡± I apologized, and came up with the idea to have him rest, but¡­¡­ Without looking like he got any better, Keith just replied ¡°I¡¯m fine.¡± ¡°¡­¡­But, if you¡¯re not feeling well¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­No, it¡¯s not that I¡¯m feeling sick¡­¡­ My body is fine, but¡­¡­ The problem is with my spirit¡­¡­¡± For some reason, Keith kept grumbling about some stuff I didn¡¯t really understand and saying that his body was fine, and refused to go to the infirmary. And so, we joined up with Mary and Sophia, and even on the way to sses hisplexion didn¡¯t improve at all. I really forgot myself in the moment there, and shook him too hard. Keith, I¡¯m really sorry about what I did to you. And so, I kept worrying about Keith throughout sses, but during the next break in between sses, he seems to have returned to his usual self - ¡°I think I originally underestimated how absurdly dense the enemy was¡­¡­ From now on, I¡¯m going to attack even more directly.¡± While holding my hand, he dered somethingpletely irrelevant to the situation for some reason. But, really, since it¡¯s me, I¡¯m fine, but¡­¡­ For real, he¡¯s so popr¡­¡­ He¡¯s holding a girl¡¯s hand like that and looking straight into my face without any reason at all, what a dangerous child he is. At this rate, all the pure girls will be going crazy about him¡­¡­ Since he¡¯s finally returned back to his normal self, I¡¯ll allow it this time, but I¡¯m going to have to warn him as his older sister next time that he does something like this to me. But anyways, the heroine Maria¡¯s charm is really quite something¡­¡­ In just a few days, she¡¯s already attracted Jared¡¯s interest, and Keith¡¯spletely fallen in love with her. It¡¯s really as expected. Once again, it looks like I¡¯m going to have toe up with a good strategy. And so, that night, I conducted a strategy meeting once again alone in my dorm room. Well then, this session of the Katarina es destruction end avoidance strategy shall nowmence. I think I¡¯ll even subtitle it with ¡°the heroine¡¯s charm is really amazing~.¡± Chairman Katarina es. Representative Katarina es. Secretary Katarina es. ¡°Alright everyone, let¡¯se up with some good ideas!¡± ¡°Hai~.¡± ¡°Okay. Well then, please go ahead, Katarina es-san.¡± ¡°It¡¯s already in the subtitles, but¡­¡­ The heroine Maria-san¡¯s charm is more than I expected! She¡¯s already got Jared¡¯s attention, and Keith¡¯s fallen for her!¡± ¡°So it would seem. As expected of the heroine-san.¡± ¡°But, I don¡¯t think Jared should be in love with her yet?¡± ¡°Uhh, what do you think you¡¯re talking about? Jared¡¯s already interested in her. Falling in love with her is only a question of time now.¡± ¡°Really? Well, for sure, Jared was like that in the game, Jared actually seems fine to me now, he¡¯s interested in various thing, he always gives me advice on my field, and he¡¯ll always bring lots of different types of sweets!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Well, it¡¯s just as you say. But, this isn¡¯t the first time that he¡¯s been interested in a special person! I mean, Jared¡¯s always going on about Katarina, he never talks about anything else but the name of the girl he¡¯s currently interested in!¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, if we go along those lines, now that he¡¯s interested in the heroine-san for the first time, it¡¯s only a matter of time before he falls in love.¡± ¡°Honestly, the heroine-san is so amazing.¡± ¡°At this rate, n and Nico will be falling in love with Maria-san soon as well for sure.¡± ¡°¡­¡­So it would seem¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­Is that really the case?¡± ¡°Eh!? What do you mean?¡± ¡°Indeed, the heroine Maria-san is just like in the game, she¡¯s great at academics and powerful at magic, and as a bonus she¡¯s also an amazing beauty¡­¡­ But in that case, Mary and Sophia won¡¯t lose to her either!¡± ¡°!?¡± ¡°The two of them, as n and Nico¡¯s rival characters, are really smart as well, and also have powerful magic, and won¡¯t lose to Maria-san in beauty either! There¡¯s no way that Maria-san can beat them so easily!¡± ¡°That¡¯s right! They¡¯re both really charming as well, so they definitely won¡¯t lose so easily!¡± ¡°I agree, there¡¯s no way they¡¯ll lose that easily! The only one that will lose, is Katarina who¡¯s bad at both academics and magic!¡± ¡°I agree, it¡¯s only Katarina that loses. If that¡¯s the case, I¡¯m really relieved.¡± ¡°I agree, I¡¯m really d.¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­¡­Oi, wait just a little bit, we shouldn¡¯t be so d!! If Katarina loses, won¡¯t all be for naught!! We¡¯ll head straight for our destruction end!!¡± ¡°Oh, that¡¯s right! If Katarina loses, everything wille to an end!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Certainly, it¡¯ll alle to nothing if we lose, but¡­¡­ Everyone, think. Let¡¯s consider this calmly. Against a girl who¡¯s smart and powerful at magic, do you think a girl with a viiness face that¡¯s bad at academics and magic can possibly win?¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡­L, let¡¯s make a field! We just read ¡®More on Agriculture¡¯ and ¡®The Importance of Experience in Agriculture¡¯ recently. Even if we¡¯re here at school, we can¡¯t afford to ck off from working on a field!¡± ¡°That¡¯s right! We also need to practice throwing the toy snake more, so that we can throw it as naturally as possible when the time for ites!¡± ¡°After that, we just need to get the okay from the teachers, and we need to continue practicing the sword as well!¡± ¡°That¡¯s right!¡± ¡°Well then, tomorrow let¡¯s ask the school to allow us to make a field, practice throwing the toy snake even more, and keep practicing swordsmanship, does this sound good to everyone?¡± ¡°Hai~~~.¡± And so, the Katarina es destruction end avoidance strategy meeting was concluded. I didn¡¯t reallye up with anything new¡­¡­ ¡°In the morning, I¡¯m going to ask the teachers to allow me to create a field here.¡± And so, I went to sleep in my bed that was slightly smaller than the one I had at home. A few dayster, after my sses ended, I was digging in a corner of the school grounds where almost nobody would evere. ¡°Ojou-sama, is this a flower garden?¡± Anne was asking me with a dubious look on her face. ¡°Yeah, it¡¯s a flower garden. Since you and Keith keep telling me that I¡¯m absolutely forbidden from making a field, I figured I might as well nt a flower garden instead.¡± That¡¯s how it is. Even though I was all pumped up to create a field here at school, Keith and Anne kept insisting that ¡°even if you do it in your own home, you can¡¯t do it at school¡± and strongly opposed me, so Ipromised with them by saying I¡¯d do a flower garden instead, and I¡¯ve talked with the school already about it as well. Gardening seems to be surprisinglymon as a hobby among nobles, so it was quite easy to get permission. That¡¯s why, I¡¯m making a flower garden right now. However, Anne kept looking at me more and more dubiously. ¡°But ojou-sama, the seeds you have there don¡¯t look like flower seeds to me¡­¡­¡± ¡°Anne really, what are you saying now. These are proper flowers too. These are cucumber flowers, and these eggnt flowers will bloom as well.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Ojou-sama¡­¡­ So what you¡¯re saying is that I didn¡¯t see things wrong, and these are vegetable seeds¡­¡­¡± ¡°Well yes, they¡¯re vegetable seeds in the end, but¡­¡­ Before being vegetables, they¡¯re also flowers that will bloom as well!¡± As I puffed out my chest in pride, Anne just sighed deeply as she looked at me. ¡°I thought I had convinced you already¡­¡­¡± ¡°And so, I¡¯ve already ordered the other seeds as well, it¡¯s fine, right?¡± As I said so, Anne just kept staring at me, and sighed deeply once again. ¡°¡­¡­I understand. However, please try not to let the other students or the school find out about it.¡± ¡°Thank you!¡± Yay~! Anne was persuaded! If I can persuade Keith as wellter, nobody else should beining at me about it. ¡°¡­¡­But anyways, ojou-sama, I feel like that hoe you¡¯re using and those work clothes you¡¯re in right now look really familiar for some reason¡­¡­¡± ¡°Ahh, these? Of course they¡¯d look familiar. After all, they¡¯re the same ones I¡¯ve always been using at home.¡± After I said so, Anne¡¯s face became terribly haggard. ¡°¡­¡­Just as I thought¡­¡­ But, ojou-sama, if memory serves me right, we definitely left those work clothes and the hoe behind at the es mansion¡­¡­¡± ¡°That¡¯s so! Even though I took the trouble to pack them away so neatly in my luggage, you took everything out again! Since I had no other way, I asked Tom-san to deliver them himself all the way from our house to me!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Tom-san, that traitor, it couldn¡¯t be¡­¡­¡± After grumbling so to herself, Anne became quiet and just kept watching me work, and I made good progress working with the hoe. It¡¯s a lot smaller in sizepared to the one at home, and since I have sses as well now, I don¡¯t have that much time anymore to work on a field, so I¡¯ll have to work my hardest. After that, although I got a bit of a scolding, I was somehow sessful in persuading Keith as well. By the way, my friends all found out about the field immediately. While watching me plow the field, n held his belly again and exploded inughter saying ¡°unbelievable, toe to school to do something like this,¡± and Jared seemed to have his head down and shoulders trembling again while standing next to n. Mary, Nico, and Sophia were all really shocked at first, but all said that they would help me if I needed it. There¡¯s still two years left until the otome game ends, and in order to ovee all the destruction gs, I¡¯ll be staking my life on plowing my field. Chapter 24 — I begged for sweets

Chapter 24 - I begged for sweets

Several weeks have passed since I enrolled in magic school. The other day, just like in the game scenario, there was a test to determine all the students¡¯ aptitude in academics and magic. And so - Keith, Jared, n, Mary, and Sophia - my friends and stepbrother almostpletely monopolized the top spots in the end. As expected of my friends and stepbrother. Also, being up there amongst my high-spec friends, the game¡¯s heroine Maria was obviously there as well. As amoner girl rather than a noble, she shouldn¡¯t have been receiving specialized tutoring like we have, and probably just received a regr education from the local neighborhood school. Even so, being able to snag a top spot away from all the other nobles, it¡¯s as expected of the heroine. By the way, as for my ranking¡­¡­ Cheers for being average! I worked hard and I want to be praised! Come to think of it, the ranking order went just like the game scenario, with Jared in first, Maria in second, and n in third, but¡­¡­ If it¡¯s just like the game, n shouldn¡¯t be able to ept the fact that Maria¡¯s higher ranked than he is, but¡­¡­ ¡°Oh, I¡¯m not really concerned about winning or losing. Everyone has things that they¡¯re suited to and unsuited to after all, there¡¯s no reason to worry about each and every little thing, it¡¯s unavoidable.¡± n said so with an expression as if he didn¡¯t care at all, and there was no sign that he would run off to go contact Maria, either. Just like this, while some things were just like the game, some things were different from the game as well. Such as, the selection of student council members. The student council is supposed to be an organization for the just cause of ¡°helping the students improve school life and be more fulfilled through self-governance,¡± created at the same time as the school. Well, their actual activities are more like, helping teachers with sses, or taking care of trouble between students¡­¡­ It¡¯s more like odd jobs only, but¡­¡­ This student council was just like the one at my school in the previous life, candidates were not elected, but chosen instead. The top ranking students from this test are forcibly appointed to the student council. I¡¯m saying forced, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a pitiful thing at all¡­¡­ ¡­¡­Since being chosen to be on the student council is evidence of the student¡¯s excellence, it¡¯s a very prestigious honor, so just about everyone will agree to serve on the student council. Also, the people that are chosen will be admired by all the students. And so, since my friends and stepbrother monopolized all the highest ranks, all of them became student council members along with the heroine Maria. Really, it¡¯s exactly like the game. Well, if you want to find and pick out something that¡¯s different from the game, it¡¯s that my friends and stepbrother kept saying ¡°it would be great if we could be together with Katarina (sama)¡± as well, apparently troubling the teachers a bit. Since everyone¡¯s entered the student council, and I¡¯ll be left all alone, since they¡¯re all such nice people they were probably considering my feelings. By the way, my maid Anne mostly just supports my life in the dorms, and isn¡¯t with me while I¡¯m at the school campus. Well, after sses, she¡¯ll always follow me closely saying ¡°I don¡¯t know what ojou-sama might get up to if she¡¯s by herself¡± whenever I go to work on the field. That my friends are all so concerned about me, I¡¯m really happy about it, and of course I love being together with everyone, but I don¡¯t dislike being by myself, rxing and kicking back once in a while as well, so there¡¯s no problems either way. That¡¯s how I viewed things, but¡­¡­ Before I realized it, I had gotten permission to visit the student council room that was basically supposed to be for members only, and it could even be said that I was half forcibly invited there. Well, it seems that my friends and stepbrother pulled some strings, but¡­¡­ ¡­¡­Even when I asked, I couldn¡¯t get the specific details out of anyone, so the truth is still shrouded in mystery¡­¡­ And so, without knowing how it became so, I started bothering them in the student council room from time to time¡­¡­ ¡°Please have some, Katarina-san.¡± ¡°T, thank you very much.¡± The person who was saying so while holding out some tea for me, was the top-ranked second-year student, who became the student council president. He¡¯s also a handsome boy that won¡¯t be outdone by all the other members, and he has brilliant red hair with grey eyes, and is as cute as a puppy. By the way, the vice-president is the ¡°devilish earl,¡± Nico. The student council members are supposed to be chosen on the basis of their academic and magic abilities, but¡­¡­ Looking at the people here, it makes me wonder if they¡¯re not being chosen by their looks instead¡­¡­ But, inparison to the seven first-years that were picked for the student council, there were only two second-years, the president, and the vice-president Nico. ording to the president¡¯s story,st year there was seven of them chosen as well but, apparently because of Nico, this and that happened, and everyone else stoppeding to the student council. Since the president is also a handsome boy, he¡¯s probably somewhat Nico-resistant¡­¡­ The charm of the ¡°devilish earl,¡± is really frightening¡­¡­ Well, at least this time, a bunch of first-years that are Nico-resistant have entered the broken apart student council¡­¡­ The president seems to be really happy at such a thing. Probably because of that, even though I¡¯m unrted to the student council and always being dragged here by my friends, he¡¯s never shown me a displeased face at how frequent I visit, and would always wee me politely and bring out tea for me. And so, thanks to the incredible weing I always got, I¡¯ve already gottenpletely used to being around the student council. Well, it¡¯s all because of my nice friends that were concerned about me, but¡­¡­ And so, since I¡¯ve gotten so involved, it would be great if I could get along well with the other members of the student council apart from my friends¡­¡­ ¡°es-sama, if you would like, please try these as well.¡± While I was sipping on the president¡¯s tea, I involuntarily jumped when the beauty in front of me rmended some sweets to me. ¡°T, thank you, Campbell-san.¡± I thanked her courteously, and the beauty, Maria Campbell, broke out into a wide grin. ¡­¡­That¡¯s how it is. Since I¡¯d gotten so involved with the student council, I now have a point of contact with the heroine Maria-chan as well, and whenever I woulde to the student council room, she would always kindly rmend some sweets for me with a smile on her face. And so, I¡¯ve only known the Maria-chan from the game up to now, but¡­¡­ Maria Campbell¡­¡­¡­¡­ Her true form was - a really kind, nice girl. She¡¯s also good at everything, who is a wonderful ojou-sama that will do anything withoutint. And, even though she can do anything, she has a really humble attitude without being proud at all. Man, she¡¯s really such a wonderful and charmingdy. I was even getting confused at why the game¡¯s Katarina would view her as a mortal enemy and bully such a nice girl so much¡­¡­ For sure, my capture target friends are also gradually getting attracted to Maria-chan¡¯s charm. While I was vaguely thinking along those lines, I tossed the sweets I received into my mouth. Nn!? These sweets are quite delicious. ¡°These sweets, are really delicious.¡± I told Maria-chan this reply about the sweets that she had given me. ¡°Yes, they¡¯re quite delicious, aren¡¯t they. It¡¯s something that the students donated to the student council.¡± Ahh, so it was a donation. Indeed, since the students here admire the student council, there seems to be quite a few donations as well. Moreover, since there¡¯s many high ranked nobles among the students, the donated sweets are all really high ss. Ah,e to think of it, speaking of sweets - ¡°Campbell-san, can you make sweets by any chance?¡± In the game, Maria¡¯s hobby was making sweets. And so, she also donated her own handmade sweets to the student council quite often. The handmade sweets had a in yet delicious taste different from the luxurious sweets that the capture targets were used to eating, and she should have been able to capture their hearts through their stomachs like that. The illustrations of her handmade sweets looked really yummy, in the previous world I wanted to eat them so much that I instinctively ran all the way to the convenience store to buy some sweets that looked simr. And now, I really want to see Maria¡¯s actual real handmade sweets instead of looking at them on a screen¡­¡­ I want to be able to taste the real thing right now! And so, my questionpletely had an ulterior motive to it, but¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Yeah.¡± Maria-chan hadpletely frozen up. Somehow maybe she took it as a threat like ¡°make sweets for me!?¡± I hurriedly tried to find an excuse to defend myself with. ¡°Ah, no, uh. I¡¯m not really trying to force you to do anything unreasonable¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­Uh, why is it that you happen to know that I make sweets?¡± Ah, so that was it. Indeed, Maria-chan¡¯s never said publicly that ¡°I make sweets.¡± Even in the game, she should have started out by secretly borrowing a corner of the kitchen and only made a little bit for herself to taste only. I think that if you raise a capture target¡¯s love rating enough, then this subject wille up, and he¡¯ll say ¡°then, make some for me too, won¡¯t you?¡± ¡­¡­But, judging based on Maria-chan¡¯s reaction just now, she probably hasn¡¯t told anyone about it yet. Mmm~. There¡¯s no way I can say ¡°I saw you making them in the game,¡± so¡­¡­ ¡°Uhhh~, it, it¡¯s, I heard something from thedy in the cafeteria¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­Is that how it is.¡± Even though I became quite flustered in trying toe up with an excuse, it seems that Maria-chan¡¯s epted it. I¡¯m rather relieved. ¡°¡­¡­Just as es-sama has heard already, certainly, I¡¯ve been borrowing the cafeteria kitchen to make some sweets for myself from time to time, but¡­¡­ It¡¯s, still very far from the extent where I can show everyone¡­¡­¡± While staring at the luxurious sweets on the table, it seems that Maria-chan had a troubled face. For sure, there were only luxurious sweets purchased in high-ss shops to be seen here, with no amateur or handmade sweets. As for the reason, it¡¯s because in this world, most of the nobles, even the women, didn¡¯t cook at all. Basically, cooking was considered the work of servants. As for me as well, I can¡¯t make anything at all, including sweets. In the first ce, in the es family, I was prohibited from entering the kitchenpletely. Right after I recovered my memories, I pinched various ingredients several times, licked some mysterious spices, and I thought I¡¯d try to cook some mushrooms that were growing in the garden, but¡­¡­ Soon after, I was banned from the kitchen, being told ¡°the kitchen is a dangerous ce with knives and fire, and it¡¯ll be a big incident if the ojou-sama is injured here.¡± It¡¯s really hard being such a sheltered ojou-sama. Well, in short, most noble girls don¡¯t cook for themselves, and all the sweets donated to the student council were made by professional cooks instead. That¡¯s why Maria-chan would find it difficult to bring out her handmade sweets that would be considered the work of an amateur¡­¡­ ¡°As for me, even though I like the luxury sweets made by cooks, I also love handmade sweets.¡± ¡°Eh, es-sama also happens to eat handmade sweets?¡± Maria-chan had a very surprised expression on her face. ¡°Yeah. The head maid in our house, also has a simr hobby, and I always asked her for sweets.¡± The sweets sold in shops that are made by professional cooks look very borate and are quite delicious, but the head maid¡¯s sweets also have a simply in yet delicious taste to them as well. Since I haven¡¯t been able to eat them anymore sinceing to school, I¡¯ve been very sad. ¡°Aftering to school, I¡¯ve missed the taste of that handmade candy. If it¡¯s not too much trouble for Campbell-san, I¡¯ll be really happy if you could share just a little bit of what you make with me, and I¡¯ll even help supply you with funds for the supplies, and properly pay you for what you make.¡± Somehow, I want to be able to taste those sweets that look so amazingly delicious - I desperately tried to make the best smile I could with this viinous face of mine. Will seeing how desperate I am really work - ¡°I couldn¡¯t possibly ept any money! After all, I¡¯m just using the leftovers from the school kitchen! ¡­¡­¡­Since it¡¯s really just an amateurish hobby of mine, I¡¯m not sure if they¡¯ll taste good to es-sama, but¡­¡­ I¡¯ll make some soon and bring them to share.¡± Is what Maria-chan said. ¡°Thank you!¡± And so, just as I wished, I managed to sessfully secure a promise from Maria-chan to bring some of her handmade sweets for me to try. After ss the day after I secured Maria-chan¡¯s promise to bring me handmade sweets, I headed to the dorms in order to change into my work clothes for the field, and was walking by myself on the road to the dormitory. By the way, my stepbrother and friends are gathered in the student council room right now for work, but¡­¡­ Today, I wanted to use the fertilizer that I just received from Tom-san as soon as possible, before my friends see me doing something like this and try to break it off by pulling me away. And so, while I was walking on the dorm path¡­¡­ ¡°Growl~~¡± my stomach began grumbling loudly. Since today I forgot my homework for my ss at noon, I was scolded by Keith and had to write an apology, and I wasn¡¯t able to eat enough lunch because of that. Usually before I headed out to work in the field, Anne would prepare something to eat for me. While I was thinking that - my sense of smell that I¡¯m proud to say is like a dog¡¯s, caught a very delicious smell in the air. And so, I became all aflutter involuntarily and was hooked by the smell, and followed it towards the forest that was a bit off the road - Maria-chan and a few girls that were probably students of this school were there. They were positioned almost as if to surround Maria-chan, and from their sparkling dresses, I guessed that the girls were probably high nobility. And so, the delicious smell seemed to being from a basket that Maria-chan was carrying covered with a handkerchief¡­¡­ This delicious smell was permeating the air in the area. What¡¯s going on here! Could that possibly be, the handmade sweets that I had requested!? Even though she had just promised me yesterday, she¡¯s already made them!? What a nice girl she is! I was so thankful that I immediately ran up to Maria-chan and the others who didn¡¯t notice me at all¡­¡­ That¡¯s when it happened. ¡°Thump!!¡± A loud sound echoed in the forest. One of the girls surrounding Maria-chan swung her hand wildly, and knocked over the basket Maria-chan was holding onto the ground. And so, what fell out of the basket was probably the sweets that Maria-chan made herself, some sweets that looked like muffins came rolling out. ¡°Just because you have the power of light magic, you¡¯re being fawned over by everyone, doesn¡¯t that feel just great! Amoner bringing something as poor as this for the student council to eat, have some shame and know your ce!¡± The girl was saying so as the basketid on the ground, and now it looks like she¡¯s about to start stomping all over the sweets!? Wait a minute now, don¡¯t do such a thing to my sweets~~!! ¡°Stop!¡± I got between the girl and Maria-chan and shouted. ¡°¡­¡­K, Katarina es-sama¡­¡­¡± Right now, all the girls surrounding Maria-chan were wide-eyed at my sudden appearance, and of course this included the girl that was about to stomp on the sweets. ¡°What exactly do you all think you¡¯re doing!?¡± What do you think you¡¯re doing to the sweets that Maria-chan went to the trouble of making for me! I red at the girls. ¡°¡­¡­Eek!¡± The girls all instantly turned pale. After all, this is a viinous face! It¡¯ll double the strength of any ring! The crime of ruining my sweets, unforgivable! I maxed out the power of my gaze, and increased the sharpness of my re on the girls. I guess they were affected by my anger and the girls - ¡°We¡¯re very sorry!!¡± And with pale faces and heads down, they raced each other madly in a manner unbefitting ofdies to dash away - no, to run away. ¡­¡­Mmm. Today, my viinous face is in perfect condition. But anyways¡­¡­ I turned towards the handmade sweets Maria-chan made that were lying on the ground. Because the ground here was mostly grass, there seems to be very little dirt on them. I picked up the basket first, then started putting the fallen sweets back inside. Then, like usual, the smell started stimting my stomach¡¯s hunger again¡­¡­ I couldn¡¯t hold back anymore and finally reached for a sweet myself. And so, I snapped up the whole thing into my mouth. ¡°¡­¡­Delicious.¡± This is, the best taste among all the sweets that I have ever eaten! This is too delicious! What is this mellow taste, and it¡¯s not even that sweet, it¡¯s unbelievable how perfectly controlled the sweetness is. And so, at how delicious the sweets were, I lost myself in a dream - and before I realized it, I¡¯d already finished eating all of the sweets in the basket that I¡¯d picked up. And then ¡°ahh, I¡¯m full, I¡¯m full,¡± and I looked up - and I saw Maria-chan staring at me in shock. ¡­¡­Oh no, I¡¯ve done it now! I¡¯ve finally gotten so carried away that I ate all of Maria-chan¡¯s sweets~! Since there were so many, they were probably for everyone in the student council to share¡­¡­ ¡­¡­Or perhaps I should say, I had thought they were all meant for me, so I ate them all¡­¡­ In the first ce, it might not have been meant for me¡­¡­ This is bad! ¡°Uh, uhh, I got really carried away and ate all of them¡­¡­ I¡¯m really sorry!¡± I lowered my head to Maria-chan in a big panic. Then Maria-chan started talking in a rather hesitant manner. ¡°Ah, it¡¯s okay. I don¡¯t mind that, but¡­¡­ Uh, but it¡¯s something that¡¯s fallen on the ground¡­¡­¡± Ahh, I see, so it¡¯s about that. She didn¡¯t say, ¡°but it wasn¡¯t even something made for you,¡± I¡¯m really happy~. ¡°Since they fell on the grass, it¡¯s no problem at all since they barely got any dirt on them.¡± If you pick them up immediately, it should be safe by the three-second rule as well. As I said so, I puffed out my chest in pride. ¡°¡­¡­Is, is that so.¡± Maria-chanughed as if she was somewhat troubled. But anyways - ¡°Campbell-san is really really good at making sweets. That was very delicious.¡± Yep, the deliciousness of Maria-chan¡¯s handmade sweets far exceeded my expectations. That mellow taste in my mouth, that exquisite sweetness, her workmanship isn¡¯t inferior to a professional cook¡¯s in any way at all. When I told Maria-chan my passionate feelings - ¡°¡­¡­Thank you very much.¡± Sheughed bashfully with her cheeks turning slightly red. While my heart was beating involuntarily in excitement at her cuteness - Prince Jared came from the direction of the school campus. It seems that, today was a student council meeting, but since Maria-chan who never missed a meeting didn¡¯t show up, they got worried and were searching for her. I was squatting on the ground while holding a basket, and Maria-chan was standing still with red cheeks, Jared seemed to be looking at us rather dubiously¡­¡­ Maria-chan made a white lie for me by saying ¡°by coincidence, I met Katarina-sama here, and we had a little chat.¡± Thank you for not telling him ¡°Katarina-sama ate all the sweets that were meant for everyone.¡± If that had been exposed, I would have faced the anger of Jared and Keith, with them saying ¡°how could you eat someone else¡¯s sweets!¡± And so, since Jared found Maria-chan safely without incident, they went back together to the student council room. For some reason, I was almost dragged there along with them as well, but since I really wanted to sprinkle the fertilizer in my field today, I courteously refused. And so, with my stomach filled, I changed into my work clothes, and headed for the field. But anyways, to think that Maria-chan was being bullied like that¡­¡­ While I was working in the field, I thought about what happened earlier. Even though she¡¯s amoner, she has the special light magic, and her grades are excellent. By the way, her face and personality are great as well. On top of that, she got chosen to be a member of the student council that all the students admire. Maria-chan is the envy of the entire school¡­¡­ The proud nobles must be very jealous of her. That¡¯s why, people like that who pick fights will appear. In the first ce, in the game it was mostly Katarina that was doing that to the heroine, but¡­¡­ That¡¯s not the case now. But even so, this school is filled with high nobility, so for example, even if Katarina doesn¡¯t take the lead in bullying the heroine, a second, or even third Katarina will appear to take that role. But anyways, to treat the sweets that Maria-chan went to the trouble of making for me like that, they¡¯re such bad kids. Just a little more and I wouldn¡¯t have been able to eat anything. Man, I¡¯m not like the game¡¯s Katarina anymore! High pride and mean intentions - ¡­¡­The game¡¯s Katarina¡­¡­ Come to think of it, I feel like in the game, there was a scene where Katarina was harassing the heroine just like what happened to Maria-chan today¡­¡­ When Maria-chan was bringing some sweets that she had made for everyone in the student council, on her way towards the student council room, she was intercepted and her sweets were thrown onto the ground, and then stomped all over. At this time, the capture target Jared appeared in the nick of time in a gant manner, and magnificently fought off the viiness Katarina and herrades. And so, he picked up some of the sweets that fell onto the ground and tasted them, then shed a grin at Maria-chan and said ¡°it¡¯s delicious.¡± Man, it was different from the usual Jared, his gentle smile at that time was almost as if it could transmit his emotions from across the screen. I see, so what happened today, was that event¡­¡­ Since I wasn¡¯t the viinous Katarina, I hadn¡¯t realized. If I think of it like this, that exins why Jared appeared as well. After all, it was supposed to be Jared¡¯s event. I see, so it was Jared¡¯s event - ¡­¡­So does that mean, I just stole Jared¡¯s event away from him!? I mean, originally, Jared was supposed to stop Katarina there, and before Jared could chase the girls off today I scared them all off with my viinous face¡­¡­ On top of that, before Jared could show off such a nice smile, I had already eaten all the sweets¡­¡­ Ahh~, I¡¯m really sorry, Jared. I¡¯ve stolen a love event from an important friend of mine¡­¡­ If it¡¯s like this, Maria-chan and Jared won¡¯t be able to fall in love. I¡¯m really, really sorry¡­¡­ ¡­¡­Huh? Wouldn¡¯t it be better if they didn¡¯t fall in love? I mean, if Jared and Maria-chan fall in love, then Katarina won¡¯t be needed anymore and will fall straight to a destruction end¡­¡­ That means, I¡¯ve done really well! Go me! Without realizing it, I¡¯ve gotten further off the path to destruction, wonderful! Alright~! Then, I¡¯ll work hard and keep going just like this! And so with renewed resolve, I began sprinkling the fertilizer that Tom-san had sent me. However, I got too carried away¡­¡­ After that, I had to listen to Anne¡¯s scolding, and my work clothes were confiscated for a day. Chapter 25 — I stole an event again

Chapter 25 - I stole an event again

It¡¯s been a few weeks since the incident where I stole Jared¡¯s event. Somehow, it feels that I¡¯ve been getting along better with Maria-chan ever since that incident. After that, Maria-chan would often make sweets for my sake. ¡°Please have some, es-sama.¡± She would always offer the best, most delicious sweets with a smile on her face, and so I found my feet naturally taking me to the student council room all the time. And so, I would get to have Maria-chan¡¯s handmade sweets and the president¡¯s tea he brewed himself, and I spent every day in such luxury that all the other students would surely curse me in jealousy if only they knew. Not only are Maria-chan¡¯s handmade sweets unbelievably delicious, the president is also unbelievably good at brewing tea for a noble. The president¡¯s tea had a very gentle taste to it. By the way, the president seems to be distantly rted to Nico, and they¡¯ve apparently known each other since childhood. That exins why he was Nico-resistant. And so, I¡¯m now getting along really well with the other members of the student council that didn¡¯t start out as my friends, but other than in the student council room, I still don¡¯t have a point of contact with anyone. There¡¯s no avoiding it for the student council president since he¡¯s in a different grade, but Maria¡¯s in the same grade as me, and I¡¯d really love to get along better with her outside of the student council room¡­¡­ Somehow, there¡¯s still some distance between us outside of the student council room. Well, basically, all of us are considered members of the country¡¯s upper echelons, but¡­¡­ It¡¯s not just Maria-chan, most of the other students don¡¯t have such a high social status either, so they¡¯re not approaching us¡­¡­ In the game as well, at first Maria wasn¡¯t so close with the capture targets outside of the student council either. As the game progressed, and the capture targets¡¯ love ratings went up, the capture targets will finally be able to get closer to Maria, and she¡¯ll finally spend time with them outside of the student council. However, right now it seems that none of the capture targets are trying to approach Maria. Everyone has a normal, friendly rtionship with her, but it feels like nobody¡¯s gone crazy in love for her. Rather, at this point in time, since I¡¯ve beenpletely enthralled by Maria-chan¡¯s sweets, I might be the one with the highest love rating towards Maria-chan right now. So that¡¯s how it is, nobody¡¯s going all lovey-dovey over Maria-chan¡­¡­ And right now, outside of the student council room, Maria-chan is still mostly by herself¡­¡­ It seems that, other nobles are taking it upon themselves to bully her like Katarina would have¡­¡­ I¡¯m going to have to do something about it. While that¡¯s what I thought, I didn¡¯t really have any good ideas on how to do it, so I consulted my wise stepbrother - He said that things would get better if she just stuck with us more often. After all, we are basically considered to be this country¡¯s upper echelons. If she¡¯s with us, no matter how high the other nobles¡¯ ranks are, they won¡¯t be able to move against us easily, is what my stepbrother said. When I was panicking in the student council room because I forgot my homework yet again, it was Maria-chan who loaned me her easy to understand notes, and politely helped exin the problems I didn¡¯t understand to me. Even though I always say ¡°make and bring some more sweets over!¡± Maria-chan would always have a smile and bring more delicious sweets over. Before I realized it, I¡¯ve be quite fond of the girl that should have been Katarina¡¯s mortal enemy, the heroine Maria Campbell. That¡¯s why, I can¡¯t turn a blind eye to the situation she¡¯s in. Alright! I¡¯m not going to wait for the capture targets anymore since they¡¯re being so slow! I¡¯m going to hurry up and get closer to Maria-chan, to be able to hang out with her even outside of the student council! A few days after I steeled my resolve. I had decided that for lunch break today ¡°let¡¯s invite Maria-chan to have lunch with me!¡± and was looking for Maria-chan. By the way, me and my friends always ate in the school cafeteria together, but I¡¯ve never seen Maria-chan there. If I recall correctly from the game, the setting was that she would be nervous since many high-ranking nobles used the cafeteria, so instead she would always make her own lunchbox in her dorms and eat it by herself. Based on such information, I started searching for likely spaces where she would be eating - at the edge of the school garden, I found Maria-chan on a tiny bench. However, Maria-chan wasn¡¯t by herself. Just like what happened a few weeks ago, some girls were surrounding her. There was still quite a bit of distance between us, but the wind carried their voices over to me. ¡°Even though you¡¯re just a no-goodmoner, just because you have some light magic, and you got chosen to be on the student council, aren¡¯t you getting too carried away!?¡± ¡°Just because you have light magic you get all this special treatment, and it¡¯s really sad that the student council has no way but to put up with you!¡± ¡°That¡¯s right! It¡¯s probably that you got favorable treatment during the test anyways just because your magic is special!¡± The girls surrounding Maria-chan were showering her with an unending torrent of verbal abuse. And so, while everyone was busy yelling at Maria-chan, one girl amongst them slowly raised her hands. There was a red me flickering on her hands. That¡¯s fire magic!! That girl over there was trying to injure Maria-chan with fire magic. And so, I ran as fast as I could to close the gap between me and the girl with the me in her hand. At this rate, Maria-chan will be in danger! But, I was too far away to stop her¡­¡­ If it¡¯s like this¡­¡­ ¡°Come out! Earth Thud!¡± With my shout, a clump of earth about ten centimeters wide appeared in front of the girl who was approaching Maria-chan. And so, that girl stepped on the clump of earth and splendidly tripped, falling onto her butt. Alright!! I made a victory pose in my mind. Do you see the results of my long years of training now, the power of my Earth Thud!? And so, while the other girls were being distracted by the girl that fell on her butt, I rushed to Maria-chan¡¯s side, and stood between her and the other girls. And then, I red at the girls with my viinous face. ¡°Exactly what are you all doing!! In the first ce, saying that there was favoritism during the test just because she has light magic, don¡¯t use people without evidence! This school is a meritocracy with no ce for favoritism!¡± If there really had been favoritism, as the daughter of the es family, I should have gotten higher than just average grades. ¡°And what¡¯s more, I know just how hard Maria-chan is working! Her test scores are the result of hard work!¡± That¡¯s how it is. While in the game the heroine had seemed to be an invincible genius, the actual Maria-chan is a really hard worker. She¡¯ll always show me her notes when I forget my homework, she¡¯ll also bring a mountain of textbooks along in order to teach me, I was able to see just how hard-working Maria-chan was every day. Maria-chan¡¯s not a genius, just an exceptionally hard worker. ¡°What¡¯s more, everyone in the student council, as well as me, we¡¯re not together with Maria-chan just because she has light magic! Because she¡¯s a hard worker, because she tries her best at everything, because we like her, that¡¯s why we¡¯re together!¡± I red at the girls with my viinous face, and smiled evilly as I thought a viiness would. ¡°If you guys keep doing things like this - you¡¯ll reach a destruction end!¡± Just like the viiness Katarina es in the game~ And so, I think it was because of fear caused by my magnificently viinous face, everyone scattered again in an udylike manner, dashing madly to get away. Sigh, they¡¯re all so gutless. Such insignificant creatures, they¡¯re no match for the likes of this viiness, Katarina es-sama! And so, my viinous face yed a great role again, and chased the girls off, and when I turned back to look at Maria-chan - For some reason¡­¡­ Isn¡¯t she crying a stream of tears!? ¡°M, Maria-chan!?¡± I hurriedly got close to Maria-chan and ced my hand on her trembling back. Being surrounded and shouted at like that, almost having some dreadful magic used on her¡­¡­ She must have been really scared. I rubbed her back gently. After rubbing her back for a while¡­¡­ Maria-chan suddenly muttered something. ¡°¡­¡­Uh, es-sama¡­¡­ My name¡­¡­¡± Huh, name? What¡¯s this about? I thought about it for a while, and then realized. ¡­¡­Ah,e to think of it, I identally called her ¡°Maria-chan¡± just now, the nickname I¡¯ve always secretly had for her in my heart. But I¡¯ve always been calling her ¡°Campbell-san¡± up until now - ¡°Uh, uhh, I¡¯m sorry. I called you something that you¡¯re not used to so suddenly¡­¡­¡± Maria-chan shook her head at the panicked me. ¡°No, I don¡¯t mind at all. In fact, you don¡¯t need to add ¡®-chan¡¯ either. Please just call me Maria.¡± How Maria-chan looked was so ridiculously cute when she said that, so by reflex, I smiled in satisfaction, and tried calling her that immediately. ¡°Thank you, Maria.¡± Somehow, it feels that the distance between us has finally shrunk even more. And then, Maria smiled happily with her cheeks turning red - ¡°Uh, well¡­¡­ If, if it¡¯s alright with you¡­¡­¡± For some reason, she seemed to be behaving a little suspiciously. I wondered what it could be and just stared at her. ¡°Uh, would it be alright if I called you ¡®Katarina-sama¡¯ just like everyone else in the student council does?¡± She was saying it almost as if she was making an important confession. My nk look immediately became - ¡°Of course, it¡¯s fine to call me whatever you want. After all, we¡¯re already friends, aren¡¯t we?¡± a smile as I said so. For some reason, Maria¡¯s tears that had stopped earlier were pouring out again, and I desperately tried to stop their flow. After a little while, Maria finally calmed down, and Keith came looking for me since I still hadn¡¯t shown up to the cafeteria, and the three of us returned to the cafeteria together, and had lunch with the rest of our friends in a hurry. Maria shared a little bit of her handmade lunchbox with me as well, and it was just as delicious as the sweets she made. And so, because I forcefully resolved this incident, I was finally able to spend time with Maria together outside of school. But anyways, to think that I would use magic in that way in order to deal with those bullies¡­¡­ When the day became evening and ended, Iid on my bed trembling. If I hadn¡¯t been able to stop that girl at that time, if she used that fire magic on Maria¡­¡­ If Maria had been injured¡­¡­ It¡¯s a crime to attack other people with magic. If such a thing had actually happened, it would just be like what happened to the game¡¯s Katarina, and she would have been exiled from the country as punishment for her crime. ¡­¡­Come to think of it, Katarina also did something simr, didn¡¯t she. For some reason, I was really concerned about it, so I got off my bed and pulled out my ¡°Previous life¡¯s game memories¡± notes. One day during lunch break, Katarina and herckeys cornered Maria like usual. And so, while everyone was surrounding Maria and yelling at her, one of theckeys decided to hurt Maria with some fire magic. At this critical moment, Maria suddenly became airborne. Maria had been picked up and protected by an earth golem that was muchrger than any person. It was the magic from Keith es, who just coincidentally happened to be nearby. Then, Keith used the earth golem to carry Maria off to safety. By the way, Keith didn¡¯t appear in front of everyone himself, and only used his earth golem, since the ringleader of the bullies was his own stepsister Katarina, he felt like it would be too much trouble if he showed up before everyone. And so, after being helped out, Maria was still trembling in fear in front of Keith because of getting attacked by fire magic, so Keithforted Maria by gently hugging her. At this time, even though Keith was supposed to be a yboy, he looked a little ufortable at doing this, it was a very moe scene. ¡­¡­That means¡­¡­ I stole another event away again!? What¡¯s more, this time from Keith!? Such a thing¡­¡­ Even though I had promised with all my heart to not interfere with Keith¡¯s love, I stole his all-important event¡­¡­ My stepbrother¡­¡­ I¡¯m really sorry. ¡­¡­At this rate, Maria-chan and Keith¡¯s love might not progress. What have I done¡­¡­ I¡¯m so sorry¡­¡­ Wait, huh? Maybe if it¡¯s for the better if they don¡¯t fall in love? I mean, if Keith and Maria-chan fall in love, Katarina might be eliminated and meet a destruction end¡­¡­ That means, I¡¯ve done really well! I¡¯m so amazing! Right after stealing the event from Jared, without realizing it, I¡¯ve gotten further off the path to destruction again, wonderful! How brilliant I am! And so I kept congratting myself over and over again, and went to sleep in an excellent mood. This time, there¡¯s great merit in having gotten closer to the heroine of the game. It¡¯s that it¡¯s be easier to see how far along everyone¡¯s love is progressing. After all, after bing good friends we¡¯re always together. Since we¡¯re both girls, talking together about stuff like ¡°hey~. Who do you like?¡± has be a very simple thing. However¡­¡­ Things didn¡¯t go as well as I hoped. That¡¯s because when I asked Maria ¡°hey~. Who do you like?¡± she would reply with¡­¡­ ¡°I look up to and admire Katarina-sama¡± and her cheeks were flushed red as she said so. I¡¯m very happy about that, but¡­¡­ That¡¯s not what I mean by who you like¡­¡­ By the way, when I asked my best friends Mary and Sophia the same question I asked Maria - ¡°Me too! I also look up to and admire Katarina-sama! More than anyone else!¡± ¡°Maria-sama, Mary-sama, how unfair! Me, me too! Katarina-sama!¡± is what they said. They¡¯re really lovely, wonderful friends, but¡­¡­ My friends¡­¡­ I wanted to hear about your love stories¡­¡­ And so, it always got sidetracked from love stories, and for some reason would always be apetition to praise me. I¡¯m very honored and happy about that, but¡­¡­ In the end, time was wasted without being able to confirm the progress of love with the capture targets¡­¡­ However, after bing closer with Maria, I was able to feel even more how powerful her charm was. For example, her perfect sweets that were almost as if they were created exactly to my liking. Her kindness in making easy to understand notes just for me. And from time to time, when our eyes met, a really cute smile would appear almost as if she was embarrassed. Man, if only I was a boy, I¡¯d bepletely captured already by now. For example, after having stolen one or two events identally, I kept being in contact with Maria¡¯s overflowing charm that nobody could resist. If this had been any of the capture targets, they would probably be head over heels in love already. And so, after bing better friends with Maria-chan, and sensing the danger of her charm, I decided to - ¡°So what I¡¯m saying is, how did it feel just now? Did it seem natural?¡± At my question, Anne furrowed her brows. ¡°¡­¡­Uh, ojou-sama, what¡¯s this? Exactly what is it supposed to be?¡± ¡°What you say, of course I¡¯m practicing throwing my toy snake as naturally as possible!¡± Man, really now Anne, even though I had already exined things clearly to her, I repeated what I said earlier. ¡°¡­¡­That¡¯s right. I did hear about this from you earlier, and I see what you¡¯re trying to do, but¡­¡­ To begin with, I have no idea why.¡± ¡°What I¡¯m saying is, just in case of emergency, it¡¯s practice so I can surprise my opponent and create an opening!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Ojou-sama¡­¡­ This ¡®just in case of emergency¡¯ part I don¡¯t understand even one bit.¡± ¡°Just in case of emergency means just in case of emergency! Alright then, once again, watch to see if my throw seems natural or not, okay?¡± As I said so, I started practicing throwing the toy snake from my pocket again. ¡°To begin with¡­¡­ I don¡¯t think the action of throwing a toy snake from your pocket seems natural¡­¡­¡± Anne was sighing something under her breath, but it didn¡¯t reach me as I was desperately practicing my throwing movements. And so, in order for me not to be forced into a destruction end by a capture target that falls in love with Maria¡¯s overwhelming charm, I¡¯m desperately going to practice throwing the toy snake with all my might! I¡¯m also going to expand the field a little, and add more crops! Chapter 26 — They call me a special girl

Chapter 26 - They call me a special girl

Maria Campbell is my name. But, very few people actually call me that. Everyone calls me ¡°the special girl with light magic.¡± I grew up in a small border town far away from the capital, and my light magic first activated when I was five. A friend that I was ying with tripped and fell, and injured her foot. It was bleeding, and was very painful. While thinking that I¡¯d try and do something to help her, I touched her wound. Suddenly, a dazzling light burst out from my hands, and when it came in contact with her wounds, they disappeared instantly. My light magic had healed her, curing all the injuries and pain. However, at that time, I didn¡¯t know what I had just done. If I had been born to a noble family, I would have had knowledge of magic to some extent, but¡­¡­ I was born in amoner¡¯s family. At that time, I hadn¡¯t even been to school yet, and I didn¡¯t even know what magic was¡­¡­ Also, my friend that I healed with magic knew nothing, just like me. A light just suddenly burst out from my hand. What¡¯s more, all the injuries disappeared just like that after being enveloped in the light. My friend was astonished at what happened, and was terrified. She screamed, pushed me, and ran away. While I just froze there in confusion, my mother who was worried about me, came to find me, and found me there frozen to the spot. After that, I was finally able to tell my mother about what happened, and she immediately brought me to city hall. And so, after I was inspected by the government, I was recognized as a ¡°light magician.¡± Until I activated mytent magic abilities, I was just another ordinary kid. Even though my family¡¯s not very rich, I¡¯m very fortunate to be able to live with my energetic and reliable father, and my kind mother that loves to make sweets. If you really try to say that there¡¯s something special, it¡¯s that my mother is called the most beautiful woman in town, and since I looked so much like her, of course my father and everyone else in town loved me. But¡­¡­ After I became a user of ¡°light magic,¡± everything changed. In this country, those with magic powers are mostly nobles, and there¡¯s almost nomoners with magic power. Nevertheless, I was born as someone with an extremely rare magic. However, almost all people born with such a magic would have a noble for a parent. Because of that, when I was found out to have magic¡­¡­ People started suspecting my mother of having an affair. It was probably also partly because I looked a lot like my mother, but not very much like father. Especially since mother was the most beautiful woman in town¡­¡­ People were saying that she must have hooked up with a noble at some point in time. Of course, nothing of the sort happened, but¡­¡­ Rumors spread very quick in a small town, and our family rtionship became rocky¡­¡­ Before long, my father who had alwayse back home immediately after work to listen to mother and I happily, would hardly evere home at all. And so, mother who used to smile all the time would always have a nk expression and have her head down. Even though she also used to like making sweets so much, she wouldn¡¯t make any at all anymore. ¡­¡­¡­All because I have magic¡­¡­ Also, my family wasn¡¯t all that changed. Even though all the townsfolk used to treat me so kindly, before I realized it they had all be distant from me, and my friends that had gotten along with me before would no longer y with me. It was said that I must be the illegitimate child of some noble, since almost nomoner children ever have magic. I probably wasn¡¯t an easy presence to ept for the townsfolk that were used to living a peaceful life¡­¡­ And so, since I had light magic - I was shunned by everyone, people were scared of me, and I became a presence to be avoided. But even so, I¡­¡­ couldn¡¯t help but keep hoping. I want father to return home, I want mother to smile again, and once more, I want to be able to y with my friends. That¡¯s why I worked hard. I actively participated in household chores, neverined or said anything selfish, and desperately studied. As long as I hung in there, worked hard, and was a good child, I desperately believed that I could return to my original life filled with happiness¡­¡­ And, before I realized it, I¡¯ve be ¡°Maria Campbell, the special girl.¡± Finally, I was chosen to be the school representative at our neighborhood school, and the teacher praised me for being a wonderful student. But even so¡­¡­ As usual, father wouldn¡¯te home¡­¡­ And mother wouldn¡¯t even look me in the eye anymore. And, as for the other children, nobody would y with me anymore. They all ignored me, and while I wasn¡¯t bullied, nobody would y with me. And no matter how hard I worked, I was still called a ¡°special girl,¡± and nothing changed. In fact, contrary to my wishes, people would say behind my back ¡°since she¡¯s a noble¡¯s illegitimate daughter, someone must have pulled some strings for her¡± or ¡°she must have cheated by using magic.¡± What can I do to get along with everyone like we used to¡­¡­ is what I was always thinking about. Then, one day, a ssmate of mine brought some of her handmade sweets to school to share with everyone, and I saw how happy they all were at eating them. If I could sessfully make handmade sweets just like how she can, I wonder if I¡¯ll be able to get along better with everyone¡­¡­ Before my magic activated, I used to often make sweets with my mother. The sweets I made with my mother were very delicious. That day, aftering home, I started making sweets by myself for the first time while remembering what my mother taught me. The sweets I made weren¡¯t as good as the ones I made together with my mom, but they had a very nostalgic taste, and gave me a warm and fluffy feeling inside my chest. And so, I tried my best at making sweets, and when they were finally good enough, I took them with me to school. Then, just like my ssmate didst time, during lunch break, I put some sweets on everyone¡¯s table. However¡­¡­ Nobody touched those sweets at all. When lunch break finished, and everyone returned to their seats, I collected all the sweets and put them back in my bag. After ss, when everyone left and I was alone in the ssroom, I took all the sweets out of my bag again. Even though they¡¯re supposed to be sweets that everyone can enjoy energetically¡­¡­ I couldn¡¯t stop the tears froming out. And so, I ate all the sweets on my own, then returned home and immediatelyid down on my bed. I told mother from across the bedroom door that ¡°I won¡¯t need dinner tonight¡± in a business-like voice saying that ¡°I¡¯m full today¡± and all she said was ¡°oh okay¡± before she left me alone. My teachers, everyone in my school, all the townspeople, and my family, everyone calls me a ¡°special girl.¡± That ¡°special¡± also meant ¡°different.¡± No matter how hard I worked, no matter how hard I worked, I¡¯m still being shunned by everyone, an existence to be afraid of¡­¡­ I don¡¯t want to be called a ¡°special girl with light magic!¡± I¡¯m not some illegitimate child of a noble¡­¡­ I didn¡¯t cheat with my magic¡­¡­ I only worked so hard¡­¡­ I just want to be recognized by everyone that I¡¯m a hard worker¡­¡­ Nobody would even look at me. Not even my mother would look me in the eye. Anyone is fine¡­¡­ Anyone is fine, so, someone¡­¡­ Look at me¡­¡­ Only look at Maria Campbell¡­¡­ When a person reaches fifteen, it¡¯s mandated byw that people with magic power have to attend magic school. Magic school¡­¡­ If I go there, everyone will have magic - there, maybe I can be a normal girl again¡­¡­ If I go there¡­¡­ just maybe, someone will appear who will be my friend¡­¡­ Curled up alone on the bed in my dark room, that was the hope that sprung from my chest¡­¡­ I¡¯m sure that if I go to magic school - And so, when I entered magic school, my long years of hopes for magic school were immediately shattered. All the students at magic school were nobles, and I was the onlymoner, there couldn¡¯t be any greater difference between us. Also, sincemoners didn¡¯t really have that much awareness about magic to begin with due to not having magic powers, we only thought that ¡°light magic¡± was something rare, but it turns out that it¡¯s the rarest of rare even amongst magic users. As a result, I¡¯ve be even more ¡°different¡± from the others, and had no way of making any friends. What¡¯s more, I was also bullied for the audacity of having magic powers despite only being amoner. So, it didn¡¯t change at all from the time in the town, in fact my days became even harder. Even so¡­¡­ If I keep working hard¡­¡­ If I¡¯m a good girl¡­¡­ I¡¯ll keep working as hard as I can. And so, a few weeks after I entered magic school, there was a test to determine the students¡¯ aptitude in academics and magic. Since I studied as hard as I could, I managed to get good grades on both tests. And so, as a result, I became a member of the student council. The other members selected with me were all people of such high social status, that ordinarily I would never have even gotten the chance to ever speak to them had I still been living in town with a normal life. The second-year senpais in student council were the same as well. Amongst all of them, my first self-introduction was quite weak as I shrunk in their presence, but the student council members were unconcerned with social status, and were friendly and wonderful people. In particr, because the other student council members wanted it to happen, a person who was not a student council member was allowed toe and go as she pleased here, the duke¡¯s daughter, Katarina es-sama - she would even treat me exactly the same as she treated all the other nobles, in a warm and friendly manner. In the school, only the student council room became a ce where I could rest and rx. ¡°Campbell-san, can you make sweets by any chance?¡± Katarina-sama suddenly asked a question like that, after sses in the student council room. At the unexpected question, by reflex, I froze up. ¡°¡­¡­Uh, why is it that you happen to know that I make sweets?¡± Well, for sure, I had always continued making sweets since that time. Eating a sweet made with my mother¡¯s recipe would remind me of fun times with my mother, and would make me feel slightly better. Sinceing to this school, there¡¯s been bullying and hardships, so I¡¯ve been borrowing a corner of the kitchen to make sweets for myself. However, that was supposed to be a secret. Of course, I¡¯ve never said anything about this topic in the student council room. Despite this, why is it that Katarina-sama knows about this? In confusion, I was staring at Katarina-sama. ¡°Uhhh~, it, it¡¯s, I heard something from thedy in the cafeteria¡­¡­¡± That was the answer I got. Indeed, since I haven¡¯t asked the cooks to keep it a secret for me or anything, maybe such a topic has be a rumor already. ¡°¡­¡­Just as es-sama has heard already, certainly, I¡¯ve been borrowing the cafeteria kitchen to make some sweets for myself from time to time, but¡­¡­ It¡¯s, still very far from the extent where I can show everyone¡­¡­¡± I stared at the luxurious sweets ced on the table. They¡¯re high-ss sweets that I¡¯ve never even seen the likes of before¡­¡­ To people that are eating such wonderful things, I can¡¯t possibly bring out my cheap handmade sweets¡­¡­ Then, to the downcast me, she said - ¡°As for me, even though I like the luxury sweets made by cooks, I also love handmade sweets.¡± Is what Katarina-sama said. ¡°Eh, es-sama also happens to eat handmade sweets?¡± I was very surprised. I¡¯ve heard that most nobles don¡¯t cook for themselves. Because of that, they would only eat sweets made by professional cooks, and not something handmade by an amateur, is what I thought. ¡°Yeah. The head maid in our house, also has a simr hobby, and I always asked her for sweets. Aftering to school, I¡¯ve missed the taste of that handmade candy. If it¡¯s not too much trouble for Campbell-san, I¡¯ll be really happy if you could share just a little bit of what you make with me, and I¡¯ll even help supply you with funds for the supplies, and properly pay you for what you make.¡± As she said so, Katarina-sama directed a lovely smile at me. ¡°I couldn¡¯t possibly ept any money! After all, I¡¯m just using the leftovers from the school kitchen! ¡­¡­¡­Since it¡¯s really just an amateurish hobby of mine, I¡¯m not sure if they¡¯ll taste good to es-sama, but¡­¡­ I¡¯ll make some soon and bring them to share.¡± Being pressured by that lovely smile, even though I know I¡¯m not worthy, I agreed and made her a promise. Then, to me - ¡°Thank you!¡± Once again, Katarina-sama smiled at me gently. Maybe, Katarina-sama might just happen to be taking pity on me. She heard rumors that themoner girl was making sweets by herself in the kitchen, and eating them by herself¡­¡­ She might have said that out of sympathy for me. Katarina-sama is a very nice and wonderful person, after all¡­¡­ She might only be taking pity on me, it might only be lip service¡­¡­ But¡­¡­ It¡¯s the first time¡­¡­ That someone¡¯s said they want to eat my sweets¡­¡­ I was on cloud nine, and after returning to the dormitory, I immediately went to the kitchen at night to make some sweets. The day has finallye where I¡¯m making sweets for someone else, I won¡¯t have to cry while eating sweets by myself anymore. The next day after sses ended, I was on my way to the student council room, after fetching and heating up the sweets that I had left in the kitchen. I wanted Katarina-sama to enjoy it even a little bit. And so, I ced the warmed sweets into a basket, and headed for the student council room. While on my way - that¡¯s when it happened. On the path from the dorms to the school, several female students called out to me. From their expensive-looking, sparkly dresses, I knew that they were fairly high-ranked nobles. ¡°There¡¯s something we need to say to you.¡± Is what they said, and I was forcibly brought over to the forest. When we got to the forest, the girls started showering me with verbal abuse, calling me moner peasant¡± and the like. This has happened to me several times since I¡¯ve entered school, I just remained silent and waited for the girls¡¯ anger to subside a bit. Then¡­¡­ ¡°What¡¯s this?¡± One of the girls showed interest in the basket I was carrying. ¡°¡­¡­Th, that¡¯s¡­¡­ Sweets that I made for everyone in the student council¡­¡­¡± At the unexpected question, I answered it honestly by reflex¡­¡­ And then, I regretted my carelessness immediately. At my answer, the expressions on the girls visibly changed. I felt an anger from the girls whose faces were turning in red in anger that could not bepared with earlier. I¡¯ve done it now¡­¡­ My careless remarks have made them really angry. Then - One of the girls knocked the basket out of my hand, and it fell onto the ground with a loud ¡°thump!¡± From the basket, the sweets started rolling out onto the ground. ¡°Just because you have the power of light magic, you¡¯re being fawned over by everyone, doesn¡¯t that feel just great! Amoner bringing something as poor as this for the student council to eat, have some shame and know your ce!¡± The girl that was shouting at me right now raised her foot and was about to stomp on the sweets. I¡¯ve never enraged anyone like this before, and so in front of their fierce anger, I could only nkly watch what was going on before me¡­¡­ At that time - ¡°Stop!¡± Suddenly, a dignified voice echoed. With beautiful flowing tawny hair, clear light blue eyes, that voice and dignified pose - Why would she be in a ce like this, after sses are over she should always be in the student council room¡­¡­ And so, almost as if to protect me, that person was standing in front of me. ¡°¡­¡­K, Katarina es-sama¡­¡­¡± The girl that was about to stomp on the sweets mumbled with a nk look on her face. I was very surprised, but the girls surrounding me seemed to be even more surprised. They were all staring while frozen stiff. ¡°What exactly do you all think you¡¯re doing!?¡± And so, when Katarina-sama raised a stern voice at them, they immediately turned pale. Well, that¡¯s to be expected. Katarina-sama, the daughter of Duke es, is not only the fiancee of the third prince of this country, Prince Jared, she¡¯s also a person that¡¯s very, very treasured by the members of the student council, and she also has many secret admirers due to her cheerful personality. Due to that, if you displease Katarina-sama, it¡¯s not just the school, it¡¯s not unthinkable that there might not even be a ce left for you in the entire country. And so, almost as if it was a lie, the girls who had such a menacing atmosphere just earlier became obedient and - ¡°We¡¯re very sorry!!¡± They all lowered their heads to Katarina-sama and¡­¡­ Almost as if it was apetition to get first ce, they ran away with some amazing momentum. Since the events happened too suddenly for me, I stood there nkly while stunned for a while, but¡­¡­ Come to think of it, I just remembered that I was on my way to the student council room. I had promised to bring my sweets to the student council¡­¡­ Then, I just realized that I no longer had any more sweets to bring. All the sweets that I had made were lying on the ground. Ahh, there¡¯s no way I can bring these to the student council now¡­¡­ I remembered that day again. Nobody ate the sweets I made, all my handmade sweets were left on their desks in such a lonely fashion¡­¡­ It was useless no matter how hard I worked or how well I made them¡­¡­ Nobody will eat them¡­¡­ While I was standing still, Katarina-sama was picking up the fallen sweets and putting them into the basket for me. And then, I panicked when I realized what was happening. Katarina-sama wasn¡¯t doing anything like picking them up to put them back in the basket for me¡­¡­ And, when I tried to speak up¡­¡­ Katarina-sama was snapping up the sweets she picked up off the ground into her mouth. Then - ¡°¡­¡­Delicious.¡± As she said so, she was smiling. Sweets that had been on the ground¡­¡­ I was thinking that, just like that day, I would have to take care of them by myself, but - Katarina-sama was smiling while saying it tasted delicious. ¡­¡­It was too much of a shock for me, so I opened my eyes wide and just stared at Katarina-sama. And so, after finishing all the sweets, Katarina-sama raised her face. Her clear light blue eyes met mine. Then - ¡°Uh, uhh, I got really carried away and ate all of them¡­¡­ I¡¯m really sorry!¡± She suddenly lowered her head towards me. For some reason, she was apologizing about ¡°eating¡± all of them. ¡°Ah, it¡¯s okay. I don¡¯t mind that, but¡­¡­ Uh, but it¡¯s something that¡¯s fallen on the ground¡­¡­¡± To the confused me, Katarina-sama responded with a strangely proud face. ¡°Since they fell on the grass, it¡¯s no problem at all since they barely got any dirt on them.¡± She said so with such conviction, that I couldn¡¯t find anything to say back and just returned a troubled smile to her. ¡°¡­¡­Is, is that so.¡± And so, even though I¡¯ve never dreamed it could happen, Katarina-sama praised my sweets. It¡¯s the first time that I¡¯ve ever been praised like this, I was really happy and embarrassed, and my face became hot. And then, from the direction of the school campus, Prince Jared, a member of the student council, arrived. Since I still hadn¡¯te to the student council meeting, he came looking for me. Katarina-sama was holding my basket while squatting on the ground, and I was standing still with red cheeks, and to Prince Jared who was looking at us dubiously I told him ¡°by coincidence, I met Katarina-sama here, and we had a little chat¡± as an exnation. I don¡¯t want unnecessary worrying about me if he found out that I was being bullied. And, paying attention to my feelings, Katarina-sama also agreed with my story. Even while returning with Prince Jared to the student council room, the heat from my face still wouldn¡¯t subside - ¡°That¡¯s, you better be careful since there¡¯s a dreadful harem.¡± Prince Jared smiled profoundly as he said so¡­¡­ I don¡¯t really understand what he¡¯s talking about. From then on, I would bring handmade sweets to the student council on almost a daily basis, and Katarina-sama was always overjoyed every time. Since Katarina-sama had protected me, the bullying had let down quite a bit as well, then it happened when I hadpletely let my guard down. It happened during lunch break on a certain day. Since a lot of nobles use it every day, the school cafeteria is a veryrge and grand structure. And so, many of the school¡¯s students, all nobles, would eat their lunch here. The school dorms were separated by social status, so the ss separation carried over to the school cafeteria. While I¡¯m amoner, I¡¯m still allowed to use the cafeteria normally, but¡­¡­ Since there¡¯s only one school cafeteria, many high-ranking nobles with great power used it as well. Because of that, I would be embarrassed to use it as amoner, so I couldn¡¯t use it at all, and I would always make my own lunchbox in the dorm, and eat by myself somewhere in the garden. And so, on the day, just like usual, on a small bench on the outskirts of the school garden, I was about to open up my lunchbox. At that moment. Before I realized it, I got surrounded by some girls I¡¯d never met before. ¡°Even though you¡¯re just a no-goodmoner, just because you have some light magic, and you got chosen to be on the student council, aren¡¯t you getting too carried away!?¡± ¡°Just because you have light magic you get all this special treatment, and it¡¯s really sad that the student council has no way but to put up with you!¡± ¡°That¡¯s right! It¡¯s probably that you got favorable treatment during the test anyways just because your magic is special! As they surrounded me, they rained an unending torrent of verbal abuse on me. I kept silent like usual, and just waited for their anger to subside. Their words¡­¡­ Sinceing here¡­¡­ No, it¡¯s what I¡¯ve heard all my life¡­¡­ ¡°Because you have light magic.¡± Ever since that day I activated my magic powers, those words had always, always been with me. No matter how hard I myself worked¡­¡­ People would always say that everything is because ¡°I have light magic¡­¡­¡± If it¡¯s possible to wish for, if it¡¯s possible for me to have a romance with someone, even I want to be held happily by someone too¡­¡­ Even though I don¡¯t need such a thing¡­¡­ I just¡­¡­ While I was being shouted at by everyone and thinking of those things, that¡¯s when it happened. Slowly, one of the girls was raising her hands. There was a red me flickering on her hands. Up to now, I¡¯ve been pped on the face countlessly, and even been bullied by people stepping on me¡­¡­ This is the first time that someone¡¯s used magic like this on me¡­¡­ As if the bright red me wasn¡¯t real, I just stared at it nkly like I was in another world altogether. And so, when that girl with the me began approaching me, that¡¯s when it happened. I think I heard that dignified voice once again, and the girl who was approaching me with the me tripped and fell on her butt right before me. And so, before I realized it, that dignified back was once again standing before me. ¡°Exactly what are you all doing!! In the first ce, saying that there was favoritism during the test just because she has light magic, don¡¯t use people without evidence! This school is a meritocracy with no ce for favoritism! And what¡¯s more, I know just how hard Maria-chan is working! Her test scores are the result of hard work!¡± Katarina-sama said so as she stood in front of me just like before as if to protect me. That¡¯s right, just as Katarina-sama is saying now, I¡¯ve always, always been working hard. I¡¯ve never done something like cheat on a test¡­¡­ I just desperately worked as hard as I could¡­¡­ But, nobody¡¯s ever noticed this before¡­¡­ I thought nobody ever would¡­¡­ Even so¡­¡­ This person, Katarina-sama noticed it¡­¡­ I stared at Katarina-sama¡¯s dignified back with my eyes opened wide. And so, while I was still in a daze, Katarina-sama continued. ¡°What¡¯s more, everyone in the student council, as well as me, we¡¯re not together with Maria-chan just because she has light magic! Because she¡¯s a hard worker, because she tries her best at everything, because we like her, that¡¯s why we¡¯re together!¡± At those words, the corners of my eyes became hot, and tears started dripping down my cheeks¡­¡­ Ever since that day when I used light magic, everyone started calling me special, and I was treated differently from everyone else. No matter how hard I worked, the result was always the same, it¡¯s an obvious result because of your special power, or you must have cheated, is what people always said¡­¡­ Everyone saw me as ¡°the special girl with light magic¡­¡­¡± Nobody saw me as a person called Maria Campbell¡­¡­ Yet¡­¡­ Katarina-sama - she noticed how hard I was working¡­¡­ Not because I¡¯m a girl with light magic, she¡¯s saying that she likes Maria Campbell¡­¡­ She¡¯s saying that she wants to be with me¡­¡­ It was almost as if a dam had broken inside me, and all the tears that had been pooling up flowed out from me. Katarina-sama approached me as I kept crying uncontrobly, and rubbed my back gently. The warmth of her gentle handpletely swept away any remaining doubts I had. ¡°¡­¡­Uh, es-sama¡­¡­ My name¡­¡­¡± Katarina-sama had always called me ¡°Campbell-san.¡± But, just earlier, she had kept calling me by my first name, ¡°Maria-chan.¡± ¡°Uh, uhh, I¡¯m sorry. I called you something that you¡¯re not used to so suddenly¡­¡­¡± At the way Katarina-sama seemed to be panicking, I shook my head vigorously. ¡°No, I don¡¯t mind at all. In fact, you don¡¯t need to add ¡®-chan¡¯ either. Please just call me Maria.¡± As I requested, the gentle Katarina-sama called me so with a smile. ¡°Thank you, Maria.¡± At hearing my name being called in such a dignified voice, I summoned my courage. ¡°Uh, well¡­¡­ If, if it¡¯s alright with you¡­¡­ Uh, would it be alright if I called you ¡®Katarina-sama¡¯ just like everyone else in the student council does?¡± When I gave it everything I had and confessed my wish to her, Katarina-sama had a nk look for a moment, and then - ¡°Of course, it¡¯s fine to call me whatever you want. After all, we¡¯re already friends, aren¡¯t we?¡± and was smiling gently as she said so. She¡¯s saying that she¡¯ll be friends with me, amoner, even though our social statuses are so far apart¡­¡­ My tears that had just begun settling down started to flood out again. Anyone is fine¡­¡­ Anyone is fine, so, someone¡­¡­ Look at me¡­¡­ Only look at Maria Campbell¡­¡­ That¡¯s always been my wish¡­¡­ I worked even harder¡­¡­ I entered magic school¡­¡­ My long-held dream was shattered into pieces¡­¡­ I thought that my wish might note true anymore¡­¡­ While Katarina-sama¡¯s warm hand patted my back, my tears kept flowing. I was so happy at having my long-awaited dreame true - After a while, when my tears calmed down again, Keith-sama came to pick up Katarina-sama, and the three of us headed to the cafeteria together. I held out my hand to Katarina-sama, and seeing how my face turned red involuntarily, Keith-sama said ¡°unbelievable, it happened again, exactly how many people are going to enter this harem¡­¡­¡± and was talking to himself under his breath in stupefaction. I wonder what on earth he¡¯s talking about. From then on, even outside of the student council, I got a lot closer to Katarina-sama and her friends. Today as well, we received our homework together, and were heading for the student council room. And so, Katarina-sama was very pleased at the sweets I had made for the student council. I was so happy as well that involuntarily, I diverted my eyes a little in embarrassment. However, when I looked around me, all the other members of the student council were also looking at Katarina-sama with loving eyes, and wereughing happily as well. Of course this included Prince Jared, and even Nico who usually didn¡¯t change his expression at all. And so, I checked out all the members of the student council¡­¡­ Huh? ¡­¡­ Somehow, I had an ominous feeling, and looked at that person again. Then, that person smiled softly just like usual. ¡­¡­Was it just my imagination¡­¡­ For a moment, I felt like that person had a very cold look when I looked at them¡­¡­ But, when I looked at that person again, they had a very gentle expression like usual once again. So, I decided that I must have made a mistake. I mean, that person is always so kind, for that person to have such a cold expression¡­¡­ To be ring at Katarina-sama¡­¡­ It¡¯s impossible¡­¡­ ¡°Maria, these sweets are so delicious!¡± While I was wondering why I had been thinking such strange things, Katarina-sama began talking to me with a big smile on her face. Once again, I became so happy that all those thoughts disappeared from my mind. In order to see this smile again tomorrow, I¡¯m going to improve my skills and make even better sweets! Ten years after I got the power of light magic, after working hard - I was finally able to realize my dream of spending my days happily. Side story 3 — Noble wives’ tea party

Side story 3 - Noble wives¡¯ tea party

For me, Miri Diana es, the biggest headache in my life, my daughter Katarina, went to magic school this spring and my home finally became very peaceful. The vertical lines being engraved on my forehead between my eyebrows were also beginning to disappear. When I sent my problem child off to school, I didn¡¯t give her any warnings in particr, well, even that daughter of mine would probably mature a little at school, is what I thought. And so, when that daughter of mine returned for summer break, just like always, she put on work clothes, started working in the field, desperately practiced tossing a mysterious toy, and kept doing things I don¡¯t understand¡­¡­ Well, since it seems like she hasn¡¯t gotten into any trouble at school, I¡¯ll just turn a blind eye to her strange actions at home. However, that¡¯s what I thought, but¡­¡­ I was really too naive¡­¡­ From the bottom of my heart, I was reminded¡­¡­ Noble wives would gather once a month on a fixed date for a meeting. Today was the scheduled day for our monthly tea party. Since many high-ranked noble women gather here, a lot of them have children in magic school, and just now all the children have returned for summer break. Therefore, it was natural that the topic of conversation would be about the children and magic school. I listened to the otherdies telling stories about school that they had heard from their children, and shared some that I had heard from mine as well. And so, among the stories¡­¡­ I heard this rumor. ¡°I heard this from my daughter, for some reason, it seems that there¡¯s a rumor that someone¡¯s making a field at magic school!¡± ¡°Er, something like a field¡­¡­ You mean, a field like a farmer¡¯s?¡± ¡°That¡¯s how it seems. What¡¯s more, it¡¯s said that it¡¯s one of the school¡¯s students that¡¯s making it.¡± ¡°Wow¡­¡± Next to the other women that all had looks of surprise - I desperately hid how shaken I was inside, and pretended to be just as surprised as they were. ¡°But, the students there are mostly high-ranking nobles, I don¡¯t think such a person would be there¡­¡­¡± ¡°It¡¯s as you say. I¡¯m sure that someone spread such a story as a joke or something.¡± ¡°That must be it.¡± ¡°But anyways, it¡¯s really such a funny story.¡± In ordance with the otherdies that wereughing, I smiled as well and said ¡°that¡¯s right.¡± But in reality, cold sweat was running down my back¡­¡­ There¡¯s only noble children attending school there, there shouldn¡¯t be anyone there that would make a field¡­¡­ The person in question that¡¯s the butt of everyone¡¯s joke has to be¡­¡­ However¡­¡­ Right now, there¡¯s a field that¡¯s invading the es family garden bit by bit¡­¡­ And my daughter that works in the field so happily with a hoe¡­¡­ Thinking something like she¡¯d mature a little if she went to school¡­¡­ I was too naive, and made a huge mistake¡­¡­ You¡¯d better prepare yourself for when I return home¡­¡­ I clenched my fist as hard as I could under the table. Side story 4 — Entering magic school

Side story 4 - Entering magic school

Born as the daughter of a countryside baron in a border town, this spring, I entered magic school. Magic school is where people with magic power are gathered once they reach fifteen years of age. I was no exception as I activated my magic powers when I was six, and so I also entered magic school. However, this school has many high-ranking nobles, as the daughter of a countryside baron, the threshold¡¯s a bit too high for me. If only, my magic was a little stronger, or if I was better at studying, or if I was a special beauty¡­¡­ If I was a bit more like that person with light magic, Maria Campbell-san¡­¡­ I¡¯d be able to have a little more self-confidence¡­¡­ I have hardly any magic, I can barely keep up in my studies, and people would say that my face is charming, but not that I¡¯m a beauty¡­¡­ Frankly speaking, I¡¯m not suited for this school. My parents were very happy sending me off to school because it¡¯s the first time that someone¡¯s been born with magic in our countryside baron family, but¡­¡­ After enrolling in school here, as the daughter of a poor countryside baron, I was looked down upon by the higher-ranking nobles, and sometimes they would have me run errands as if I was a servant. A few months after enrolling in school here, I already wanted to go back home as soon as I could. However, even to me, a turning point arrived. It happened when I was secretly reading romance novels that I had brought from home in a corner of the ssroom. Higher-ranked nobles would say that these romance novels are formoners, but, I really loved them, and had always loved them back when I was in the countryside as well, so I secretly brought a bunch of them to school. ¡°Hey, is that, could that be a romance story?¡± When I raised my head at hearing a voice, someone with a really high social status that the daughter of a countryside baron shouldn¡¯t be able to speak with was standing there. Katarina es-sama, the daughter of a duke and the fiancee of the third prince, my ssmate with the absolute highest social status of them all. Because of that, even though we¡¯re ssmates, I can¡¯t approach her so easily, and we¡¯ve never even talked once since school started. For such a person to approach me so suddenly, I was so nervous and confused that Ipletely froze up, and Katarina-sama just smiled gently. ¡°Actually, I also read romance novels. If it¡¯s alright, would you like to chat about them some with me?¡± I was invited just like that, and before I realized it, I was having tea with Katarina-sama, chatting with her about the story. Katarina-sama was extremely easy to get along with, she didn¡¯t look down on me like all the other high-ranked nobles, nor did she treat me like a servant for running errands. Katarina-sama is really such an amazing, wonderful person. As the daughter of a duke, she¡¯s also so dignified. Yet, she wasn¡¯t proud like all the others about her social status, that wouldn¡¯t even see those below themselves. Someone with a lower social status like me, she was nice to me even though I didn¡¯t have any redeeming traits at all. Before I realized it, my heart hadpletely been stolen away by Katarina-sama. Sometimes she would y with a puppy in the schoolyard forest, sometimes she would stop and admire the garden flowers. Katarina-sama¡¯s appearance was exactly like that of a saint out of a romance novel. And so, just earlier¡­¡­ While I was busy admiring Katarina-sama¡¯s appearance, I tripped and fell, and because my dress got all dirty, Katarina-sama gave me a handkerchief to clean my dress with. I refused and said ¡°but I¡¯ll get it dirty,¡± but she just replied ¡°it¡¯s fine, if it¡¯s okay with you, please use it¡± and smiled. I clenched the handkerchief to my chest and thought ¡°this will be my treasure.¡± Even though I had really wanted to go back home as soon as I possibly could¡­¡­ Now I want to stay at school longer even if it¡¯s just for a little bit. I want to spend time by Katarina-sama just a little longer - ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°Eh, nee-san? Where¡¯s that work cloth you always wear around your head?¡± ¡°Ahh, that work cloth? Just now, I gave it to a friend from ss.¡± ¡°EH!? It can¡¯t be, nee-san gave something like that away!?¡± ¡°It¡¯s not what you¡¯re thinking, it¡¯s because she tripped and fell and got her dress dirty, so I gave it to her to clean herself with.¡± ¡°¡­¡­So that was it¡­¡­ Thank goodness¡­¡­ Wait a minute, so you didn¡¯t have a handkerchief?¡± ¡°Since I wiped my hands on it after finishing my field work, it¡¯s still dirty.¡± ¡°¡­¡­So that was it¡­¡­ Hmm? The hem of nee-san¡¯s jacket, isn¡¯t it getting a little frayed?¡± ¡°Ahh, this is from that one time, when I was attacked by my natural enemy, a dog, in the school forest. Well, since the enemy that time was small, I was able to defeat it without any problems!¡± ¡°¡­¡­So that was it¡­¡­ Well, I¡¯m d then. But, nee-san¡­¡­ It¡¯s good to be energetic, but, you should settle down a little bit more at school. Recently, you¡¯ve been picking things to eat from the garden and the trees. This isn¡¯t our home anymore, so you really need to stop being so irresponsible and picking up everything you see to eat.¡± ¡°¡­¡­It¡¯s not picking up to eat¡­¡­ I¡¯m harvesting¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­No, they¡¯re the same¡­¡­ Stop it already, it¡¯s already so hard to hide things from mother about you¡­¡­ I¡¯m begging you, settle down a little already.¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­I understand.¡± And so, I reluctantly nodded as my stepbrother just looked at me and sighed deeply. Side story 5 — Noble wives’ tea party, again

Side story 5 - Noble wives¡¯ tea party, again

¡°Really, es-sama¡¯s daughter is so wonderful. The other students call her saint-sama, and it seems that she has many admirers.¡± Once a month, we would have a noble wives¡¯ tea party. When I heard another parent telling me this, at first I thought I had misheard something. But when I asked to make sure, I got the same reply again¡­¡­ I concluded that she must have gotten confused with someone else. The reason being, I only have one daughter. And, that daughter of mine is a problem child that always leaves me wondering how on earth I raised her to be like this. Even though she¡¯s from a noble family, a duke¡¯s daughter on top of that, she climbs trees while still wearing a dress, wears work clothes and plows a field, and picks up food to eat from the garden, she¡¯s really such a no-good helpless daughter. If it was said that there was a problem such as a monkey at the school, without a doubt, my daughter would be the first thing thates to mind¡­¡­ There¡¯s no way that a girl being called a saint could be my daughter. However¡­¡­ ¡°Uhh, could it be that you¡¯ve mistaken someone else for my daughter?¡± ¡°No, not at all. There¡¯s no mistake that it¡¯s Katarina es-sama. In truth, my daughter is also a member of the Katarina-sama fan club.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Er, there¡¯s something like a fan club?¡± ¡°Yes, it¡¯s not an official club or anything, but it¡¯s still pretty popr, it seems that there¡¯s quite a lot of people in it.¡± I was too surprised that involuntarily, my mouth just hung open wide agape and I had a nk look as I stood there frozen still. Unbelievable, there¡¯s no way! Why is there a fan club for that no-good daughter of mine! What¡¯s so lovely about that monkey daughter of mine!? Maybe, they¡¯ve gotten her confused with Keith¡­¡­ While it¡¯s rather regrettable about my actual daughter, I really like my stepson Keith, he¡¯s grown up to be such a wonderful and talented son of mine. So I thought they mixed her up with Keith, and got confirmation over and over again, but¡­¡­ It seems that without a doubt, it¡¯s about my daughter, Katarina. Anyways, the stories I heard from the otherdies about my daughter Katarina, were all stories about a different Katarina than the one I knew. She likes to admire nts? No, she¡¯s certainly good at climbing trees, but it¡¯s just to pick fruits off the branches and eat them¡­¡­ She¡¯s liked by animals? No, she¡¯s always barked at by dogs, and it seems that she¡¯s even chased by them sometimes¡­¡­ I don¡¯t think that she¡¯s very liked by them at all¡­¡­ I couldn¡¯t believe that these stories were about my daughter at all¡­¡­ ¡­¡­Maybe, the no-good helpless daughter that I know is only one facet to her personality, and she¡¯s really a splendid saint like what I¡¯m hearing from the stories? Luckily, my daughter was about to return from school for a short vacation soon. When she returned, I made up my mind to discover the truth. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°Alright~, one, two!¡± When I returned from the noble wives¡¯ tea party, my daughter had already returned, and was in her work clothes with her face covered in mud, and was chanting something mysterious while working in her field. At seeing how she appeared¡­¡­ Indeed, it seems that what I heard at the tea party must have been a mistake. ¡°She actually might have some splendid and wonderful parts to her if Ie out and talk to her a little,¡± such thoughts immediately disappeared from my mind. ¡°Alright~, one, two!¡± As if to add to my stress, my daughter¡¯s mysterious chanting was ringing throughout the venerable es family garden. At hearing her chanting, I felt like everything was in vain and was so tired, that I returned to the mansion as fast as I could. I don¡¯t need you to be someone as wonderful and splendid as the saint I heard about today, but¡­¡­ At least, I wish you would be a little more respectable. I returned to my room and let out a deep, deep sigh. After that, when my daughter returned to the house, I made sure to warn her to stop that weird chanting of hers¡­¡­ The next day, the chanting sound of ¡°let¡¯s go~!¡± resounded throughout the venerable es family garden. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°Today, that daughter of mine -¡± It¡¯s be a habit of mine toin about our daughter to my husband in the bedroom. ¡°Well, as long as she¡¯s healthy and energetic, isn¡¯t it fine?¡± Just like usual, he replied to me while smiling. My husband Luigi es is quite a looker, has a good personality, and is really capable, he¡¯s really such an amazing person, with only one w. It¡¯s that he spoils our daughter too much. Anyways, he loves her so much, that no matter what problem Katarina causes, he¡¯ll just forgive her with a wry smile. However, he better take a good look at the way our daughter is now, and get a good grasp on the situation, or I¡¯ll be troubled. ¡°Being so healthy and energetic, well isn¡¯t she just your dear little girlie¡­¡­ To begin with, that girl¡¯s already set in her ways, it¡¯s already gone beyond what I can handle¡­¡­ You should really take a good look around you¡­¡­ Really, with the way she is, I wonder who it could possibly be that she even takes after.¡± As I said so, I let out a big sigh, and my husband looked at me like he was about to say something. ¡°What is it?¡± ¡°¡­¡­No, it¡¯s nothing.¡± After that, I just keptining about my daughter to my husband for a while. Really, I wonder who she¡¯s supposed to be like¡­¡­ As I was thinking such things, next to me who was falling asleep, my husband was saying something under his breath that luckily didn¡¯t reach my ears. ¡°I think it¡¯s that Katarina doesn¡¯t only take after you in looks, there¡¯s also many other parts where you¡¯re alike¡­¡­¡± Chapter 27 — Mother and daughter

Chapter 27 - Mother and daughter

It¡¯s now the first summer since I¡¯ve enrolled in magic school. It¡¯s not as long as the summer vacation at school in my previous life, but this magic school has summer vacation as well. And so, during summer vacation, most of the students will be returning home instead of staying in the dorms. As for me, Katarina es is no exception, I¡¯m also returning to our family mansion. And so, at home, I kept practicing my anti-destruction countermeasures. I had the gardener Tom-san help me improve the toy snake so that it would be easier to throw, I read some more books on agriculture, and I¡¯ve be an expert in working on my field. However¡­¡­ ¡°After all, I really want to see the real thing~¡± When I said that, Keith who was next to me looked at me strangely. ¡°¡­¡­What on earth is it this time?¡± ¡°A field! I want to see an actual field!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Field? A real thing, isn¡¯t there one here already?¡± Keith was pointing at the field that was slowly beginning to invade the es family garden, and was looking at me even more dubiously. I protested ¡°no, that¡¯s not it!¡± ¡°I¡¯m not talking about a field like the one I¡¯m making here as a hobby in this garden, I want to see a real, gigantic field that was created by a farmer!¡± ¡°¡­¡­What?¡± ¡°Of course! Just in case, if I have to be a splendid farmer!¡± As I puffed out my chest proudly, Keith was shaking his head while holding it. ¡°¡­¡­Man, I don¡¯t even know how toment on this¡­¡­¡± I kept insisting to Keith who seemed helpless for some reason that I wanted to see ¡°a real farmer¡¯s field,¡± and was able to get his permission. And so, a few days after I got his permission, with Keith apanying me, we went to observe some farmers¡¯ fields while remaining incognito. The reason being, if we didn¡¯t go incognito and a duke¡¯s daughter suddenly wanted to visit some farmers¡¯ fields, the farmers would all be really shocked and mother would get angry - that¡¯s what we took into consideration. And so, in order for people to not find out I¡¯m a duke¡¯s daughter, I dressed myself like a merchant¡¯s daughter would, and headed out to get a look at the farmers¡¯ fields that I had wanted to see for so long. ¡°As expected, a real farmer¡¯s field is the best~~ the size and magnitude are on apletely different level~~¡± After finishing my tour, I was in a really good mood, and I was enjoying the scenery outside the horse-drawn carriage that we had borrowed from a merchant despite the bumpy ride. At first, all there was to see was only a huge field, but gradually, I was able to see some buildings in the distance. ¡°W, what¡¯s that?¡± ¡°Ahh, that¡¯s the town.¡± Keith who was also looking outside the window told me the answer. ¡°So there¡¯s a town in a ce like this, eh.¡± Since I had been too excited about getting the chance to see a field in person, I hadn¡¯t been paying attention. ¡°That¡¯s right. If I recall correctly, it¡¯s the town where Maria Campbell-san grew up in.¡± ¡°!?¡± It can¡¯t be, this just happened to be the town where Maria grew up¡­¡­ Indeed, although I had heard that it was a small border town, I never expected it to be this one right here. Is that so~ So this is the town Maria grew up in~ Hmm,e to think of it¡­¡­ ¡°Could it be that, Maria¡¯s also here right now? I think that she said she¡¯ll be returning home for summer vacation as well?¡± ¡°Come to think of it, I think she did say that¡­¡­ You couldn¡¯t be!?¡± ¡°I¡¯m going to go look for her!¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­As I thought¡­¡­¡± And so, I managed to forcibly persuade Keith somehow into going to town by saying ¡°it¡¯ll be just for a little bit¡± even though he kept insisting ¡°it¡¯s bad if you do this because it¡¯ll be a bother.¡± Just like I heard from Maria, this border town was quite far from the capital and not a veryrge town at all. Because of that¡­¡­ It¡¯s good that I was spirited¡­¡­ But I need to think about how to find Maria¡¯s house¡­¡­ When we asked the people in town we were able to find out immediately. Just like the town I lived in during my previous life, I got the feeling that it was a town where everyone knew everyone. And so, Keith and I arrived at Maria¡¯s house unannounced. ¡°Yes? Who might you guys be?¡± The person that appeared at the front door was a beautifuldy. She looked quite simr to Maria, and was probably rted to her in some way. ¡°Um, my name is Katarina es, and I¡¯m Maria-san¡¯s friend. Would Maria-san happen to be here?¡± I greeted her as energetically as I could, and she seemed very shocked for some reason. ¡°¡­¡­She happens to be out for a bit right now¡­¡­ I think she should be back soon, but¡­¡­ If it¡¯s alright with you, would you like to wait here for a bit?¡± And so, thedy invited Keith and I into the house. The Campbell family lives in a very ordinary house, but, it was a very clean and well-kept home. Thedy introduced herself as ¡°Maria¡¯s mother.¡± Just as I expected, she was rted to Maria. But really, she¡¯s such a fragile beauty that even my own mother can¡¯tpare. I¡¯m sure that no matter what, Maria¡¯s mother would never be able to have an ugly daughter. And then, Maria¡¯s mother brought some sweets and some tea to what was probably their family dining table. ¡°Are these something that Maria-san made?¡± When I saw the sweets and asked that question, her mother had a very surprised look on her face again. ¡°¡­¡­No, it¡¯s something I bought in town. ¡­¡­Uh, is that child still making sweets?¡± ¡°Yep. Maria-san¡¯s really good at making sweets, I¡¯m always asking her to make them for me!¡± ¡°¡­¡­You¡¯ve had sweets made by that girl before?¡± ¡°Yep. They were really delicious!¡± When I said so, Maria¡¯s mother lowered her face, and mumbled in a very weak voice ¡°I see.¡± And so, a bitter, the door opened, and Maria came home with a shopping bag. When she saw us sitting there at the dining table, at first, she was really surprised, but¡­¡­ ¡°I thought that I wouldn¡¯t be able to see Katarina-sama during summer vacation, but I¡¯m so d that I got to see you now!¡± She was really overjoyed. And so, we lost ourselvespletely chatting without caring about the time, and before we realized it the sun was already setting, and we left Maria¡¯s home in a hurry. Since we were incognito today, we weren¡¯t using a horse-drawn carriage from the es family, but a merchant¡¯s instead, as expected they were hesitant to wait for us in front of amoner¡¯s house, they were waiting for us instead in an open area a bit away from the house. ¡°I¡¯ll send you and the horse carriage off¡± is what Maria said, and I replied ¡°up to here is fine, really.¡± It¡¯s already time to be preparing for dinner, we¡¯re alright but Maria really should be beginning her dinner preparations. ¡°Katarina-sama, Keith-sama, troubling yourselves toe all the way out here today to a ce like this, thank you very much.¡± ¡°Mmm. Us too, suddenly visiting without notification, I¡¯m sorry.¡± ¡°I¡¯m really sorry about my nee-san that never thinks about anything. The next time we visit, we¡¯ll definitely properly contact you beforehand.¡± After that exchange, Keith pressured me saying e on, let¡¯s go home,¡± then Maria¡¯s mother who had remained silent all this time suddenly rushed up to us. Then - ¡°¡­¡­Uh, please, I leave my daughter in your care from now on as well.¡± Maria¡¯s mother lowered her head deeply as she said so. The beautiful mother that seemed so much like Maria was lowering her head with a really serious expression. ¡°Of course, I¡¯ll be in her care as well from now on.¡± I also lowered my head as I said so. Then, this time, we finally got on the horse-drawn carriage and left in a hurry. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï In a small border town, far away from the capital, I grew up as the most beautiful woman in town, loved by everyone. As the years passed, I ended up marrying an energetic and reliable man the same age as me, a guy who was very popr with thedies by the name of Campbell. Everyone around us blessed our marriage, and a couple of yearster I gave birth to a lovely daughter that looked a lot like me. I named my lovely daughter Maria. I had a wonderful husband and a lovely daughter, I was spending my days filled with happiness. However, my blissful daily life, came to a sudden end¡­¡­ My daughter Maria activated her magic powers¡­¡­ ¡°Magic¡± isn¡¯t technically a rare thing in this country. However, those with magic power were almost all nobles. Since there were almost nomoners with magic power, whenever amoner child was born with magic power, it would be whispered that it must have been the result of an affair with a noble. Of course, such a thing never happened. I¡¯ve never betrayed my husband, there¡¯s no mistake that Maria is my husband¡¯s daughter¡­¡­ But even so, rumors that I was an adulteress began to spread in our small town. At first, my husband was saying ¡°it¡¯s alright. I trust you,¡± but, as the rumors kept getting bigger and spreading further¡­¡­ Before I realized it, he would hardly evere home. Everyone in town that had always been so nice to me before, was all keeping their distance from me. At some point in time, I had be afraid of looking straight at others, and would always walk with my head down. Even though I had been so fortunate¡­¡­ Why, how did ite to this¡­¡­ If that child¡­¡­ If only she didn¡¯t have magic¡­¡­ If I never had her¡­¡­ Before I realized it, I was shocked at how I was developing a grudge against my own young daughter. My daughter hasn¡¯t done anything wrong¡­¡­ Even though I know that¡­¡­ But even so, I had to control myself¡­¡­ I desperately avoided my daughter¡¯s eyes as much as I could. And so, even though my daughter did nothing whatsoever, she found herself in these circumstances, and stillpleted the housework perfectly, and got excellent grades at school. Everyone was praising her as special, but behind her back they were calling her an illegitimate child of some noble, or saying that she must have cheated with magic somehow. Several times as well, people said that they would like to adopt my daughter. If only I nodded in agreement¡­¡­ I¡¯ve thought so many times if everything would be much better¡­¡­ But in the end, I wasn¡¯t able to agree to it. The no-good mother who always averted her eyes from her daughter who was desperately trying to smile with all her might¡­¡­ Even though I know I¡¯m a foolish mother¡­¡­ Even so, I¡¯m unable to let go of my daughter. I¡¯ve actually already realized it. Just how hard-working my daughter that¡¯s being praised as a genius is¡­¡­ How desperately she¡¯s always trying¡­¡­ At seeing the way she was¡­¡­ My resentment was fading¡­¡­ But¡­¡­ I continued to avoid her gaze, I was scared of looking straight at my daughter. If, my daughter doesn¡¯t forgive this mother of hers¡­¡­ I might look into her eyes and see only hatred and disdain¡­¡­ And so, in the end, without being able to look my daughter in the eye¡­¡­ My daughter turned fifteen, and went off to magic school. Without my daughter there anymore, the house has be very lonely and quiet. My daughter finally returned to the house again during summer vacation. She had a much brighter expression than when she had left for school. What exactly could have happened to my daughter in these months¡­¡­ A few dayster, I found out the cause. ¡°Yes? Who might you guys be?¡± One day during the afternoon, a boy and girl about the same age as my daughter were standing there knocking on my door. Although their clothing was something that merchants¡¯ children would often wear, they appeared very dignified. ¡°Um, my name is Katarina es, and I¡¯m Maria-san¡¯s friend. Would Maria-san happen to be here?¡± The girl with tawny hair was the one who spoke up, and the boy next to her also lowered his head in greeting. ¡­¡­Maria¡¯s friends¡­¡­ I was very shocked to hear those words. That¡¯s because, ever since she¡¯s had magic power, Maria would be ostracized by all the other children¡­¡­ She didn¡¯t have any friends. ¡°¡­¡­She happens to be out for a bit right now¡­¡­ I think she should be back soon, but¡­¡­ If it¡¯s alright with you, would you like to wait here for a bit?¡± Honestly, they probably have rather high social statuses, and I was wondering if it was alright for them to be here at a house like this, but¡­¡­ Even so, I definitely wanted to be as hospitable as possible to these people who were calling themselves Maria¡¯s friends. There¡¯s no way around it because our small house doesn¡¯t have a guest room, so I invited them to our dining table, and they sat down without making any sign of a displeased face at all. And so, I brought out the best tea in the house, and the best sweets I had bought in town. Then - ¡°Are these something that Maria-san made?¡± The girl suddenly asked me this question. ¡°¡­¡­No, it¡¯s something I bought in town. ¡­¡­Uh, is that child still making sweets?¡± ¡°Yep. Maria-san¡¯s really good at making sweets, I¡¯m always asking her to make them for me!¡± ¡°¡­¡­You¡¯ve had sweets made by that girl before?¡± ¡°Yep. They were really delicious!¡± The girl was smiling as she said so. Several years ago, my daughter had desperately practiced making sweets in order to bring them to school, on the day that she did so, she returned with her eyespletely red, and after that, she¡¯s never made sweets even once¡­¡­ That daughter of mine that always forces herself to smile before me, holding back her tears inside¡­¡­ This no-good mother doesn¡¯t have anything that she can give you¡­¡­ Finally, you¡¯ve made some friends that will eat the sweets that you¡¯ve tried your hardest on¡­¡­ A bitter, when Maria returned and saw the visitors, she smiled so happily. It was a blissful smile almost as if she hadn¡¯t seen them in many years. In just a few short months, my daughter¡¯s gotten friends and is now able tough so happily¡­¡­ My daughter¡¯s changed - I don¡¯t have any excuse to always be like this as well¡­¡­ At this rate, with my head always down, without being able to meet eyes with my daughter¡­¡­ Before long, my daughter might be moving out and leaving me¡­¡­ I have to change too - Dusk approached, and the visitors were leaving, when I suddenly picked up my steps and chased after them. Then - ¡°¡­¡­Uh, please, I leave my daughter in your care from now on as well.¡± I lowered my head deeply. Then, the girl smiled and said - ¡°Of course, I¡¯ll be in her care as well from now on.¡± She also lowered her head in response. And then, after watching them disappear from our sights, I looked at my daughter with my eyes wide open. How many years has it been since I looked at her properly - My daughter¡¯s eyes were wet¡­¡­ Also, my vision was a little blurry as well¡­¡­ I didn¡¯t see hatred or disdain in my daughter¡¯s eyes¡­¡­ It was surprise¡­¡­ And happiness that was reflected there¡­¡­ It might not be possible to return to the way we used to be all at once¡­¡­ But even so, as time passes little by little¡­¡­ If I can get back the daily life from before¡­¡­ I walked over to my daughter who was standing still with wet eyes, and hugged her trembling body. My daughter¡¯s tiny body¡­¡­ Before I knew it, has already be the same size as mine. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï Unexpectedly, I was able to meet Maria, what¡¯s more I was also able to meet Maria¡¯s beautiful mother who looked so much like her, I was really happy. And so, the horse-drawn carriage arrived at the es mansion, and I was in such a happy mood that I ran straight into the front entrance. Behind me, Keith was saying ¡°nee-san, if you run into the house wearing those clothes¡­¡­¡± which I couldn¡¯t hear at all, because I was in a running mood and it didn¡¯t reach my ears. And then, when I passed the front door¡­¡­ Standing right there like a guardian deva king, was my mother with a viinous face simr to mine, with tight, upturned eyes. ¡°¡­¡­Uh, uhh, mother¡­¡­¡± ¡°Wee back. Katarina.¡± Mother was smiling as she said so, but her eyes weren¡¯t smiling at all. There was clearly a disturbing atmosphere about her. ¡°You¡¯re wearing some very interesting clothes there.¡± ¡°Uh, uhh, these are¡­¡­¡± I started panicking because I had run inside while still wearing merchant clothes, but¡­¡­ ¡°Well, I¡¯ll listen very carefully in detail about your interesting clothester¡­¡­ Katarina. Today, when I went to the noble wives¡¯ tea party, I heard a very funny rumor, perhaps you¡¯ve heard of it?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Funny rumor?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. A very funny rumor. It¡¯s a story about someone creating a field on the venerable grounds of the magic school.¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡­¡± ¡°What¡¯s more, it seems that the person making the field is a student, but would anyone really be making a field at a school where all of the students are nobles only?¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡­¡± ¡°Hey, don¡¯t you think it¡¯s a really funny story? And, when I heard this story, for some reason, even though I couldn¡¯t believe it, only one person came to mind - Katarina, how about we talk a little bit more about this in my room.¡± And so, I was dragged into my mother¡¯s room, and couldn¡¯t escape her harsh lecturing for three whole hours, I was banned from sweets, and also banned from working in the field as a really severe punishment. Well, after this I¡¯ll just get Keith to help me, somehow or other I¡¯m going to sessfullyplete that flower garden I¡¯m making at school¡­¡­ And so, my summer vacation ended. Chapter 28 — I fell into a pinch

Chapter 28 - I fell into a pinch

¡°How¡¯s ¡®Fortune Lover¡¯ going? Did you beat it?¡± During a break, my otaku friend A-chan asked me that with a smirk on her face. ¡°I was able to capture the self-important prince, but I still haven¡¯t captured the evil sadistic prince¡­¡­ The viiness rival¡¯s quite amazing at getting in the way¡­¡­¡± As I sighed and said so, A-chan¡¯s smirk became evenrger. ¡°Hehe, I¡¯ve already cleared all of it.¡± ¡°Ehh, you¡¯ve already cleared it all!?¡± ¡°Mmm, not only the four capture targets, I¡¯ve also cleared all the hidden ones too.¡± As she said so, I looked at my otaku friend who was dauntlessly smiling with admiring eyes. ¡°As expected of A-chan~, so fast~. I guess there are hidden capture targets after all.¡± ¡°Yep, after you clear all four capture targets you¡¯ll be able to go on their routes. By the way, do you want to know which characters they are?¡± ¡°Wait a minute, stop~~ spoilers are prohibited~~¡± I said so and covered my ears, as A-chan¡¯s smile was looking rather sinister. ¡°The hidden characters are~¡± ¡°No~ I don¡¯t want to listen~~¡± ¡°Katarina-sama, it¡¯s morning. Please wake up.¡± ¡°Mmm~, nooo, I don¡¯t want to listen~¡± ¡°Katarina-sama, stop being half-asleep, and if you don¡¯t get up soon, you¡¯ll bete for sses.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Mmm.¡± When I finally opened my eyes, I saw my maid Anne standing there next to me. ¡°¡­¡­Anne, morning.¡± ¡°Yes, good morning. Since you¡¯re awake now, please prepare quickly.¡± Anne was already briskly moving about, while my head still wasn¡¯t working quite yet and I just stared nkly¡­¡­ I tried to remember the dream I was having just up until now¡­¡­ ¡°Somehow¡­¡­ I feel like that was a rather important dream¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­Dream?¡± Anne replied to my muttering. ¡°Yeah, the dream I was having just up until now¡­¡­ For some reason, I feel like it was a really important dream, but¡­¡­ After waking up, I¡¯ve forgotten it all~.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Is that so¡­¡­ You did seem to be saying something in your sleep¡­¡­ But it didn¡¯t sound like anything important¡­¡­¡± ¡°Eh? Was that the case?¡± Is that it, was it just my imagination? What kind of dream it was, I can¡¯t remember at all¡­¡­ Since Anne is saying so, that must be it. Thinking that it was an important dream was probably just my imagination. And so I reached a conclusion, and began preparing to go to school. It¡¯s already been more than half a year since I¡¯ve enrolled in school, and it¡¯s just about to turn from fall to winter. I¡¯m already getting along really well with the game¡¯s heroine Maria. Also, I¡¯ve been able to be friends with students outside the student council as well. The field is going well, and I¡¯m getting really good at throwing the toy snake. I¡¯mpletely prepared for all oing destruction gs. However, the only part I¡¯m troubled about is, that I¡¯mpletely clueless about how love between the all-important Maria and the capture targets is progressing. No matter how many times I asked Maria if she has anyone that she really likes, she would always reply with ¡°I look up to and admire Katarina-sama¡± and dodge the issue. What¡¯s more, Maria seems to have no self-awareness at all about how popr she is. ¡°I¡¯m sure that all the boys in the student council are head over heels in love with you after being charmed by you, Maria¡± is what I enlightened her with. ¡°That¡¯s definitely impossible. Everyone already has someone else that they¡¯re head over heels in love with.¡± Maria had a very surprised look on her face as she said that. As for these capture targets, other than the heroine Maria who¡¯s simply so charming, they shouldn¡¯t have anyone else that they¡¯d be head over heels in love with¡­¡­ I think Maria really needs to pull herself together, it seems that her traits as an otome game heroine ¡°denseness¡± and ¡°misinterpretation¡± are activating¡­¡­ Just recently, Maria and Keith also explored this topic together, and Keith had said ¡°the person I¡¯m always thinking about is incredibly dense¡± and he sighed as I identally overheard the conversation, I think that Maria¡¯s denseness must really be quite something. The capture targets probably have quite a lot of hard work ahead of them, eh¡­¡­ And so, even though I didn¡¯t know how everyone¡¯s love was progressing, everything else was going really well, and I was having a calm and peaceful school life. It suddenly ended. The game¡¯s finally started its movements, eh¡­¡­ During lunch break on a day that was quite cold, I was heading to the cafeteria with several of my ssmates. Usually, I would be together with my friends and stepbrother in the student council, but on that day, everyone else said that they had something else to do and would be thereter. Now that I think back on it, something around me seemed to be different that day. While the student council members are quite busy, and would sometimes have to work during lunch break, but¡­¡­ Even so, for all of them to be missing, it¡¯s never happened before. However, at that time I didn¡¯t suspect a thing at all, and my head was filled with thinking about the lunch menu for the day. And so, without having noticed anything was off, I carefreely arrived at the cafeteria - that¡¯s when it happened. ¡°Katarina es. I have something important to say to you.¡± Standing in front of me when I entered the cafeteria was a noble girl of quite high ranking. Before I got engaged to Prince Jared, she had been the strongest candidate¡­¡­ She was always someone who was ring at me or verbally attacking me¡­¡­ Honestly, she never says anything decent at all. However, she also had upturned eyes and thin lips, and had a viinous face simr to me, I had always felt that she was arade in looks, but¡­¡­ The girl¡¯s upturned eyes were turned even further up while she was ring at me, and she was blocking my way. My eyes became round as I had no idea what was going on. However, behind this girl, were ten or so other students, and they were all ring at me just like she was. As expected, it seems like just like her, they¡¯re all people that one-sidedly hate me and want to verbally attack me. However¡­¡­ I feel like I¡¯ve seen this scene somewhere before. ¡°Katarina es, today, we shall publicize a number of your wrongdoings right here!¡± The girl¡¯s voice resounded loudly throughout the cafeteria as she confronted me. There should be more than half the school gathered here at the cafeteria during lunchtime¡­¡­ If you use such a loud voice¡­¡­ The usually noisy cafeteria suddenly became quiet, as everyone seemed to be looking this way. Perhaps she¡¯s noticed this as well, the girl raised her thin lips. During all this, as for me¡­¡­ Honestly, I had no idea what was going on, and just stood there frozen still in confusion. Something such as¡­¡­ my wrongdoings¡­¡­ That I¡¯m practicing throwing my toy snake? No, but I haven¡¯t even thrown that at a person yet¡­¡­ I don¡¯t think it would even be that annoying¡­¡­ Or maybe the fact that I¡¯ve been making a field at the school has been exposed? It¡¯s something like¡­¡­ having made a field at such a venerable school? And then, without caring about the way my head was spinning from trying to think about the cause, the girl continued. ¡°You¡¯re a duke¡¯s daughter, and Prince Jared¡¯s fiancee, you¡¯re abusing your authority, and oppressing those of lower status than you! And, you¡¯ve been jealous that Prince Jared and the student council have been on friendly terms with the holder of light magic, Maria Campbell, and you¡¯re guilty of the crime of repeatedly harassing people!!¡± ¡°¡­¡­!?¡± At this girl¡¯s lines, I remembered¡­¡­ I should have seen this somewhere before. This is the event in the game which I¡¯ve seen several times over where Katarina es is convicted of her crimes¡­¡­ In front of all these students, all her crimes were publicized, and Katarina fell straight to her ruin¡­¡­ And I had always been so vignt, unbelievable, to suddenly get into such a predicament¡­¡­ I just dazedly looked at the girls in front of me. Everyone was staring at me with such grim faces. However¡­¡­ I really don¡¯t understand at all¡­¡­ Indeed, no matter how I look at it, this is the event where Katarina gets condemned for her crimes, but¡­¡­ Originally, when condemning Katarina, the capture targets on the student council should have been here as well. If it was the Jared route, Jared should have been here standing next to Maria and protecting her¡­¡­ If it was the Keith route, Keith should have been here standing next to Maria and protecting her¡­¡­ Right now, none of them are here¡­¡­ I waspletely confused, why this girl was taking the ce of the game¡¯s student council members and using me loudly. ¡°It¡¯s no use to just y dumb! I¡¯ve properly brought along evidence, and there¡¯s witnesses as well!¡± And so, she opened up a bundle of papers, and gave a sign to the girls that were ring at me while waiting near her. On the paper, it listed a number of times that I have absolutely no knowledge of, how I¡¯ve been bullying Maria¡­¡­ After disying written evidence of my wrongdoings, another girl witness testified to how she saw me bullying Maria several times over. And so, various things like these followed one after the other, of course I waspletely lost, and the ssmates with me were as well, and there was an indescribable disquieting atmosphere in the cafeteria. Everyone in the cafeteria was watching what was happening while holding their breaths with interest. At that time¡­¡­ Maria and my childhood friends on the student council appeared in the cafeteria. They came in from the opposite entrance on the other side that I had, and when they saw us, they inevitably saw the way how the girls were standing in opposition to me. ¡°Exactly what is going on here?¡± Cutting through the disquieting atmosphere, looking at the girls who were surrounding me dubiously, it was Jared who spoke up. And in response, as if she was just waiting for this moment, the girl in opposition to me who had originally been Jared¡¯s fiancee candidate repeated what she said earlier about all of my wrongdoings. Standing before me, Maria and my childhood friends on the student council¡¯s faces were turning grim and dark. Ahh, this is exactly how it was in the game¡¯s Katarina crime conviction event¡­¡­ It would be either Jared or Keith that would reveal all of Katarina¡¯s wrongdoings, but¡­¡­ The appearance of Maria behind them as if she were being protected by both of them at the same time, I¡¯ve never seen that in the game before. In the game¡¯s scenario, after a capture target revealed Katarina¡¯s wrongdoings, Maria who had been hiding behind his back woulde forth while harboring a strong will in her eyes. And then - ¡°This is the truth! I¡¯ve always been harassed by Katarina es-sama like this!¡± She would have a dignified attitude as she announced this. The people gathered here in the cafeteria would admire the strength and dignity that came from within her. Right after these girls exposed Katarina¡¯s wrongdoings - it¡¯s exactly like in the game, Maria came out in front. Since I¡¯ve recovered my previous life¡¯s memories, I¡¯m not like the game¡¯s Katarina anymore, and I¡¯ve never done anything bad¡­¡­ Yet¡­¡­ It¡¯s still be just like the game¡­¡­ ¡­¡­At this rate, without a doubt I¡¯m going to be fully on the path to destruction¡­¡­ ¡­¡­I¡¯ll be exiled out of the country by myself¡­¡­ Or killed by one of the capture targets¡­¡­ Will I even be able to use the toy snake that¡¯s in my pocket¡­¡­ Or if I¡¯m exiled, will I be able to take my favorite hoe with me¡­¡­ Maria who had stepped forward was harboring a strong will in her eyes just like in the game. And then, she opened her mouth and said - ¡°This story is absolute nonsense! I¡¯ve never been harassed like this by Katarina es-sama even once!¡± Her dignified voice resounded throughout the cafeteria. Then, Maria changed the direction she was facing, and stood in front of me as if she was protecting me from the girls. ¡°Please don¡¯t insult the most important person to me with such nonsense!¡± She rose her voice harshly in a manner that I¡¯ve never heard before. To Maria¡¯s reaction, at first the girls were shocked and froze up, but they regained theirposure immediately. ¡°What are you saying! Maria Campbell! We¡¯re revealing Katarina es¡¯s wrongdoings all for you!¡± ¡°That¡¯s what I¡¯m saying! It¡¯s all just nonsense! Including your so-called evidence and witnesses! As for you all, you¡¯re all just being deceived by this viiness!¡± At hearing what she said, there was quite amotion among the girls, but¡­¡­ ¡°With only such little circumstantial evidence, proper evidence would beughing at you right now.¡± Jared had the bundle of papers in his hand as he said so. And even though he¡¯s talking about howughable it is, he isn¡¯tughing at all¡­¡­ He¡¯s expressionless. What is this, being expressionless is the default for Nico, but Jared is supposed to always be smiling¡­¡­ At seeing his expressionless face, there was such an intimidating atmosphere overflowing from him that the girls who had all been making such a hubbub earlier all looked quite scared and became quiet. ¡°In the first ce, with such a detailed level of harassment that¡¯s written here, it¡¯s impossible for my dense nee-san to have done it. And for the most part, I¡¯m always with my nee-san, but I¡¯ve never seen these girls calling themselves witnesses before¡­¡­ Did you all really see something like my nee-san bullying people?¡± While looking at the papers, Keith had a cold smile that I¡¯ve never seen before, and the girls that were witnesses were going ¡°eek!¡± and backing up as far away as they could. ¡°Really! Katarina-sama would never do such a thing! As Keith-sama just said, Katarina-sama is a very simple person! She would never be able to have such carefully thought-out ns!¡± After Mary said so with such a grim expression, n was the one who spoke up next. ¡°Honestly, it¡¯s just like that! This idiot is too dense to n out bullying like this! Because she¡¯s an idiot, all she knows how to do is challenge people head on!¡± Sophia and Nico also seemed to agree with this. ¡°That¡¯s right! Katarina-sama has no hidden side to her, there¡¯s no way she could be so ingenious! That¡¯s because Katarina-sama isn¡¯t ingenious at all!¡± ¡°¡­¡­That¡¯s right.¡± ¡­¡­Somehow, it seems that everyone is protecting me, but¡­¡­ ¡­¡­What is it¡­¡­ I also feel like they¡¯re saying bad things about me¡­¡­ And so, after my friends had finished raising their voices - the ssmates that hade to the cafeteria with me also said ¡°that¡¯s right! Katarina-sama would never do such things!¡± ¡°It¡¯s impossible that Katarina-sama would harass anyone!¡± with voices such as these following one after another. The voices started getting louder and louder, and was beginning to cover the entire cafeteria. Then - ¡°Just as everyone has been saying, it¡¯s impossible for Katarina-sama to have been harassing anyone like that! Indeed, I¡¯ve been harassed before, just like what¡¯s written on this paper. But, it definitely wasn¡¯t Katarina-sama that did such things to me! What¡¯s more, Katarina-sama protected me many times! And, I remember perfectly well who was actually harassing me! If you like, I can even say who they were right now!¡± Almost as if she was a totally different person from her usual calm and gentle self, Maria was so dignified and brave as she gave her speech¡­¡­ Many expressions changed amongst the people gathered in the cafeteria. Included among them were several of the girls that were confronting me, they had deeply downcast expressions. They were clearly at a disadvantage¡­¡­ The girls were no longer saying anything, the momentum they started out with was almost unbelievably gone now, and they hurriedly left the cafeteria. Then, I was too lost for words at everything that had happened and just snuggled up to Maria who was next to me. ¡°Katarina-sama, are you alright?¡± She was looking at me with a very worried face, and I nodded vigorously. ¡°Mmm, I¡¯m fine. ¡­¡­Uh, thank you, everyone.¡± I thanked my friends, and also all the other people that raised their voices to defend me as well. ¡°It¡¯s nothing. Rather, I apologize that we weren¡¯t able to help you sooner.¡± ¡°Sorry for beingte, nee-san.¡± Jared and Keith both gently put a hand on my shoulders. Before I realized it, they finally withdrew their outstretched hands. And then, a spectacr ¡°growl~¡± came from my stomach. Since lunch had gotten dyed, it seems that my stomach has reached its limit. ¡°Anyways, it¡¯s unbelievable that those girls tried to do such a thing to Katarina.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. Indeed, they viewed nee-san as their enemy, but¡­¡­ I really don¡¯t think that they have such an ability to take action against her¡­¡­¡± ¡°Yeah. Even though she¡¯s like this, she¡¯s still the daughter of a duke. If they insult her like this¡­¡­ Their own positions may face various dangers. I didn¡¯t see someone that was the type to take such an action.¡± ¡°Besides, this evidence as well¡­¡­ I really don¡¯t think it¡¯s something that they prepared. It¡¯s made a little too well.¡± ¡°Indeed, it¡¯s just as Mary-sama said, I don¡¯t think those girls could have prepared all the proper documents and evidence.¡± ¡°¡­¡­It¡¯s also strange how all of us got called out as well for some reason or other¡­¡­¡± Even though we were finally able to have lunch, my friends were talking about something with hard looks on their faces¡­¡­ I survived the condemnation event, I¡¯m so overjoyed that I was able to avoid a destruction end. Honestly though, the otome game doesn¡¯t end until graduation next year, so I still can¡¯t rx and let down my guard, but¡­¡­ I was able to ovee the greatest pinch I¡¯ve ever been in due to everyone¡¯s help. I¡¯m really d. And so, while I was busy being on cloud nine, I didn¡¯t realize that Maria had been pondering something by herself all this time. Then, when lunch was over and it was time to return to sses, Maria finally spoke up. ¡°I have somewhere else to go first, everyone, please go back first.¡± ¡°Do you want to go together?¡± Although the harassment seems to have subsided quite a bit, I¡¯m still a bit worried about her and asked, but - ¡°No, it¡¯s nothing important, I¡¯ll be fine by myself. Everyone, please go ahead without me.¡± She refused tly. I wonder if her stomach¡¯s feeling bad and she has to go to the restroom? In that case, I¡¯d better not be too persistent about it. ¡°Mmm. I got it. There¡¯s not much time until sses start, so hurry up and return as well.¡± ¡°Yep.¡± Maria replied with a smile, and went off in the opposite direction from the ssrooms. A bitter, I would deeply regret not having apanied Maria at this time. Even after telling Maria toe back soon, she never showed up to sses at all in the end. I thought that she might have been feeling worse and went to the infirmary to check up on her, but she wasn¡¯t there either. Then, after that, we weren¡¯t able to find Maria anywhere. After parting from her during lunch break, Maria Campbell¡¯spletely disappeared¡­¡­ Chapter 29 — I forgot something important

Chapter 29 - I forgot something important

The second day after Maria disappeared. We all searched desperately for her, but found no traces at all, and weren¡¯t even able to get any clues. All I had was impatience, and my heart was in a mess. Why didn¡¯t I go together with her at that time¡­¡­ My regret was increasing every day. ¡°Here. Drink this and warm your body up. Yourplexion looks terrible.¡± The student council president said so as he poured some tea for me. ¡°Thank you very much.¡± I took the tea and began sipping. It¡¯s a gentle taste like always and it warmed my body. In the student council room that was just like usual, I looked at the chair that Maria usually sat in. Normally the student council president would be pouring tea for me, and Maria would be handing me sweets with a smile. But¡­¡­ Right now, that smile¡¯s not here¡­¡­ ¡°Maria-san¡¯s quite dependable, and she has powerful light magic, I¡¯m sure that she¡¯ll definitely be alright.¡± The student council president started talking to me in a gentle voice at seeing how I was frozen solid staring at Maria¡¯s empty seat. He also helped us in our search for Maria, and wouldfort me with his gentle voice at seeing how depressed I was, being worried for my sake. I¡¯m not the only one that¡¯s feeling painful¡­¡­ My friends are probably all feeling painful as well¡­¡­ Even the president was really friendly with Maria as well, there¡¯s no reason why he wouldn¡¯t be feeling painful as well. Even though that¡¯s how it should be, he¡¯s still caring about how I am right now as well. I can¡¯t keep regretting and stay depressed like this. Let¡¯s do the best that I can. We¡¯re definitely going to find you, Maria¡­¡­ Please be safe, just wait, Maria¡­¡­ And so, on the night of the third day after Maria went missing. After I finished dinner in the dorms, and returned to my room to prepare for myself, Jared visited me with a grim look on his face. It¡¯s a bit toote to be visiting normally, and I got a bad feeling from the grim look on his face. ¡°What exactly is it at this time of night? Could it be, something¡¯s happened to Maria¡­¡­¡± I was shaken as I said so, but Jared shook his head. ¡°I still don¡¯t know where Maria could be. ¡­¡­But, I may have gotten some relevant information.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Relevant information?¡± ¡°First of all, please look at this.¡± As he said so, what Jared brought out was from the other day, the papers that recorded the evidence of my wrongdoings that the girls had during my condemnation event. ¡°This is from¡­¡­ the other day¡­¡­¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. It¡¯s the documents that those girls brought out as evidence the other day. I really couldn¡¯t get these documents out of my mind, and investigated them alongside searching for Maria, and¡­¡­¡± For some reason, Jared was much more concerned with the girls that caused my condemnation event than I was. But, after determining that the girls¡¯ positions and powers weren¡¯t enough to pose a threat to me, they seem to have been left alone. However, Jared¡¯s analysis was that someone other than those girls had caused the incident. And, the documents that those girls had were not something that they could have prepared. Jared was really bothered about this, so in these few days, in conjunction with searching for Maria, he also investigated this. Then - ¡°I learned a really strange thing. It wasn¡¯t those girls that had prepared all those documents.¡± ¡°¡­¡­What¡¯s that about?¡± ¡°It was someone other than those girls that prepared those documents. Then, even more oddly, those girls don¡¯t remember at all from who or where they got those documents from.¡± ¡°¡­¡­! ¡­¡­Something like not remembering¡­¡­ That¡¯s¡­¡± ¡°It¡¯s really unbelievable, isn¡¯t it. At first, I also thought that they were lying, but after confirming various things¡­¡­ It seems that they really can¡¯t remember anything.¡± ¡°!?¡± Even though they had brought out that evidence with so much confidence, they didn¡¯t even remember who or where they got those documents from¡­¡­ Impossible¡­¡­ In the first ce, they shouldn¡¯t have been able to print such things¡­¡­ All those girls lost their memories¡­¡­ While I was dazed by all of this, Jared continued speaking with a grim face. ¡°But, that¡¯s not all there is to it. All those girls don¡¯t remember at all why they did such a thing on that day.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh¡­¡­¡± ¡°Indeed, they did seem to dislike you. That seems to be the truth. But even so, it didn¡¯t seem that they were considering insulting you in such a public manner like that.¡± Those girls indeed disliked Katarina es, and actually when I was alone, if I passed by them they would turn around and make snidements at me. However, they didn¡¯t have enough courage to actually attack me or anything. I, Katarina es, am the daughter of a duke after all, and also since I¡¯m the fiancee of the third prince Jared, I¡¯m in quite a position of power. If they clumsily attack me, it¡¯ll be them that¡¯s hurt more in the end. Those girls are quite high-ranking nobles themselves as well, but, I really didn¡¯t think that they¡¯d be the type to confront me in a fight head-on. Even so¡­¡­ They were different on that day. On that day, they gave off the feeling of ¡°no matter what, we have to take a swing at that annoying Katarina es today.¡± What¡¯s more, all of them were like that. However, after they dispersed from the cafeteria, a littleter that feeling disappearedpletely, what¡¯s more all of them were like ¡°why did we do such a thing¡± and buried their heads in their arms, or so it seems. ¡°¡­¡­But, if that¡¯s really true, it¡¯s such a strange story. It¡¯s almost as if all of those girls were being magically manipted by someone else.¡± That¡¯s what I muttered, then Jared¡¯s expression became even darker. ¡°It¡¯s not almost as if they were being manipted¡­¡­ They might really have been manipted.¡± ¡°¡­¡­EH!?¡± ¡°At that time, those girls seemed really strange to me as well.¡± ¡°But¡­¡­ Something like manipting them¡­¡­¡± There¡¯s no doubt that humans can manipte things like earth golems. In this world though, I¡¯ve never heard of anything like hypnosis, and in the first ce, something like being able to manipte that many people at once¡­¡­ Next to me who waspletely lost in confusion, Jared spoke up again with his grim face. ¡°Manipting people¡­¡­ It¡¯s possible if you have dark magic.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh, something like dark magic¡­¡­ Was there such a magic?¡± The types of magic in this world are divided into ¡°water, fire, earth, wind, and light,¡± and people with those magic powers would activate theirtent abilities around a certain age. The school, and my home tutors as well, had taught me this knowledge that everyone knew even as a child. The only types of magic are ¡°water, fire, earth, wind, and light.¡± Even aftering to magic school here, I¡¯ve never learned about any other types of magic. ¡°Born from dark magic, is a spell that can manipte people¡¯s hearts.¡± ¡°¡­¡­But, I¡¯ve really never heard of such a spell or dark magic before¡­¡­¡± ¡°Dark magic is considered dangerous, so it¡¯s forbidden, and its very knowledge has been concealed from everyone. Only the highest ranking people in the country know of it.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Dangerous?¡± ¡°It can manipte your mind, and what¡¯s more the one being manipted won¡¯t remember it at all, it¡¯s a really terrifying magic.¡± Manipting your heart and mind without you knowing it, and what¡¯s more causing you to forget about it afterwards. Indeed, that sounds really scary. ¡°¡­¡­But, if those girls were really being manipted by dark magic¡­¡­ The motive must have been to cause my fall. Does that really have something to do with why Maria went missing?¡± It¡¯s really scary if there really is someone behind all this using dark magic. Also, I don¡¯t really know why they would manipte those girls either. But, the person with dark magic who caused this incident should probably have some kind of grudge against me. If that¡¯s the case, there should be no rtion to Maria at all. ¡°That¡¯s right. If you think about it normally, the target is Katarina es, and Maria ispletely unrted. But, she¡¯s a holder of light magic.¡± ¡°That¡¯s true but¡­¡­ What does that have to do with it?¡± ¡°It¡¯s said that dark magic is impossible to detect, but¡­¡­ In opposition to darkness, only those with the power of light magic are said to be able to detect it.¡± ¡°¡­¡­! Then, Maria¡­¡­¡± ¡°She must have noticed something during that incident, and then contacted the person with dark magic. Then, she got taken away somewhere, and all of the above is purely my deduction.¡± Dark magic, a spell that can manipte people¡¯s hearts¡­¡­ Did Maria notice something?? Then, was she taken away somewhere by someone¡­¡­ I suddenly received too much information and it went all over my head and I couldn¡¯t think very well at all. In the first ce, I hadn¡¯t known about the existence of dark magic up until now. A forbidden, secret magic¡­¡­ Huh? But then, I wonder what happens to people that are born with dark magic? ¡°¡­¡­Uh, but if dark magic is considered dangerous and is a secret, what about people that are born with dark magic? Are they hidden from everyone after activating their magic powers? In the first ce, it¡¯s a magic that almost nobody knows about, isn¡¯t it hard to find out even if their magic powers activate?¡± I asked Jared the question that popped into my head. ¡°Dark magic isn¡¯t something that people are born with like other types of magic. Dark magic is a type of magic that someone with magic already can acquire afterwards.¡± ¡°¡­¡­A magic that someone can acquire afterwards¡­¡­?¡± Isn¡¯t magic something that people have when they are born? Being able to acquire it afterwards¡­¡­ What exactly does that mean? While I was getting more and more confused, Jared told me in a quiet voice. ¡°There¡¯s a ritual that¡¯s required in order to acquire dark magic.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Ritual?¡± ¡°Yes, there¡¯s a ritual. It¡¯s said that you have to make an offering during a ritual in order to acquire dark magic.¡± ¡°Offering?¡± At my question, Jared suddenly stopped talking, and then sighed deeply. ¡°In a dark magic ritual, you must offer a human sacrifice, in order to obtain dark magic. So, anyone who has dark magic must have exchanged it for someone¡¯s life.¡± I¡¯m in apletely dark ce. I was standing somewhere in a world where I couldn¡¯t see anything around me at all. All the people important to me had fallen down by my feet. Jared, Keith, Mary, n, Sophia, Nico, and Maria. There was no life to any of them¡­¡­ ¡°Everyone, wake up, wake up!¡± I desperately shouted, and shook everyone¡¯s bodies, but not one of them moved. ¡°¡­¡­How could this be, how did it be like this¡­¡­¡± I squatted by everyone¡¯s sides who were all limp and unmoving. My body was trembling uncontrobly, and tears flowed out from my eyes. Why did it be like this¡­¡­ I¡¯ve lost everyone important to me like this¡­¡­ If everything bes like this, how am I supposed to face the destruction ends all by myself¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Why¡­¡­ Why¡­¡­¡± All I could do in that pitch ck world was cry. When I opened my eyes, I saw a familiar ceiling. It¡¯s the ceiling of the room I¡¯ve been using in the dorms for more than half a year already. The room was still dark, and I couldn¡¯t see any light outside my window at all. The sun probably hasn¡¯t risen yet. ¡°¡­¡­It¡­¡­ was a dream.¡± My voice was hoarse, and my body was trembling slightly. There was cold sweat on my back, and when I touched my cheeks they were slightly wet. It seems that just like in the dream, I was crying in real life as well. What a terrible dream that was. I hugged my still trembling body tightly with both arms. You have to trade someone else¡¯s life in order to obtain dark magic. It¡¯s magic where the price is a life. It¡¯s probably because that I heard such a scary topic, causing me to have such a scary dream. However, that future isn¡¯t impossible¡­¡­ In the game ¡°Fortune Lover,¡± the only person whose life was at risk in the n, Keith, and Jared routes was the viiness rival Katarina es. I never got a chance to clear the Nico route¡­¡­ The rival character for the Nico route is his sister Sophia. I think that it¡¯s possible with how much of a siscon Nico is, he¡¯d do anything at all for the sake of his sister. That¡¯s why¡­¡­ That kind of future definitely isn¡¯t impossible¡­¡­ This game world is dangerous for Katarina es. Just me. And so, in order to ovee these dangers, I¡¯ve prepared various countermeasures over these seven years. I often told myself that ¡°everything will be alright.¡± Even so, that dream¡­¡­ That scene wouldn¡¯t disappear at all from my mind. In the end, I wasn¡¯t able to go back to sleep at all after that. The next day, either because I hardly got any sleep at all, or because I had seen such a horrible dream¡­¡­I copsed in the morning while meeting with everyone, and so Keith and Jared apanied to the infirmary where I got some rest. Is it because I didn¡¯t get enough sleep, I fell asleep the moment I hit the warm bed. Quite a lot of time had passed when I woke up again, it was almost lunch break already, and as expected, Jared and Keith probably returned to ss. My head waspletely cleared now thanks to sleeping so much, I thanked the infirmary nurse, and headed back to sses myself as well. Yesterday, Jared had earnestly pleaded with me not to go anywhere by myself, but the short distance between the infirmary and ssrooms shouldn¡¯t be a problem, I think. Since there¡¯s a shortcut in the garden between the infirmary and the ssrooms, I¡¯ll go through there. I walked through the garden that was filled with sunshine. Then, I saw the tiny bench from before that Maria had been having lunch on before. Then, just a little¡­¡­ I walked over to the bench, and sat on it as well. Until we became really good friends, Maria had always been eating here by herself. That cute, gentle Maria¡­¡­ Even though it¡¯s already bepletely natural that we¡¯d be together now¡­¡­ If Jared¡¯s analysis yesterday was right¡­¡­ Maria¡¯s in quite a lot of danger right now. After all, she might have gotten involved with someone with dark magic that sacrificed someone else¡¯s life¡­¡­ ¡°Katarina-san? What are you doing in a ce like this?¡± Suddenly, I heard a voice behind me and I looked back in surprise, and the student council president was standing there with his usual smile. ¡°Uh, uhh¡­¡­ I wasn¡¯t feeling well, so I was just resting in the infirmary, and I was about to return to the ssrooms¡­¡­¡± ¡°So that¡¯s how it was. But, we still haven¡¯t found Maria-san yet, it¡¯s dangerous to be here by yourself in such an out-of-the-way ce such as this. I¡¯ll apany you.¡± ¡°Th, thank you very much.¡± And so, I took his outstretched hand that was proffered to me. Then I suddenly had a thought. I wonder why would the student council president be in a ce like this. Since sses are still going on right now, there weren¡¯t any other students around. As for him, why would he be in a ce like this? As that question crossed my mind, and I looked at the president, while his brilliant red hair was sparkling from the sun¡¯s rays. At seeing that sight, a memory suddenly dug itself out of my mind. ¡°The hidden character is~ surprisingly bad~¡± The smirking A-chan happily continued on with her spoilers despite my protests. ¡°He¡¯s a dangerous person that has dark magic. If you capture him sessfully, he¡¯ll have a sweet daily life with the heroine, but¡­¡­ If you fail, he¡¯ll kill the heroine and all her friends in the student council, it¡¯s a really bad end where everyone dies, isn¡¯t it. - By the way, this hidden character¡­¡­ Has brilliant red hair and grey eyes -¡± Yes, I think I did hear something like this from A-chan. The existence of a hidden character and his endings¡­¡­ The ending from the dream yesterday definitely wasn¡¯t impossible¡­¡­ The heroine and everyone in the student council dying¡­¡­ Such an ending definitely existed¡­¡­ Cold sweat was running down my back. Why did I forget such an important thing until now¡­¡­ I¡¯m really such an idiot¡­¡­ Brilliant red hair and grey eyes - I stared at the student council president who was smiling gently before me, Sirius Deek. This person¡¯s the hidden character in ¡°Fortune Lover,¡± the person with dark magic - This gentle person¡­¡­ Will take the lives of Maria and the other student council members, everyone important to me¡­¡­ I really can¡¯t believe it at all¡­¡­ However, if Jared¡¯s analysis was right, this incident has to do with a dark magic user¡­¡­ And the president - Sirius Deek, probably has the ability of dark magic. Dark magic where you have to offer someone else¡¯s life in exchange¡­¡­ ¡°Katarina-san, what¡¯s the matter?¡± While holding his hand, I waspletely frozen, while I was busy suspecting him Sirius spoke up. His expression was his usual gentle self. Is it really this person¡­¡­ ¡°President¡­¡­ Do you have dark magic? And, what did you do to Maria?¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­What¡¯s dark magic?¡± Before I realized it, I asked him by reflex, and Sirius had a confused look on his face. It¡¯s a face that says he¡¯s never heard of such a thing before. That¡¯s right. Most people probably wouldn¡¯t know about such a magic. As for me as well, I had just heard about it from Jared, and never knew about it until then. He really might not know. While in the game he had dark magic, it might be different now in reality. My friends are also quite different from the characters in the game. The president as well, there¡¯s quite a good chance that he¡¯s different from the game. ¡°That¡¯s right. You¡¯ve probably never heard of such a thing. It¡¯s impossible that such a gentle president would do anything to Maria and us with the power of dark magic. I¡¯m sorry for asking you such a weird thing.¡± That¡¯s it, I must have gotten something wrong. I really can¡¯t think that such a gentle president would do something like take other people¡¯s lives with dark magic at all. That¡¯s what I thought, and when I looked at Sirius again - I saw him looking at me with cold eyes that I had never seen before from him. ¡°¡­¡­President¡­¡­? ¡°¡­¡­Gentle¡­¡­ You said I¡¯m always like that, right.¡± ¡°¡­¡­I mean, since president is really gentle and all¡­¡­¡± I was a bit shaken at his cold eyes and voice but still answered him, and then - Sirius changed his expression. ¡°That¡¯s all just acting. It¡¯s really easy to pretend to be gentle and calm. It looks like it was so easy to fool all you idiots, eh.¡± ¡°!?¡± At seeing how I opened my eyes wide in surprise, a smile appeared on Sirius¡¯s face as if to make fun of me. ¡°By the way, I also kidnapped Maria Campbell. Because she found something out that she shouldn¡¯t have. Also, Katarina es, I really hate you. Saying that you¡¯re helping those that are lonely, saving people with the intention of being a hypocrite! I can¡¯t help but be irritated whenever I look at you!¡± He changed from his cold tone of voice, and now he was agitatedly shouting words full of anger towards me. He was still holding my hand in his really tightly as well, and it hurt quite a bit. ¡°You should just disappear somewhere already!¡± Saying that I¡¯m helping those that are lonely? Saving? Hypocrite? There¡¯s so many things that I don¡¯t understand about what Sirius is saying. But, his words were so full of malice, I did understand that he seems to hate me¡­¡­ And, it seems that this person was the culprit who took away Maria as well. Then, just like in the game, will this person take away everyone¡¯s lives in the student council, everyone important to me¡­¡­ I looked into Sirius¡¯s grey eyes. It was so different from his usual calm expression, his eyes were cold as ice. He said that he himself kidnapped Maria. He said that his gentleness was all acting. All his words he spat out at me were full of malice. Even so¡­¡­ Why¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Are you alright?¡± I reached out my free hand towards Sirius¡¯s face. Sirius who had such cold eyes and said such words full of malice towards me. Even so, in contrast to his words, his face looked so very, very bitter¡­¡­ It seemed like he would cry at any moment. Hisplexion looked terrible as well, as if he would fall over at any moment¡­¡­ When my outstretched hand touched his face, it was as cold as ice. ¡°¡­¡­You hypocrite¡­¡­ That¡¯s enough out of you! Don¡¯t bother yourself with me! Don¡¯t get close to me! Don¡¯t smile at me! ¡­¡­Disappear from my sight already!¡± He knocked away my hand that was touching his face, and shouted at me. Then¡­¡­ For some reason, everything slowly turned dark before me. And, my consciousness gradually faded¡­¡­ ¡°Just go to sleep like that. Keep sleeping until your life runs out.¡± Sirius said so as if he were spitting it out. Thest thing I saw in my fading consciousness was - Sirius was crying. Chapter 30 — My heart is in a mess

Chapter 30 - My heart is in a mess

¡°The tea that you pour for me has such a gentle taste to it.¡± Mother said with a gentle smile as she stroked my younger self¡¯s head. Every day was peaceful and happy. However, that happiness was suddenly stolen away from me¡­¡­ In such a terrible way¡­¡­ Then, I swore to myself. That I would definitely get revenge on those that stole away our happiness from us, and take away both their lives and their social statuses. I¡¯m the only son of Marquis Deek, Sirius Deek. That¡¯s my current name. Since I have magic power, I entered magic school when I was 15. Since my academics and magic powers were both really good, I got selected to be a member of the student council, and everyone in the Deek house praised me for it. When I first started to often hear that person¡¯s name around me, was when I met my childhood friend Nico again at school. Thest time I met my childhood friend Nico, I think he was about ten years old or so, and we finally met again after five years, but¡­¡­ Nico¡¯s changed so much in thest five years. Before, he always seemed to be a boy with rather lonely eyes¡­¡­ But now his eyes are shining, and loneliness is nowhere to be found in his eyes. Honestly, I had felt a little close to him because of his lonely eyes back then, so I felt that it was too bad how he¡¯s changed. And so, from Nico who¡¯s changed so much, I began to often hear that person¡¯s name. ¡°Katarina es,¡± the daughter of Duke es. For the taciturn and expressionless Nico, he would only ever talk about this girl, and when talking about her his usual expression would change from unmoving to a lively one. This girl was probably the person that removed the loneliness from Nico¡¯s eyes. Then, during spring of next year, that girl appeared in front of me who had be the second-year student council president. From Nico talking about her, I had thought that she¡¯d be a beautiful, saintly person, but¡­¡­ When I actually met Katarina es, my first impression was that there was nothing special about this girl. She was reasonably good-looking enough, but she was no match for Maria Campbell and the others that had been picked to be on the student council this year. Also, she wasn¡¯t very smart either, and had almost no magic powers. Frankly speaking, this duke¡¯s daughter, had nothing more than the title of being Prince Jared¡¯s fiancee. However, her fiance Prince Jared and all the other outstanding members of the student council were head over heels in love with this unremarkable girl. What¡¯s more, the teachers threatened ¡°if you don¡¯t let Katarinae and go as she pleases in the student council room, we won¡¯t let you use the student council room either.¡± Exactly what is it about that girl? I thought it was really strange, but¡­¡­ Honestly, as long as she didn¡¯t get in the way of my revenge, I didn¡¯t care either way. But, in order for me to aplish my revenge, I still needed to y the role of an excellent, calm student council president here, so I tried to get along well in my own way with the new members of the student council. Because of that, there¡¯s also a need to treat the girl that they all love so much with a certain degree of courtesy. That¡¯s why, on that day, when I brought out and poured some tea for Katarina es, it was just meant to be a simple courtesy. ¡°The tea that president pours for me has such a gentle taste to it.¡± When Katarina received the tea and drank it, that¡¯s what she said as she smiled gently. I was terribly shaken at those words and that smile¡­¡­ To the extent where my mask of calmness that I¡¯ve been wearing for so many years almost crumbled¡­¡­ Up until now, the other student council members would just say ¡°delicious¡± to the tea I poured for them, but¡­¡­ There¡¯s only been one person in my life before that¡¯s said the tea I poured for them had a ¡°gentle taste¡­¡­¡± What¡¯s more¡­¡­ That gentle smile looked too much like her¡­¡­ My chest began aching badly. I was too badly shaken at that point, to remember how I responded to Katarina. However, I felt like a crack was appearing in the acting skills I¡¯ve cultivated over many years from such an ordinary conversation. And so, ever since that event, whenever I woulde into contact with Katarina es, I would be severely shaken. I¡¯ve vowed revenge ever since that day when everything was stolen away from me, I¡¯ve always lived only for that. I covered myself with a mask of calmness, I got excellent grades, and while deceiving all those around me - I used the dark magic that I had, and began my preparations. I gathered funds, forged evidence of crimes, and the day where I could take revenge by my own hands wasing soon. And yet¡­¡­ When ites to dealing with Katarina es¡­¡­ It¡¯s not going well¡­¡­ For the sake of my revenge, I¡¯ve been coolly dealing in underhanded and shady business. And, even though I wasn¡¯t supposed to have any regrets, confusion, or have my heart be in a mess from all this¡­¡­ And yet¡­¡­ Every time Katarina¡¯s clear light blue eyes look at me directly¡­¡­ She would always say ¡°president is really gentle¡± and smile towards me¡­¡­ My heart became badly disturbed. There¡¯s a girl named Maria Campbell in the student council. She¡¯s amoner, a special girl that has the power of light magic. She¡¯s very smart, has powerful magic, and has beauty that¡¯s admired by many people, she¡¯s really such a fortunate girl. And yet, she had such lonely eyes. Those eyes were very simr to Nico¡¯s from so long ago, so just like with Nico before her, I felt very close to her. But, she changed as well. After a certain point in time, the lonely atmosphere about Maria disappeared, and it looked like she was getting closer to Katarina and her friends outside of the student council as well. And so, Maria¡¯s eyes began following Katarina around, and she would always smile so happily whenever their eyes met. Katarina es was surrounded by so many people, and smiled so happily. Nico and Maria would look at her with sparkling eyes, and always look so happy to be by her side. Katarina¡¯s appearance to them, was just like the saintly person that Nico had told me about before¡­¡­ However, whenever I looked at her, my heart couldn¡¯t help but be so unsettled¡­¡­ Sometimes, the mask that I¡¯ve cultivated for so long over the years would even fall off for short periods of time. To me whose heart was so bothered by Katarina - ¡°Don¡¯t bother with that kind of person! Keep making preparations for your revenge!¡± is what another me was telling myself. But still¡­¡­ No matter what, I found it impossible to ignore Katarina¡¯s existence¡­¡­ Coincidentally, I saw Maria Campbell being harassed once. I¡¯ve heard that she¡¯s being bullied out of jealousy, but this is the first time I¡¯ve seen it for myself. Anyways, since Sirius Deek the student council president is supposed to stop these sorts of things, I stepped in and stopped it, and warned off the girls that were harassing her. I asked her ¡°are you alright?¡± and Maria replied with ¡°thank you very much. I¡¯m fine¡± and looked as if she was still standing quite firm. Anyways, for noble children to be stooping to this level of harassment, I¡¯m amazed at their shallowness. Indeed, Maria Campbell is amoner, and has a low social statuspared to everyone else at this school. But, she has the power of light magic. There¡¯s only a handful of light magic users in our country, and they¡¯re considered a very important existence. Since Maria is special, the moment she entered this school, the ministry of magic¡¯s already been keeping an eye on her. With light magic, and on top of that quite strong magic powers as well, the instant that Maria graduates from magic school, without a doubt she¡¯ll be entering the ministry of magic with quite a high ranked job as well. If they keep harassing Maria who¡¯s been promised a high ranking position just lower than that of the king¡¯s in the ministry of magic like that, they¡¯ll definitely be punished for their crimes eventually. They¡¯re really so foolish because they don¡¯t even know that. As I was thinking that, I suddenly came up with an idea. I wonder if Katarina es would be able to cover up these crimes that these foolish girls are currentlymitting right now. If, she wasn¡¯t able to cover up these kinds of crimes, even for a duke¡¯s daughter, she wouldn¡¯t get off easy. If everything goes right¡­¡­ From this school, Katarina will¡­¡­ She might disappear from my sight¡­¡­ If I do that¡­¡­ If this girl disappears from my sight¡­¡­ My heart might not be in such a mess anymore. After I made my decision, I acted quickly. I investigated the harassment that Maria¡¯s been receiving, and let¡¯s make it as if Katarina was the one doing it. After that, I¡¯ll just manipte Katarina with dark magic, and then have her do various bad things to Maria and all will go as nned, but¡­¡­ Things didn¡¯t go that way. It¡¯s said that people with dark magic can freely manipte people¡¯s hearts and minds. But, the way to obtain such a magic, as well as the dangers associated with it, is concealed from the public. However, this magic definitely isn¡¯t all-powerful. It can¡¯t actually manipte a person¡¯s heart and mind any way you want. You can erase their memories, and take over their consciousness for a while, but¡­¡­ You can¡¯t make them do what they don¡¯t want to do. It¡¯s not possible to make someone love what they hate, or hate what they love. If there¡¯s any jealousy or hatred present, I can increase it and make people take action, but¡­¡­ Without jealousy or hatred in the first ce I can¡¯t create it in them. And so¡­¡­ Katarina had no feelings of jealousy towards Maria at all. I can amplify feelings of jealousy, and make her bully Maria, but¡­¡­ I can¡¯t amplify what¡¯s not there¡­¡­ In the end, I wasn¡¯t able to enact my n of having Katarina harass Maria. Therefore, with only circumstantial evidence, I increased the jealousy and hatred of some girls that didn¡¯t think well of Katarina, and had them confront Katarina to denounce her. I also tried to separate her from her reliable knight-like friends, and at first, I was able to corner Katarina into a desperate situation, but¡­¡­ Katarina¡¯s knights appeared earlier than I had nned for and my n ended in failure. My perfectly made evidence was also dissected apart by all those in love with Katarina. And, the most unexpected urrence of all, was Maria Campbell. With such a strong will, she clearly said ¡°it¡¯s not Katarina.¡± Despite all the evidence I had lined up against her, she still believed in Katarina so much. At some point in time, just like Katarina¡¯s knights, she¡¯s already beenpletely captured by Katarina as well. And so, my strategy to corner Katarina failedpletely. However, those girlspletely forgot their memories from that time, and I also tinkered with the memories of the student council members about what they were doing during that lunch break. That¡¯s why, it¡¯s not possible to trace this incident back to me. I looked coldly at how happy Katarina was being surrounded by her friends, and returned to the student council room. And then, this incident should have ended without the truth being revealed. However, a bit after I returned to the student council room and was finishing up some work, she appeared. Maria Campbell, she had just brilliantly defended Katarina earlier and caused my n to fail - the only person in this school with the power of light magic. Lunch break is already over now, why would she be here now¡­¡­ My question was immediately answered. With an angry look on her face, Maria spoke up. ¡°Before, I felt like president had been ring at Katarina¡­¡­ At that time, I thought it was just my imagination, but¡­¡­ I remembered it again during this incident¡­¡­ But, I really couldn¡¯t believe that president would be rted to this incident¡­¡­ That¡¯s why I wanted to check how president was doing. ¡­¡­Anyways¡­¡­ President, what¡¯s that?¡± ¡°Maria-san, exactly what are you talking about? This incident? Is something the matter with Katarina-san?¡± I pretended to be confused. No way, my mask fell off for an instant, and of all things she saw me ring at Katarina, what a great blunder I¡¯vemitted, but there¡¯s no evidence whatsoever. I¡¯m just going to pretend to not know what she¡¯s talking about, and immediately erase her memory. ¡°¡­¡­You don¡¯t know what I¡¯m talking about? But¡­¡­ I think that president is rted to this incident after all¡­¡­ Because, around the president¡­¡­ There¡¯s a ck mist floating around you that¡¯s the same as what was around the girls that were confronting Katarina-sama!¡± ¡°!?¡± Involuntarily, I opened my eyes wide and stared at the ck mist¡­¡­ Unbelievable, the ck mist that was the evidence of dark magic¡­¡­ Up until now, I¡¯ve used dark magic so many times and never had it pointed out to me, it had seemed to me that nobody else could see it. - It must be because of the power of light magic. Ever since I¡¯ve acquired dark magic, I¡¯ve never met a person with light magic until now. Dark and light magic counter each other. Since Maria Campbell has light magic¡­¡­ Maybe that¡¯s why she can see the evidence of dark magic¡­¡­ She was firmly looking at me with a severe look on her face¡­¡­ As expected, if I keep going on like this, things might get difficult for me. In that case¡­¡­ ¡°Haha, as expected of a holder of light magic. That¡¯s right. I was behind this incident. All in order to get rid of that annoying girl.¡± ¡°!?¡± I walked slowly towards Maria who was frozen still while staring at me. I can¡¯t activate dark magic unless I¡¯m touching them, so I reached out my arm and touched Maria on her shoulder. ¡°¡­¡­But, it¡¯s better if you don¡¯t know those things anymore.¡± I used dark magic to erase all the bad things about me from Maria¡¯s memory, and in a few seconds, Maria will have forgotten our entire conversation today. That¡¯s how it was supposed to be¡­¡­ But¡­¡­ ¡°Well then, Maria-san. sses are about to start, so let¡¯s return to the ssrooms.¡± ¡°¡­¡­What are you talking about? President. I¡¯m not done talking with you yet.¡± Maria had a dubious expression on her face. ¡­¡­It couldn¡¯t be¡­¡­ Once again, I tried using dark magic on Maria, but¡­¡­ ¡°What exactly have you been trying to do just now?¡± Maria kept looking at me with a dubious look on her face¡­¡­ It seems that my magic doesn¡¯t work on her¡­¡­ It can¡¯t be, as a holder of light magic¡­¡­ Does dark magic not work on her¡­¡­ If I can¡¯t erase her memory¡­¡­ Then, I can¡¯t let her go just like this. ¡°President, why is it that Katarina-sama¡­¡­¡± Since magic doesn¡¯t work on Maria, I just knocked her out with a physical attack instead. Maria¡¯s learned something she doesn¡¯t need to know, there¡¯s no way I can just let her return to Katarina and the others just like this without having erased her memories. And so, I moved the unconscious Maria to a secret room within the school. Everything¡¯s been going well up until now, and this is the first major blunder I¡¯vemitted. This is also¡­¡­ all Katarina es¡¯s fault¡­¡­ ¡°That girl¡¯s in the way¡± is what the other me was telling myself. Katarina and her friends immediately found out that Maria was missing. And so, they did their very best to search for Maria. About the existence of this secret room at school, only a few people in the Deek family know about it, and they shouldn¡¯t be able to find it so easily, but¡­¡­ At any rate, I can¡¯t just keep Maria locked up in there forever. I tried using dark magic on Maria many times over after that, and I was lost at what to do with her since she¡¯spletely unaffected by magic¡­¡­ ¡°Rather than leaving her like this, let¡¯s kill her to shut her up forever¡± is what the other me was beginning to say. The fourth day after Maria¡¯s confinement began, I went to see how she was doing during a self-study break. Maria seemed to be quite down, and I wondered if dark magic would finally work on her now as I spied on her, but¡­¡­ Even though she¡¯s been confined to a small and dark room, Maria was still standing firm. In disgust at the way she hadn¡¯t changed at all, and on my way back to the campus, I found a single person all by her lonesome sitting on a bench in the school garden. That person was Katarina es, the main person responsible for driving me into this predicament. ¡°Katarina-san? What are you doing in a ce like this?¡± Katarina seemed to be really surprised at the voice behind her as she looked back. ¡°Uh, uhh¡­¡­ I wasn¡¯t feeling well, so I was just resting in the infirmary, and I was about to return to the ssrooms¡­¡­¡± Indeed, as she said, she didn¡¯t look well. ¡°So that¡¯s how it was. But, we still haven¡¯t found Maria-san yet, it¡¯s dangerous to be here by yourself in such an out-of-the-way ce such as this. I¡¯ll apany you.¡± As the student council president Sirius Deek, I have to act like this. And so, I stretched out my hand for her to take. ¡°Th, thank you very much.¡± When Katarina ced her hand in mine with a smile - just like always, my heart started getting diposed. I¡¯m feeling really ufortable from how sunny the garden is. I really want to get back to the ssrooms as soon as possible. But for some reason, Katarina froze up after taking my hand. ¡°Katarina-san, what¡¯s the matter?¡± When I asked her, Katarina just stared straight at me with those light blue eyes of hers. Then - ¡°President¡­¡­ Do you have dark magic? And, what did you do to Maria?¡± I¡¯m really badly shaken but¡­ Because of my long years of acting, I was able to reply smoothly. ¡°¡­¡­¡­What¡¯s dark magic?¡± I acted as if I¡¯d never heard of dark magic before, and pretended to be confused. Katarina seemed to be thinking about something as she tilted her head. Why did she ask me something like this so suddenly¡­¡­ In the first ce, does she know something about dark magic, or did one of her excellent knights detect something¡­¡­ However, I can¡¯t admit that I know anything right now. Katarina doesn¡¯t seem to be so sure of the answer like Maria was, so it shouldn¡¯t be too hard to deceive her. Even though that¡¯s what I intended¡­¡­ ¡°That¡¯s right. You¡¯ve probably never heard of such a thing. It¡¯s impossible that such a gentle president would do anything to Maria and us with the power of dark magic. I¡¯m sorry for asking you such a weird thing.¡± When I saw how Katarina wasughing like usual as she said so - something within me snapped. Before I realized it, the calm mask of Sirius Deek that I had been wearing for many years hadpletely fallen off. ¡°¡­¡­President¡­¡­? Katarina seemed to be a bit shaken as she looked at me. ¡°¡­¡­Gentle¡­¡­ You said I¡¯m always like that, right.¡± ¡°¡­¡­I mean, since president is really gentle and all¡­¡­¡± Even after seeing my mask fall off, Katarina¡¯s still saying such things. She¡¯s really stupid. ¡°That¡¯s all just acting. It¡¯s really easy to pretend to be gentle and calm. It looks like it was so easy to fool all you idiots, eh.¡± ¡°!?¡± At seeing how Katarina opened her eyes wide in surprise, a smile appeared on my face because of how idiotic she was. ¡°By the way, I also kidnapped Maria Campbell. Because she found something out that she shouldn¡¯t have. Also, Katarina es, I really hate you. Saying that you¡¯re helping those that are lonely, saving people with the intention of being a hypocrite! I can¡¯t help but be irritated whenever I look at you!¡± It was as if everything that had been bottled up inside me came pouring out the moment that the dam within me broke. ¡°You should just disappear somewhere already!¡± I had nothing but words full of hatred and malice for the girl in front of me. With this, Katarina should be quite afraid of me¡­¡­ She might even look at me and return the same kind of words full of hatred and malice back to me at this rate. That¡¯s what I thought, but¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Are you alright?¡± Katarina¡¯s response was such a question¡­¡­ And, for some reason, she was looking at me worriedly. Why is this¡­¡­ Why are you still looking at me with those eyes¡­¡­ Did you even hear what I said just now¡­¡­ Even though I just said I kidnapped Maria¡­¡­ And then, Katarina reached out her other hand that I wasn¡¯t holding, and touched my cheek, as gently as if she was caring for me. Why¡­¡­ Why¡­¡­ Why¡­¡­ Why aren¡¯t you afraid of me, why don¡¯t you hate me¡­¡­ Don¡¯t look at me with those eyes! I knocked away the warm hand that was touching my cheek. ¡°¡­¡­You hypocrite¡­¡­ That¡¯s enough out of you! Don¡¯t bother yourself with me! Don¡¯t get close to me! Don¡¯t smile at me! ¡­¡­Disappear from my sight already!¡± If you look at me with those light blue eyes - If you get close to me - If you smile at me - I won¡¯t be the me that I¡¯ve been up to now anymore¡­¡­ ¡°I¡¯ll do anything for revenge¡± is what I¡¯ve sworn, but I¡¯m wavering - The other me kept urging me to ¡°get rid of this girl¡± and - At his urging, I used dark magic on her hand that I was still holding. ¡°Just go to sleep like that. Keep sleeping until your life runs out.¡± In front of my eyes, Katarina slowly copsed onto the ground - I robbed her consciousness, and forced her into dreand, and she¡¯ll probably keep sleeping like this in a dream. Until her life runs out - With this, that annoying girl is finally gone. I¡¯ll be able to live just like before, only thinking about revenge. My heart won¡¯t be in a mess anymore. Even though that¡¯s how it was supposed to be¡­¡­ The pain wouldn¡¯t disappear from my chest¡­¡­ On the contrary¡­¡­ At seeing Katarina asleep like that¡­¡­ My heart became even more diposed. Something simr to water was dripping out of my eyes. Exactly what is this, I wonder. Chapter 31 — Having met you

Chapter 31 - Having met you

In a room that was dimly lit due to the sun having already gone down, while I was sitting in a chair next to the bed, I got an anxious feeling for yet another time, and rushed to the bedside. Then, I checked the breathing and temperature of the person sleeping there, and let out a sigh of relief. There was a girl sleeping quietly on a bed in a dorm room. The person most important to me, Anne Sherry, in this world - Katarina es-sama. Without even the slightest movement, Katarina-sama was deeply sleeping there. What if her breathing ends up stopping¡­¡­ What if her body bes cold¡­¡­ Being driven by my anxiety, I continued checking her breathing and temperature every ten minutes or so. It¡¯s already the second day since Katarina-sama¡¯s be like this. I just kept staying by Katarina-sama¡¯s side, and could hardly even sleep at all. I also didn¡¯t have much of an appetite. My coworker maids told me many times ¡°we¡¯ll take your ce and attend to her, so go rest,¡± but I really didn¡¯t want to switch at all. When I think that something might happen to Katarina-sama while I¡¯m not by her side¡­¡­ I¡¯m finding it impossible to leave her side at all. I held the sleeping Katarina-sama¡¯s hand, and looked at her face. She has such a lively personality, that even when sleeping she would always move around, and often send the nket flying with her kicks, at seeing how she was sleeping without moving at all - I intensely felt that this situation waspletely abnormal. Why¡­¡­ did it be like this¡­¡­ Two days ago, during midday, Katarina-sama was found copsed in the garden and brought back to her dorm room here. What I heard from Prince Jared was, Katarina-sama wasn¡¯t feeling well in the morning so she went to the infirmary to rest, and around the time of lunch break she told the nurse ¡°I¡¯m going to return to the ssrooms now.¡± And so, since she never arrived at the ssrooms in the end, everyone started worrying about her and began searching, and found her copsed by herself in a corner of the school garden. However, no matter how much we called out to her there was no reply, so we immediately moved her to the infirmary, and when the doctor checked her condition he said ¡°she¡¯s only sleeping.¡± But¡­¡­ After that, no amount of calling out to her would wake her up, and we ended up moving her back to her own dorm room. And then we had the doctor check her again, but his diagnosis was still ¡°she¡¯s only sleeping.¡± Then at seeing how Katarina-sama wasn¡¯t waking up at all, the frustrated Prince Jared used his authority as a prince, and summoned one of the best doctors in the country here. He¡¯s an elderly doctor who has quite the splendid mustache, and is the one in charge of the royal family¡¯s health, one of the top ss doctors in the country. If it¡¯s this person, maybe he¡¯ll be able to do something, is what I hoped, but¡­¡­ ¡°Honestly, I have no idea what¡¯s going on. No matter how much I examine her, there¡¯s no problems with her body. She might even open her eyes right now, or she might keep sleeping just like this.¡± ¡°What will happen if she keeps sleeping just like this?¡± Prince Jared asked with a grim expression on his face, and the doctor replied with a deeply sad expression. ¡°¡­¡­If she keeps sleeping just like this¡­¡­ Without being able to eat or drink¡­¡­ In that case, before long, her life will be in danger.¡± ¡°Such a thing!? Such a stupid thing!?¡± Keith-sama had lost his usual calmness, and was desperately pleading with the doctor. When I looked to see what had caused a sudden loud noise, it was Prince Jared who had mmed his fist into the wall without having made a sound himself at the impact, and without a sign of his usual smile. Mary-sama was extremely pale and trembling badly, and it seemed that she might copse at any moment as well. Prince n¡¯s expression was one that I¡¯ve never seen as well, he was so terribly stiff. Sophia-sama just stood there without saying anything, shedding tears from her eyes. Nico-sama was clenching his fists so tightly that they were changing color. And so I took in how everyone was doing, and I also felt that I myself would copse right then and there if I allowed myself to rx. If Katarina-sama loses her life¡­¡­ I felt an intense despair from the sudden fact that confronted me. After that, many other doctors came to see her as well, but the cause was still unknown, and Katarina-sama still wouldn¡¯t wake up. Once, we asked one of the only light magic users in the entire country who also had the power of healing magic toe visit, but¡­¡­ The result was still the same. One day passed, and then another¡­¡­ There was no sign that Katarina-sama would wake up. The person that changed me from a tool into a human. The most important person to me in the world. Even though I had decided to always be by your side and live with you - I beg you. Katarina-sama, please, please, don¡¯t leave me alone. I gripped the sleeping Katarina-sama¡¯s hand tightly. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°No, no. Please don¡¯t worry about such a scratch, Prince Jared. Anyways, the scar will be no problem at all because my bangs will hide it anyhow.¡± And so, it¡¯s been seven years since the day she said that while smiling at me. My all-important fiancee, Katarina es. This funny girl had appeared in front of me when I had been forgotten by everyone in the royal pce and was spending every day bored to death. While spending time with this girl who had hrious actions, words, and hobbies - My world that waspletely boring drab grey became filled with vivid colors instead. In my boredom, I hadn¡¯t even known any other feelings besides boredom. What¡¯s happy, what¡¯s fun, Katarina taught everything to me that didn¡¯t know anything. Jealousy and pain as well¡­¡­ They¡¯re all emotions I never would have experienced if I hadn¡¯t met Katarina. After the seven years I¡¯ve spent with Katarina since meeting her, I don¡¯t want to return to that grey, boring life without Katarina anymore. At first, I had ulterior motives for getting engaged to her. However, before I realized it, I began to love the person known as Katarina es more than anyone else in the world. Since she was innately a harem protagonist, there were many people that loved her hanging around her, but¡­¡­ I have no intention of ever giving her up to anyone else, since she¡¯s already in my grasp, I¡¯m definitely never going to let go. And yet¡­¡­ For such a thing to have happened¡­¡­ Even though I know that danger is approaching Katarina right now¡­¡­ I can¡¯t do anything to protect her. I¡¯m filled with strong regret and remorse. Katarina might have be this way because of dark magic. That¡¯s what I thought, and I even had a light magic usere here, but¡­¡­ In the end, we learned nothing. ¡°If it¡¯s a strong light magic user, we might find something out¡± is what I thought, but¡­¡­ The only person who has even stronger light magic, Maria Campbell, still remains missing. The situation wasn¡¯t improving at all. I¡¯m so frustrated at how powerless I am and that there¡¯s nothing I can do¡­¡­ I punched the wall with all my might, and clenched my swelling fist tightly. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°Keith, because we have be siblings now, it¡¯s fine to just call me nee-san.¡± It¡¯s been seven years since she said so while smiling and holding her hand out to me. Even so, I remember that day as clearly as if it were yesterday. I was reviled as a monster, and would always hug my knees alone by myself in my dark room. Then, such a warm hand reached out to me. She told me ¡°I¡¯ll always be with you¡± with a smile on her face and brought me out from my dark room into such a bright world. My all-important stepsister, Katarina es. I have more than just brotherly affections for her warm smile and gentleness, she¡¯s the most important person to me in the world. We¡¯ll be together forever, and I had always intended to keep being together with her. There¡¯s no way that I¡¯ll let her so-called fiance Prince Jared have her so easily. I¡¯ve vowed that I would definitely protect her with my own hands. For that purpose, I desperately learned swordsmanship and magic, as well as how to be a proper noble. Everything was all in order to be able to protect her myself. And yet¡­¡­ Why did ite to this¡­¡­ Why wasn¡¯t I together with her at that time¡­¡­ Even though I had vowed that I would definitely protect her¡­¡­ Regret was surging up within me. When I became the es family¡¯s adopted son at eight years old, nee-san was always by my side whenever times were difficult, and she always smiled gently towards me. Right now, I want to see that gentle smile so much¡­¡­ I don¡¯t want to lose Katarina¡­¡­ I tried to stop my body from shaking. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°Mary, you have a green thumb! It means your hands have a special talent for growing nts! Yep, you and your green thumb are an amazing, special existence!¡± She held both my hands tightly as she said so on that day, I still remember it clearly. I was just a cowardly wimp, always running away with my head down. I really hated how I was. To such a me, Katarina es called me an amazing, special existence. I was so, so happy. My older sisters would call me ¡°dirty,¡± and I also hated my auburn hair and eyes - When Katarina said she loved it, and told me it was pretty I began to like it as well. In order to stand by Katarina¡¯s side, and be a splendiddy, I worked really hard. Honestly speaking, many times over, I almost gave up. But, because Katarina was together with me, and said she liked me and that I was important to her, I was able to keep going. Everything that Mary Hunt is today is all because Katarina es was beside me. And so, from now on as well, I always wanted to be by her side forever. What¡¯s more, to the point where I really want to steal her away from her fiance, she¡¯s my favorite, most important person. And yet¡­¡­ Seeing how Katarina was sleeping there so quietly almost as if she had died already, things were going dark before my eyes, and I desperately braced myself the best I could. At this rate¡­¡­ I can¡¯t just keep feeling down like this¡­¡­ I¡¯m Katarina es¡¯s close friend, Mary Hunt. I¡¯m different from that weak girl I was before! If there¡¯s anything that I can do for Katarina now, it¡¯s¡­¡­ I fixed my posture, and raised my head. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°Prince n surely also has things that you are good at, it¡¯s natural that people will be more suited to some things than others.¡± To thepletely inferior me who had always beenpared to my older twin, that¡¯s what she told me. That girl¡¯s light blue eyes looked directly at me, and she would never go easy on me in a match, the hrious girl who could climb trees like a monkey, Katarina es. I had been troubled by whispers behind my back, and she returned me back to sanity from being filled with delusions of grandeur. After meeting Katarina, I was finally able to get rid of the feeling of powerlessness pressing down on my shoulders as well. She was always so direct, it was veryfortable being by Katarina¡¯s side. That¡¯s why, I always stayed by her side as if it was the natural thing to do. That¡­¡­ How did ite to this¡­¡­ That I might lose Katarina¡­¡­ When I thought that, I experienced a terror that I¡¯ve never experienced before. Then, I noticed it for the first time. To me, Katarina had already be a very important person¡­¡­ What¡¯s more¡­¡­ To the point where I always wanted to be by her side¡­¡­ How could I have been so dense. Something like only noticing my feelings after being in danger of losing her¡­¡­ Since she¡¯s my older twin¡¯s fiancee¡­¡­ I¡¯ve never thought of her that way before. Even so¡­¡­ I still want to stay as close by as allowed. I can¡¯t bear the thought of losing her right now. I want to do something to be able to help Katarina¡­¡­ ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°Your parents are so wonderful, and your sister is so cute as well, Nico-sama, you¡¯re a really lucky person.¡± I still can¡¯t forget the day that she said that to me while smiling. People decided on their own that my important family was a misfortune upon me, and pitied me¡­¡­ No matter how much I told people ¡°I¡¯m lucky¡± they wouldn¡¯t understand. I thought that nobody would ever understand¡­¡­ I had already given up. Katarina es understood what I was thinking. My frustration at how others didn¡¯t understand finally burst out of my chest, and I was filled with a warm feeling instead. Ever since that day, Katarina became a special person to me. Since I wasn¡¯t really that good at dealing with other people, I often averted my eyes. However, Katarina would always look straight at me with those light blue eyes of hers, and smile brightly like the sun. It was veryfortable being by her side. Katarina¡¯s the fiancee of my childhood friend, the third prince. I had always thought that we¡¯d all be together forever. Even though I had always thought that I¡¯d stay as close by as allowed by her side¡­¡­ ¡°You¡¯re excellent, you¡¯ll definitely be the next prime minister¡± is what people around me said about me, but I hate myself for being unable to do anything for the most important person to me. I can¡¯t even protect the person most important to me, what¡¯s all this about the next prime minister supposed to be¡­¡­ Once again, I clenched my fist as tightly as I could, to the point where my nails were digging streaks of blood into my palms. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°I think, that Sophia-sama¡¯s silken white hair, and eyes that sparkle like rubies are very beautiful in my opinion.¡± My appearance that was different from others was called creepy and cursed. This girl told me ¡°it¡¯s beautiful,¡± and right after she took my hands in hers and said ¡°won¡¯t you be friends with me?¡± At first, I thought that I was just having a really good dream, but¡­¡­ I didn¡¯t wake up from the dream. She¡¯s the first friend I¡¯ve ever had since I was born, and would always smile so gently at me. Ever since meeting the girl known as Katarina es, my world¡¯s changed so much. I¡¯ve flown out from the gilded cage of my room that I¡¯ve always stayed in, to under the bright sun. I finally obtained the happy days that I¡¯ve always been dreaming about inside my room. I wished that these days would continue forever. Even though that¡¯s what I hoped¡­¡­ Why¡­¡­ Why did ite to such a thing¡­¡­ During these two days, if I lost focus for even an instant tears woulde pouring out. I cried so much, that I thought all the moisture in my body should have dried up already¡­¡­ Yet tears would still keep flowing out. Since the two days that Katarina¡¯s copsed, I¡¯ve tried my best to keep standing. I¡¯ve visited her room so many times, and kept calling out to her, but there¡¯s no reaction at all, and my chest would tighten at seeing how she continued to sleep. Truthfully, I wanted to be by Katarina¡¯s side forever. But, ¡°you can¡¯t say things like that¡± is what my brother lectured me with in the dorm rooms. But, being separated like this right now, at this moment, I¡¯m so unsettled from a strong sense of anxiety at the thought of possibly losing Katarina. During these two days, various doctors have been here to check up on Katarina, but none of them found a way to wake her up. If she keeps sleeping like this, Katarina¡¯s life will be in danger¡­¡­ At first, I didn¡¯t feel like this was real, having been confronted with the facts so suddenly. No matter which doctor it was, they would always reply unfavorably during these two days, and reality crept closer and closer. At this rate, I really might lose Katarina¡­¡­ I won¡¯t be able to see that smile anymore. I definitely couldn¡¯t stand that! I don¡¯t want to lose her! As I thought that as hard as I could, that¡¯s when it happened. ¡°That¡¯s it! It¡¯s unbearable! I don¡¯t ever want to lose anyone again!¡± From somewhere, I suddenly heard a voice. It¡¯s a voice I¡¯ve never heard before, yet it was still somehow nostalgic. I was surprised, and looked all around, but there was nobody else in the room besides the servants. ¡°Even though I was finally able to meet her again¡­¡­ I don¡¯t want to lose her! ¡­¡­ This time, I¡¯m going to help that girl! So, stop crying uncontrobly in a ce like this, and take me to where she is!¡± It was as if I was hearing a mysterious voiceing from myself. Under the mysterious voice¡¯s orders, I stood up and headed for Katarina¡¯s room. ¡°Sophia-sama!? What are you doing at this time of night!?¡± The maid that was attending to Katarina raised her voice in surprise at my sudden visit. Well, that¡¯s to be expected. It¡¯s already the middle of the night, and I suddenly visited without prior notification. Normally, this would be considered very out of the ordinary. Even so, I felt that I absolutely had toe here. Also, because that mysterious voice had appealed to me as well. ¡°¡­¡­Katarina-sama.¡± I approached the bed, and firmly grasped both her hands in mine. When doing so, it seems that my odd behavior has been reported, and my brother came to pick me up. ¡°Sophia, please calm down.¡± As he said so, he ced a hand on my shoulder, and prompted me to return to my room, but¡­¡­ I categorically rejected it. Somehow everyone seems to have been informed, and before I realized it, Jared, Keith, Mary, and n, everyone has gathered here as well. Even so, I just kept holding on to Katarina¡¯s hands, and wouldn¡¯t move. And, I brought her hands to my forehead and closed my eyes praying ¡°please, I¡¯m begging. Please help Katarina¡± with all my might. Then, reflected on the back of my eyelids, was a girl I¡¯d never seen before. She had ck hair and eyes, and even though I haven¡¯t ever seen her before, she still felt familiar and nostalgic, how strange. ¡°I know it! She¡¯ll definitelye back! You should keep calling for Katarina here!¡± After the girl with such a strong will in her eyes said so, she disappeared. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï It¡¯s been two days since I used dark magic to cause Katarina to fall into a deep sleep. Her knights desperately tried various methods to wake her up, but none of them worked. It¡¯s something that only the caster can cancel. At this rate, Katarina will probably just keep sleeping until her life runs out. That¡¯s what my wish was. And yet¡­¡­ For some reason, my chest was restless. When I think that at this rate Katarina will lose her life¡­¡­ My chest would tighten painfully. ¡­¡­No, I don¡¯t want to lose her¡­¡­ I want to cancel my dark magic¡­¡­ ¡°What kind of stupid things are you thinking about!?¡± The other me was yelling angrily. ¡°That girl is getting in the way of our revenge! We have to get rid of anyone that gets in the way of our revenge!¡± ¡­¡­But¡­¡­ To the confused me, the other me raised his voice even more roughly. ¡°The reason that you live is so that you can take revenge! The meaning of your life is so that you can cast those that stole away your mother¡¯s life and made a tool out of you down to hell! Did you forget, your mother¡¯sst words!¡± ¡­¡­That¡¯s right¡­¡­ Thest words of the mother that I loved so much¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Please, take revenge¡­¡­¡± Thest words of my dying mother have be the meaning of my life. The only reason that I¡¯m living is so that I can take revenge. Side story 6 — Having met you +

Side story 6 - Having met you +

~Keith es~ ¡°It would have been better if you¡¯d never been born.¡± ¡°It¡¯s annoying to have to take care of that nuisance.¡± ¡°Get away from me! Monster!¡± Why, why, why does everyone hate me? Why doesn¡¯t anyone want me around them? I don¡¯t like being by myself. It¡¯s lonely. Please, someone, anyone is fine, be by my side. When I woke up, I saw a ceiling that I had gotten used to in thest few months. That¡¯s right, this is Duke es¡¯s house, and I¡¯ve be his adopted son. I let go of my breath. Ever since I was born, I¡¯ve always been treated as a nuisance and someone to be hated. But, ever sinceing to the es family, I¡¯ve been treated so nicely. We ate hot meals together as a family, and they had gentle hands that cared about me. Up until now, all the things that I had always wished for but never gotten were finally in my hands. Even so, from time to time, I would still dream of the old days. The people that denied and despised me. Even though it¡¯s things from long ago¡­¡­ My chest still hurt. Today, I¡¯m supposed to attend a tea party together with my stepsister Katarina. With some pain still remaining in my chest, I began preparing. ¡°Keith, thanks foring along with me today.¡± In the horse-drawn carriage on our way to the tea party, the always bright Katarina was grinning as she said so to me. At seeing Katarina¡¯s smiling face, the pain in my chest lightened a little. ¡°I¡¯d feel a bit lonely if I was alone, since I¡¯m not that good at remembering people¡¯s faces. It¡¯s such a great help since Keith¡¯sing along.¡± As she said so, Katarina¡¯s light blue eyes were looking at me directly. ¡°Keith. Thank you foring to the es family. I¡¯m so happy to have be siblings with you.¡± At her words, I thought I was involuntarily going to cry. A warm feelingpletely reced the painful feeling in my chest left from the dream earlier. Katarina es is really such a mysterious girl. When I wanted it the most, she gave me the words I wanted to hear. ¡°¡­¡­Me too,ing to the es family, and having met nee-san, I¡¯m really happy.¡± When I said so, Katarina gave me a gentle smile again. I¡¯m really d to have met this person, is what I thought from the bottom of my heart. ~Mary Hunt~ After meeting Katarina, I decided to be a splendiddy in order to stand next to her, and several months have passed since I first started working hard. There was so much I had to do in matters such as academics, dance, and etiquette. But originally, I didn¡¯t have any special talents or anything, and since my tempo was slower than others, I couldn¡¯t do anything smoothly. That¡¯s why, I had to put in double the effort of others, and worked as hard as I could. For academics, I asked my home tutors questions for as long as time permitted, and I worked sometimes until veryte at night. It was the same for my etiquette lessons, I repeated things over and over again until I got it right. As for dancing which I was really bad at, I practiced until blood soaked through my shoes from how much they were rubbing against my feet. At seeing how desperately I was trying, my older sistersughed at me. ¡°Even though you have no talent, it¡¯s so disgraceful that you¡¯re working so desperately.¡± ¡°It¡¯s embarrassing as a noble daughter to be that desperate.¡± ¡°Because her social status is lower, her abilities must be lower too.¡± Those words mercilessly pierced my heart, and I felt a pain in my chest. Even so, if I¡¯m spending time with Katarina, that pain will be significantly lessened. One day, this happened. ¡°¡­¡­¡± ¡°What¡¯s the matter? Mary, are you alright?¡± Because I suddenly stopped and squatted, Katarina was peeking at me worriedly. I hade to Katarina¡¯s house to y, and we were walking through the garden on our way to Katarina¡¯s field. I had felt a severe pain in my foot. When I looked at it, I could see a faint blur of blood. ¡°Oh no! Mary, you¡¯re injured! Did you bump it somewhere!?¡± To the panicked Katarina, I also hurriedly replied. ¡°¡­¡­I, I¡¯m fine. It must be that, yesterday, I practiced dancing for a little too long.¡± ¡°Practiced dancing?¡± ¡°Yeah. Since I¡¯m bad at dancing, I have to practice twice as hard as others¡­¡­¡± After saying that much, I didn¡¯t know what else to say. This is, if I don¡¯t desperately practice to the extent where I rub my feet raw, I wouldn¡¯t be able to do even one dance well is what I thought. Will Katarinaugh at me¡­¡­ When I looked up at her, I saw her anxiety. Her face wasn¡¯t like my sisters that were making fun of me, her eyes were sparkling instead. ¡°Trying your best to ovee your weaknesses, Mary¡¯s really so great. I really respect you. I also have to learn from you.¡± No matter how hard I worked¡­¡­ I was only made fun of with cruel words. ¡°How desperate¡± is what they said andughed at. But, I¡¯m okay now no matter what they say. After all, because I cane here. Because there¡¯s a person here who says I¡¯m great and that she respects me. As Katarina took me by the hand and said ¡°let¡¯s go back to the house and treat your wound,¡± this is what I thought strongly over and over again. I¡¯m really d to have met Katarina es. Chapter 32 — This is my world

Chapter 32 - This is my world

¡°How long are you going to keep sleeping there! This idiot~!¡± At the same time as hearing such shouting, my nket was suddenly thrown off me. ¡°¡­¡­Eh, eh, what?¡± It was too sudden that my eyes became round from the sudden event, and the person who threw my nket off was ring at me. ¡°¡­¡­Eh, m, mother¡­¡­?¡± ¡°Mother? ¡­¡­What¡¯s the matter, you must be feeling bad. Are you still asleep?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh, huh? ¡­¡­G, good morning. Mom.¡± I looked up at mom who was standing there imposingly. Her eyes were somewhat low-set and her face was a little round, seeming rather like a roon. Then, ¡°you¡¯re a high school student already, act properly already and check your hair and clothes¡± and when I looked at myself in the full-length mirror that had been forcibly installed in my room, I saw an ordinary roon-like face that greatly resembled my mom¡¯s. What¡¯s this? I felt like something was wrong. Was my face supposed to be like this¡­¡­ No, it is indeed this face¡­¡­ But, right now my face is more¡­¡­ ¡°What are you wasting time for! If you don¡¯t hurry up, you¡¯ll bete!¡± Mom was being mad at me, and when I looked at the clock¡­¡­ It was already cutting it really close. I jumped out of bed in a hurry, and started preparing for school. I took off my pajamas and put on a sailor uniform, and I quickly sshed my face with some water to finish washing up. Mom said ¡°at least do something about your hair¡± like she always does, but, no matter how much I tried to straighten out my stubborn bedhead it wouldn¡¯t fix itself at all, and I gave up. Well, right now my hair is rtively smooth because Anne will properly take care of it for me every morning, but¡­¡­ Huh? My hair right now? Anne will take care of it for me? Who¡¯s Anne? Once again, I really felt like something was wrong. Something¡¯s off. Did I¡­¡­ forget something really important? Ah! It¡¯s already thiste! If I don¡¯t really hurry up, it¡¯ll be bad! The suspicions I had disappeared in an instant when I saw what time it was. I don¡¯t have any time anymore to be leisurely thinking about such things. I hurried up and got to the living room as fast as I could, where my older brother who was a college student was having a rxing breakfast. My other older brother who was already apany worker as well as my father seemed to be off to work already. ¡°G, good morning. No matter how old you get, it seems that you won¡¯t wake up unless we take the nket off you.¡± As my brother said so with a wry smile on his face, mom quickly brought over a lunchbox for me. ¡°Thank you.¡± I thanked her, and when I received the lunchbox, my stomach immediately went ¡°growl~.¡± There was a delicious breakfast lined up on the table before me, and my stomach felt quite empty, but there really wasn¡¯t enough time for me to be eating. I looked again at the table, in search of something that I could eat while on the move, but I found nothing. Since there was no helping it, while getting on my bike, I rummaged through the refrigerator to look for something that seemed edible and stuffed it into my mouth. ¡°I¡¯m offu~¡± With that goodbye, I headed for the entrance, and when I looked back mom had a startled look on her face for some reason. Behind her, my brother had exploded intoughter for some reason. ¡°Wait a minute, why are you guys being like that¡­¡­¡± Mom looked like she was about to say something, but I didn¡¯t listen because there wasn¡¯t any more time left. I left the house while riding on my favorite bike from middle school. My mom seemed to be running lightly after me, and I heard her shouting after me. ¡°At least have something like bread in your mouth!! Why is it a cucumber!!¡± While pedaling my bike, I chewed on the cucumber that was serving as a substitute for my breakfast. It¡¯s probably a cucumber straight from grandmother¡¯s field, it¡¯s so fresh and delicious, but there¡¯s still ack of vor from eating it raw, I¡¯m regretting a little that I didn¡¯t get some miso as well. While stuffing my mouth with the cucumber, and being barked at by all the dogs in the neighborhood, I somehow managed to reach school right when the bell was ringing to signify the start of homeroom. I hurried up and got to the ssroom, and it was a bit noisy still. It seems like the homeroom teacher¡¯s not here yet. ¡°Just barely safe.¡± As I said so, the teacher entered the door right behind me. ¡°Unfortunately, you¡¯re out.¡± The teacher standing on the tform was looking at me coldly. Then - because I had broken a new record for number of times beingte¡­¡­ During lunch break, I was called over by my homeroom teacher, and had to listen to a lecture. Lunch break was already half over when the lecture finally ended, while being depressed, just like that, I headed over to A-chan¡¯s ssroom. She¡¯s been my best friend since middle school, and is an otaku as well, but we were separated into different sses during our second year of high school, so visiting A-chan¡¯s ss during lunch break to talk about otaku things while having lunch has be our daily routine. At seeing me appear so muchter than usual, A-chan said - ¡°You werete again, and got called out by the teacher, really, when will you ever be able to get to school on time?¡± It seems that she knew about me beingte to school and getting called out by the teacher, and she had an amazed look on her face. ¡°I stayed up a littletest night, so I couldn¡¯t get up in the morning.¡± When I gave my excuse, A-chan¡¯s face became even more amazed. ¡°Were you staying up all night ying games again? Please think about the proper use of time a little more.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Mmm, I may have gotten a little too absorbed.¡± After bing a high school student, I had gottenpletely addicted to the otome game genre ever since receiving one from A-chan. Whenever I would get my hands on a new game, I wouldpletely forget the time in my passion for gaming. ¡°To the point where you stayed up all night again¡­¡­ Did you get a little farther in ¡®Fortune Lover?¡¯¡± ¡°Fortune Lover¡± is an otome game that I bought recently for which I have been sacrificing my sleep time in order to desperately y it as much as I can. ¡°Mmm, I¡¯m about toplete the self-important Prince n¡¯s route.¡± One of the capture targets in ¡°Fortune Lover,¡± n is set as quite the self-important prince. ¡­¡­But, even though he¡¯s a bit arrogant¡­¡­ He¡¯s basically very nice, and he doesn¡¯t feel as self-important as in the game settings. ¡­¡­Huh? ¡­As in the game, what? ¡­¡­I wonder exactly what I¡¯m thinking about. It¡¯s almost as if I¡¯ve met the actual game character¡­¡­ ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± I was suddenly interrupted while I was thinking by A-chan who was looking worriedly at me. ¡°Ah, mmm. Nothing¡¯s the matter. Ah, I have to finish lunch quickly!¡± Since I¡¯ve already lost nearly half of my lunch break to the lecture, I¡¯m going to have to eat as quickly as possible if I want to finish lunch at all. What¡¯s more, my stomach¡¯s so empty because my breakfast was only one cucumber. I opened up the lunchbox that mom prepared for me. While finishing lunch, I had a fun time talking otaku things with A-chan like usual. Waking up in the morning, going to school with one of mom¡¯s lunchboxes, and happily chatting with my friends. That¡¯s my daily life. Even though it¡¯s no different from usual - For some reason, I felt very nostalgic today, that I was missing something. It would be good if these kinds of days would continue on forever. Why is it that I was thinking this way? Then over the next few days, the otome game was proceeding smoothly. Right now I¡¯m in the midst of capturing the evil sadistic Prince Jared. But¡­¡­ I wonder what it is. I keep feeling like something¡¯s wrong. Especially whenever I¡¯m ying ¡°Fortune Lover,¡± the feeling gets stronger. It¡¯s almost as if I¡¯ve forgotten something important¡­¡­ I keep having this strange sensation. But even so¡­¡­ No matter how hard I thought about it, I couldn¡¯t remember anything. And so, the days continued like this, until lunch break one day. I was eating lunch together with A-chan like usual. ¡°How¡¯s your progress with ¡®Fortune Lover?¡¯¡± ¡°Right now, I¡¯m in the midst of capturing the evil sadistic Prince Jared.¡± When I answered her, for some reason, A-chan made a troubled face. For some reason, A-chan feels a little different from usual today. I can¡¯t pinpoint anything specific that seems off, but for some reason she felt more mature than usual today. ¡°How¡¯s school, is it fun?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh, ah¡­¡­ Mmm.¡± Once again, the question that A-chan asked, was a bit strange for some reason. I replied, and stared at A-chan who was different from usual for some reason. That¡¯s, A-chan¡¯s face like it always is, the face that I¡¯ve always seen since middle school¡­¡­ Or it was supposed to be¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­¡­EH!?¡± Involuntarily, I let out a sound of surprise. What is this, for a moment, I saw a beautiful girl with white hair and red eyes instead of A-chan there. Such a thing¡­¡­ It¡¯s so unbelievable that I rubbed my eyes over and over again, and I looked at my friend¡¯s face again. Then, I saw the face that I had always seen. I wonder what¡¯s going on today¡­¡­ Was it just my imagination¡­¡­ Staring at my friend like this while frozen solid, a very mature smile appeared on A-chan¡¯s face. ¡°I¡¯m having a lot of fun. Having met you, and being able to spend time with you like this again. But¡­¡­ This isn¡¯t supposed to be your world.¡± ¡°¡­¡­?¡± This isn¡¯t my world? What on earth is A-chan talking about? ¡°You already have a world of your own. And, there¡¯s a lot of people waiting for you there.¡± ¡°¡­¡­A-chan¡­¡­ Exactly what do you mean?¡± At the confused me, A-chan gently smiled. ¡°Hey, listen, everyone is calling out for you.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh¡­¡­?¡± Right after A-chan said so, I suddenly heard voices. ¡°Katarina, please wake up! I can¡¯t even think about a life without you anymore!¡± ¡°Wake up, nee-san! You promised that you¡¯d always be with me forever!¡± ¡°Katarina-sama! Please wake up! I won¡¯t be able to keep working hard if you¡¯re not there!¡± ¡°Get up! How long are you nning to sleep there! You stupid girl!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Katarina, open your eyes, please.¡± ¡°¡­¡­I¡¯m begging you. Katarina-sama, please open your eyes.¡± There are all such nostalgic voices¡­¡­ Voices that I had been hearing for forever. As if some sort of fog was obstructing my memories, I had strongly felt like something was wrong. The fog that had kept blocking my memories was disappearing. Nostalgic voices¡­¡­ My stepbrother and friends¡­¡­ All the people important to me¡­¡­ Why is that I could have forgotten such important people to me. The fogpletely disappeared, and my memory became clear. And before I realized it, I remembered everything. It¡¯s just as A-chan said. With my slightly nagging but a very gentle family and my otaku best friend, and my favorite otome game, this world is veryfortable. However¡­¡­ This isn¡¯t my world anymore. I have a new world now. A new family and friends¡­¡­ There¡¯s so many people important to me in the new world as well. And, everyone is waiting for me there. ¡°I have to return to my world now. There¡¯s a lot of people important to me waiting for me there¡± is what I strongly thought. Then, I heard some sort of strange popping sound in the ssroom. When I looked around me in surprise, without realizing it, all the other ssmates that should have been there had disappeared. There was only me and A-chan in the ssroom. The floor was beginning to crumble and fall apart. Then, I saw a bright light in its ce. Ahh, I understand now that if I jump down here I¡¯ll be able to return to my original world. ¡°Ah, that¡¯s right! A-chan! When I return to my world I have to go help Maria! Since it¡¯s A-chan, do you happen to know where Maria is? Tell me!¡± Since she¡¯s beaten the entire game, she should know everything. ¡°I know. Maria¡¯s inside the school still. There¡¯s a hidden room in the school. It¡¯s -¡± A-chan told me the location in detail. As she was telling me so, the floor was falling apart more and more, and I was going to be sucked into the light. There¡¯s no more time¡­¡­ If only I had remembered sooner, there¡¯s still so much more that I wanted to talk about. ¡°Ahh, one more thing. Why did the student council president¡­¡­¡± Why did he look so pained and about to cry that time when I asked him that question. Finally, the floor around my feet was beginning to crumble as well. Along with the crumbling floor, I was about to be sucked into the light. A-chan was looking at me with very gentle eyes. ¡°Since it¡¯s you, everything will definitely be alright. Just like how you saved us, you¡¯ll save the president as well. His real name is -¡± ¡°Eh? Saving? Real name?¡± Being confused at hearing things I didn¡¯t understand, I asked her back, but my body had already been sucked into the light. I could barely see A-chan¡¯s face anymore. This must be my farewell with A-chan. My best friend that¡¯s always been with me since middle school. It¡¯s all thanks to her that I was able to be a high school student without a problem. She¡¯s helped me so, so, much. And yet¡­¡­ Because of the sudden ident - I wasn¡¯t even able to tell her farewell or thank you. This is myst chance. ¡°A, A-chan. I¡¯m really happy to have met you again after so long! Farewell, and thank you for everything up to now!¡± I shouted at A-chan who I couldn¡¯t see anymore with all my might, I wonder if it reached her. ¡°I¡¯m also really happy. Right now, I¡¯m by your side again as Sophia. Farewell, and thank you, my important best friend.¡± A-chan¡¯sst words didn¡¯t reach me. When I opened my eyes, I saw Sophia crying a river of tears before me. And, behind her, Jared, Keith, Mary, n, and Nico were there as well. The people most important to me. Ahh, I¡¯ve returned to my world. Sophia hugged me when I woke up, and cried even harder. Mary who was always so calm waspletely in tears as well, and also hugged me. Everyone else was looking at me with relieved expressions. I understood very well how worried everyone had been about me. This is my world. This world with all the people important to me. That¡¯s why - I want to protect this world and these people. I definitely won¡¯t allow you to make such a terrible bad end! Chapter 33 — I said something was impossible

Chapter 33 - I said something was impossible

When I woke up and started moving, I started stretching my creaky body. After all, I¡¯ve been asleep for two full days, it seems that my body has gotten a bit slow. After waking up I immediately went off to find the student council president, Sirius Deek, but¡­¡­ I couldn¡¯t find him anywhere at school or the dorms. Everyone said that he must have known about me waking up and escaped somewhere, but¡­¡­ That¡¯s not what I thought. He¡¯s probably still in the school somewhere, I wondered if he would be where Maria was. Why I thought so, I couldn¡¯t answer well at all, but even so I still believed it. He must be where Maria is. And Maria must still be safe. That¡¯s why, I headed to the hidden room where Maria was in order to rescue her. ¡°He¡¯s the culprit who tried to steal your life, he¡¯s dangerous. We¡¯ll go find him together with the servants, so you rest here¡± is what everyone told me, but¡­¡­ Since I caused Maria to fall into this pinch, I have to save her with my own hands. Also¡­¡­ I have to talk to Sirius properly one more time. The way Sirius seemed right before I lost consciousness - had been strongly burned into my mind. He had such a bitter and painful expression, and he had been crying without making a sound. Even though he had such bad intentions for me¡­¡­ I still can¡¯t help but worry about the way he seemed. Also, what A-chan said at the end, about his real name - he must have someplicated circumstances, Sirius Deek. That¡¯s why, I - have to go myself to talk to Sirius properly one more time. That¡¯s why, I myself headed to where he should be. My friends were quite reluctant to go along with my selfishness. There was no way that I was going to be allowed to go by myself, so it was decided that everyone would go with me. And so, together with my stepbrother and friends, we headed to where Sirius and Maria should be. We advanced through the dim forest next to the school. In a location that¡¯s closer to the ministry of magic than the school itself, is a warehouse that¡¯s not used very often. We opened the strangely heavy doors and entered inside. Inside it was about asrge as the es family mansion guest room, and it was cluttered with various items that I didn¡¯t know the purpose for. I avoided all the clutter, and headed directly for the back. Then, I reached arge bookshelf on the opposite wall from the entrance. It looks too heavy to move by myself, but just like A-chan taught me, there was a button on the side of the bookshelf. I pushed the button. Then, the heavy bookshelf slid to the right with barely any sound. And what the bookshelf revealed, was a sturdy-looking ck door. ¡°There really was something here!¡± Everyone that came along with me eximed in surprise. I had said that ¡°I saw this hidden room in a dream.¡± At first their reactions were ¡°what on earth are you talking about¡± with the way they looked at me¡­¡­ I thought that I had been able to convince everyone¡­¡­ It seems that everyone still had their doubts. I ced my hand on the door that appeared. I thought that it might not be easy to open, but it opened right up when I put my hand on it. Behind the door was a room that was about the size of a dorm room. Then, I set foot in the room. There was only one small window on the ceiling, it was quite dim inside. I focused my eyes, and looked around the room. Then, I found a girl sitting by herself in a corner of the room. I immediately rushed over to her. ¡°Maria!!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Katarina-sama¡­¡­?¡± There was a thin chain of some sort locked around her ankles, and while it pained me to see Maria locked up like this, upon closer inspection it seemed that Maria didn¡¯t have any serious injuries. And although herplexion didn¡¯t seem too good, she was able to properly look me in the eyes. ¡°¡­¡­Maria, I¡¯m sorry for being sote.¡± I hugged Maria tightly. I¡¯m really sote in being able to help her. ¡°¡­¡­Me too, I¡¯m really sorry to have inconvenienced everyone like this¡­¡­¡± Maybe it¡¯s in relief or that she was really stiff, Maria lost all power in her body. ¡°No, you must have been thinking of doing something for my sake, I¡¯m sure?¡± Maria¡¯s somewhat troubled face slightly nodded. As expected, Maria must have noticed something on the day of the incident, and had been thinking about doing something for me. ¡°Thank you. Maria.¡± When I said so, Maria smiled a little and her cheeks became red. I¡¯m really so relieved that Maria¡¯s safe, and I let go of my breath. However, I still haven¡¯t fulfilled my other objective. ¡°Hey, Maria¡­¡­ He¡­¡­ Is Sirius Deek here?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Yes. He¡¯s still here. Behind that ck door.¡± Her face became a little grim as she indicated to another door. It¡¯s a little hard to see, but I could just barely make out another ck door in the wall. ¡°¡­¡­Katarina-sama had been attacked by the president, you know everything now?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right¡­¡­ Is what I would like to say but¡­¡­ There¡¯s still a lot that I don¡¯t understand.¡± Thanks to A-chan¡¯s revtion, I was able to discover this hidden location, but why was he doing the things he did? How¡¯d he get dark magic in the first ce? Will he really cause such a terrible bad end like in the game¡­¡­ There¡¯s so much that I don¡¯t know. However¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­¡­No matter what, I can¡¯t see him as a bad person¡­¡­ That¡¯s why, I want to properly talk to him one more time.¡± Everyone was saying ¡°you have no sense of danger at all. You¡¯re too kind for your own good¡± and seemed to be troubled, but¡­¡­ That¡¯s what I honestly feel right now. ¡°¡­¡­Is that so¡­¡­ Certainly¡­¡­ Apart from restraining my feet like this, he didn¡¯t really do anything bad to me¡­¡­ And he properly gave me food and let me move around as I liked in here¡­¡­ That¡¯s why, he might not be the real viin¡­¡­ But, it seems like he has some sort of mysterious power.¡± As expected, just like I heard from Jared, Maria is able to perceive dark magic with her own light magic. ¡°As expected, Maria knows something about his power?¡± ¡°Does Katarina-sama know something?¡± ¡°I heard about it, but¡­¡­ I don¡¯t understand it. It¡¯s only something that someone with light magic can perceive, or so it seems¡­¡­ Does Maria know something?¡± When I asked that, Maria firmly nodded. ¡°Yes. During that incident, around those girls and the president, I could see some sort of ck mist floating around them¡­¡­ And¡­ Right now, the ck mist around the president¡­¡­ Is even stronger than before.¡± Eh!? Why, did he use dark magic on someone again!? When? For what purpose? While I was confused, Maria continued on while thinking carefully. ¡°¡­¡­It¡¯s just that, the ck mist I see now is different from the one I saw originally.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Different?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. When I looked at it before, it felt like it was there a little as well on the outside of the ck mist, but¡­¡­ The mist now¡­¡­ Feels like it¡¯s enveloping the president¡­¡­ It almost seems like the mist is trying to devour the president or something.¡± What could that mean? He can¡¯tpletely control his dark magic and that it¡¯s now out of control? I tilted my head because I had no idea what was going on at all, and Maria also had a troubled face that seemed like she didn¡¯t know the answer. But, since we¡¯vee this far, ¡°since it¡¯s dangerous, let¡¯s go back¡± is something I definitely won¡¯t say. And, it seems that everyone understands the way I feel, my friends didn¡¯t say anything to oppose me but, they all seem to have a reluctant atmosphere about them of ¡°there¡¯s no way around it.¡± Well, since we¡¯ve alle this far already, they probably felt like saying anything more would be useless and have given up already. ¡°¡­¡­I¡¯ll go together with you as well.¡± Maria looked directly at me. ¡°But¡­¡­ Maria had just been locked up in a ce like this¡­¡­ You should return first and get some rest.¡± Even though she wasn¡¯t treated roughly or anything, she¡¯s still been locked up in such a dark ce all this time. She should hurry up and leave here, and get her body checked. That¡¯s what I thought as I refused her, but¡­ ¡°No, I¡¯m going as well! After all, I¡¯m the only one that can see the president¡¯s mysterious power. That¡¯s why, it¡¯s better if Ie along.¡± Indeed, Maria¡¯s the only person here who can perceive dark magic. ¡°Even if you tell me no, I¡¯m still going!¡± Like usual, there was a very strong will contained within her eyes, and as she said so Maria joined all of us around the second ck door. When we opened the door, I had expected there to be another room, but instead there were some stairs leading to a basement. It was only wide enough for one person to pass at a time, and there was barely any light, Jared used some fire magic to create some light and descended first slowly. At the bottom, there was another ck door. Jared ced his hand on that ck, heavy-seeming door. The door opened without a sound. It was a room that somehow gave off a bad feeling. Even though it was about the same size as the one that had been holding Maria¡­¡­ There were no windows at all and no natural light whatsoever. In that room, on the walls lit up by Jared¡¯s fire magic, there were sinister looking ck letters written there. It really felt like the air down here was rather stagnant. Also, he was standing in the middle of the room. Hisplexion that was lit up by themp he was holding, seemed even worse than thest time that I had seen him. Standing in front of all of us that hade in, Sirius seemed so tired and looked like he was ready to give up on everything, but¡­¡­ He met my eyes and opened his eyes wide. ¡°¡­¡­Why are you here?¡± He seemed to be extremely surprised. Huh? I definitely thought that he knew I had woken up and so he was hiding here, but¡­¡­ Maybe he didn¡¯t know? ¡°The sleeping magic has been cancelled out.¡± If you don¡¯t know, I guess I¡¯ll just tell you. ¡°That¡¯s not it! Obviously the magic¡¯s been cancelled out! ¡­¡­Meeting my eyes like this, why are you appearing in front of such a me again!¡± He had a grim look on his face as he shouted. ¡°Ahh, that¡¯s what you meant.¡± What he meant was the same as my friends, when I had decided toe here myself, giving all of them such a hard time. But¡­¡­ This is unexpected, for he himself to also say such a thing¡­¡­ Certainly, he had told me so many things full of malicious intent, and used dark magic on me. Sleeping forever until my life runs out is what he said, but¡­¡­ Well, I was able to properly wake up, and no harm was done, and it¡¯s only to the point where my body got a little creaky from sleeping too much. What¡¯s more, I feel rather refreshed because I slept so much. Those are my honest feelings. ¡°I don¡¯t really think that you did anything that terrible to me.¡± ¡°¡­¡­You, do you not understand what I¡¯ve done to you?¡± Ahh, it seems that he¡¯s looking at me like I¡¯m an idiot or something. How very regrettable. ¡°No, I understand it properly. You used dark magic to make me sleep, right?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right! And I was trying to take away your life!¡± Sirius said so with a grim look on his face. However¡­¡­ ¡°Mmm~. That¡¯s a lie.¡± ¡°¡­¡­A lie, you say¡­¡­¡± Sirius¡¯s expression became even darker, but I ignored it and continued on. ¡°I mean, if you really had intended to kill me, it would have been much easier to just kill me right there while I was asleep.¡± There were no witnesses at all in the garden, it was probably just the two of us, it would have been much easier to take my life there than going to all the trouble of putting me to sleep and waiting for such a long time. Even for me, who¡¯s not that smart, I noticed such a thing, there¡¯s no way that the prodigy in front of me shouldn¡¯t be able to realize that as well. That¡¯s why, he wasn¡¯t really trying to kill me, is what I concluded. ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡± While Sirius just stood there at a loss for what to say, I continued speaking. ¡°I came here because I wanted to properly talk to president one more time.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Talk¡­¡­¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. At that time, president¡­¡­ Had such a painful expression on your face¡­¡­ And because you were crying¡­¡­¡± Honestly speaking, the words that he said at that time, I¡¯ve already mostly forgotten, but¡­¡­ Well, there¡¯s no way about it because I had been in such a deep dream for two days. However¡­¡­ Before I fainted, only the bitter look on Sirius¡¯s face, and the way he was crying, I couldn¡¯t forget at all. Why is it that he seemed to be in such pain¡­¡­ I had always been worried about it. ¡°¡­¡­That¡¯s why, one more time, I would like for you to hear me out¡­¡­¡± When I said so and looked at Sirius, his face became really distorted. ¡°¡­¡­You hypocrite¡­¡­ So what you¡¯re saying is, you¡¯re going to save me like how you¡¯ve saved everyone else? Saint Katarina es-sama.¡± He spat out the words like he was being sarcastic. Hypocrite? Save? Saint? What is he talking about, I have no idea whatsoever. Come to think of it¡­¡­ A-chan said it as well during the end¡­¡­ ¡°You¡¯ll save the president as well.¡± But¡­¡­ ¡°That¡¯s not possible!¡± While looking directly at Sirius, I tly disagreed. ¡°After all, I¡¯m not the heroine. I¡¯m just an evil viiness rival character, there¡¯s no way I can save anyone!¡± My words must have been too unexpected, since Sirius was frozen solid with his mouth wide agape. Everyone that came along with me was raising questions like ¡°rival character? Evil viiness?¡± as well. Although I let it slip involuntarily, everyone doesn¡¯t understand what I meant as well. They might just think that I said something weird is all. Even so, those words were the truth. In this otome game world, I¡¯m just one of the heroine¡¯s rival characters, a noble girl viiness. What¡¯s more, the other rival characters are beauties like Mary or Sophia, with strong magic and smart as well, I can¡¯t evenpare. I¡¯m not really much of a beauty, my magic is shabby, I¡¯m not smart, I¡¯m such a regrettable rival character. That¡¯s me, Katarina es. For such a me, being able to ovee other people¡¯s traumas like a heroine, and healing their wounded hearts is impossible to do. Even so, if there¡¯s one thing that even I can do, it¡¯s - ¡°Although I can¡¯t save you from your suffering, but¡­¡­ But, I can stay by your side.¡± Since I¡¯m just an evil viiness, I have no power to save others. But, I can stay by his side. ¡°If I¡¯m by your side, when you¡¯re sad, or having a hard time I can listen to you, and be together with you until you¡¯re feeling better again.¡± Suddenly remembering my memories from a previous life, and realizing that I was a viiness with only destruction gs, I¡¯ve worked so hard every day. I¡¯ve had hard times and painful times as well. And, everyone had always been there for me. They would be with me and listen to me until I felt better again. That¡¯s why I was able to work hard up until now. And by my side, are friends that are really reassuring and can do anything. Someone like me doesn¡¯t have the power to save him but, if it¡¯s my friends, I¡¯m sure that they¡¯ll be able to do something for him. Little by little, I got closer to Sirius. ¡°That¡¯s why, don¡¯t cry by yourself.¡± Almost as if a dam had broken inside, Sirius was crying painfully. I wonder exactly what he¡¯s suffering about, why is he in so much pain? Right now, I still don¡¯t understand anything. But¡­¡­ In a dark room like this, it¡¯s too sad if he has to withhold his voice and cry alone. It would just increase his pain more and more. Then, when he reached his limit, he might really start off onto such a terrible bad end. In order for that not to happen - In order to prevent such a bad end - ¡°Let¡¯s go together - Rafael.¡± I reached out my hand to Sirius who was crying all over the ce, and I called out his real name that I had heard from A-chan. When I called it, Sirius - Rafael, opened his tear-filled eyes wide. Honestly, I don¡¯t really understand what it means by his real name, but¡­¡­ Even so, it does seem like he has such a name as well. Rafael nervously took my hand that I was reaching out to him. Because his hand that touched mine was very cool to the touch, I wrapped his hand in both of mine. ¡°It¡¯s alright.¡± To Rafael who kept crying, I smiled in order to try and cheer him up. All the while trying to make sure it didn¡¯t be a nasty viinous smile. ¡°The ck mist is gone¡­¡­¡± I didn¡¯t really understand the meaning of the words that Maria had muttered behind me, but¡­¡­ When I looked at Rafael¡¯s sopping wet eyes, they had a gentle look to them that I knew well. Chapter 34 — The magic was cancelled

Chapter 34 - The magic was cancelled

¡°What¡¯s the matter, in a ce like this?¡± I was being bullied by the neighborhood children, and I was hiding by the side of our house hugging my knees, and I had been secretly crying when I heard a calm voice above me. ¡°¡­¡­Nothing¡¯s the matter, I¡¯m fine.¡± I didn¡¯t want my mother who I loved so much to worry about me, so I told a lie and hurriedly wiped away my tears, but¡­¡­ ¡°If you¡¯re crying by yourself in a ce like this, your painful feelings definitely won¡¯t go away. When it¡¯s painful, mother will be by your side, and listen to what you have to say, so don¡¯t cry by yourself.¡± Mother hugged me tightly as she said so. When I was growing up, it was only mother and I living together. Mother would still hold me even while working, even though it should have been really hard on her, she always had a smile on. We weren¡¯t well-off in our lifestyle or anything, but¡­¡­ ¡°I¡¯m so lucky to have such a wonderful son¡± is what mother would say as she hugged me, giving me lots of love. Those were peaceful and happy days. I didn¡¯t know anything about my father. His name, or whether he was alive or not. Because of that, I kept getting bullied by the children in the neighborhood, and it would be a lie to say that I didn¡¯t care about it, but¡­¡­ Somehow it felt like mother was really reluctant to talk about father, I could feel so even as a child, and I didn¡¯t probe too deeply. However, I would soon regret that. If I had known about my father¡­¡­ I might have been able to change what happened. And so, the peaceful, happy daily life I had with my mother came to a sudden end. That happened during spring when I was nine years old. It happened during dusk, when I was returning home with my mother. I think some big men that we¡¯ve never seen before suddenly appeared in front of us, and - a cloth was pressed against my mouth, and I inhaled a sweet smell¡­¡­ I went unconscious after that. When I woke up I was in a dimly lit room. There was no natural light at all, there was only onemp lighting the room. From what I could make out on the walls, there were tightly packed letters of some sort written on them, and it gave off an incredibly creepy feeling. There were ten or so people next to me in that room. I was lying down in the middle of the room, and they were standing around me as if to surround me. The men who attacked us were among them as well. They were probably the ones who brought me here. I was tied up, and I tried to move but couldn¡¯t budge at all. There was also a cloth tightly packed into my mouth, and I couldn¡¯t make any sounds. Standing right in front of me, were a man dressed in all ck that seemed to fit right in with this dark room somehow, and a woman in all red with a sparkling crimson dress and a gem around her neck with the same crimson color. ¡°Child, you¡¯ve awoken. Now, bring that boy here.¡± When the woman in red said so, arge man came forth. Under his arm, he was holding a boy about the same age as me. The boy wasid down next to me on a clean cloth very carefully. Looking at him closely, he seemed to be overly skinny, and hisplexion was bad as well, and it looked like he was having difficulties breathing. He¡¯s probably very sick with something. However, other than the fact that he was very ill, he looked quite like me. Red hair, grey eyes, and his face as well - I wonder who exactly this boy is. Then, while I was still observing the boy, the woman in red spoke up again. ¡°Now everything is ready. Then, let¡¯s begin the sacrifice.¡± What¡¯s ready? What exactly are they doing in such a dark room? What¡¯s a sacrifice? I think I¡¯ve heard the word in a story mother read to me once¡­¡­ I wonder what it was¡­¡­ I still hadn¡¯t realized the situation I was in and was still thinking things like that. The boy was brought opposite to me, then the man brought out another person. That person was¡­¡­ the mother that I loved so much. Almost as if she was being dragged, she was brought over here. Her beautiful face was swollen up. She also had an injury of some sort on her leg, she was limping. ¡°Mother!!¡± I shouted with all my might through the cloth stuffed in my mouth, but in actuality only a muffled sound made it out. Mother was struggling. However, a man standing close to me pushed her down onto the cold floor. ¡°Stop!!¡± Mother was screaming, and pushing back against the man. While staring at us with very cold eyes, the woman in red spoke up. ¡°Take care to not treat that boy¡¯s body too badly. After all, his body¡¯s going to be my precious Sirius¡¯s body.¡± She¡¯s probably talking about me when she said that boy. My body¡¯s going to be Sirius¡¯s body? Who¡¯s Sirius? I was confused and didn¡¯t understand what was going on at all. ¡°¡­¡­Marchioness, if you hate me, it doesn¡¯t matter what you do to me¡­¡­ So please, I¡¯m begging you, please spare my son¡­¡­¡± My injured mother was desperately begging the woman in red. Mother was calling her marchioness. I wonder if she knows her? Also¡­¡­ I wonder what mother meant by hating her. Mother wasn¡¯t only gentle towards me, she was nice to everyone in the neighborhood and was liked by everyone as well. I can¡¯t even imagine anyone hating my mother. However, the woman in red¡¯s eyes became even colder as she looked at mother. ¡°¡­¡­I¡¯m amazed at how impudent you can be. You stole my husband from me, and even had a child, yet you¡¯re still begging me.¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡­I was only the marquis-sama¡¯s partner due to a momentary whim of his. That¡¯s why, I have no intentions of getting close to the marquis-sama. I only want to live a peaceful life together with my son.¡± ¡°Smack!¡± A sound loudly resounded throughout the dark room. The woman in red had pped my begging mother on her cheek. ¡°Mother!!¡± I tried but failed again to shout out. ¡°¡­¡­Even though they¡¯re both Marquis Deek¡¯s children, born at almost the same time¡­¡­ Why are you and I so different. ¡­¡­You¡¯re beautiful, and have a healthy body. And, your son is healthy and energetic as well¡­¡­ Why do you have everything? ¡­¡­I don¡¯t have anything, I¡¯m not that beautiful, I have a weak and sickly body, my husband doesn¡¯t love me, and even though I was finally able to give birth to a child, he¡¯s just as weak and sickly as I am, and what¡¯s more he caught an incurable disease, and doesn¡¯t have long to live¡­¡­¡± The woman in red grabbed and shook my mother. ¡°¡­¡­Only you¡­¡­ I definitely won¡¯t allow you and your child to live a happy life!! ¡­¡­Begin!¡± At the woman in red¡¯smand, the man dressed entirely in ck walked in front of my mother. Then, in a voice that sounded almostpletely emotionless, he began muttering words I¡¯ve never heard before. They were such mysterious words. Even though they¡¯re probably a foreignnguage that I¡¯ve never heard before, when I heard them they felt nostalgic to me somehow. However, as the man in ck continued speaking, I began to get goosebumps all over my body. The air felt incredibly stagnant, and something felt really bad. Then - the man stopped speaking. And then, the already dark room waspletely enveloped in darkness. In this darkness where I couldn¡¯t see anything, I could hear my mother screaming. When light appeared in thepletely dark room again, I immediately looked for my mother. Then, just two or three steps away from me, I saw herying there limp on the ground. Even with my tied up body, I desperately tried to reach my mother. As I got closer, I saw that mother¡¯s face had no life to it at all, and it didn¡¯t seem like she was breathing. Although she had been injured, it didn¡¯t seem to be something serious to this extent. Why? What¡¯s the matter? ¡°Mother! Mother!¡± I desperately tried shouting for her through the cloth in my mouth. Then, I met my mother¡¯s eyes. Mother looked firmly into my eyes. ¡°¡ª¡ªPlease¡ª¡ª¡± She said so in a voice that was so quiet it could barely be heard, and then she became quiet and stopped breathing. ¡°Well? Did it seed?¡± ¡°Yes. Just like how it¡¯s written in the book, he sessfully obtained the power without any problems.¡± The man in ck was answering the woman in red¡¯s question. ¡°I see. Then, let¡¯s immediately use that power to transfer Sirius¡¯s consciousness to this boy¡¯s body.¡± I heard what they were talking about, but¡­¡­ Right now, nothing was entering my head. I can¡¯t ept what¡¯s happened here right now at all. Just a bit earlier, I had been making dinner ns with mother on our way home¡­¡­ And before I realized it, I was brought to this dark room for some reason¡­¡­ And¡­¡­ mother whom I loved so much¡­¡­ wasn¡¯t breathing anymore¡­¡­ ¡°Okay. Well, I¡¯m starting.¡± While also touching the body of the boyying next to me, the man in ck ced his hand on my forehead. At that instant, my head was filled with images that I had never seen before. Strange images that even included sound as well. People and ces I didn¡¯t know¡­¡­ Almost as if it was a life that had been experienced by someone else, is the feeling I got. These images kept entering my head one after the other, and my head hurt so much it felt like it would crack open. Then - when all the images finally stoppeding¡­¡­ I finally understood everything. Why I was brought to a ce like this, and why my mother died in a dark room like this¡­¡­ The images that came into my mind told me everything. This redheaded woman¡¯s n - The redheaded woman is the wife of a noble called Marquis Deek, and she¡¯s the mother of the boy named Siriusying next to me. However, she wasn¡¯t loved by the marquis. The marquis was a feckless womanizer yboy, and his ways didn¡¯t change even after marrying. When he fulfilled his duty of siring an heir, Sirius Deek, upon hiswful wife, he never showed himself in front of her again. Because of that, she only had one child, Sirius, and her whole existence revolved around him. Every day, she would bitterlyin about her misfortune to her young son. However, the only support for her heart, her son¡­¡­ came down with an incurable disease. She made full use of their wealth and political power, and had so many doctors visit, but they all told her it was useless so then she tried some dubious magic, but¡­¡­ She wasn¡¯t able to cure her son, and he got weaker every day. The idea of losing her son¡­¡­ She couldn¡¯t ept the thought at all. One day, after dabbling in so many different types of dubious magic, she finally found out about the existence of dark magic. Magic that can manipte the heart and mind, and even rece memories. When she learned this, she came up with an idea. If she could transfer her son¡¯s mind to another healthy body, it might be a way to save her son. It was an exceedingly quixotic n, a thoughtless n that could almost never be realized - but, since she didn¡¯t have any ideas left anymore that could save her son¡­¡­ Even though this n was such an impossible n, it was all she could cling to in order to try saving her son. And so, she searched for the way to obtain dark magic - and also for a suitable vessel for her son. Her son¡¯s vessel must be in good health, and, it was necessary that he be as close to her son as possible in age and looks. If it looked too different, he wouldn¡¯t be able to inherit from Marquis Deek. Then, she found it. A boy that looked very simr to her son and was the same age - almost as if he had been born just to be Sirius¡¯s vessel - That boy was the son of one of Marquis Deek¡¯s former maids. In the past, this beautiful maid had worked for Marquis Deek and was favored by him, and she disappeared from the mansion when she had gotten pregnant. The maid had given birth to a son who looked much like Marquis Deek and they were living together happily. The marchioness decided that the maid¡¯s son would be a vessel for her son Sirius. Then, she seeded in finding out the way to obtain dark magic powers. Dark magic can be acquired by sacrificing another¡¯s life. Meaning, it was necessary to make a living sacrifice in order to obtain dark magic. The marchioness decided to sacrifice the vessel¡¯s mother, that woman who seemed like she was living such a happy life. And so, today was the day she finally put that n into action. She had the vessel and the woman who was to be the sacrifice captured, and had an underling who had dark magic perform the sacrificial ritual to obtain dark magic on the vessel - then, she had her son Sirius¡¯s memories transferred to the vessel. If everything had gone ording to the marchioness¡¯s n, Sirius¡¯s memories should have been transferred over to me who was to be a vessel, and I should have died¡­¡­ I was supposed to have be Sirius Deek, but¡­¡­ However¡­¡­ Sirius¡¯s memories - even though I had memories of everything he¡¯s seen and heard before inserted into my head¡­¡­ I¡¯m still me. Certainly, I now have Sirius¡¯s memories in my head. But that¡¯s all. Even though I have the memories - the boy named Sirius is nowhere to be found. However, all I could feel was ¡°I¡¯m so tired. I wish it could all just end,¡± nothing but painful feelings. He had been everything to his mother, his motherpletely relied on him mentally, even more so when he was on the verge of death, and she would always be crying by his bedside, but¡­¡­ All the boy Sirius wanted was to be free from it all. Even though he was so young, he had already gotten tired of living. He had no other feelings at all in his memories. And so, I didn¡¯t be Sirius, I just obtained his memories without any of his thoughts. The marchioness¡¯s n had failed. ¡­¡­However, if she learns the truth, I¡¯ll probably be killed here immediately, so I¡¯ll use Sirius¡¯s memories. I can¡¯t die here¡­¡­ It¡¯s the strongest feeling I¡¯ve ever had. I can¡¯t die yet¡­¡­ Not until I fulfill my mother¡¯sst wish¡­¡­ Before I realized it, the cloth that had been tightly packed into my mouth had been removed. I suppressed all of my feelings, and greeted the woman I hate most in the world - ¡°¡­¡­Mother¡­¡­¡± That¡¯s what I called her. That¡¯s how Sirius Deek has always addressed her. Then, a big smile appeared on her face. ¡°Ahh, Sirius! It¡¯s you! The dark magic seeded!¡± As she said so, Marchioness Deek hugged me tightly. I felt strongly repulsed, but I endured the best I could in order to prevent my body from shaking. Because, I can¡¯t afford to die here just yet. I¡¯ll live on, in order to fulfill my mother¡¯sst wish. ¡°¡­¡­Well then, Madam. My job here is finished. Would it be alright for me to return to my hometown together with my family now?¡± The man in ck asked the marchioness nervously. ¡°That¡¯s right, you¡¯ve done very well. Thanks to you, my Sirius was able to obtain such a healthy body.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Then, would it be alright for you to return my family now?¡± ¡°Yes, of course. I¡¯ll let you meet them immediately. You guys!¡± The marchioness beckoned towards the other strong-looking men in the room. A relieved expression appeared on the man in ck¡¯s face, and the other men approached. Then - all of them stabbed the man in ck with their swords. ¡°¡­¡­¡­Why¡­¡­¡± With his body pierced and bleeding all over, the man reached his hand out towards the marchioness. ¡°Didn¡¯t I just say I¡¯d let you meet them immediately? Your family¡¯s already dead, and waiting for you in the next world.¡± The marchioness wasughing gracefully at him. ¡°¡­¡­You promised you would return my family safely to me if I helped you¡­¡­ Even though I did so much for you¡­¡­ You¡­¡­ deceived me¡­¡­¡± ¡°There was no helping it, it was the only way I could get someone with a forbidden magic to help me. But, in order for everything to end safely, I can¡¯t let you who has such a dangerous power like dark magic just simply return home.¡± To the marchioness who was smiling at the man in ck as if to say it should have been obvious, he had a frightful re. ¡°¡­¡­Curses, curses¡­¡­¡­ I¡¯ll never forgive you¡­¡­ I swear I¡¯ll take your social statuses and power away from you all¡­¡­ I¡¯ll definitely cast you all down to hell¡­¡­¡± The hand he had stretched out touched my foot slightly. ¡°What¡¯s all this from a person who¡¯s about to die. You guys, hurry up and finish him off.¡± And so, swords pierced the man in ck even deeper thanst time¡­¡­ And he died. Also, at the same time, the real Sirius Deek passed away on the cold floor. And so, I began living as Sirius Deek. I¡¯ll live as Sirius Deek for now, and I swore that I would definitely take my revenge on the Deek family that treated me as nothing but a tool and stole my mother¡¯s life away from me. It was after I had already lived as Sirius Deek for some time when I noticed my mysterious powers. I was able to see into people¡¯s hearts and minds, and manipte them as well. That was the power of dark magic. Honestly, I didn¡¯t know why I had this power at all, but since it¡¯s very useful, I¡¯m more than happy to have it. And so, I lived only for revenge, and as time passed, I met her. She said the same thing as my mother that I loved so much, and even had a gentle smile that was so much like my mother, Katarina es. After meeting her, my heart became greatly shaken. That¡¯s why, I decided to get rid of Katarina. I used an eternal sleep dark magic spell on her, and nned to take away her life. ¡­¡­However, the magic that should have been impossible to dispel was cancelled. When I came to see how Maria was doing in the secret room, I learned about the magic being cancelled from her. Even though it was a situation where I should have been extremely agitated, I was very relieved for some reason. The magic on Katarina was cancelled, with this she¡¯ll be saved. That¡¯s great, is what I thought. And, if Katarina¡¯s awake now, everyone probably knows about me now¡­¡­ If that¡¯s the case they¡¯ll being to capture me. ¡°You can¡¯t let yourself be captured here! In order to fulfill our revenge, you have to run away!¡± The other me was insisting with all his might, but¡­¡­ At this point, if I¡¯m caught and everything ends, that¡¯ll be fine, is what I thought. ¡°Did you forget your mother¡¯sst words?¡± The other me used that on me again, and my feelings wavered a little¡­¡­ ¡°Please take revenge¡­¡­¡± Mother¡¯sst words - I had always been living on in order to fulfill my mother¡¯sst request. But¡­¡­ I¡¯m already so tired. I don¡¯t want to hurt anyone anymore. If the information about me is told to the school officials, the knowledge of this secret room that the Deek family is hiding will probably be exposed as well. At first this secret room had been created at magic school hidden away in the forest in order to research dubious magics in order to save Sirius¡¯s life, and after that it became a ce to research dark magic. The ce where my mother¡¯s life was stolen, and where my identity was killed. If this is where everything will end¡­¡­ It might just be fate. That¡¯s why, I¡¯ll just wait in this secret room. For my destruction toe - They came faster for me than I thought they would. I was able to sense that people had entered the room where Maria had been locked up. Since the room I¡¯m in is in the basement and there¡¯s a thick door as well as a passage of stairs between the rooms, I wasn¡¯t able to tell exactly what was going on, but I knew that people had entered. Finally, they¡¯ve saved Maria, and the school officials that havee to capture me have arrived. The other me was saying ¡°you can still escape! Use dark magic on everyone!¡± and kept shouting at me, but¡­¡­ I just quietly waited for everything to end. And so, I heard the sound of footstepsing down the stairs, and the door to this room opened. I had thought that it would be armed school officials who entered the door, but when I recognized the person who hade in, I involuntarily froze up. I had already predicted that the student council members such as Jared Stuart and Keith es mighte. They idolized her so much, and it would be natural that they would want to capture me who had tried to take away her life with their own hands. However¡­¡­ I kept staring at the person in front of me. Why is this person here right now, I had no idea whatsoever. Even though I said such malicious things right to her face, and tried to take away her life with magic¡­¡­ Why is she appearing in front of me again¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Why are you here?¡± She answered my question absentmindedly. ¡°The sleeping magic has been cancelled out.¡± Without any change in her attitude at all, Katarina was in front of me. It can¡¯t be, did she forget the things I did to her in the garden¡­¡­ ¡°That¡¯s not it! Obviously the magic¡¯s been cancelled out! ¡­¡­Meeting my eyes like this, why are you appearing in front of such a me again!¡± ¡°Ahh, that¡¯s what you meant. I don¡¯t really think that you did anything that terrible to me.¡± Just like usual, Katarina was talking like it was nothing. Even though I had tried to kill her, what on earth does she mean. Is she just that naturally optimistic and stupid, or does she have such a forgiving heart like a saint. Or is it simply that - ¡°¡­¡­You, do you not understand what I¡¯ve done to you?¡± When I asked her, Katarina replied with - ¡°No, I understand it properly. You used dark magic to make me sleep, right?¡± She answered with something obvious. ¡°That¡¯s right! And I was trying to take away your life!¡± Since Katarina has a hard timeprehending things, I said it directly, but¡­¡­ ¡°Mmm~. That¡¯s a lie.¡± ¡°¡­¡­A lie, you say¡­¡­¡± ¡°I mean, if you had really intended to kill me, it would have been much easier to just kill me right there while I was asleep.¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡± At Katarina who still hadn¡¯t changed and was saying stuff as if it should be obvious¡­¡­ I waspletely lost for words. ¡­¡­Indeed, it¡¯s as Katarina says. At that time, rather than going through all the trouble of using sleeping dark magic, it would have been much easier to just kill her right there. But¡­¡­ I didn¡¯t do that¡­¡­ No, I couldn¡¯t do it. I, I¡¯m actually - ¡°I came here because I wanted to properly talk to president one more time.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Talk¡­¡­¡± Exactly what is this girl saying¡­¡­ ¡°That¡¯s right. At that time, president¡­¡­ Had such a painful expression on your face¡­¡­ And because you were crying¡­¡­ That¡¯s why, one more time, I would like for you to hear me out¡­¡­¡± Her light blue eyes were looking directly at me. I felt a pain in my chest, and I had difficulty breathing. My heart was in a mess. ¡°¡­¡­You hypocrite¡­¡­ So what you¡¯re saying is, you¡¯re going to save me like how you¡¯ve saved everyone else? Saint Katarina es-sama.¡± Before I realized it, I had already said those things involuntarily. Even though she knows nothing about me¡­¡­ What could a girl who¡¯s grown up so happily in a wealthy duke¡¯s family know about me. If Katarina es says ¡°I¡¯ll save you¡± right here and now¡­¡­ I¡¯ll definitely scorn the hubris of the noble girl who was so favored with fortune and raised so preciously. However¡­¡­ Katarina said the exact opposite of what I thought she would. ¡°That¡¯s not possible!¡± Katarina was looking directly at me. ¡°After all, I¡¯m not the heroine. I¡¯m just an evil viiness rival character, there¡¯s no way I can save anyone!¡± It can¡¯t be, to be saying it¡¯s ¡°not possible¡± so clearly¡­¡­ I have no idea about anything Katarina es is thinking at all. I just stared at the girl in front of me in a daze. Then - ¡°Although I can¡¯t save you from your suffering, but¡­¡­ But, I can stay by your side.¡± Katarina smiled at me gently as she said so. ¡°If I¡¯m by your side, when you¡¯re sad, or having a hard time I can listen to you, and be together with you until you¡¯re feeling better again. That¡¯s the same as what my mother would tell me. I didn¡¯t want her to worry so I hid while crying by myself, that¡¯s what mother said as she hugged me. At Katarina¡¯s words, when I remembered this, something burst in my head. It felt like as if a mist had lifted and everything was clear in my head again. In truth, I had always had some doubts. For ¡°please, take revenge¡± to have been my mother¡¯sst words¡­¡­ I had wondered if my gentle mother who was always worried about me more than herself had really left those words. And now, I can clearly remember it. Mother didn¡¯t leave that as herst words - That¡¯s right. Why did I make a mistake like this? My mother¡¯s truest dying words were - ¡°¡­¡­Please¡­ Live, survive, be happy¡­¡­ I love you¡­¡­¡± That¡¯s right, my mother would never want something like revenge. In her final moments, my mother had wished for me to live on and be happy. That¡¯s why I had thought that I must survive at any cost. Before I realized it, Katarina had gotten close to me. ¡°That¡¯s why, don¡¯t cry by yourself.¡± Katarina smiled gently and reached her hand out to me. For some reason, I had trouble seeing. My cheeks were also wet. ¡°Let¡¯s go together - Rafael.¡± Rafael, that¡¯s my real name. The important, important name that my mother gave me. I took the hand that was proffered to me¡­¡­ Then¡­¡­ ¡°Oi, what are you doing. Don¡¯t listen to anything this bastard tells you! What¡¯s more, be on your guard and don¡¯t get close to her. At this rate, if you take her hostage and escape, you¡¯ll still be able to run!¡± The other me in my head was yelling angrily at me. I answered the other me. ¡°I won¡¯t do something like that. I don¡¯t want something like revenge anymore!¡± ¡°¡­¡­W, what!¡± To the other me who seemed daunted, I asked a question. ¡°Anyways, who are you?¡± I had always agreed with the other me who talked of nothing but revenge up until now. He was also the one who had told me my mother¡¯sst words. However¡­¡­ Mother¡¯sst words that I had heard from him had been a lie. This guy was deceiving me and trying to use me. The other me had twisted my mother¡¯s final words in order to goad me into seeking revenge. I¡¯ve finally noticed. This person isn¡¯t me. When I was certain of this, the other person that I had always thought was also me, finally revealed his true form. The other me¡­¡­ That I had thought was me¡­¡­ This person was - a man dressed entirely in ck¡­¡­ The man in ck who brought death to my mother on that day¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­So you¡¯ve realized it¡­¡­¡± The man in ck smiled sardonically. ¡°¡­¡­You¡¯ve been manipting me all this time by pretending to be me.¡± On that day, this man had touched me before he died. At that time, he must have used dark magic on me, in order to nt his own consciousness within mine and manipte me. And, he twisted my memory of my mother¡¯sst words. ¡°I was only lending you a hand to help you fulfill your own wish.¡± The man in ck spoke with great venom. ¡°¡­¡­Indeed, I also hate those guys very much. ¡­¡­But, I didn¡¯t survive for the purpose of something like revenge! I survived in order to be happy!¡± That¡¯s right, my mother¡¯sst wish - was for me to survive in order to be happy. ¡­¡­That¡¯s why, I have to erase the existence of this man. The girl in front of me has overturned everything with ack ofmon sense that defies even dark magic. ¡°It¡¯s alright.¡± Katarina¡¯s warm hands enveloped mine. I looked at the man in ck in my mind, and strongly said ¡°I¡¯m done with revenge. Your existence isn¡¯t necessary anymore.¡± ¡°Damnit¡­¡­ Who do you think it was that helped your weakling self up to this point¡­¡­ You traitor¡­¡­¡± As he spat that out at me¡­¡­ The man in ck disappeared. When I raised my face, I saw Katarina smiling gently at me. Side Story 8 — I was found out (Epilogue)

Side Story 8 - I was found out (Epilogue)

¡°Hey, Katarina. I¡¯ve always been wondering but, what is that bulge in your pocket?¡± I¡¯ve avoided all the destruction gs, and I had been sipping tea whilepletely rxed, when Jared suddenly pointed at my pocket, my hand went over to feel what it was. Huh, what¡¯s in here? What is it? I pulled out the item in my pocket. It was, in my eight years, the greatest masterpiece among the toy snakes. ¡­¡­Come to think of it,st night, when I was preparing against the destruction gs, I had put it in my pocket, and I hadpletely forgotten about it¡­¡­ What¡¯s more, of all things, I¡¯ve made the mistake of taking it out in front of Jared¡­¡­ Eight years ago, I had thrown a toy snake at Jared, and he exacted a terrible revenge upon me, and in order to guard against him, I had a toy snake made, and I had been careful to not let Jared notice my toy snake throwing practice. And yet¡­¡­ Of all things, at such a timing¡­¡­ Even though I had worked so hard to avoid the destruction gs¡­¡­ At this rate a new destruction is going toe for me¡­¡­ I held the toy snake and froze up. I really didn¡¯t have the courage to face Jared head on and see his expression. However, I was able to feel some kind of disturbing atmosphere. ¡­¡­This is bad. Somehow, I have to deceive him somehow¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Ah, ahh! What is this, when did it get there? Exactly who on earth put such a thing in my pocket?¡± For the time being, let¡¯s go with the scenario where someone put it in my pocket unknowingly. Uh-oh, the words came out in a bit of a monotone but, I think it¡¯s a great idea. This toy snake isn¡¯t mine, but someone else put it into my pocket as some sort of evil plot. ¡°Really, when did such a thing get in my pocket without me knowing it?¡± I continued with my convincing performance¡­¡­ Then¡­¡­ ¡°It can¡¯t be, someone arbitrarily put it in there?¡± Jared raised his voice in puzzlement. Looking at his face, it was just as stiff as his voice was. I, I¡¯ve seeded. I¡¯ve deceived him sessfully. My acting ability is quite something. At this rate, I might even be an actress in the future. And so, I gotpletely carried away and continued my acting. ¡°T, that¡¯s right. Exactly who would do such a thing?¡± I made a troubled look. I feltpletely like a big-shot actress. ¡°Really now, I wonder who exactly would have put such a thing there, hmm?¡± Jared¡¯s already beenpletely deceived by my wonderful acting. This is good, this is good. And so, just when I had bepletely at ease¡­¡­ ¡°- What exactly do you think you¡¯re talking about?¡± ¡°EH!?¡± When I looked again, his expression and tone of voice had suddenly changed¡­¡­ And the same evil smile that had been there when I had thrown the toy snake at him before was there again. ¡­¡­Huh? What? My sublime performance should havepletely fooled him¡­¡­ While my eyes becamepletely wide-eyed, Jared continued on indifferently. ¡°When you think about it normally, it should be impossible, something like putting an item into your pocket, without you noticing it at all. On top of that, doing something like this has no meaning at all.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Urgh, indeed¡­¡­¡± I had thought it was a wonderful idea, but¡­¡­ It¡¯s indeed just as he said. As expected of the genius Prince Jared. ¡°In the first ce, the only person that would be deceived by such a hrious lie, would be Katarina.¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡± ¡°What¡¯s more, you¡¯ve always thought I didn¡¯t know but, that Katarina¡¯s been secretly making something and sneaking out to practice throwing it, I¡¯ve discovered it long ago.¡± ¡°!?¡± What¡¯s this!? Even though I had thought that he never noticed¡­¡­ It¡¯s beenpletely exposed¡­¡­ ¡°And so, why would Katarina have such a thing?¡± Jared asked me with such a beautiful, beautiful smile. ¡°¡­¡­T, that¡¯s¡­¡­¡± Just in case, if the worst was to happen, it was to throw at you! But I can¡¯t say that¡­¡­ I froze up again. ¡°Well, I can get a general idea of what you were thinking, but¡­¡­ What shall I do? Shall I report it to Duchess es again?¡± ¡°Eh, nooo, please just not that¡­¡­¡± As that evil smile appeared on Jared¡¯s face, I panicked. If mother finds out about this incident, a frightful thunderstorm would surely fall upon me again. ¡°Is that so¡­¡­ In that case, if you listen to a request of mine, I¡¯ll graciously forget about this incident.¡± ¡°Really!? I understand. I¡¯ll do anything!¡± This is great, I¡¯m saved. Inparison to my mother¡¯s thunder, I¡¯ll listen to one or even two requests! To me who was excited, Jared moved his perfect face closer. ¡°Then tonight, without everyone else noticing, could youe up to my room by yourself?¡± ¡°Eh, uh¡­¡­ Why?¡± I had definitely thought that he would ask me something like taking notes for him, or making me buy bread at the store for him like an errand girl, but¡­¡­ What exactly does he mean by visiting his room and making sure that everyone else doesn¡¯t find out? I wonder if there¡¯s some secret he wants to consult me about? ¡°You¡¯ll understand the reason when youe. You¡¯ll listen to any request I make, right?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Ah, yes.¡± As expected, he must have something to discuss with me. I don¡¯t know if I¡¯ll be of any help, but I¡¯ll do my best. ¡°I¡¯ll be looking forward to your arrival.¡± As he said so with his face close to my ear, he smiled profoundly. At that moment, for some reason shivers ran down my spine. Huh? What? I wonder why. Confused at the mysterious chills, I reached my hands out and stretched my body all over. I was suddenly surprised, and turned around to see Keith standing there. ¡°Prince Jared, you¡¯re getting a little too close to her there.¡± ¡°Since Katarina is my fiancee, this much is normal. As for you, please don¡¯t touch my Katarina too freely. Isn¡¯t it about time that you left your sister? Keith es.¡± Keith¡¯s voice seemed a bit harsh for some reason, and Jared replied with his usual smile, but for some reason, rather than Keith, another voice replied. ¡°Katarina-sama doesn¡¯t belong to Prince Jared. There¡¯s no way that could be until the marriage has been officially concluded.¡± Without me noticing it, Sophia had been standing in the trees with a grim face I¡¯ve almost never seen her have, and then yet another different voice spoke up. ¡°That¡¯s right. She¡¯s just a fiancee right now, but who knows what could happen in the future.¡± ¡°What does that mean? Lady Mary Hunt.¡± ¡°Exactly what it sounds like, Prince Jared.¡± To Mary who was grinning, Jared responded with a smile as well. They looked like they were happily discussing something, but¡­¡­ I wonder why the atmosphere seemed so heavy¡­¡­ Before I realized it, all the student council members that should have been scattered about had gathered here around us, and everyone had grim faces for some reason. And so, somehow, I felt like there was a disturbing atmosphere in the air. Huh? Why, all the destruction gs should have been gone now¡­¡­ ¡°Katarina-sama, I believe your conversation with Prince Jared is over already, correct?¡± ¡°Eh, ah¡­¡­ Mmm.¡± I nodded at Mary¡¯s words that seemed rather intimidating, and just like that, it feels like I was pressured into it. And so, being sandwiched tightly between Mary and Sophia and Maria after that, I enjoyed chatting and having tea with them. Before I realized it, that mysterious chill had disappeared. I wonder what that was. That shivering feeling¡­¡­ I wonder if I¡¯ming down with a cold? And so, in the end, everyone kept an eye on me and I didn¡¯t go visit Jared that night after all. And, I was scolded that I was never to do a thing like that from now on. Well, indeed, as a noble daughter, visiting a boy¡¯s roomte at night, is considered a breach of etiquette. Next time, I¡¯ll just discuss with him about what he wanted during the day. But anyways, even though the destruction gs should have been gone¡­¡­ Is it just my imagination that there seems to be a disturbing atmosphere amongst my friends¡­¡­ Chapter 35 — The graduation ceremony has arrived

Chapter 35 - The graduation ceremony has arrived

Sirius Deek, his real name was Rafael Walt. It seems that he was the son of one of the maids that had worked for Marquis Deek, he told us everything. How he was raised, and why he was living as Sirius Deek. How he acquired dark magic. And how, he¡¯s always been manipted as well by dark magic for seven years. Listening to his story, rather than staying angry at him for being the culprit, everyone¡¯s feelings changed. Setting the original issue of attacking me aside, Maria seems to also have decided to forgive his crime of having locked her up for a few days. Especially since because, it seems that Maria was able to see the instant when the dark magic lost its hold on Rafael, so she had an easier time believing his story. However, Rafael decided to turn himself in to the school officials anyway. ¡°I have to tell them properly myself. The things that happened to me and my mother¡­¡­ About the man in ck¡­¡­ And about the real Sirius as well¡­¡­ And about the maniption¡­¡­ I¡¯ll properly tell them about the things I¡¯ve done as well.¡± After Rafael said so, he headed off to meet with the school officials to tell them about Marchioness Deek and her minions¡¯ crimes, as well as his own crimes. And then, a bitter, rumors about how Marchioness Deek and her underlings were arrested began spreading. Only the part about forbidden magic was left out, and not public information but, they¡¯ll probably still have to pay for their crimes in some way. However, there were no rumors about Rafael whatsoever, where he¡¯s been after he went to the school officials and how he¡¯s doing, I have no idea at all, and I¡¯m very worried. And so, a few monthster, it¡¯s now almost time for the graduation ceremony. Since the graduation ceremony is upon us, the student council members are all really busy. So, in order to not get in everyone¡¯s way, I¡¯ll work in my field to the point where I be a spirit of the fields, and I was on the way to my dorm room to pick up my tools. ¡°Katarina es-sama.¡± I looked back when I heard a voice that seemed familiar for some reason. There was a boy with inconspicuous auburn hair standing there, wearing a uniform simr to what people from the ministry of magic always wore. Everything about his atmosphere felt very ordinary, and if he hadn¡¯t raised his voice I probably wouldn¡¯t even have noticed his presence, he left no impression at all. Huh? Who¡¯s this? When I heard the voice I thought that it would be someone I knew¡­¡­ But I can¡¯t remember him. As I was thinking this, I looked into the boy¡¯s eyes. They were gentle grey eyes that I knew quite well. ¡°It can¡¯t be¡­¡­ Rafael?¡± I thought it couldn¡¯t be possible, and asked in a daze. The boy, or Rafael, opened his eyes wide. ¡°You knew really well. Even though I¡¯ve changed my appearance so much.¡± Ahh, it really was Rafael. Even though his appearance waspletely different from a few months ago, but his gentle grey eyes were the same as always. When I told him so, Rafael smiled a bit shyly. I haven¡¯t seen his smile in so long. ¡°You¡¯reing back?¡± Since he¡¯s here all by himself, I wonder if that means he¡¯sing back to school. ¡°Yes. Since everyone has testified so much in my favor, I¡¯m finally able toe back to school.¡± We tried our best to do everything we could for him, with the things he¡¯s experienced, and what Maria saw, and how gentle he¡¯s been, and we used all of our connections to appeal to the higher-ups. It¡¯ll be good if it was any help at all. But anyways, he looks so different from the way he was before, I¡¯m really surprised. I wonder why he changed his appearance so much¡­¡­ ¡°Could it be, that you¡¯re going to enter school again as a new student under a different identity?¡± After that incident, he just straight up left the school immediately. Although it was ostensibly in order to ¡°receive treatment for a medical condition,¡± there were already rumors in society floating around that Marchioness Deek had been arrested, and that her son Sirius must have gotten involved in some incident as well. That¡¯s why, it would probably be hard for him to keep pretending to be Sirius and attend school. However, if hepletely changes his appearance like this, it would be possible for him to enroll in school as a different person. Although, that¡¯s just what I think. ¡°Nope, I¡¯m not going to return as a student. Although, it is a bit of a pity that I wasn¡¯t able to graduate properly. I¡¯m going to be working for the ministry of magic from now on. As Rafael Walt.¡± Rafael was able to dispel the dark magic affecting him on his own, but at the same time, he lost his own ability to use dark magic. But even so, Rafael Walt himself has really powerful magic as well. It seems that his magic has been evaluated, and that he¡¯s gotten a job working for the ministry of magic. Well, there¡¯s also the incident where he obtained dark magic powers temporarily against his will, so that¡¯s why he felt it would be better to entrust himself to the ministry of magic, is what he told me. Because of that incident, for the time being he¡¯ll be working for the ministry of magic¡¯s facilities at this school. In order for the students to not find out and cause a fuss, that¡¯s why he¡¯s changed his appearance. It¡¯s just about impossible to tell that he¡¯s the same person as before, he must have been helped with his disguise by the work of a pro or something. If you¡¯re wondering just how good the work of a pro is¡­¡­ The disguise is quite high level, where even the shape of his face has been changed. As expected of the work of a pro. Until everything¡¯s settled down a bit, it seems that he¡¯ll remain in this form. ¡°Then, we¡¯ll be able to meet like this again, right?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. Since we¡¯ll both be here.¡± ¡°Hehe. Then, if we get the chance, will you make that delicious tea for me once more?¡± ¡°Yes. Happily.¡± As he said so andughed, Rafael suddenly and unexpectedly kneeled before me and held out his hand. This is the exact same pose that Jared had when he proposed to me so long ago. Eh, huh? What¡¯s going on? I had no idea what was going on and was confused. ¡°Katarina es-sama, once again, I¡¯ll be in your care. I, Rafael Walt, wish to stay by your side. Would you please give me permission to stay by your side?¡± ¡°Of course. I¡¯ll be in your care from now on as well.¡± Iughed and took his outstretched hand. ¡°Ah, that¡¯s why, uhh¡­¡­ Please, you don¡¯t have to call me ¡®-sama,¡¯ and I would like it if you called me as you always had before.¡± When I said so, Rafaelughed with a bit of a troubled look. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï Finally¡­¡­ Finally, the time hase. Our second-year senpais will be having their graduation ceremony tomorrow night, and I was clenching my fists tightly alone in my dorm room. It¡¯s finallye. The final event in the otome game ¡°Fortune Lover,¡± the graduation ceremony¡­¡­ The otome game where the heroine is surrounded by nothing but nobles will end after one year of her studying magic at school and having love stories with her fellow students when her senpais finally finish school and have their graduation ceremony. During the graduation ceremony, the heroine will officially be with someone from the capture targets, or even be with everyone if she was on the reverse harem route. I somehow survived the Katarina es condemnation event, but I can¡¯t rx my guard until the game finally ends. Honestly, everyone¡¯spletely be my important friends, and I can¡¯t imagine that they¡¯d exile me to another country by myself, or do something like take my life away, but¡­¡­ I have to be careful until the very end. I¡¯ve had Tom-san¡¯s masterpiece, the toy snake, prepared and stored in my dress pocket. And just in case that I get exiled, I¡¯ve prepared my own hoe, work clothes, and books on agriculture so that I¡¯m always ready at a moment¡¯s notice. My sword skills have been evaluated that my swings are good. I¡¯m also able to perfectly throw the toy snake quickly. Thanks to Mary who has a green thumb helping me, I can also properly raise vegetables now without having them die. And every day, I keep plowing my field with the hoe. It¡¯s finally time to test the fruits of my efforts all this time ever since I recovered my memories eight years ago. Come if you dare, destruction gs!! I¡¯ll show you the culmination of eight years of effort! Katarina es shall be your opponent! I raised my clenched fists to the ceiling. And so, while I was burning up with fighting spirit, I heard a knock on the door and Anne entered. ¡°Ojou-sama. You said that you would prepare a congrattory bouquet for Nico for tomorrow, have you prepared it properly yet?¡± Anne asked me as she looked at me dubiously because I had my fists raised to the ceiling. There¡¯s a custom at this school to give the graduating seniors that have taken care of you a gift of some kind. Well, that¡¯s simr to my school in the previous world. As for the congrattory gift, flower bouquets are the most popr item. Some people also spend a lot of money on items like expensive essories, but mostly only if they have a special rtionship of some kind. That¡¯s why, I was also going to use a flower bouquet, but¡­ Then, I started thinking. The devilish earl Nico, is extremely popr. It even seems that it¡¯s to the point where he has something like a fan club. If so, Nico would probably receive a mountain of bouquets. In that case¡­¡­ wouldn¡¯t it be better if I didn¡¯t give him a bouquet? In the first ce, it would probably be pretty difficult to take care of that many flower bouquets, and honestly, I¡¯m not very good at decorating a flower bouquet. That¡¯s why, I¡¯ll specially prepare something else for him. And so, I showed the item I specially prepared to Anne. It was beautifully wrapped and it looked like a bouquet at first nce, but when you look at it more carefully you can tell that it¡¯s not a bouquet. ¡°How is it, surely it¡¯s ground-breaking!¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡­¡± It¡¯s really such a wonderful idea I had. I¡¯m so wonderful. Well, I¡¯ve prepared the perfect gift for Nico now! My anti-destruction g countermeasures areplete as well! ¡°¡­¡­Um, ojou-sama, what exactly is this¡­¡­¡± Tomorrow¡¯s finally the final battle! ¡°¡­¡­Um, ojou-sama? Are you listening to me?¡± I raised my fists as high as I could towards the ceiling once more! And so, this is how the night before the final battle went. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï The graduation ceremony began with the same feeling as the entrance ceremony. The representative responsible for giving a speech for the graduating ss was Nico. It should have been Sirius Deek¡¯s role originally, but there was no way about it since he wasn¡¯t a student here anymore. At Nico¡¯s speech, regardless of gender or age, many people¡¯s faces started blushing, or sighing sweetly, having beenpletely enraptured by Nico. His devilish charm is really so frightful. Jared was the representative giving the speech for the first-year students. By the way, it also seems that he¡¯ll be the student council president for next year. Jared¡¯s speech as well, caused a lot of girls to sigh and turn red. As expected of a good-looking orthodox prince. And so, while listening to all the girls around me sighing, the ceremony ended without incident. And so, it¡¯s finally time, the critical moment of the otome game, the ending event. The graduation party. After the ceremony was over, everyone would gather in the school courtyard, and a buffet party would begin. During this graduation party, the heroine and her capture target of choice would secretly leave the party¡­¡­ And, the capture target would confess his passionate love for the heroine. Therefore, I¡¯m going to carefully watch Maria¡¯s movements, meaning whoever Maria calls out will decide which ending it is. And so, I stuck to Maria much more closely than usual. However, I can¡¯t only stick close to Maria. After all, this is the graduation party. I have to properly say my congrattions to the seniors. For the time being, I headed for Nico who was the person I had to congratte first together with Maria. When we arrived, Nico already had arge amount of bouquets on hand. There were even more bouquets ced in a bag next to him. This is more than I would have thought. While being taken aback by the amount of bouquets, I congratted Nico together with Maria. And so, Maria presented her flowers to Nico first. The bouquet that Maria had prepared, wasn¡¯t expensive but was a nice and lovely bouquet that seemed just like something Maria would prepare. After her, I also presented the special item I had prepared to Nico. At first nce, it appeared to be a flower bouquet, and I received a smile from Nico that one only sees so rarely, but¡­¡­ After checking what was inside, he justpletely froze up. Maybe he was suspicious at the way Nico seemed, n who was close by peeked into the bouquet as well. ¡°Oi, what¡¯s the matter¡­¡­ I mean, what is this!? Grass!?¡± n¡¯s voice was so loud, that Jared and Keith came over as well. Offended, I responded to n¡¯s remark as well. ¡°How rude! It¡¯s definitely not anything like grass! They¡¯re vegetables!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Vegetables?¡± n made a dubious look, and looked again at what was in Nico¡¯s hand. Nico also confirmed what he was really holding. A little behind them, Jared and Keith were trying to see what it was as well. ¡°I thought that you¡¯d be troubled if you only got flower bouquets, so I picked some vegetables from my field and wrapped them up for you. This way, you won¡¯t have to just throw a decorative item away, and I think it¡¯ll be practical since you can fill your stomach.¡± It¡¯s not a flower bouquet, it¡¯s called a vegetable bundle instead! During this season, my field doesn¡¯t have a wide variety of vegetables, since I made green vegetables such as leeks and onions the centerpiece, certainly it might seem a bit like grass at first, but it¡¯s different from a flower bouquet, and is really excellent if you look at it with your stomach. Ahh, what a wonderful idea it was! I was in love with the wonder of my idea, and kept praising myself. However¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Uh, no matter how you look at it, it¡¯s grass¡­¡­ I mean, calling it vegetables¡­¡­ Bwa-¡­¡± For some reason, n exploded intoughter. I wonder what¡¯s so funny. How rude. Nico who had finally melted from his frozen state said ¡°thank you. I¡¯ll treasure it as I eat it,¡± and Maria also said ¡°it looks delicious.¡± By the way, Jared was hunched over with his shoulders trembling again, and Keith sent a shocked look at me for some reason. And so, just like that, the party was almost at its end before I noticed it. Honestly, I¡¯m really quite worried. As for why, it¡¯s because I haven¡¯t seen any sign that Maria was going to leave the party at all. Rather, ¡°I¡¯m so happy that I¡¯m able to be with Katarina-sama all day today¡± is what she said so happily next to me. Why is it that you don¡¯t have a capture target in mind, Maria¡­¡­ Ah! Could it be that without me realizing it, you¡¯ve gotten on the reverse harem route, and you¡¯ll end up with everyone! I¡¯ve never cleared the reverse harem route, so I don¡¯t know the ending, but I seem to remember hearing from A-chan that Katarina would meet her destruction end there too¡­¡­ Ahh, which is it? Maria, is it the reverse harem, or have you decided on someone! I¡¯m so worried I¡¯m so worried I¡¯m so worried¡­¡­ I waited and waited¡­¡­ until finally¡­¡­ ¡°Hey, Maria. Do you have someone you like?¡± I asked her directly. At such a sudden question, Maria seemed badly surprised, and her cheeks gradually turned red. ¡°I, look up to and admire Katarina-sama.¡± She replied with the same response as usual as if it was natural. ¡°¡­¡­Um, Maria. While I¡¯m thankful for that, but¡­¡­ That¡¯s not what I mean, do you have someone you¡¯re interested in, someone of the opposite gender that you want to be with? That¡¯s what I meant.¡± This time, I should make myself absolutely clear and hear her response. ¡°¡­¡­Someone I¡¯m interested in, that I want to be with¡­¡­ of the opposite gender¡­¡­¡± Maria thought over and repeated my words, and I watched her with bated breath. Now, tell me clearly! Maria, which capture target do you want to be with? ¡°¡­¡­There isn¡¯t one¡­¡­¡± ¡°¡­¡­Sigh¡­¡­¡± At Maria¡¯s answer, I involuntarily let out a sound of helplessness, and froze up. Eh? Huh? Did she just say she doesn¡¯t have anyone? While I was in a state of confusion, Maria continued in a clear voice. ¡°I don¡¯t have anyone of the opposite gender that I¡¯m interested in. The person that I¡¯m interested in, and admire, and always want to be by, is Katarina-sama.¡± As she said so, Maria took both of my hands. ¡°That¡¯s why, from now on as well, please let me always be by Katarina-sama¡¯s side.¡± This line is something that I seem to have heard somewhere before. Ahh. That¡¯s right. This line was what the heroine said to the capture target at the very end. ¡°From now on as well, please let me always be by your side,¡± as she took the hands of the capture target. But, I wonder why she¡¯s saying that to me¡­¡­ I didn¡¯t understand the situation¡­¡­ I¡¯m even more confused. Another pair of hands reached out for my hands that were being held by Maria. ¡°Maria-sama, getting a head start on others isn¡¯t allowed. I also want to be together with Katarina-sama forever.¡± As she said so, Mary took my hands from Maria¡¯s, and she smiled gracefully at me. ¡°Me, me too! Katarina-sama! Please, please allow me to be together with you forever!¡± The face that appeared by Mary¡¯s side was Sophia¡¯s, who seemed to be quite excited as she said so. ¡°Then, me too. Within the limits allowed.¡± Nico said so with his usualck of an expression. ¡°If, if that¡¯s the case, me as well!¡± n came to the front as he said so as well. ¡°Everyone, what are you all saying? Katarina¡¯s my fiancee.¡± Jared calmly appeared, and immediately stole my hands away from Mary. Then right away, he also defended my hands from someone else¡¯s hands that came out from the side. ¡°Prince Jared, I think I¡¯ve said it many times before but, I don¡¯t think my nee-san is suitable to be a prince¡¯s bride. Please cancel the engagement. I¡¯ll properly take care of my troublesome sister.¡± Keith took my hands away from Jared as he said so. Then, for some reason everyone around me started getting heated up. ¡°Keith. I¡¯ve said this many times already but, I won¡¯t cancel the engagement. Katarina will definitely be my princess.¡± ¡°Nope. Prince Jared, there¡¯s no way I can let you monopolize my important sister all to yourself. I¡¯ll definitely eliminate the engagement.¡± ¡°Indeed, in order for Prince Jared to not monopolize her, first, we have to get rid of this engagement. Keith-sama, I, Mary Hunt, shall lend you a hand.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. I hate the idea of Prince Jared having her all to himself. Mary-sama, please allow me to help as well. Onii-sama as well, please lend us your aid.¡± ¡°¡­¡­If you all say so.¡± ¡°Eh, if that¡¯s the case I¡¯ll help as well!¡± ¡°Me too, I¡¯ll definitely be of help! By all means, please let me assist!¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­You¡¯ve finally all started ganging up on me, how terrible. You all¡­¡­ But I¡¯ll never let any of you past me!¡± Before I realized it, my hands that were taken by Keith had be free, but¡­¡­ Mmm, I have an incredible feeling of being in the middle of all this without being involved. I don¡¯t even know what everyone is talking about anymore¡­¡­ I even felt a bit lonely, as I looked at everyone who seemed to be having so much fun heatedly. They really seemed to be getting along so well, but¡­¡­ But I didn¡¯t see any signs of love among them¡­¡­ If it had been the reverse harem route, the atmosphere should have been a little sweeter. In the first ce, I feel like there¡¯s something off about the additions of Mary and Sophia here. Even though I feel a little left out, but¡­¡­ It doesn¡¯t seem like a destruction end for me. While still being quite confused, I worked my head as desperately as I could. Um~. This is¡­¡­ This situation¡­¡­ Probably¡­¡­ Everyone bes friends, the friendship end? The friendship end, also known as the normal end. The heroine doesn¡¯t pick any capture target in particr, and everyone remains good friends. Since it¡¯s a romance game, and she wasn¡¯t able to pick anyone to be in love with, in some ways it¡¯s a bad end as well. Why would Maria, tell me the line meant for a capture target, when in the previous world the friendship end that I had achieved had different lines and location¡­¡­ But even so, the way how everyone seemed so happy¡­¡­ It really did seem simr to the friendship end that I¡¯ve seen in my previous life. In my mind, I had thought that there¡¯d be no mistake that everyone would be madly in love with Maria. I mean, Maria is really, so lovely and gentle, and is easily embarrassed because whenever I look at her directly her cheeks will flush red, to the point where even I as the rival character would skip a heartbeat whenever I see her like that. What¡¯s more, as for Jared and Keith, whenever I was sticking to Maria, they would oftene and peel me off of her, and this was definitely evidence that their hearts had been stolen by Maria, and that they were jealous, is what I thought. That¡¯s why, I had definitely thought that Maria would have someone, or even be with everyone in the end. And yet¡­¡­ Unbelievable, for it to be the friendship end¡­¡­ If it¡¯s the friendship end, no rival would receive any serious blows. I mean, everyone only ended up as friends after all. Meaning¡­¡­ I, Katarina es, won¡¯t have a destruction end¡­¡­ Together with the breath that I had been holding, all the tension seems to have left my body. I rxed quite a bit, and when I spied on my friends who seemed to be chatting so happily, it seemed like the party was about to end. And thus, the graduation party ended. And¡­¡­ the otome game ¡°Fortune Lover¡± has concluded. It¡¯s an extremely unexpected end, but¡­¡­ As for me, it¡¯s a really great end. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï After the graduation party finished, we headed for the student council room. Here the student council members plus me gathered, and there was supposed to be a mini party here to congratte Nico. Since the congrattory party was right after the graduation party, it¡¯s enough to only have a few sweets and just a little tea. This party isn¡¯t known to the other students of the school, but we also called the former student council president of the school over, Sirius Deek, also known as Rafael. He seemed to be a bit timid at appearing before us, but everyone greeted him warmly. All the junior members had also prepared flower bouquets for him, and Rafael received them happily. But, when I presented him with my specially made vegetable bundle, just like Nico, he froze up for a bit. He¡¯s probably really surprised at my wonderful idea. And so the student council members were all together for the first time in a really long time, and we all had a good time. ¡°Please go ahead, Katarina-san.¡± Rafael poured a cup of tea for me with a smile. ¡°Thank you very much.¡± I thanked him as I received it, and I sipped on the tea. The tea that I haven¡¯t tasted for so long was just the same as before, having a very gentle taste to it. It seems that before, he had always prepared it for his mother who would always return home tired. Rafael¡¯s expression was very calm as he told me that story. ¡°Katarina-sama, if it¡¯s alright with you, please have something to eat as well.¡± Maria invited me to try some sweets as she said so. ¡°Wah, it looks even more delicious today. It¡¯s the first time I¡¯ve seen this sweet though, is it also something Maria handmade?¡± On the top of something that seemed like a fluffy sponge cake, it was covered in a lot of syrup, and just by looking at it, I was about to drool, and it¡¯s something that I¡¯ve never seen Maria make before. ¡°Yes. It¡¯s something new that I came up with. Together with my mother.¡± ¡°Wow, with your mother?¡± ¡°Yes. Since Katarina-sama said that you¡¯re very pleased with the sweets I made, I thought that maybe you¡¯d get bored if I always made the same things, so I thought up a new recipe together with my mother.¡± ¡°Is that so. I don¡¯t think the day where I¡¯ll be tired of Maria¡¯s sweets will evere, but I¡¯m still very happy. Thank you. By all means, please tell your mother thanks from me as well.¡± ¡°Yes. I¡¯ll tell her as well.¡± As she said so, Maria smiled so happily. I received the sweets that Maria made with the new recipe, and they were even more delicious than they looked, and I wasn¡¯t able to stop myself anymore. ¡°Katarina¡­¡­ If you suddenly eat that much all at once, you¡¯ll upset your stomach again.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. Nee-san. During the graduation party, didn¡¯t you also eat quite a bit more than other people? Don¡¯t be too irresponsible.¡± While I was lost in stuffing my cheeks with sweets, Jared and Keith caught my attention. Mmm, both of them are looking straight at me. Almost just like my mother. If I upset my stomach like this, they¡¯ll definitely get angry at me. Jared would nag me with a smile on his face. Keith would get a long, troubled face. There¡¯s no helping it. I guess I¡¯ll just save a little. I slightly slowed down the rate at which I was stuffing myself with sweets. ¡°Katarina-sama, I recently bought a new book series. Since it¡¯s a very nice story, please, let¡¯s read it together like before.¡± When I slowed my pace at stuffing myself with sweets slightly, Sophia invited me with some new romance novels. Any books that I would really like, she would always immediately lend to me. Mmm. I¡¯m really so happy. And so, I got all fired up for talking about books. ¡°Katarina, I might not be able to meet you for a while but, I¡¯ll leave my sister in your care.¡± Nico asked me with his usualck of an expression. ¡°No, no. It is I who should be saying I¡¯ll be in her care.¡± I smiled as I replied, and Nico¡¯s devilishly charming smile appeared. ¡­¡­Mmm. It¡¯s really amazing how strong his charm is¡­¡­ After many years of associating with him, I¡¯m mostly immune to it, but my cheeks still became red involuntarily. In this next year from now, I won¡¯t be seeing Nico much. I¡¯ll be lonely but, Sophia who loves her brother so much will be even more lonely. ¡°Onii-sama, pleasee visit at any time! If you spend a year out of the loop, you¡¯ll be defeated by the others!¡± and she asked him toe as frequently as he possibly could. Honestly, I didn¡¯t really understand what she meant in the second half there. But anyways, I understand really well that Sophia really loves her brother. ¡°Katarina-sama, next spring, what do you n to grow in your field?¡± After smiling at seeing Sophia¡¯s brotherplex, this time it was Mary who spoke up. That¡¯s right, it¡¯ll almost be spring. What shall I grow in the field this time. I wonder if I should try growing some new vegetables. Mmm. It looks like it¡¯ll be fun from now on as well. Mary said ¡°I¡¯ll help you again as well next time.¡± With the help of Mary who has a green thumb, it¡¯s like having the power of a hundred. ¡°¡­¡­The field is fine and all, but¡­¡­ Whenever you enter your field covered in that, you should really stop and do something to change your appearance¡­¡­ No matter how I look, all I can see is a middle aged farmerdy.¡± n said such a thing to me. To begin with, he¡¯s already said this to me several times over. Honestly, work clothes that are easy to move around in are the best for working in the field, but¡­¡­ But if he keeps saying that I¡¯ll try to do something to improve my appearance. ¡°¡­¡­I understand. I¡¯ll try what I can to improve my appearance.¡± Indeed, my work clothes are rather in and in drab colors. It can¡¯t be helped that they make me look like a middle-ageddy. Alright! Next time let¡¯s try using floral fabric for my work clothes! Since my stomach was quite full, I moved a bit away from the table to the window, and rested my stomach. Everyone seemed to be talking happily about something, and they were all rxed. While watching everyone, I thought over everything that had urred in these eight years. Eight years ago, during my eighth birthday, I recovered my previous life¡¯s memories. And then, I noticed that this was an otome game, and what¡¯s more, that I had unluckily reincarnated into a noble girl viiness¡­¡­ I hadmented so many times about my misfortune when I realized that. However, when I look back upon what actually happened¡­¡­ Things werepletely different from the game. Jared was supposed to be indifferent to Katarina, but he was always very kind to me and got along with me well. Keith who was supposed to be avoiding Katarina, was together with me all the time, and helped me so much. Even though they shouldn¡¯t have had anything to do with me, Mary, n, Sophia, Nico, and even Rafael, are all my irreceable precious friends now. And, even though she should have been my enemy originally, and the heroine who would bring destruction upon Katarina, Maria¡¯s also be my important friend. ¡°Katarina-sama, are you alright?¡± Since I was holding my stomach while leaning on the windowsill, Maria seemed to be rather worried about me. ¡°I¡¯m alright. Thank you, Maria.¡± Bing the evil viiness Katarina es, how unlucky I was¡­¡­ I hadmented how unlucky I was every day¡­¡­ But in the end, the destruction that I was so afraid of never came. On the contrary, just like this, everyone cares about me, and are my wonderful friends that will help me out. My magic is shabby, and I¡¯m bad at studying, but they never forsook me, when it was difficult, or when it was painful, my irreceable, precious friends were always by my side. Now, I can say it in a loud voice. Having met all these wonderful people - I, Katarina es, am - such a very lucky person. The warm sunshineing in from the window told me that spring was almost here. A new season was arriving without any otome game scenarios. The End Side story 7 — About the engagement

Side story 7 - About the engagement

I, n Stuart, called out my fiancee Mary Hunt today in order to talk with her about our engagement. We were in a dorm room, and nobody else was here. I intended to finally have a conversation with Mary about that. It¡¯s been a month since the dark magic incident that Katarina es got involved in. At one point in time I had been troubled by thinking about what I could do for her, but the incident was resolved with everyone returning safely. As for the main culprit behind the incident, Sirius, or Rafael, he¡¯s left school, and there was a bit ofmotion about the student council, but things were still going on as usual even so. During all that, there¡¯s something that I absolutely have to do. When I, n Stuart, was eight years old, I got engaged to Mary Hunt, the fourth daughter of Marquis Hunt. She was lovely, and I thought that it would be alright if I spent the rest of my life with her, but¡­¡­ However, I realized that no matter what, I had no romantic feelings for her whatsoever. I got my hint during the incident when Katarina seemed like she might lose her life. At that time, when I thought that Katarina might lose her life, I noticed my true feelings. I¡¯m in love with the girl known as Katarina es. When I realized this, my feelings suddenly overflowed, and I couldn¡¯t stop them at all. I wanted to be by her side even if just a little, and always see her smile. I know very well that she¡¯s the fiancee of my brother Jared. That¡¯s why, even if my wish can¡¯te true¡­¡­ I wanted to stay as close by to her side as limits would allow. And so, when I was busy thinking such things, I thought about Mary. Certainly, I like her well enough, but, it¡¯s more like a familial love for a little sister rather than romantic feelings for her. Familial love, while she certainly might not mind, but¡­¡­ So that I¡¯m not being disrespectful to Mary¡­¡­ Since it¡¯s like this, it might be better if she gets engaged with a different man that she loves instead, is what I thought. I kept being troubled and troubled by my thoughts until finally, I decided to make my intentions clear to Mary. I¡¯m not in love with Mary, and the girl of my dreams is someone else instead. And so, I decided to meet with Mary and tell her this. I¡¯ll leave it up to her what to do about our engagement¡­¡­ And so, Mary finally arrived. My lovely fiancee had a puzzled look on her face wondering what I called her out for just as I expected. To Mary, I¡­¡­ told her everything that I had been thinking about, except that I left out Katarina¡¯s name. ¡°Mary, I¡¯m really sorry to have done something like this to you. That¡¯s why, if you want, you can discard this engagement right now so that you¡¯re not troubled by someone like me.¡± At first, Mary had a really surprised look on her face, but then her expression became somewhat troubled as well. Then¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­¡­¡­You were more serious than I thought. How troublesome.¡± ¡°Eh, what?¡± Although Mary muttered something, it was too soft for me to hear, so I asked her to say it again. Mary justughed and said ¡°it¡¯s nothing¡± while smiling gently. Then - ¡°I understand Prince n¡¯s feelings very well now¡­¡­ But, if I discard this engagement now, my family will probably find another fiance for me immediately. I¡¯d be troubled if that happens.¡± ¡°You¡¯ll be troubled if you get a different fiance? You¡¯re very popr in our social circles, wouldn¡¯t you definitely be able to find a wonderful fiance that can love you?¡± In truth, Mary is very popr in society, and there would be no shortage of suitors for her hand if she discarded her engagement with me. However, Mary shook her head with a grim look on her face. ¡°No. What I meant by troubled was¡­¡­ Prince n, I¡¯ve always kept quiet about something as well, it¡¯s¡­¡­ In truth, I also have someone that I¡¯m deeply in love with as well.¡± ¡°EH!?¡± The development was too sudden for me, I opened my mouth wide and froze solid. ¡°I¡¯m really very sorry about keeping quiet all this time. ¡­¡­But, the love I have for that person won¡¯t reach them.¡± ¡°¡­¡­¡­Is that so. So you were like that as well.¡± So that was it. Unbelievable, for Mary as well¡­¡­ She had a person in mind as well. What a dense guy I am, to have never noticed all this time. ¡°¡­¡­But, I won¡¯t give up¡­¡­ My chances aren¡¯t good, but I¡¯ll try my very best. That¡¯s why, rather than getting engaged to a new fiance, I¡¯d rather keep this engagement with Prince n who feels the same way I do. That¡¯s why, let¡¯s please stay engaged just like this.¡± As she said so, Mary was looking at me with slightly wet eyes. When Mary who seemed ephemeral was asking me like this, I found it impossible to decline her request. ¡°I understand. Until the time when you seed with that person, I¡¯ll continue being your fiance.¡± When I said that to Mary, she smiled so happily. That smiling lovely girl, was actually our biggest rival, and what¡¯s more the strongest enemy, was something I would only realizeter and a story for another time. Side story 9 — About what happened to “thatâ€�

Side story 9 - About what happened to ¡°that¡±

(Trantor note: This first part of the chapter takes ce from the perspective of an unnamed viger.) ¡°Oh~! That, it¡¯s amazing~! Daddy, I, I want it!¡± My son who hade to town this time with me, kept pulling on my hand, and pointing to something in a store window. I¡¯m familiar with this shop, it mainly deals with things made of wood. It¡¯s said that this shop has both high quality and a great quantity of goods to choose from, and even nobles are rumored to buy and sell goods here, I wonder what item could have caught my eight year old son¡¯s attention, causing his eyes to sparkle? As I was wondering, and looked to where my son was pointing - I saw a snake. I was shocked to see a snake sitting quietly on the store¡¯s table, but¡­¡­ when I looked closer, I finally noticed that it was fake. ¡°Amazing~, amazing~!¡± My son seems to bepletely enamored with the toy snake sitting on the table, and his eyes kept sparkling starrily. This snake really has quite the exquisite workmanship. I don¡¯t think that it¡¯s only me, most other people would probably be fooled into thinking that it¡¯s a real snake as well at first nce. My son was now kneeling in front of the table with the toy snake, and staring intently at it. ¡°Ohh, wee.¡± The shopkeeper noticed us and greeted us. ¡°Ahh, sorry for the bother.¡± I also happen to be friends with the shopkeeper, so I asked him about the toy snake that my son is going crazy about. His reply was, ¡°Ahh, what you¡¯re interested in is something that a certain noble sold to me. It¡¯s quite amazingly well made, it seems that a servant made it. She said that she was in a bit of trouble and she absolutely had to sell it.¡± ¡°Ohh, so it¡¯s from a noble.¡± I wonder if some noble with too much money had it made on a whim? At any rate, it¡¯s really well made. Then - ¡°Hey, daddy. Buy this, please??¡± My son was desperately begging me with those shining eyes of his. Just like the real thing, something about the toy snake seems to attract children¡¯s hearts. I asked to see the toy snake from the shopkeeper, and borrowed it from him. It was much lighter than I expected, and it fit surprisingly well in my hand. It¡¯s almost as if it was intentionally made easy to hold, for someone¡¯s hand. I thought about it for a moment, and decided to ask the shopkeeper. ¡°Hey, about this toy snake. Could you let me have it?¡± ¡°Ahh, if you really want it, sure.¡± As I thanked the shopkeeper for immediately saying yes, I asked him another question. ¡°By the way, which noble did this toy snakee from?¡± ¡°Ah, it¡¯s from Duke es¡¯s family. Even though they¡¯re high ranked, everyone there, including the servants, is really friendly.¡± ¡°Ah, I see. So it¡¯s from Duke es¡¯s family. By the way, what does a toy snake have to do with being in a lot of trouble?¡± ¡°Ahh, if you¡¯re asking that much¡­¡­ You, could it be, you want more toy snakes?¡± I grinned andughed at my shopkeeper friend who seemed a bit surprised. ¡°That¡¯s right. Look, at how my son¡¯s eyes are so bright! Something like this that¡¯s so lifelike really gets the children going! What¡¯s more, it¡¯s so light and easy to hold in your hands. This really makes a great children¡¯s toy. It¡¯ll be really popr if it¡¯s sold in town!¡± ¡°Well, I don¡¯t really know the most influential merchants around here that well, but if it¡¯s you, the richest person in these parts saying it, it must be true.¡± That¡¯s right, I¡¯m one of the most influential merchants around here, and not to be too arrogant, but I¡¯m probably the richest person in town, most likely. All my new products are usually extremely popr. My intuition is telling me that this will sell really good as well. ¡°Alright! I¡¯ve decided, I¡¯m going to go visit Duke es¡¯s mansion right away!¡± Saying so, I took the toy snake that was given to me in my right hand, and held my son¡¯s hand in my left as I left the store. I kept looking at the toy snake I just obtained. The more I look at it, the better its craftsmanship seems to be. I really feel like it seems a little too realistic. But anyways¡­¡­ Although I¡¯m pretty sure this toy snake will sell well, I wonder what exactly it was created for in the first ce. ¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï¡ï ¡°¡­¡­Achoo!¡± Suddenly, my nose itched, and I sneezed mightily. Keith who was watching me furrowed his eyebrows. ¡°Nee-san, it¡¯s unbing of you as a noble girl to sneeze like that.¡± ¡°Hey, I can¡¯t help it. If it wants toe out, it¡¯s going toe out.¡± Together with my sneeze, my nose had be runny as well and was dripping. At seeing so, Keith furrowed his eyebrows even more, and sighed deeply, and this time he brought out the crystallization of many years of effort by me and Tom-san, which I had ced on my shelf. ¡°¡­¡­Also, nee-san. These past few days, I¡¯ve been finding these toy snakes scattered all over the mansion¡­¡­ Shouldn¡¯t you give it a rest already?¡± ¡°H, how could you say that! Keith, really, how hard do you think Tom-san and I have been working on these! I absolutely won¡¯t throw them away!¡± ¡°¡­¡­Even if you say that, having them all over the mansion¡­¡­ I feel like we¡¯ve been getting strange looks from visitors to the mansion.¡± ¡°I mean, since I went to all the trouble of making all of these, it would be a waste to not use them¡­¡­¡± Since I felt it would be sad for them to not see the light of day, I couldn¡¯t help but decorate the mansion with them¡­¡­ But unfortunately it seems that everyone in the mansion is against it. Even though at first they all said ¡°how cool,¡± now they¡¯re all saying ¡°they¡¯re in the way, get rid of them,¡± it hurts¡­¡­ I started feeling a little down, while Keith subtly looked in my direction. ¡°In the first ce, you made one of these first a really long time ago¡­¡­ Exactly what are you using it for?¡± ¡°¡­¡­T, that¡¯s¡­¡­¡± There was no way I could tell him whatsoever that I intended to throw it at Jared in case of an emergency, so I could only stare at Keith in silence, and he sighed yet again. ¡°Anyways, you¡¯re going to have to throw them away. If mother returns and sees the mansion like this, you¡¯re going to get lectured again.¡± Well¡­¡­ indeed, father and mother just happened to be out on vacation right now, but when they returned, they would probablyin about seeing the mansion like this. Not only that, I remember that I decorated one of mother¡¯s favorite flower vases with a toy snake as well¡­¡­ at this rate, it¡¯ll probably get quite dangerous. Well, I understand that, but¡­¡­ ¡°¡­¡­Mm. But, since I went to the trouble of making them, throwing them away is a bit¡­¡­ At least, if anyone wants them, they can have them.¡± I mean, for the fruit of my efforts to never see the light of day¡­¡­ it would hurt too much. ¡°¡­¡­If only such a person would ever appear.¡± Keith seemed to be looking off in the distance as he said that. This was a story about some toy snakes that were considered to be in the way right before they became a huge hit in town. Volume 3 Prologue

Volume 3 Prologue

(Note: this takes ce right after the end of the original story, at chapter 35. Katarina is now 17 and in her second year at magic school.) I¡¯m Katarina, a girl who reincarnated into an otome game as a noble girl viiness. I managed to avoid all the bad ends at magic school after much effort, and finally, I gained some wonderful friends! The greatest danger has passed, and just as I was getting ready to enjoy my first magic school festival, I got carried away, and was kidnapped!?!? New destruction gs and love events are waiting!? Prologue I, Katarina es, have now gotten used to living my days veryfortably. I¡¯m doing well every day. The reason for that is, I¡¯ve finally been released from the terror of my destruction gs. When I was eight, I hit myself on the head with a rock, and I realized something unbelievable on that day. What I realized was, that I was in an otome game that I had yed before, and that I, Katarina es, was the viiness from that game that bullied the main character. What¡¯s more, since Katarina was the rival character for two out of the four capture targets, in the heroine¡¯s happy end Katarina would end up exiled, and in the bad end Katarina would end up killed by the capture target, there were destruction gs everywhere in sight for me if I just waited and let things happen naturally, she was the worst character for me to reincarnate into. When I realized all this, I despaired, but¡­¡­ The otome game would only begin eight yearster, when I would enter magic school! If I work hard at it, surely I can somehow ovee my destruction gs. And so, I worked hard every day to defeat my destruction gs for eight years, until I would enter magic school. I practiced swordsmanship so that I wouldn¡¯t be killed so easily by a capture target, I practiced magic so that I could make a living for myself if I was ever exiled, and just in case things came to it, I became an expert farmer as well. And so, during this time, somehow all the game¡¯s capture targets, and even the rival characters, became my friends. And so, after eight years, even though I¡¯m not quite sure why all the game¡¯s capture targets and even the rival characters have be my friends,st year, I finally entered the stage of the otome game, the magic school. At school, I finally met the game¡¯s main character, Maria Campbell. Due to her overwhelming charm, it took only a few days for my fiance Prince Jared as well as my adopted younger stepbrother Keith to fall head over heels in love with her. Even though I was scared that her unstoppable charm would cause the game to go onto the reverse harem route, before I realized it, I had been captured by Maria¡¯s kindness and cuteness as well. And even though she should have been my enemy in the game, I got along really well with her. After that, the hidden capture target, Sirius, whom I hadpletely forgotten about, caused a huge incident at school, but thanks to my reliable friends, the incident was resolved peacefully in the end. That¡¯s how I spent my previous year at magic school while the graduation ceremony for the seniors approached. The final event of the otome game was the graduation party, where the main character Maria would decide on a capture target to be with. Exactly who would she choose, or would she choose the reverse harem route and be with everyone? My heart was beating so quickly and I was so nervous as I waited to find out, but¡­¡­ Somehow, unbelievably, unbelievably, the game ended with the friendship route¡­¡­ She didn¡¯t choose anyone to be with, and the game ended with everyone being friends. Finally, it seems that there won¡¯t be any destruction end for the rival character Katarina. Even though Maria is so charming, why did it be the friendship end¡­¡­ What¡¯s more, the confession that Maria should have given to a capture target, ¡°from now on as well, please let me always be by your side,¡± she said that to me for some reason that I absolutely can¡¯t understand, no matter how much I think about it¡­¡­ But anyways, the game ended without incident! I¡¯ve defeated all the destruction gs! It¡¯s been nine years now since I recovered my memories when I was eight, and now that I¡¯ve defeated all my destruction gs, I¡¯ve been living each and every day happily and cheerfully. Volume 3 1 The magic school’s festival Part I

Volume 3 Chapter 1 The magic school¡¯s festival Part I

¡°There¡¯s going to be a school festival?¡± ¡±Yes, a school festival.¡± The person who told me about that with a slight smile on his face was Prince Jared, the third prince of this country and also Katarina¡¯s fiance. On the outside, he¡¯s a picture-perfect prince, with blonde hair and blue eyes, but on the inside I know he¡¯s actually a sadistic, twisted person inside. When he gets angry, his expression is really scary. I¡¯ve seen this for myself countless times. However, the whole world believes that he¡¯s a beautiful, gentle and kind prince, popr and loved by everyone. His poprity is especially incredible among girls our age, so as his fiancee, some of them consider me a nuisance. Since Jared has excellent grades as well, he¡¯s now be the student council president during our second year at magic school, and now has many responsibilities. He had just told me about a school festival without offering many details. It seems that our school is going to be having a festival soon. However, what I was thinking was, ¡°but we didn¡¯t have onest year?¡± Ever since I entered magic school, I¡¯ve been learning academics and magic skills, but there wasn¡¯t something as fun sounding as thisst year. ¡°Oh, yes. The school only has a festival once every other year, so we didn¡¯t have onest year.¡± Oh, so they only have it once every other year. I wonder if it¡¯s something simr to the school festivals I had every year in my previous world. Since magic school is for two years, it seems that all students will experience a school festival once during their studies anyways, which is why it¡¯s only once every other year. But anyways, a school festival, eh~~~. That¡¯s something that I would always really enjoy and get excited about over in my previous world! I asked Jared what kinds of things will be at the school festival. ¡°Hmm. Stores from out of school will be allowed to sell their snacks here, and students will put on disy or sell their own creations as well. Also, it seems that the students will be performing in a concert as well as a y. Also, there¡¯s going to be a dance party in the school garden at nighttime.¡± Ohh, it¡¯s more like a school festival from my previous world than I thought! And what¡¯s more, stores from outside areing, I¡¯m really looking forward to that. I wonder if I¡¯ll even find some of my favorite foods from the previous world like takoyaki and yakitori there, hmm~. Although I haven¡¯t seen anything like it in this world yet, maybe I¡¯ll see them again if stores from outside areing! Ahh, how nostalgic~, in my previous life I would often go with my friends to have my stomach conquer everything avable at festivals. I loved everything, from yakitori and takoyaki, to yakisoba and chocte bananas, apple tarts, assorted sweets and confectionaries, and, and¡­¡­ ¡°Um, Katarina. Are you listening to me?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Oh. Sorry.¡± I had gotten so carried away with thinking about the possibilities meant by storesing to sell snacks here that, just for a moment, I had forgottenpletely about Jared. ¡°¡­¡­Well, anyways, I¡¯m going to be really busy with the preparations for the school festival, so I won¡¯t have the time to drink tea with you anymore with just the two of us, so we can go ahead and take our time today.¡± As he said so, Jared stuck his fork into a confectionary and held it up to my mouth, saying ¡°please, try it.¡± ¡°Thank you very much.¡± Just as I was about to gulp down the sweet in front of me¡­¡­ Someone grabbed the sweet from the fork right in front of me. Ah, I wanted that sweet¡­¡­ When I looked to see who had stolen my sweet from me, I saw my stepbrother Keith es standing there, a grim look on his face. ¡°Prince Jared, it seems that you¡¯ve been pretending I¡¯m not here right now for quite some time?¡± For some reason, Keith almost seemed like he was ring at Jared, while Jared responded with his usual calm demeanor and smile. ¡°You say that but, Keith. In the first ce, I don¡¯t recall inviting you here?¡± Just as Jared said, he had only invited me here today, and not Keith. He¡¯d invited me to his room today, saying ¡°I have some delicious sweets for you,¡± but¡­¡­ When I was getting ready to go, just like always, Keith somehow heard about it from whatever informationwork he has and showed up, saying ¡°I¡¯lle along with you.¡± It seems that Keith is really interested in Jared¡¯s sweets as well. ¡°Of course, since my sister is all-important to me and I¡¯m worried about her body, I¡¯ve apanied her.¡± Huh? It seems that he didn¡¯te here to try the sweets. He¡¯s worried about me, what a caring brother he is. However¡­¡­ ¡°My my, Keith. Even apanying your sister to a private tea party in my room. Just how much more overprotective can you get, you should please let your sister be alone for a little while from time to time.¡± Mmm, he has a point. It¡¯s fine if he doesn¡¯t apany me to things like a tea party in Jared¡¯s room, I¡¯ll be alright. My younger brother Keith has xen hair and blue eyes, and I¡¯m proud of his academic and athletic abilities, but he can definitely be a bit of a worrywart. Especially as ofte, he¡¯s been really persistent in telling me ¡°whenever you meet with Prince Jared, you absolutely have to take me along with you.¡± Well,st year, there was indeed the danger of me getting exiled, or in the worst case scenario even killed off by Prince Jared, but¡­¡­ I think that since the otome game ended peacefully with the friendship end, all the dangerous things should be over now. While I was absentmindedly thinking such things, the two of them continued their conversation, grinning at each other. ¡°If it wasn¡¯t to your room, I wouldn¡¯t have toe with my sister. If I let my sistere here by herself, it¡¯s way too dangerous.¡± ¡°Hmm, I wonder just exactly do you mean?¡± ¡°I think you¡¯ll know the answer if you ask your own heart. Prince Jared.¡± ¡­¡­Mmm. They¡¯re talking about something I don¡¯t really understand again. I¡¯m feeling a little left out of their conversation, as Jared and Keith seemed to continue on with their conversation so happily without me. They seem to be lost in their own little world, I don¡¯t want to intrude on their conversation. We¡¯ve all been friends for so long, so I just happily watched the two of them getting along so well with each other, while I sat back down and began eating the sweets on the table. Oh my, these sweets are quite delicious. This time, I¡¯m going to try some of everything. And so, while being left out of my fiance and my brother¡¯s discussion, I devoured all the sweets on the table. Volume 3 1 The magic school’s festival Part II

Volume 3 Chapter 1 The magic school¡¯s festival Part II

A bit after hearing about the school festival from Jared, preparations for it began in earnest. Since there¡¯s only two grade levels in magic school, but apart from that, the way that ssrooms are organized and taught is mostly simr to my previous world. Just like the school festivals I know, my ssmates were preparing to sell some things they made themselves or put on some performances, and of course this included all my friends and nobles that I¡¯m acquainted with. Alright~, then, I should apply as well for a booth to sell some exquisite vegetables, the fruit of my hardbor! Is what I really wanted to do, but¡­¡­ Jared, Keith, and even Anne, they all adamantly refused to allow me to do so. But, no worries! I¡¯ll just hand some out to everyone for free! But they shot me down again for some reason. They kept saying something about it being inappropriate to sell vegetables at the school festival. Saying something like it¡¯s inappropriate to sell my exquisite vegetables that I raised with such loving care at the school festival¡­¡­ I had thought that since I nted so much and have plenty to go around, I could share them with everyone at school. I really wanted to take advantage of this chance¡­¡­ But I couldn¡¯t. Seeing how I was all depressed, like an angel that came descending down from heaven, Maria-chan told me ¡°then, please allow me to make Katarina-sama¡¯s all-important vegetables into some sweets.¡± Ahh, Maria-chan is so kind. It¡¯s an honor for my vegetables to be made into her sweets. After all, Maria-chan¡¯s baking skills rival even that of professional pastry chefs, that¡¯s how delicious her sweets are. It¡¯ll be no problem to sell them off or give them away. Hmm? Selling them off or giving them away? And so, I decided to make use of Maria-chan¡¯s sweets in order to share my vegetables with everybody. Since this is mainly a school for nobles, it seems that selling things like vegetables isn¡¯t really popr here, but with my passionate statement of ¡°well, this will be more popr than simply selling vegetables,¡± I received permission to sell them during the festival. Yay! I seeded! I get to show off the result of all my hard work at the festival! Anyways, everyone on the student council is incredibly busy with the various tasks associated with preparing for the uing festival. What¡¯s more, due to a flood of requests from the other students, it seems that the student council will be putting on a y as well. I guess it¡¯s only expected that there would be such a demand for them to do a y, due to their poprity. My friends on the student council all really wanted me to join them in the y, but I respectfully declined. In my previous life, I could only act as inanimate objects such as trees or rocks during ss ys. Everyone else would be able to remember their lines splendidly, but it was too much for me. Well, it seems that they don¡¯t need any trees or rocks in their y. Even though I always did such a good job at ying them¡­¡­ But I suddenly thought of another role I could y. If there¡¯s any scenes where objects need to be thrown, please let me participate! Since I¡¯ve trained secretly for many years in throwing my toy snake, I¡¯m an expert at throwing! Hm? There¡¯s no scenes where objects need to be thrown? ¡­¡­That¡¯s a pity. What¡¯s more, it seems that they have nothing they need my help with, but I¡¯d feel really bad if I just sat around doing nothing without helping out at all, so I secretly helped everybody out a little. And so, I passed the days helping Maria-chan make her vegetable sweets, as well as helping with the preparations for the y. Finally, the day of the school festival arrived. At themand of the student council president, Jared, in tandem with his fangirls squealing in joy at his appearance, the school festivalmenced. Even though there was arge gaggle of noble girls wailing over Prince Jared again today like usual, of course, I was already happily up on cloud nine and paid them no mind. In my previous life, just the word festival was enough to get me really excited. What¡¯s more, this is my first festival in this life! Even though I¡¯ve already attended many dances and parties for noble girls, I still haven¡¯t experienced anything that could be called a festival yet. Because of that, as well as the fact that I had just vanquished my destruction gs recently, I was as happy as could be, maybe even the happiest since I¡¯ve evere to this school, up on cloud nine. I had to desperately restrain myself from humming and skipping. Actually,st night, I had already started dancing and doing such things in my room, but Anne got angry at me. She seems to think that it¡¯s inappropriate for a noble girl to be humming and skipping in front of everyone¡­¡­ Ahh, noble girls sure have a tough life. What¡¯s more, it seems that there will be many parents and guardians visiting the school today. But, my mom said ¡°because it¡¯ll be embarrassing, I don¡¯t really want to visit¡± for some reason¡­¡­ I wonder if she¡¯s embarrassed because she can be a little stubborn and single-minded sometimes? When I asked Anne about it, she told me ¡°I don¡¯t believe that she¡¯s referring to herself when she says she¡¯ll be embarrassed,¡± leaving me unfortunately even more confused with no answers¡­¡­ In the end, I never did find out what she meant. But anyways, it seems that my father is really looking forward toing to the school festival, so as the lovey-dovey couple they are, it¡¯s still really likely that both of them areing today. If motheres to school today and sees me humming and skipping¡­¡­ I wouldn¡¯t know just how long she¡¯d lecture me for¡­¡­ Mmm, I have to control myself. And so, I subdued my humming and skipping as much as possible, but I waspletely unable to contain my excitement and stop my joy from bubbling up. Seeing how I was acting different from my normal self, my ssmates that were with me asked me worriedly, ¡°Katarina-sama, are you not feeling well today?¡± ¡°I¡¯m absolutely fine! Rather, I just can¡¯t contain my excitement!¡± I answered them directly, and everyoneughed, saying ¡°that¡¯s how it was.¡± All of my ssmates, they¡¯re so nice. Yes, I¡¯m with my friends from ss today. Usually, I¡¯d be hanging out with my friends from the student council, but¡­¡­ Today, each of them is in charge of overseeing a section of the school as the festival goes on today, so they can¡¯t be with me. That¡¯s why I¡¯m going around with my friends from ss. Still, my friends from the student council said things like ¡°even though the school festival is such a great chance, why is it that I can¡¯t be with Katarina-sama,¡± ¡°if I knew about this beforehand, I wouldn¡¯t have joined the student council,¡± ¡°even though this is Katarina-sama¡¯s first time experiencing a festival¡± to me, all of them sounding incredibly despondent about it, so I promised them that after I went out to buy a few things from the festival stalls, I woulde back and see each of them. It¡¯s my first school festival here after all, so it¡¯ll be a real pity if I don¡¯t have enough energy to see everything! Alright! Yakitori, takoyaki, and all my other favorite snacks, wait for me~, I¡¯ming to see if any stalls are selling you! However, this, this is¡­¡­ The things avable for sale here are¡­¡­ When I visited the food stalls at the festival, it was so different from what I expected that it came as a huge shock to me. Festival stalls, should be slightly grubby, with middle-aged men in stained aprons and delinquent-looking teenagers shouting out ¡°hey there, won¡¯t you buy something?¡± Isn¡¯t that how it should be¡­¡­ Even though that¡¯s how it should have been¡­¡­ The stalls were beautiful and clean, and teenaged boys and girls were wearing perfectly clean uniforms shouting out ¡°wee!¡± to everyone walking by their stalls at the festival¡­¡­ Even if this is a magic school, I don¡¯t agree with this! What¡¯s more, the most shocking thing of all was¡­¡­ I couldn¡¯t believe that they were selling sandwiches and croissants¡­¡­ Yes, the magic school was selling things like sandwiches and croissants, rather than snacks. No matter where I looked, I couldn¡¯t find my favorite yakitori, takoyaki, and yakisoba. What¡¯s more, everything they were selling were things I could find at nobles¡¯ tea parties or in regr sweets stores¡­¡­ Even though I had already told my stomach to prepare itself for my favorite yakitori and takoyaki and yakisoba¡­¡­ Even though my dessert was supposed to have been chocte bananas and apple tarts¡­¡­ Since my high excitement level suddenly dropped down into the pits, my friends that were with me became worried. ¡°K, Katarina-sama. Are you alright?¡± ¡°What might have happened to you? Just earlier, you seemed so energetic!¡± ¡°Does your stomach hurt?¡± ¡°No, I think she¡¯s actually starving. I¡¯ll go buy something for her.¡± My stomach had really wanted to experience the foods from my previous life¡­¡­ Ahh, I had really wanted to taste them again, the sadness of not being able to eat them anymore¡­¡­ (Panting sounds.) ¡°K, Katarina-sama. I, I bought some food for you. Please, try this immediately to get your energy back.¡± It seems that while I was lost in my depression, my friend brought a sandwich for me on a dainty te. She seems to think that I don¡¯t have any energy because I¡¯m hungry. ¡­¡­Huh, just how does everyone around me view me? Honestly, it¡¯s because I was feeling down at not being able to eat my favorite yakitori and yakisoba and other Japanese snacks, but¡­¡­ Since my friend was nice enough to bring me a sandwich, I said ¡°thank you¡± and took it from her. Then¡­¡­ This is!!! ¡°What¡¯s this! It¡¯s so different from what we usually eat! The bread is incredibly fluffy, and the jam is so delicious! Where is this bread from!?¡± I was so amazed by the taste of this sandwich, that I couldn¡¯t help myself and started eagerly shaking my friend, and although she seemed surprised at my reaction, she answered. ¡°¡­¡­Uh, yes. Since our magic school¡¯s festival is quite a major event in our country, many famous stores will unveil their newest products here, and many of them can be quite delicious¡­¡­ Some people also call this festival the festival of gourmets, and everyone thates to this festival should know about its reputation already.¡± Such a thing! Incredible, for stores to be selling such amazing products here¡­¡­ Unfortunately, while my favorite snacks aren¡¯t here, I changed my ns and started trying something from each store and found that everything was delicious. What¡¯s more, for so many famous stores to be disying their newest creations here¡­¡­ I won¡¯t have a second chance at something like this. Even though it¡¯s a bit different from what I expected, there¡¯s no need anymore to be depressed. Eat, eat, ravenously eat until I¡¯m bursting! ¡°Alright! Everyone, for now, let¡¯s try everything!¡± I dered so in a loud voice, and energetically started running about, at seeing this, my friends smiled and said ¡°as expected, she must have been hungry¡± and ¡°I¡¯m d to see her getting her energy back.¡± And so, my excitement instantly returned to me, and I set my sights on having my stomach conquer everything avable at this festival. Ahh, this pastry is delicious as well. Oh, this dish that looks like some sort of potato sd is also wonderful. ¡°¡­¡­Um, Katarina-sama.¡± Ohh, I¡¯ve never seen this type of dessert before, it must be a new product, I absolutely have to try it. ¡°¡­¡­Katarina-sama.¡± Ah, that cake looks so mouthwatering, so does this pudding. ¡°Um, Katarina-sama!¡± ¡°Eh, ah, sorry. What were you calling me for?¡± Whoops, this is dangerous. I had gotten too absorbed in trying some of everything. ¡°¡­¡­Um, Katarina-sama, you promised today that you would meet with everyone from the student council after exploring the food stalls a little, right?¡± ¡°Ah, yep. That seems to be the case.¡± ¡°In that case, if we don¡¯t leave soon, we¡¯ll run out of time today.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Eh!¡± I furrowed my eyebrows at my friend¡¯s statement and hurriedly rushed to check the time¡­¡­ To my horror, quite some time had already passed since I began my conquest of the food stalls. ¡°Wow, it¡¯s already thiste!¡± I hadpletely been seduced by all this delectable food. If it wasn¡¯t for my friend¡¯s reminder, I might have stayed here eating until the school festival ended. How dangerous¡­¡­ It¡¯s scary how tempting delicious food can be. I finally returned to sanity and hurriedly went to meet with my student council friends, but first I bought a lot of food for me to eat in the future, then I headed for where I was supposed to go meet my student council friends together with my ssmates after I returned to normal again. Volume 3 1 The magic school’s festival Part III

Volume 3 Chapter 1 The magic school¡¯s festival Part III

First, I went to visit the closest ce to me, a disy about this country¡¯s history and the study of magic. In my previous world, at a school festival everyone would be busy having fun, but as expected of a magic school everyone here, from students to parents and guardians, seem to be paying attention seriously to the disy. It¡¯s so wonderful that everyone has a nice passion for learning. Although, I get sleepy whenever I see too many lines of text¡­¡­ My younger stepbrother Keith and my friend Mary Hunt are in charge of this disy. Mary¡¯s just like me, she¡¯s the fiancee to a prince of this kingdom. My fiance is Prince Jared, while hers is Prince n, Jared¡¯s twin brother. While we¡¯re both fiancees to a prince, her specs are much higher than mine. Mary¡¯s a beauty with auburn hair and eyes, excellent at academics, and is praised as fairy-like in her dancing skills, and her splendiddylike qualities are said to be a reflection upon what a true noble girl should be like, admired by all. She¡¯s quite popr with handsome royalty, and she tells me that ¡°you and Prince Jared aren¡¯t suitable for each other,¡± while it¡¯s recognized by everyone that she and Prince n are a perfect match. Such a perfect Mary had made wonderful preparations for the disy today, and I saw her face, tired from dealing with all the people, from among the crowd. Or maybe it¡¯s hunger that¡¯s causing her fatigue? It¡¯s already afternoon, but she might have been so busy that she didn¡¯t have time to eat lunch. Thinking so, I began to feel regretful for my actions of stuffing my face all by myself. Alright, I¡¯ll share some of the new sandwich products that I was going to have for myselfter with Mary, just for her. Thinking so, I grabbed on to my bag of sandwiches, and called out in Mary¡¯s direction. ¡°Mary, I¡¯ve brought something for you!¡± ¡°Katarina-sama!¡± When Mary saw me, a bright smile appeared on her face. It was as if her fatigue had been nothing but an illusion. As I expected, she must have been starving. ¡°Mary, sorry that I¡¯mte. I brought some of thetest sandwiches for you.¡± ¡°Katarina-sama, I¡¯m so happy that you¡¯vee to see me. I was getting a little worried that you wouldn¡¯t return from your visit to all the food stalls.¡± ¡°¡­¡­Mmm, sorry.¡± Actually, before I went out to all the food stalls, I had passed by here coincidentally and I had told Mary ¡°I¡¯ll be right back after visiting the food stalls¡± and promised her¡­¡­ and quite some time has passed since then. Of course she¡¯d get worried about me. Sorry, Mary. ¡°Well, considering how nee-san is, she probably forgot about the timepletely and waspletely engrossed in stuffing her face at the food stalls.¡± Ah, Keith has arrived as well. As expected of my younger stepbrother who¡¯s been my family for eight years. He really knows me well. ¡°¡­¡­Sorry.¡± Once again, I bowed my head and apologized to Mary and Keith who had worried about me. ¡°No need to be sorry. Everything¡¯s alright as long as you¡¯re okay.¡± Although the kind and gentle Mary said that to me, Keith went with: ¡°Honestly. Nee-san, you should at least restrain yourself a little more just for today. Just saying, you get mixed up in all sorts of troubles too easily.¡± He had such a strict expression. What¡¯s with this, it feels like Keith is getting more and more like my mother as time passes. Whatever will I do if he starts lecturing me for several hours at a time like my mother does. If my mother turned into two people¡­¡­ I wouldn¡¯t be able to take it¡­¡­ ¡°Katarina-sama, there¡¯s getting to be fewer people at this time of day now, I¡¯ve been thinking that we can get some rest and eat something. I¡¯m very grateful you brought some food for me. If you¡¯d like, shall we eat together, Katarina-sama?¡± Mary instantly perked me up as I was feeling a little depressed at getting lectured. ¡°Really!?¡± Actually, there were only a few of the sandwiches remaining. I had really wanted to try them as well. ¡°You just, ate so much, yet you¡¯re eating again already¡­¡­¡± Keith seemed to be looking at me in astonishment for some reason, while the ssmates that were with me while I was at the food stalls all seemed to have looks of surprise on their faces. This is bad, at this rate, everyone will think I¡¯m a glutton¡­¡­ The amount I eat is really quite normal though, it¡¯s just that noble girls are supposed to have small appetites. Well, it might also be true that some of my dresses have gotten too skinny for me due to me being unable to stop myself from eating too many things. By the way, just for today, I¡¯m wearing my absolutely widest dress, especially for the purpose of allowing myself to eat as much as I possibly can. Of course, my maid Anne had quite opposed me, saying ¡°wearing such a ridiculously wide dress on a nice day like this,¡± but I told her that if she didn¡¯t allow me to wear this, I¡¯d join the festival in my usual work clothes when I¡¯m farming! And so, I defeated her, and was allowed to wear the widest dress in my wardrobe. So, that¡¯s why I¡¯m able to eat more than everyone else! It has absolutely nothing to do with gluttony! However¡­¡­ As expected¡­¡­ ¡°You should restrain yourself a little,¡± was told to me. And so, I went with Keith and Mary to a resting area where we would have tea and sandwiches. I also invited my other friends over, but I was told ¡°since we¡¯re already full, we¡¯re going to check out the disy.¡± If only they had all worn wider dresses as well. ¡°Wow, delicious!¡± The sandwiches on the table weren¡¯t from food stalls that I had already been to, they were new products from other stalls that I didn¡¯t get to taste yet. ¡°Oh, quite so. They seem to taste amazing. Thank you very much, Katarina-sama.¡± While I was busy drooling over the sandwiches, Mary saw I was acting and smiled faintly as she mentioned how good the sandwiches were. ¡°Nee-san, you just had so much to eat earlier, try to slow down a little now. If you eat too much, you¡¯ll just upset your stomach.¡± Since Keith knows me so well, he¡¯s making snide remarks at me again. ¡°¡­¡­Yes.¡± Since there¡¯s some extra space yet for filling out my dress, I should be fine still. So, I¡¯ll just secretly filch another sandwich. Mmm. What a wonderful taste. The first sandwich that I had earlier today had a jam that made it taste like a confectionary, but this one has fresh tasting lettuce, and bacon with an amazing texture, cooked to perfection. There¡¯s lots of types of sandwiches, from desserts to main courses. Ahh, that sandwich with what seems like a potato sd looks so delectable as well, and I could just inhale this egg filled sandwich right here instantly. Mmm~. Although, I¡¯m troubled as even I won¡¯t be able to eat some of everything. Ah, that¡¯s it! ¡°Hey, Keith. Can I have half of this and share with you?¡± ¡°¡­¡­Mm. I figured you¡¯d say something like that. Ok, sure.¡± ¡°Yay~¡± There¡¯s less food in one serving in this world, but there¡¯s just so many different kinds. Well, it could just be that it¡¯s nobles that get to have all these different types of food rather than the whole world having ess to it, but anyways, there really is such arge variety. And, the new products I got my hands on today are things I¡¯ve never seen before, and look so delicious that I want to just devour all of them immediately. Also, in my previous life, my mother always told me ¡°don¡¯t waste food and eat everything,¡± words I¡¯ve always taken to heart. Well, I did often eat too much and upset my stomach as a child, but Keith would always go ¡°well, if you want to eat that much, just have half of it and I¡¯ll eat the rest.¡± Well, we couldn¡¯t share food in public ces, but Keith and I would often split food and share it back at the es mansion. I gained more energy due to Keith¡¯s approval, and broke the sandwich with potato sd filling in half, sticking my arm out to put half a sandwich into Keith¡¯s mouth. ¡°Here, Keith, go ahead.¡± Normally, Keith would just instantly snap up whatever I hand him instantly, but today he was frozen there with a mysterious expression on his face. I wonder what¡¯s the matter? ¡°What¡¯s the matter, Keith?¡± ¡°Ah, um, nee-san. Why don¡¯t we not do this in front of others?¡± ¡°In front of others? But you said that it was alright to split things with you so long as it wasn¡¯t in public. You said it was okay a second ago, right?¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s not about splitting with you¡­ I mean¡­¡± I¡¯m beginning to wonder about Keith¡¯s suspicious behaviour. ¡°Oh? So long as it¡¯s not in front of others, you two do this all the time?¡± asks Mary with for some reason a beautifully wide smile. ¡°Ah, yeah. When I want to eat something but can¡¯t eat it all, we split it and I have him eat the other half.¡± ¡°I see. And Katarina-sama, you always take his half in your hand and offer it directly to Keith-sama¡¯s mouth?¡± ¡°Yup. I didn¡¯t do that before, but a little while back Keith said that he wanted me to feed him like this when we split things.¡± Yeah, that¡¯s the way it is. We¡¯ve been splitting food for a long time, but a little while back Keith started begging me to just immediately feed him after splitting it in half. I¡¯m not sure why he started wanting me to bring the food all the way to his mouth ¨C I wonder if picking it up became too much of a pain for him? I¡¯m not sure what his reasoning is, and it¡¯s pretty bad manners for the typically well put together Keith. Still, it¡¯s a precious request from Keith, who doesn¡¯t usually ask things of me. I usually avoid troublesome things, but for him, I decided to hold up food to his mouth when we split it. After hearing my exnation, Mary¡¯s smile grows wider and wider. Huh? It seems as though the atmosphere has gotten colder¡­ ¡°Keith-sama, did I not warn you to not take advantage of being family to get ahead?¡± ¡°W ¨C what? Something like this is no big deal, right? I¡¯m not trying to tantly start something like Jared-sama is.¡± ¡°Please do not use Jared-sama as an excuse. He¡¯s just unusual! ¡­ I miscalcted, I had thought that he had so many hidden ns that I could noty a hand on him.¡± ¡°I apologize, but I heard that second part even though you said it in a smaller voice. Anyways, Mary, you take advantage of being the same sex as her all the time, embracing her and touching her and all sorts of things.¡± ¡°My, how rude of you to say that I¡¯m ¡®taking advantage¡¯. We are the same sex, so it¡¯s perfectly normal for us to embrace and touch each other. Eventually, perhaps we¡¯ll even bathe together¡­¡± ¡°Um, no, no matter how I think about what you¡¯re saying, Mary, it isn¡¯t normal.¡± ¡°My, is that not an issue on your side?¡± Just what about splitting food got the two of them so fired up? Ignoring me, the two of them have gotten all worked up. I knew that Jared and Keith got along well but¡­ looking at them now, it seems like Keith and Mary are fairly close as well. They seem as though they trust each other very much from how quickly they¡¯re talking back and forth with no hesitation. ¡­ Wait a second, no way! I had thought Keith had been turning down countless engagement requests because he had fallen for the otome game¡¯s heroine, Maria, but could it be instead¡­ Mary? Not to mention, unlike in the game, Mary doesn¡¯t seem to have any interest in n at all¡­ could it be, because of Keith¡­ A capture target and a different capture target¡¯s love rival¡­ it¡¯s a pairing that could have never happened in the game, but this is reality, and the game has already ended. It¡¯s not impossible. Oh my, it seems as though my woman¡¯s intuition is acting up. I gaze at the two of them, still engrossed in their back-and-forth. Keith has no fianc¨¦e, but Mary is the fianc¨¦e of the country¡¯s fourth prince, n. They may not have yet ratified the engagement, but Mary is very precious to n. In particr,tely I¡¯ve often spotted n following Mary around like an underling¡­ I mean, like a knight protecting a princess. ¡­ in other words, this love won¡¯t be easily permitted. O Keith! Wherefore art thou Keith? Ah, Mary. I recall a famous y about a tragic romance from my previous life. In my mind, I rece the protagonists with Keith and Mary. Oh, how heartbreaking. I gaze at the two of them. ¡°Keith, Mary. If ites down to it, I promise to stand by the two of you, so don¡¯t worry! I won¡¯t let it end in tragedy like with Romeo and his lover!¡± I dere firmly. Hearing my passionate words, the two of them calm down and grow quiet in moments, as if they had never been fired up in the first ce. ¡°Nee-san. I don¡¯t even want to know what you¡¯re thinking, but¡­ I am absolutely certain that you¡¯re mistaken,¡± Keith says finally. Huh? I¡¯m wrong? But my woman¡¯s intuition¡­ ¡°I concur. I disagree with anything you imagined,¡± says Mary in a calm voice, sounding firm. Wait, but, it¡¯s true that I didn¡¯t ask them explicitly, but maybe if I ask them straight-out¡­ ¡°¡­ Um. Keith and Mary, are you two in love ¨C ¡± ¡° ¨C No,¡± firmly denied the two of them before I could even finish my sentence. I see. After that, the two of them looked at me in disappointment. But why? I had begun to feel a bit embarrassed, so after responding to their question about who Romeo was with ¡°The protagonist of a tragic love story,¡± I left the area. Volume 3 2 — Everyone’s Respective School Festival Part I

Volume 3 Chapter 2: Everyone¡¯s Respective School Festival Part I

For the magic academy¡¯s school festival, I, Keith es, as a member of the student council, was ced in charge of the area disying information about this country¡¯s history and magical research. As I greet the never-ending stream of students, parents, and guardians with a friendly smile, I wait for my older sister, who said that she woulde right away yet still isn¡¯t here. It¡¯s been quite some time since she said ¡°Once I look around at the booths, I¡¯ll buy some food for you ande back.¡± Mary Hart, who¡¯s a friend, a student council member like me, and is also in charge of this area, seems to be pretty worried about my big sister as well. She¡¯s beginning to look rather depressed. Well, if I¡¯ve read the situation right, my stepsister Katarina probably lost track of time after being totally captivated by the food at the booths. And then in the end, long after noon, the awaited person finally arrived. On seeing us, Katarina smiled wide and ran towards us, holding many bags. As I had predicted, Katarina had been distracted munching food at the booths and so camete. ¡°¡­ I¡¯m sorry,¡± apologizes Katarina, looking downcast. In response Mary just says ¡°Do not worry yourself over it. The most important thing is that you¡¯re safe,¡± but¡­ my stepsister is the type to do the exact same thing all over again if spoiled. ¡°I agree. Nee-san, you¡¯re way too excited today. Please be a bit more conscious of yourself ¨C it¡¯s easy enough for you to get wrapped up in trouble as it is,¡± I say with a strict face, even as I feel a bit sorry for her. Since we were small, Katarina has often ended up in trouble thanks to fraudsters and scammers. The incident she got wrapped up inst year was even life-threatening. And yet despite that, this carefree, worry-free stepsister of mine seems to havepletely forgotten about that -tely she¡¯s been particrly in high spirits. No matter how much I warn her about Jared, who¡¯s trying to make Katarina his own day in day out, it just goes in through one ear and out the other. She nonchntly tries to go to his room on her own. Katarina appears to becking self-awareness that she¡¯s a grown woman who may be looked upon with desire. That¡¯s why in this way I have to keep my guard up every day, eyes peeled. In order to protect her as well. Even though she probably ate tons at the booths, she ended up having tea with us as well. I naturallymented without thinking that she was eating too much, but I was actually pretty happy that she would be sitting at a table with me. In truth, I would¡¯ve preferred to walk around with her at the school festival, but thanks to my duties as a student council member I was stuck here. Today really made me regret bing a student council member. I wondered why I did. ¡°Wow, it looks so good!¡± says Katarina happily as she sees the sandwichesid out on the table. Her expression when her eyes are sparkling is very cute. ¡°I concur. It looks very good. Thank you very much, Katarina-sama,¡± says Mary to Katarina, looking like she¡¯s having fun as sheughs. However, I still can¡¯t not say it. ¡°Nee-san, you just ate a lot, so keep it to just a little. You¡¯ll get a stomach ache if you eat too much.¡± ¡°Okay¡­¡± Katarina looks downhearted again at my words. I feel sorry for her, but if I don¡¯t lecture her properly she¡¯ll eat too much¡­ everything is for her sake. For a while she munched down on sandwiches eagerly, but eventually she began thinking about something as she looked about. Ah, this is probably ¨C just as I thought that, sure enough ¨C ¡°Hey, Keith. Do you want to split with me?¡± Katarina said what I had expected. ¡°¡­ Yeah. I thought you¡¯d ask that. Sure.¡± ¡°Yay!¡± Katarina loves eating. And at times, it seems she just can¡¯t go without eating certain unusual things or things that caught her eye. It also seems that she¡¯s determined to eat anything she touches. Other nobles barely touch food before leaving it on their tes on an everyday basis, so I really think Katarina is strange. However, before being taken in by the es family, I was only ever given minimal portions of food. Thus as I learned that food is precious, I like what Katarina is doing. I felt much too sorry for Katarina, who desperately ate anything she touched and ended up getting stomach aches. And so I eventually said to her a number of years back: ¡°If you want to eat so many different things then you should split with me. I¡¯ll eat the remainder.¡± Katarina was even more overjoyed than I expected at my n, and since then, we¡¯ve split a variety of food so long as we¡¯re not in public. Splitting food is like a privilege only given to family members. I was very happy that the only person Katarina split food with was me. ¡°Here you go, Keith.¡± Having gotten my approval, Katarina halves a potato sd sandwich and holds one half to my mouth. ¡°What¡¯s the matter, Keith?¡± Katarina looks at me in puzzlement. She likely doesn¡¯t understand anything. Don¡¯t say ¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡± ¨C realize what¡¯s wrong, please. ¡°Ah, um, nee-san. Why don¡¯t we not do this in front of others?¡± I say mildly, but ¨C ¡°In front of others? But you said that it was alright to split things with you so long as it wasn¡¯t in public. You said it was okay a second ago, right?¡± ¡°No, it¡¯s not about splitting with you¡­ I mean¡­¡± She just doesn¡¯t get it at all¡­ Mary¡¯s stare pierces me. ¡°Oh? So long as it¡¯s not in front of others, you two do this all the time?¡± says Mary, smiling with just her mouth as she continues to re at me antagonistically. ¡°Ah, yeah. When I want to eat something but can¡¯t eat it all, we split it and I have him eat the other half.¡± That¡¯s true. What you¡¯ve said so far is fine, so why don¡¯t you just stop there, nee-san? ¡°I see. And Katarina-sama, you always take his half in your hand and offer it directly to Keith-sama¡¯s mouth?¡± Mary asks about the one thing I didn¡¯t want her to hear. I look at Katarina, trying to soundlessly convey to her to stay quiet¡­ but naturally, she¡¯s not the type of person to notice that kind of look. ¡°Yup. I didn¡¯t do that before, but a little while back Keith said that he wanted me to feed him like this when we split things.¡± She revealed everything. Mary¡¯s re increases in ferocity all at once. It¡¯s true. Originally, I was satisfied in being the only one to split things with her¡­ but Jared¡¯s aggressive contact over the past couple years awakened greed within me. I live in the same house as Katarina and interact with her the most in the first ce. To be honest, if I wanted to do something, I could do it easily. ¡­ I could do it easily, but unfortunately I don¡¯t have that kind of guts. And anyways recently I haven¡¯t been able to casually touch her since she¡¯s be much more like a woman. Her nice smell, her soft body ¨C just by being close to her, my heart beats faster, my body heats up, and so I avoid her without thinking. In recent years, I haven¡¯t known what to do with myself. And during my turmoil, Jared steps in calmly and touches Katarina. Even though I want to touch her too! But in the end, even as I think that, I can¡¯t touch her like Jared does. And so, I thought to then fight back by having Katarina feed me when we split food. I did consider myself pathetic for getting Katarina to reach out to me because I couldn¡¯t touch her. But I still felt very happy when she easily agreed to my request and held out her hand to my mouth. Given that she¡¯s dense and hasn¡¯t realized the feelings I¡¯ve held for her for years, it seems she hadn¡¯t understood the meaning of her actions. Still, I secretly felt superior for being the only one being fed by Katarina in this way. To think that it would all be revealed in this way. ¡°Keith-sama, did I not warn you to not take advantage of being family to get ahead?¡± says Mary, looking at me piercingly. It¡¯s true that Mary and I, united before ourmon enemy Jared, temporarily came to an agreement. Honestly, she should forgive me for this much inparison to Jared. But in response to my excuse ¨C ¡°Please do not use Jared-sama as an excuse. He¡¯s just unusual! ¡­ I miscalcted, I had thought that he had so many hidden ns that I could noty a hand on him.¡± She responded with a cold gaze and a sharp voice. When I met Mary Hart, a marquis¡¯ daughter, nine years ago, she was just a little girl with little self-confidence¡­ how did she be such an aggressive woman today? Well, a certain somebody¡¯s influence is probably one of the reasons why¡­ ¡°I apologize, but I heard that second part even though you said it in a smaller voice. Anyways, Mary, you take advantage of being the same sex as her all the time, embracing her and touching her and all sorts of things.¡± Loving Katarina as she does, Mary touches Katarina even more than Jared. This is because they¡¯re the same sex, but despite that, I¡¯ve always thought that they still touch too much. ¡°My, how rude of you to say that I¡¯m ¡®taking advantage¡¯. We are the same sex, so it¡¯s perfectly normal for us to embrace and touch each other. Eventually, perhaps we¡¯ll even bathe together¡­¡± ¡°Um, no, no matter how I think about what you¡¯re saying, Mary, it isn¡¯t normal.¡± ¡°My, is that not an issue on your side?¡± Even havinge to an agreement, given that Mary and I like the same person (though, I¡¯m still not entirely sure if Mary feels the same way as me or if she just feels friendship), once we let our dissatisfaction towards each other free, our abuse of each other just wouldn¡¯t stop. Furthermore, both of us had been feeling resentful that we were stuck in a ce like this thanks to our student council duties - and unable to walk around the school festival with Katarina. Thus, our abuse of each other worsened. And yet. ¡°Keith, Mary. If ites down to it, I promise to stand by the two of you, so don¡¯t worry! I won¡¯t let it end in tragedy like with Romeo and his lover!¡± We stopped at Katarina¡¯s sudden words. Just what is she thinking? Well, I can kind of understand what she¡¯s thinking, but I can¡¯t understand how she came to that conclusion at all. ¡°Nee-san. I don¡¯t even want to know what you¡¯re thinking, but¡­ I am absolutely certain that you¡¯re mistaken,¡± I say calmly to Katarina, who looks towards us all fired up. ¡°I concur. I disagree with anything you imagined,¡± Mary adds on firmly. ¡°¡­ Um. Keith and Mary, are you two in love ¨C ¡± ¡° ¨C No,¡± say Mary and I in perfect union. As I had thought, Katarina had somehowpletely misunderstood things. Why does this stepsister of mine always think of the most outrageous things? Despite not noticing the most important thing, my feelings¡­ I¡¯d like to see how her mind works sometime. ¡°Nee-san, who¡¯s Romeo?¡± I can¡¯t ignore the name of an unknown man slipping from Katarina¡¯s lips. It¡¯ll be a problem if she unintentionally seduces someone again. I would like to be spared from my rivals increasing any more. ************ On this day, I, Nikol Ascarot, was visiting the magic academy¡¯s school festival. To anyone who asks, I came to visit my little sister Sophia, but in reality there¡¯s someone I want to see even more than my sister. I secretly hold feelings towards Katarina es, a duke¡¯s daughter and childhood friend of her fianc¨¦ Jared. Unfortunately, having graduated, my opportunities to see her have decreased dramatically. Thus nowadays, I want to see her, even if it¡¯s only for a little bit. I was beside myself from wanting to see her smile. When I went to go visit my little sister who was at the stage where they were doing ys and performances, I was ced in front of the entranceway for some reason. As I was feeling fed up with all the stares, I was then told to go hunker backstage. To be honest, I was relieved when I went backstage. I¡¯m aware that I¡¯ve attracted attention from people since I was young. But I feel as though it¡¯s gotten even worsetely. People stare at me incessantly but if I look towards them, they avert their gaze. Honestly, it doesn¡¯t feel that great. Inparison, it feels so soothing to see Katarina¡¯s direct gaze towards me. Seeing myself reflected in her light blue eyes makes me feel incredibly happy. I want to see her soon. As if those feelings reached her, at that moment Katarina came into the dim backstage area with a smile bright enough to light up the room. ¡°Ah, Katarina-sama. I see you came,¡± greets Sophia, looking overjoyed. My little sister likes Katarina very much as well. After all, Sophia¡¯s able to walk around outside with a smile because she met Katarina. ¡°Katarina, it¡¯s been a while.¡± I can feel my mouth naturally forming a smile just from seeing her. I¡¯m very happy to see her after so long. ¡°¡­ Yes, it¡¯s been a while. Nikol-sama,¡± she responds, looking straight at me, just as she always has. My chest feels hot. ¡°Why are you two backstage? If you stood out front, wouldn¡¯t people gather just to see you?¡± In response to Katarina¡¯s question, Sophia begins to exin what happened up until now. Once the exnation ends, Katarina holds out one of the bags gripped in her hands to Sophia, who looks downcast. She says that it¡¯s food for us. I felt relieved that Sophia started smiling again after epting the bag of food. After all, the reason why Sophia looked downhearted was me¡­ I¡¯m impressed with Katarina, who restored my little sister¡¯s smile again. ¡°Speaking of which, Katarina-sama, in the end you refused to participate in the student council¡¯s y, no?¡± says Sophia suddenly after regaining her smile, as if she had just remembered this. Sophia did mention in her letters that there would be a y performed by the student council members, so she¡¯s probably talking about that. She never mentioned who exactly would be acting in the y so I assumed that Katarina would be performing¡­ but it seems as though I was mistaken. ¡°I¡¯m not a member of the student council, and I can¡¯t act,¡± says Katarina frankly. In response, Sophia looks sad and says ¡°I was looking forward to seeing Katarina-sama on the stage, and yet¡­¡± ¡°So I see, Katarina isn¡¯t going to be in the y,¡± I murmur without thinking. I wanted to see her act on stage ¨C what a disappointment. Katarina then says: ¡°I think that the audience would be much happier if Nikol-sama made an appearance. You refrained from doing anything for the school festival two years ago, correct? Would you perhaps like to make a small guest appearance this year?¡± Just as Katarina says, it¡¯s true that I didn¡¯t contribute much to any attractions at the school festival I attended when I was a student. Since I¡¯m friends with many people in the current student council and my sister is also a member, I want to help out if I can¡­ ¡°¡­ But I can¡¯t act.¡± ¡°You can¡¯t act?¡± Katarina looks nk at my answer. It seems she can¡¯t understand what I said. As I think about exining things to her properly, Sophia steps in. ¡°It¡¯s true that acting may be a bit of a burden for my brother¡­ Even ignoring the draw of his position in society, my brother is rather splendid¡­ but unfortunately, his major weakness is that he cannot control his expressions at will.¡± After hearing Sophia¡¯s exnation, Katarina says, ¡°Oh, I see¡­ So that¡¯s how it was,¡± looking as though she epts the reasoning. I feelplicated feelings watching the two of them. Yes, just as my little sister Sophia says, I can¡¯t control my expressions at will. Or well, I thought I could control my expressions, but apparently it doesn¡¯t go that well. When I was still a student, Katarinamented ¡°You don¡¯t seem to smile much when you¡¯re with your school friends, I see,¡± but I wondered whether that really was the case. I had thought that I had sessfully faked smiles to an eptable extent¡­ but it seems as though I hadn¡¯t. I had thought that I would sessfully smile when Katarina would ask me ¡°Alright, Nikol-sama. Please smile.¡± ¡­ but apparently I hadn¡¯t been able to smile at all. In this way, I discovered the shocking truth that I couldn¡¯t smile at will¡­ or rather that I couldn¡¯t emote at all at will. However, now that I look back on things, whenever I met someone¡¯s gaze they always immediately averted their eyes, so perhaps no one ever looked at my face properly. What a pathetic story. And so, no matter how much I try, I don¡¯t believe I would be able to act. ¡°Oh, but perhaps my brother would be able to smile if he were talking with Katarina-sama.¡± Just as I had begun calming down, Sophia says something like that. I was shocked¡­ what is she saying all of a sudden? ¡°No, wouldn¡¯t it be better if he were talking with you, Sophia?¡± says Katarina, looking fairly shocked as well. ¡°No, I¡¯m not enough. In order to draw out my brother¡¯s smile, we need Katarina-sama.¡± ¡°No, I would think that I¡¯m not enough¡­¡± ¡°Most definitely not. I¡¯ve got it! Why don¡¯t we have my brother recite lines from that y right now? If Katarina-sama would be his conversation partner, I¡¯m sure that he would be able to recite them with a smile.¡± It¡¯s true that in front of Katarina, I unconsciously let out a natural smile. However¡­ that doesn¡¯t mean I can do that while acting. But my happy-go-lucky little sister who seems to havetched onto her n just began to exin some lines and gestures from the uing y to me with shining eyes. At first, seeing how enthusiastic Sophia was I thought ¡®Well, I guess it can¡¯t hurt to try,¡¯ and listened to her exnations¡­ but as I heard more and more concrete details, my apprehension rose. Unexpectedly, Sophia wanted Katarina and me to perform the love confession scene. It was the highlight of the y, where the prince caresses the hair of the girl he loves, smiling, then confesses softly before embracing her. In other words, I would confess my love to Katarina, then embrace her of all things. As I hesitated, thinking that I couldn¡¯t do such a thing, Katarina in direct contrast stood up tall and confidently before me and said ¡°Very well, go on, Nikol-sama!¡± I don¡¯t really get it, but it¡¯s clear she¡¯s raring to go. Encouraged by Katarina¡¯s spirit, I make my way towards her, but¡­ ¡°¡­ Sophia, I don¡¯t think¡­¡± While I may be able to confess to her, to embrace someone¡¯s fianc¨¦e even in a performance is a bit¡­ ¡°No. Onii-sama, please do this properly. You¡¯re already at a disadvantagepared to everyone else since you¡¯ve graduated, so you have to take these chances as theye!¡± Sophia speaks a small voice, but it¡¯s clear that she won¡¯t ept any objections. Ever since she found out about my feelings, she¡¯s been passionately trying to push Katarina and me together¡­ but to be honest, I think the way things are right now is fine. It¡¯s not like I want to steal her from Jared. If I get too close with her, I might end up greedier. Even as I think this, unable to disobey under my sister¡¯s expectant gaze, I steel myself just for now. ¡°Katarina, are you ready?¡± As I steel my nervespletely, Katarina responds brightly. ¡°Yes. To help out Sophia, I¡¯ll be a good acting partner for you! Leave it to me.¡± ¡°I see¡­ thank you.¡± I can feel another smile naturally spreading across my face at her straightforward, kind demeanour. Those light blue eyes that gaze directly at me. Ah, I really do love this girl. ¡°I love you.¡± I don¡¯t know whether those words were just words from the y or my true feelings¡­ Next Katarina should say ¡°I do too, Prince.¡± ¡°¡­ I ¨C I do too. Nikol-sama.¡± On hearing those words spill out from her with her cheeks lightly stained red, my mind went nk for a moment. And then my body grew hot all at once. She responded to my confession. She said my name. Joy unlike anything I had felt before filled me up. The small rational part of my brain reminded me that she just messed up her line, but¡­ In truth, it¡¯s a lie that I don¡¯t want to steal her from Jared and make her my own. I just tell myself that all the time so I can desperately m a lid on my feelings. In truth¡­ in truth, I want her. I want the girl called Katarina es so much I can¡¯t stand it. I want to steal her from Jared and make her my own. The lid holding back my feelings starts to rattle. ¡°Um, Nikol-sama¡­¡± On hearing my name spill from her lips yet again, I¡¯m unable to hold myself back any longer. And so I embrace her soft, warm body. ¡°¡­ Katarina, even if you became someone else¡¯s, I would surely¡­¡± I would surely be eternally unable to give up on you. And then, one day, when I would finally be unable to hold back my feelings any longer, I would¡­ Volume 3 2 — Everyone’s Respective School Festival Part II

Volume 3 Chapter 2: Everyone¡¯s Respective School Festival Part II

The school festival will be held at the magic academy I attended up untilst year. When I was a first year, I participated as a student council member, but at the time, due to many difficulties caused thanks to my ssmate Nikol Ascarot, all I can remember is that it was stressful. It¡¯s been two years since then, back when I was deceiving myself by calling myself Sirius ¨C someone else¡¯s name. I now work at the Ministry of Magic under my real name Rafael Walt. And now today, I¡¯vee to participate in the magic academy¡¯s school festival again to fulfill one of my duties at my job at the Ministry of Magic. My job today is to supervise the Ministry of Magic¡¯s exhibits in one corner of the school festival, where students are disying and selling works they made. Very close by, Maria Campbell, who had been a student council member with mest year, is supervising the academy¡¯s side of this area as well as selling sweets that she seems to have made herself. While I caused her no end of grief during the incident I causedst year, she epted my apology unbelievably easily and forgave me. She then said kindly ¡°From now on, please live on as yourself,¡± and smiled. Until then, I had been getting a bit tired of a certain someone mouring about how Maria was an angel and how Maria was a goddess. But at just that moment, I thought that perhaps she really was an angel. If I hadn¡¯t already had my eyes on someone else, perhaps I would¡¯ve been drawn to Maria. However¡­ I was drawn to her before I was to Maria. My gaze was immediately drawn to her figure as she walked, brown hair waving in the wind. She¡¯s the type of girl to brighten her surroundings just by being there. ¡°Katarina-sama, it¡¯s been a while.¡± After I call out to her, that girl I was so drawn to ¨C Katarina es ¨C opens her light blue-coloured eyes in surprise. ¡°Rafael! You were participating too then.¡± ¡°Yes, I was ced in charge of the exhibits sent to the magic academy.¡± After causing the incident, I changed my appearance. My original appearance was much too shy for me to reim my true name and live a new life. And so until themotion dies down, I¡¯m now apletely in and unassuming stranger. And yet, Katarina immediately realized who I was even disguised. She then looked at me with that direct gaze of hers - just as usual. Even though I did something so terrible that she should really never talk to me again, Katarina smiles at me kindly ¨C just as usual. ¡°You¡¯re working hard.¡± ¡°Yes. Since I¡¯m a bottom-rung employee, it¡¯s hectic with all the work.¡± But I¡¯m currently very happy. I¡¯m living a life where I don¡¯t hold long grudge after grudge, where I don¡¯t have to deceive myself. I¡¯m very happy that I was able to regain something I thought I lost when I was young. I hadn¡¯t even dreamed of living happily like this until Katarina reached her hand out to mest year. Although the magic academy and the Ministry of Magic are on the same grounds, since Katarina and everyone else has to study while I have to work, I can¡¯t meet them that frequently. Thus I was overjoyed that I was I was able to meet Katarina in this way for the first time in a while. I hear about what Katarina¡¯s been doingtely, and I tell her about what¡¯s been going on with me. Then as I was listening to Katarina for the first time in a while to my heart¡¯s content, Maria, who noticed us, came over. ¡°You came, Katarina-sama ¨C this is your portion,¡± says Maria before holding out some handmade sweets she had been selling. ¡°Wow, you set some aside for me? Thank you! How are they selling?¡± Katarina epted the sweets, looking very happy. ¡°Yes, honestly, I was worried that I wouldn¡¯t be able to sell sweets like mine, but thanks to you, I¡¯ve sold almost all of them,¡± says Maria, also looking very happy. To tell the truth, when I first heard that she would be selling her handmade sweets, I wondered if they really would sell. After all, aside from Maria, the only people at this academy are noble girls and boys. Considering that generally they would never cook themselves and have cooks make all their food, I wondered whether they would eat sweets made by an amateur. Apparently Katarina was the one to think up the idea. I was surprised that she thought up something crazy yet again. I had been pretty surprisedst year too when she said in the student council room that she wanted to eat Maria¡¯s sweets. I was born amoner and often ate my mother¡¯s homemade sweets when I was young¡­ but Katarina is a pureblood noble ¨C the daughter of a duke. To think that Katarina, who likely ate high quality food made by cooks every day, would say that she wanted to eat sweets made by an amateur ¨C let alone amoner like Maria¡­ At first I thought she was just being kind to Maria, who had been out of ce in the academy, but it seemed that wasn¡¯t the case. Katarina had been genuinely looking forwards to eating Maria¡¯s handmade sweets. In this way in response to Katarina¡¯s demands, Maria¡¯s sweets were indeed so well made that you could consider them more delicious than those made by a run-of-the-mill cook. After then, Katarina continued to ask for sweets from Maria, eventually growing close with each other. There are plenty of arrogant nobles that due to their position, look down on those of lower status. And yet Katarina isn¡¯t like that in the slightest. She doesn¡¯t flirt with royalty like the princes and doesn¡¯t look down on amoner like Maria. Things like social statuses may not even register in her mind. However, even if that¡¯s the way Katarina is, the same doesn¡¯t go for the other students. This is why I was worried about whether her sweets would sell¡­ ncing over to where Maria had been selling her sweets, I see that she¡¯s almost all sold out, with only two, three left to sell. Katarina, seeing the same sight, is surprised. ¡°You¡¯re really popr. As expected from Maria¡¯s handmade sweets.¡± ¡°I respectfully disagree, this is all thanks to Katarina-sama. You encouraged people to buy some, right?¡± It seems as though the sweets sold so much partly thanks to Katarina rmending them to the other students. However, looking at Maria¡¯s state today, I feel Katarina isn¡¯t the only reason. Maria had been rather out of ce in the noble-filled academy when she first started school, but it seems that she¡¯s meshing in rather well now. The noble girls who had avoided her not so long ago came up and talked to Maria as they bought Maria¡¯s sweets with a smile. To boot, despite often showing stiff expressions in the past, Maria¡¯s expressions today were calm and soft¡­ this was probably thanks to Katarina¡¯s influence. ¡°It¡¯s true that I advertised, but it wouldn¡¯t sell so well unless they really were delicious. They got so popr because your sweets are truly delicious,¡± says Katarina happily, proud enough to make you think that she was talking about herself. ¡°¡­ Katarina-sama, thank you very much,¡± says Maria, cheeks lightly dusted in red. This girl, Maria Campbell, is drawn to Katarina just like me. That¡¯s probably why she made her decision. ¡°Oh, Campbell-san, I heard that your job at the Ministry of Magic has been finalized.¡± Her entering the Ministry of Magic had been quite the hot topictely. As the Ministry had been inviting her toe join since the moment she started the academy, the people at my workce were pretty excited. ¡°What?! Maria, you¡¯re joining the Ministry of Magic?!¡± Katarina says in surprise. Apparently she hadn¡¯t yet told Katarina. ¡°Ah, yes. I decided to enter the Ministry once I graduate school.¡± ¡°I see¡­ but Maria, in first year, didn¡¯t you say that you wanted to return home and live there once you graduated?¡± That¡¯s true, I did hear Maria say that once as well. ¡°That¡¯s true. For a while after I began school, I wanted to just go home and live quietly without standing out¡­ but¡­ if I do that, I won¡¯t be able to be with you anymore,¡± says Maria with eyes full of conviction. ¡°Huh?¡± Katarina looks at Maria with a nk look, seemingly unable to understand what she means. However, I understood what Maria meant well. After all, I have the same feelings as her. ¡°I requested this of you atst year¡¯s graduation ceremony as well, but I want to stay by your side from now on. But despite wielding light magic, I¡¯m still just amoner. I need a fairly high position in society to stay by the side of a duke¡¯s daughter like you, Katarina-sama. And so, I decided to join the Ministry of Magic to gain such a position.¡± Maria¡¯s words were just like a passionate love confession ¨C Katarina, the recipient of her words, turned bright red. To make things worse, on seeing Katarina¡¯s blushing face, Maria btedly bes embarrassed at what she just said and blushes as well. Both blushing in embarrassment, Maria and Katarina face each toher. True, this is because of the conversation topic I brought up ¨C but what¡¯s with this exclusive atmosphere between the two of them? This isn¡¯t funny. And have these two forgotten that I exist? ¡°Excuse me, I¡¯m sorry for intruding into your little world, but¡­ you two do realize that I¡¯m technically here too¡­¡± I say, unable to bear this feeling that I¡¯ve been forgotten for any longer. ¡°Oh, don¡¯t be silly, Rafael. Saying that we¡¯re in our little world¡­¡± Finally, Katarina turns back to me. Maria¡¯s cheeks still seem a little flushed, but it seems I¡¯ve finally entered her line of vision. I speak to her. ¡°Still, I¡¯m impressed, Maria-san¡­ for the reason you joined the highly-admired Ministry of Magic to be because you want to stay by Katarina-sama¡¯s side.¡± The Ministry of Magic is thergest organization in the country, and wields power second to only the king. That¡¯s why many people enter the Ministry with lofty goals of furthering the research and development of magic. This makes Maria¡¯s reason for joining rather odd. ¡°Um, I understand that my motives arecking. But I n to work as hard as I can once I join, so please treat me well regardless,¡± says Maria firmly to me. ¡°I don¡¯t think wanting to be by the side of someone you hold dear is acking motive. If I were in the same position as you, Maria-san, I think I would do the same thing, but¡­¡± ¡°But?¡± ¡°Even if you join the Ministry of Magic, if Katarina-sama immediately married the prince and grew busy, wouldn¡¯t you be unable to meet up anyways?¡± It seems Maria hadn¡¯t realized this at all. Her eyes widen in shock. Maria, despite seeming all put together, can sometimes be a bit foolish. However¡­ why is the person in question, Katarina, shocked as well right now¡­ this makes me shocked. Putting Maria aside¡­ Katarina¡¯s the person in question¡­ I knew that Katarina, despite looking just a bit foolish, was actually so incredibly stupid it was outside of the realms of imagination¡­ but to think it was this bad¡­ ¡°That was right¡­ Katarina-sama, you¡¯re a prince¡¯s fianc¨¦e. If you marry immediately after graduation and go to the pce, you¡¯ll be so busy we may not be able to meet¡­ I don¡¯t want that to happen.¡± ¡°That was right, if I stay Jared¡¯s fianc¨¦e we¡¯ll eventually marry, and I¡¯ll be royalty¡­ oh no. I¡¯m only barely managing as a duke¡¯s daughter, I can¡¯t manage royalty¡­¡± Given how Jared dotes on his fianc¨¦e Katarina, at this rate it¡¯s guaranteed that they¡¯ll be married as soon as possible. And since it¡¯s Jared we¡¯re talking about, I¡¯m scared as it¡¯s not out of the realm of possibility that he whisks her away into the depths of the castle and never lets her see the light of day. However, it seems as though the too-dense Katarina has not realized Jared¡¯s feelings in the slightest. It also seems from her murmurs that she doesn¡¯t agree with marrying Jared and bing royalty. I decide to give some advice to Katarina and Maria, who seem so shaken. Or rather, to be honest the reason I brought up Maria¡¯s cement in the Ministry of Magic in the first ce was to bring up the following topic. ¡°Katarina-sama, why don¡¯t you join the Ministry of Magic as well?¡± Katarina, being as shaken as she was, immediately jumps on the idea. ¡°Huh, I can do that? Wait, if I join the Ministry of Magic, can I avoid getting married?¡± ¡°Generally, so long as you¡¯re referred by someone with a fairly high position in the Ministry, you¡¯re able to join the Ministry of Magic. Well, while I don¡¯t think you¡¯ll be able to avoid getting married, considering that the Ministry has the right to choose the next king, I don¡¯t think you¡¯ll be dragged off to the pce immediately.¡± To tell the truth, I¡¯ve been thinking about this n for a while. I was brainstorming about what to do in order to prevent Katarina from bing Jared¡¯s as soon as they graduate. Given that I spent long years plotting terrible things for motivations not my own, I¡¯m pretty good at thinking up these ns. And so, hearing that Maria was going to enter the Ministry of Magic, I surmised that I could use her as an ally. Just as I expected, Maria¡¯s eyes were sparkling as she desperately listened to my n. However, despite jumping on the idea at first, Katarina¡¯s expression clouds. ¡°Um, but Rafael. My magic, as everyone is aware, is pretty weak¡­¡± ¡°Ah, it¡¯s true that the Ministry of Magic generally has a lot of strong magic users, but there are also a fair number of people with weaker magic. It isn¡¯t impossible for people to join with just an interest in magic and magical power.¡± It¡¯s true that the Ministry of Magic has a lot of magic users who are strong, but there are many who are not. Just because someone has powerful magic doesn¡¯t mean that they¡¯re smart, and inboratories it¡¯s not umon for there to be fewer strong magic users. ¡°I see, awesome! So then, if I work hard¡­ oh, but you need a reference from a higher-up in the organization, right? Ergh, that¡¯s a bit tough¡­ I don¡¯t know anyone who might write me a reference letter¡­¡± The Ministry of Magic is a rather special organization. In order to gather talented people, they hold entrance examinations every year, but only a small handful can join the Ministry through the exams. This is as those with strong magic are invited while they¡¯re attending school like Maria, and magicless people talented in research almost all have connections and are chosen through rmendations by current employees. That being said, it isn¡¯t like an employee can rmend just anyone. It¡¯s impossible for a bottom-rung employee like me who just joined to rmend someone. However. ¡°You don¡¯t need to be so sad. There is someone who might write you a reference letter.¡± ¡°¡­ What?!¡± ¡°My superior has been pretty interested in you, Katarina-sama. I¡¯m sure that person would love to write you a reference letter.¡± In my mind, I bring up the face of my superior, who¡¯s considered to be odd. Last year, when it was decided that I would be taken in by the Ministry, all of the other employees didn¡¯t seem to know what to do with me. That couldn¡¯t be helped, given that I was a criminal from a Marquis¡¯ house who had wielded forbidden dark magic, even if it was only for a short while. No one would want anything to do with me. And yet in that hubbub ¨C What, no department wants him? Don¡¯t you think such a rare existence is just marvellous? If all of you don¡¯t want it, I¡¯ll help myself. Saying that, that person gave an alluring smile and took me in. Now, I¡¯m working as a regr Ministry of Magic employee, never given any special treatment. The one to tell me to change my appearance and to teach me how to do it was also that superior. It was a shock to learn that my superior knew Katarina. One day, after running into Katarina by chance on the grounds and talking with her before returning to the workce, my superior came up and demanded: ¡®Hey you, are you close with Katarina es?¡¯ ¡°Your superior? Your superior knows me?¡± ¡°Yes. I believe that my superior wille to greet you sometime, considering how much excited talk there was about going to talk with you.¡± Apparently, my superior met Katarina once and really took a shine to her (though I wasn¡¯t told how they met). Since then, my superior has been having fun by gathering all sorts of stories about Katarina, but always talks about wanting to talk to her again. Given how much my superior seems to like Katarina, I¡¯m sure that my superior will write as many rmendation letters as Katarina wants. ¡°U ¨C m, what kind of person is your superior?¡± ¡°My superior is a bit of a unique character, but still a very good person in my opinion.¡± I¡¯m sure that given that Katarina is simrly a unique character, they¡¯ll get along well. ¡°E ¨C excuse me!¡± Maria, who had been passionately listening to us talk up until now, aggressively wedges his way into the conversation. She seems pretty frantic. ¡°W ¨C what¡¯s the matter, Maria? You¡¯re looking frantic.¡± Maria looks with a fiery gaze towards Katarina, who seems perplexed. ¡°U ¨C um, if I summarize the conversation, if Rafael-sama¡¯s superior writes Katarina-sama a reference letter, then Katarina-sama will join the Ministry of Magic¡­ and then we¡¯ll be able to always be together, right?!¡± Maria was responding just as I had predicted. ¡°That sounds right.¡± Maria¡¯s desperate face melts into a happy smile when I smile at her kindly. And then. ¡°Katarina-sama, let¡¯s join the Ministry of Magic together. I¡¯ll do whatever I can to help! I insist, I insist,¡± says Maria with sparkling eyes as she takes Katarina¡¯s hands in hers. Ah, things are proceeded just as nned. Maria¡¯s be an ally, and Katarina will head to the Ministry of Magic where I can be with her next year as well. Sorry for using you, Maria. But I don¡¯t want to hand Katarina over to Jared just yet. I want to stay by her side for even just a bit longer. ************ Water is spurting out from the centre pond like a fountain, creating a rainbow. The earth sculptures morphed at every nce, vibrant mes dancing around them. The wind, almost a whirlwind, scattered about flower petals. Side-eyeing that fantastical view, I greet the never-ending stream of customers with a fake smile. Unlike parties and balls that are only a few hours long, the entire day so far has been this tiresome and I¡¯ve begun to get sick of it. My fake smile is strained. However, my twin brother Jared next to me is giving everyone a perfect smile just as usual. Although he¡¯s my own brother, I have to say he¡¯s pretty amazing. I, n Stuart, was born sixteen years ago as Jared¡¯s twin brother. When I was young, I nursed a strong inferiorityplex towards Jared, who could did anything wlessly with a cool expression. That¡¯s when I met that strange noble girl. Despite being a noble¡¯s daughter, she held up her skirt and ran, and climbed up trees like a monkey. Katarina es ¨C she was so different from anyone I had met before. She was the one to teach me that everyone had their strengths and weaknesses, that everyone was unique. And so I was able to finally take things easier, and eventually even the strong inferiorityplex I held towards Jared disappeared. Since then, for some reason I began to really want to stay by Katarina¡¯s side, since being by her felt so good. I just wanted to be by her side¡­ but as the years passed, if I touched her without thinking, blood rose to my face and my heartbeat rose. As I was wondering why such a thing was happening, it happened. Katarina got involved in a certain life-threatening incident. That¡¯s when I realized my feelings. Somehow, I had fallen for my twin brother¡¯s fianc¨¦e. It wouldn¡¯t have been as bad if it had just been a political engagement and they didn¡¯t get along well, but even a stranger could see that Jared doted on Katarina to an embarrassing degree (though Katarina ¨C the crucial person ¨C hasn¡¯t realized this for some reason¡­). I have my own fianc¨¦e to boot ¨C Mary Hart, a Marquis¡¯ daughter. Intelligent and beautiful, she¡¯s said to be the very epitome of a noble girl. She¡¯s so amazing she¡¯s wasted on me. I like her, and have always treated her preciously. However, I don¡¯t love her. I like her like an older brother would a younger sister. When I realized my feelings towards Katarina, I also realized what I really felt for Mary¡­ and so, feeling as though I couldn¡¯t continue the engagement while holding feelings towards someone else, I exined things to Mary. Of course I didn¡¯t go as far as to reveal that I was in love with my brother¡¯s fianc¨¦e, but I did say that it was someone that I wouldn¡¯t be permitted to love. That¡¯s when Mary told me she loved someone else as well ¨C someone who she wasn¡¯t permitted to love, just like me. Mary pointed out that even if we dissolved the engagement, we¡¯d just get engaged to someone else, so we might as well continue our engagement. I agreed, and so the engagement continues even now. I don¡¯t know who Mary loves, but she said that she¡¯s continuing to try her best, refusing to give up. I¡¯ve promised to dissolve the engagement should Mary¡¯s feelings to the one she loves ever be returned. After revealing our feelings to each other, Mary and I have be even closer. I¡¯ve even begun to tell her about Jared¡¯s movements at her request. It seems she doesn¡¯t like Jared monopolizing all of her best friend Katarina¡¯s time. I feel bad using Mary¡¯s pure feelings in this way, but in all honesty, I¡¯d be happier if Jared and Katarina didn¡¯t get any closer, so I¡¯ve been actively helping out. Today as well, Mary asked me to make sure that Jared doesn¡¯t get any time alone with Katarina. Using the pretext of ¡®being asked by my fianc¨¦e¡¯ to butt in between Jared and Katarina ¨C it seems as though I¡¯m not the type to give up easily. As I was thinking deeply about Mary, I realized that Katarina hade by Jared¡¯s side. They¡¯re talking quitefortably with each other. Even while thinking that I¡¯m being a bother, I remind myself that I was asked to by Mary and head over. ¡°Hey, you. You finally came. I thought that you weren¡¯t going toe anymore, since after saying ¡®I¡¯ll go buy you some things to eat,¡¯ in the morning you disappeared,¡± I say between the two of them, wedging myself in. ¡°My apologies. A lot happened,¡± Katarina says. ¡°I see, I assumed that you¡¯d forgotten the time as you ate at the booths.¡± ¡°¡­¡± Katarina looks troubled ¨C seems as though I hit the nail on the head. She¡¯s just as easy to read as usual¡­ ¡°I brought you some snacks as gifts. Please enjoy eating it,¡± says Katarina, obviously trying to change the topic. She holds out the bags she holds in her hands. Apparently it¡¯s handmade sweets made by fellow student council member Maria. Jared asks about how they were selling ¨C in response, Katarina says proudly like she¡¯s talking about her own aplishments that they were extremely popr and had almost sold out. But when Jared says ¡®I see, that¡¯s good¡¯ back to her, she begins thinking deeply about something. Then she stops responding even when we speak to her. It seems as though she¡¯spletely lost in her thoughts. ¡°¡­ Katarina, this again?¡± Jared says, sounding exasperated. ¡®This again¡¯ is an urate descriptor. Katarina sometimes ends up lost in her thoughts like this,pletely ignoring anything around her. ¡°Hey, Katarina es! You idiot noble girl! It¡¯s no good, she isn¡¯t hearing us at all.¡± I try raising my voice a little and calling out to her, but she doesn¡¯t respond in the slightest. Thinking that just speaking to her won¡¯t do the trick anymore, I lightly hit her head. ¡°Wh ¨C what do you think you¡¯re doing?!¡± I hadn¡¯t put any strength into it, but it seems she had been fairly surprised. She red up at me. In response, I say that she was in the wrong for not listening. ¡°You could¡¯ve just called out to me normally! You didn¡¯t have to hit me on my head,¡± shoots Katarina back. But we called out to her plenty. It seems she really didn¡¯t hear a thing. ¡°What are you saying? I called out to you plenty! But you just wouldn¡¯t respond ¨C it¡¯s your fault,¡± I say. Katarina pouts. Ergh, looking up at me with that expression ¨C she¡¯s pretty cute. Feeling shaken, I unthinkingly ruffle Katarina¡¯s hair. ¡°n, leave it there. Could you not touch her so casually?¡± Jared holds my hand tightly, stepping between Katarina and myself. He¡¯s smiling just as usual¡­ but his eyes aren¡¯t as cheerful. ¡°¡­ Jared, you¡­¡± Without thinking, I sigh. This twin brother of mine ¨C normally, he¡¯s all aloof about everything, but the moment Katarina¡¯s involved he lets his emotions get the better of him. Like right now ¨C I just touched her a little and now he¡¯s giving me aplete death re. I want to show my past self, who thought Jared was so perfect, how Jared looks right now. Jared Stuart is a small-hearted man who¡¯s crazy for his fianc¨¦e and gets jealous terribly easily. My fianc¨¦e Mary even said that Katarina will eventually run out of patience with him if he keeps on trying to hold her back and re at everyone around her. ¡°You¡¯re a bit small-hearted¡­ Mary says that Katarina will run out of patience with you if you continue this way.¡± ¡°Please tell Mary that it¡¯s none of her business.¡± He looks at me with very cold eyes. It¡¯s no good ¨C he¡¯s way too crazy for his fianc¨¦e. And his grip on my hand is steadily getting stronger¡­ I just touched her head a little bit, right? Jared goes as far as to embrace Katarina ¨C he¡¯s really small-hearted. As I face Jared, feelingpletely fed up with him ¨C ¡°Jared, n.¡± I hear someone call out to us. Looking towards the source of the voice, I see two couples of men and women heading in our direction, the man in front waving at us with a smile. Ugh, it¡¯s someone even more annoying than Jared. ¡°Geoffrey-niisan, I see that you came,¡± Jared says to our older brother and firstborn son Geoffrey Stuart. His face is all soft and limply. He waves his hand at us back and forth. And the personing up a little behind Geoffrey is¡­ ¡°Ian-niisan, you came as well, I see.¡± He¡¯s our other older brother, Ian Stuart. Opposite to Geoffrey, he has a serious face and a stiff expression. He bows. Since entering the academy, I¡¯ve barely seen my older brothers. Rather, even when we were living in the same ce, the two of them were too busy fighting each other for the throne to pay attention to their two younger brothers, so we¡¯re not that close. Despite that, before entering the academy we were technically living in the same ce so we did see each other fairly often. But I never got along well with the two of them, especially the firstborn Geoffrey¡­ ¡°Oh, if it isn¡¯tdy Katarina es. It¡¯s been a while,¡± Geoffrey speaks to Katarina with a face so rxed you wouldn¡¯t think that he was a prince. It¡¯s true that Katarina met our older brothers once at my and Jared¡¯s fifteenth birthday party¡­ but judging from Katarina¡¯s expression, she doesn¡¯t remember them in the slightest. Jared, used to this, seems to have whispered the necessary information in her ear. ¡°Ah, yes. It¡¯s been a while, Geoffrey-sama, Ian-sama,¡± says Katarina before stopping. Since she hadn¡¯t remembered my older brothers, she naturally wouldn¡¯t remember their fianc¨¦es as well. Jared whispers in her ear again. ¡°It¡¯s been a while, Randall-sama, Burke-sama.¡± Even though she definitely just was told their names by Jared, she greets my older brothers¡¯ fianc¨¦es as if she had known all along. The fianc¨¦es cheerfully return her greeting. ¡°What made you all decide toe here?¡± Geoffrey responds with a beaming look to Jared¡¯s question. ¡°Why, to see the younger brothers I love so much be in the spotlight, of course.¡± Ah, this brother of mine never changes. This firstborn son has always been this way. The rumours I hear of him have always been positive, and I¡¯m sure he¡¯s pretty talented in reality¡­ but well, I don¡¯t really understand him well. He¡¯s neat and proper in public, but in private, he always lookszy and unreliable, and says ridiculous things. Jared naturally knows this well. ¡°Right, and what¡¯s the real reason, Ian-niisan?¡± asks Jared to Ian, coolly ignoring Geoffrey. ¡°Oh, I came to inspect the magic academy to fulfill my official royal duties. Geoffrey¡¯s probably the same.¡± Ian¡¯s no different from usual too. He¡¯s always stiff and serious. ¡°Probably? Oh, so you didn¡¯te together.¡± ¡°That goes without saying. We just coincidentally ran into each other a moment ago.¡± Geoffrey and Ian are fighting each other for the right to inherit the throne. And so, there¡¯s no way that they¡¯de together, all friendly. That being said, from what I¡¯ve seen up to now, it doesn¡¯t seem as though they don¡¯t get along. However, they¡¯re formed their own factions and are always watched by those around them, so it could be just that they can¡¯t be seen getting along well. Suddenly I realize that Geoffrey, who had been ignored by Jared and Ian, had turned his gaze to me. Just as I think that this could be bad ¨C ¡°Wow, Jared and Ian are both so cold. Hey, n, your cute brother came to see you!¡± ¡°What ¨C stop it, don¡¯t hug me.¡± ¨C he embraces me. Despite being brothers, it feels creepy to be embraced by a fellow man considering how old I am. I desperately push Geoffrey away. As we did this and that, the bell rang, nging. It¡¯s a signal that there¡¯s only a small amount of time left before the school festival ends. Oh, it¡¯s already thiste. In a little while, the school festival will end, and after that, we¡¯ll move to the school ball ¨C that could even be called the school festival¡¯s ¡®night portion¡¯. ¡°Oh, we have to head to the stage for the y soon,¡± says Jared on hearing the bell. The n is to perform the student council y after this. Truthfully, I don¡¯t want to act, but by strong request from the student popce, I was unfortunately made to participate. ¡°Ooh, Jared, n, you¡¯re going to perform in a y? I want to see it,¡± says Geoffrey. Ian rebukes him. ¡°Geoffrey, stop saying stupid things, we¡¯re heading back quickly.¡± ¡°What, you¡¯re no fun¡­ wait Ian, you¡¯re going to go back with me?¡± ¡°Stop spewing such idiocy, of course I¡¯m not.¡± It seems as though the two of them get along as well as usually. The yboy firstborn son who says ridiculous things and the serious, neat secondborn son¡­I don¡¯t have much inmon with them and I don¡¯t know how to deal with them ¡­ but I don¡¯t think I dislike them. Well, I¡¯m sure to think ¡®Ergh!¡¯ the next time I see them either way. ¡°See you!¡± ¡°Well then, I¡¯ll take my leave.¡± Giving pr opposite farewells, the two brothers left. And then we left as well, for the stage. On a side note, Katarina is still holding bags of what is presumablyrge amounts of food. She should¡¯ve already given everyone their snacks, but could everything remaining be possibly all for her¡­? Well anyways for now, I¡¯d better report to Mary that I didn¡¯t let Katarina and Jared be alone once we reach the stage. ************ After a little while, the school festival will finally end. It was a truly boring, tiring day. Despite being the long-awaited school festival, I was stuck doing work, unable to spend the day with Katarina. Even though as the day of the school festival neared, I was too busy with preparations to spend time with Katarina ¨C pissing me off even more. To make things worse, when I invited Katarina to my room before things got busy, Keith came along like he was meant to be there and got in my way, and when I tried to go to Katarina¡¯s room, n or Mary got in my way. Katarina is my ¨C Jared Stuart¡¯s ¨C fianc¨¦e¡­ and yet they don¡¯t seem to intend to give up at all. My fianc¨¦e, Katarina es, an Earl¡¯s daughter, is odd. She¡¯s outside of the norm whether it be for a noble girl or a normal girl. I¡¯m never bored when I¡¯m by her side, and I haven¡¯t gotten tired of being around her despite knowing her for years. It¡¯s because of Katarina that I, who was unable to hold any interest in other people, was able to fall in love so deeply with someone. However, Katarina has a fatal w thanks to her charm in the way she attracts way too many rivals. Unknowingly, she seduces both men and woman. Her own stepbrother to begin with, then my younger brother and his fianc¨¦e, and her childhood friends ¨C the prime minister¡¯s son and his younger sister. Then the light magic user genius girl, and finally even the man who tried to kill her. As a result, my rivals just keep on increasing. Like today for example ¨C after Katarina finally arrived after likely wasting time eating, I thought I had a rare chance to talk with her alone. And yet n came and got in my way. To make things worse, he dared to casually touch her head. Don¡¯t touch my Katarina. When I immediately rebuked n I was told that I had a small heart. Well, I do recognize that it¡¯s true that when ites to Katarina, my emotions ¨C which normally don¡¯t react to anything ¨Creact drastically more quickly. To be honest, I end up displeased just by seeing Katarina talking with another man. But with the number of enemies I have, it really can¡¯t be helped. I end up worried to death about whether or not she¡¯s going to seduce and charm yet another person as well. I remain in a bad mood as I head to the stage ¨C I was barely able to speak with Katarina when she had finally arrived. We were finally able to meet, yet n as well as those two brothers of mine have some terrible timing. They didn¡¯t have toe the moment when Katarina finally arrived. I wasn¡¯t doing anything important for hours beforehand, so they could¡¯ve juste sometime then. So why of all times right then¡­? I kind of don¡¯t really like dealing with myzy oldest brother, though I¡¯m okay with my neat and proper next-oldest brother. Though of course, I don¡¯t let those feelings show ¨C I¡¯m not n, after all. Generally, I can understand what anyone is thinking ¨C but since I was young I¡¯ve been unable to read my oldest brothers¡¯ thoughts. It creeps me out a little that I can¡¯t figure out what he¡¯s thinking at all. Well, it doesn¡¯t seem as though he intends harm towards me, so I¡¯ll just ignore him. Thanks to my brothers¡¯ unexpected questions among other things, when we finally arrive at the stage almost all of the other student council members had already arrived. Some among the girls had already changed into their costumes. Something happened the moment I thought to immediately go change into my costume and prepare. ¡°We¡¯re in trouble! One of the actors has taken ill!¡± cried one of the backstage helpers, running towards us. Apparently, one of the first year student council members ted to act in the y suddenly took ill and had to be taken to the doctor¡¯s office. Thankfully there was no issues found during her diagnosis and she would apparently get better after resting a bit, but obviously she wasn¡¯t able to act in a y that was just about to start. ¡°We have no choice. We¡¯ll have to use a stand-in,¡± I say as I sigh internally that something like this had to happen right before show time. I look towards everyone who was working backstage. We¡¯ll have to get one of them to act ¨C they¡¯ve likely seen our recitals a number of times. However, everyone hurriedly averts their gaze. Well, it¡¯s a natural reaction to being told to go act in a y with such little notice. Not to mention, things probably wouldn¡¯t turn out well for them if they thoughtlessly acted in a y filled with popr student council members and thus faced the general student popce¡¯s wrath. Then we need someone who has a fair level of poprity to act in the y. I turn my gaze towards her, but she averts her gaze with incredible speed. She¡¯s averting her eyes way too tantly¡­ the people around her are avoiding my gaze a little more naturally, but as expected from Katarina. However, the people around us started speaking up without me having to say anything. ¡°In that case, I think that Katarina-sama would be a good choice.¡± The voice echoed around the quiet room, leading to voices of agreement one after another. ¡°I think that Katarina-sama would be good as well.¡± ¡°I think that if we have to pick someone to perform along with the student council members, there¡¯s no one other than Katarina-sama.¡± ¡°Yes, I think the other students would ept Katarina-sama as well.¡± Well, everyone understands that thinking about it rationally Katarina is the best choice. Katarina may not be a student council member, but she¡¯s fairly popr, and she¡¯s the only person outside of the student council to have a fan club ¨C even if it¡¯s not public (though she herself has no idea about this). ¡°I ¨C I can¡¯t do it¡­¡± Katarina, desperately trying to turn the offer down, looks towards me with a gaze that seems to be pleading me to be her ally. She¡¯s very cute looking up at me with wet eyes. I smiled beamingly. ¡°Alright then, Katarina. I¡¯m counting on you.¡± When I ce my hand on her shoulder Katarina looks so full of despair you¡¯d think the world had ended. Though she dragged her feet, Katarina epted the script and was changed into her costume. Luckily the girl who wasn¡¯t able to perform was almost the same size and shape as me and so the costume fit almost perfectly. However, I hadn¡¯t realized this at all when the original girl was wearing the costume¡­ but isn¡¯t that costume revealing too much skin around her chest? For her to go out in front of others wearing that¡­ but there¡¯s no time. In the end, I had her wear a stole to hide the skin. The person in charge of costumes did say ¡®Um, I feel like this doesn¡¯t really match,¡¯ but was silenced with a single look from me. Katarina herself seems to have thought that the costume was supposed to look like this. Finally the curtain rises on the y. Katarina had ended up ted to y the protagonist¡¯s stepsister who bullies the protagonist. It¡¯s a role that doesn¡¯t suit her well, but it can¡¯t be helped. Honestly, I would¡¯ve been happiest if she had yed the protagonist ¨C my partner role. However, it was all very sudden and it probably would¡¯ve been tough on Katarina who¡¯s struggling so much with the few lines she has right now. The protagonist Maria heads on stage, and shortly after it¡¯s Katarina¡¯s turn. Katarina seems to have been repeating some mysterious breathing actions before heading to the stage in a fluster. Then Katarina stops the moment she walks out on stage. Could this be ¨C has she forgotten her lines? It would¡¯ve been less understandable if she had practiced them a lot, but this was all very sudden. For Katarina, who¡¯s always true to herself, it must be tough enough for her to just act. Since I had predicted that something like this could happen, I went to go back her up ¨C but that¡¯s when ¨C ¡°My, how you¡¯re unaware of your position in society.¡± A voice rose from the stage. It was a linepletely different from what had been prepared¡­ when I look towards the stage in surprise, I see Katarina standing there, looking like aplete stranger. To be honest, I didn¡¯t think someone foolish like Katarina could y a role that bullied someone else, even if it was just a role. I thought that since I knew how she ticked very well, I knew that she didn¡¯t match up well with the role, but¡­ Katarina is on the stage - and yet it feels like a different woman who isn¡¯t Katarina is also on the stage. That face,ughing down at the protagonist mockingly, is the face of the bullying stepsister no matter what angle you looked at. To think that Katarina could act like this¡­ As expected from Katarina - I thought that I wouldn¡¯t be surprised at anything she did anymore after being so surprised at so many things nine years ago but apparently not. ¡°I rather think grovelling at my feet fits you best.¡± Before I realized it, I was unable to tear my eyes from Katarina who naturally adlibbed lines that weren¡¯t in the script. There stood a Katarina I didn¡¯t know. Even while being enthralled by Katarina¡¯s acting, I sessfully performed my role and the y sessfully ended. The moment the y ended, Katarina was immediately surrounded. Apparently I wasn¡¯t the only one to be enthralled by her performance. Argh, I¡¯m happy I was able to see a Katarina I hadn¡¯t seen before, but at this rate the number of people who want to steal Katarina away may increase. I shouldn¡¯t have let her out in front of all these people. Even as I regretted my actions, I cut my way through the crowd of people towards Katarina and praise her. ¡°I¡¯ll properly escort you at the ball after this, my fianc¨¦e,¡± I then say, to restrain the people around me. I was red at by the other student council members, but it¡¯s a given that her fianc¨¦ would have the role of escorting her to the ball ¨C there¡¯s nothing they can do. Since I wasn¡¯t able to talk with her at all during the day, I n to have as much fun as possible during the night. At the ball, I¡¯ll be able to embrace Katarina as much as I want. Katarina, oblivious to the reactions of the people around her, thinks that kind of thing is normal and will let herself sink into my embrace. The other rivals will probably invite Katarina to go dance as well, but I have no intentions of letting Katarina go so easily today. After seeing a Katarina I hadn¡¯t seen before, my body feels rather warm and my heartbeat won¡¯t slow down. At the ball, I want to have my fill of Katarina until I calm down. As I do some final clean-up for the school festival, I think about being able to have Katarina all to myself atst. Ah, I need to hurry up and finish working so I can go pick up Katarina¡­ but when I go to pick up Katarina in the room she had been in, she wasn¡¯t there. And even when the ball began I wasn¡¯t able to find her. Katarina wasst seen on the stage before disappearing from our sight. Volume 3 3 — Captive Part I

Volume 3 Chapter 3: Captive Part I

I open my eyes to an unfamiliar ceiling. I jerk upwards and look around. The room is about the same size as a dorm room and the furniture seems fairly expensive. Uh, where was this again? If I remember correctly, I magnificently yed the viiness in the y and was praised for it. I then got carried away by the praise and starting posing in front of the mirror¡­ that was when someone suggested that I should go to the ballroom since it would be starting soon¡­ huh? What did I do after that? Also, it was nighttime when I left, but right now, bright sunlight ising in through the window. As I was wondering what was going on, a woman appeared after softly knocking on the door. She was a in girl with brown hair and blue eyes. ¡°Ah, you¡¯ve awakened,¡± she says on seeing that I¡¯m awake, looking relieved. ¡°Um, yes¡­¡± I respond without thinking, even while wondering who this person was. She¡¯s a woman I don¡¯t recognize (though since it¡¯s me we¡¯re talking about, it¡¯s possible that I just forgot her after meeting her once or twice). Jared and Keith usually help me out in situations like this, but it seems they aren¡¯t here. For now, I¡¯ll just have to ask her straight-out. ¡°¡­ Um, and you are?¡± ¡°My sincere apologies for the bted introduction. My name is Lana.¡± ¡°Lana-san?¡± Hmm, from her reaction it seems we haven¡¯t met before. Thank goodness I hadn¡¯t forgotten her. ¡°Please, call me Lana. I will be serving you from today on.¡± Ah, is Lana-san a maid? Now that she mentions it, she is wearing a maid outfit¡­ but¡­ ¡°Um, but I have a maid that¡¯s served me since I was young¡­¡± I say. Wait, where is Anne? Normally, she would swiftly slip over like a shinobi as soon as I woke up and brush my tangled hair and stuff. ¡°My apologies. As that maid is not here I will be taking care of any of your needs in her stead.¡± ¡°¡­ I see.¡± I see, so Anne isn¡¯t here. That¡¯s discouraging. ¡­ Wait, speaking of which ¨C ¡°Um, where is ¡®here¡¯?¡± It¡¯s a bit of ate reaction, but I have no idea where I am. I don¡¯t even know when I came here. ¡°My apologies. I am not permitted to answer that question,¡± Lana says, looking troubled. ¡°What? You¡¯re not permitted? What does that even¡­¡± Lana continues looking troubled after I raise my voice at the unexpected answer. ¡°I believe you will understand in a moment or two,¡± she says. That instant, the door was knocked again and new people appeared. One is a fairly handsome sses-wearing young man with blue-tinged hair and eyes. Rather than being conventionally handsome like Jared, he¡¯s more of ady-killer overflowing with sex appeal. Thisdy-killer is wearing something that only fairly old grandpas would wear in the es household ¨C butler¡¯s clothing. Admittedly though, the old grandpa butler of the es household actually pulled the look off pretty well and I even secretly praised him by calling him ¡®Sebastian¡¯ in my heart¡­ but he doesn¡¯t hold a me to this sses-wearing young man. Someone small stands behind the young man put Sebastian to shame. She was in the young man¡¯s shadow when they entered andpletely melted into the background thanks to the shy young man¡¯s aura¡­ but looking at her again, I can see her brown hair and eyes, short height andrge eyes ¨C she¡¯s a girl like a cute animal that makes you want to protect her despite yourself. While I am forgetful and terrible at remembering names and faces, even I remembered her. After all, ording to my mental timeline, we just met¡­ Prince Ian¡¯s fianc¨¦e, Selena Burke ¨C we greeted each other at the school festival, in the area where the academy was showcasing its talent. Why is she here? And seriously, where am I? ¡°What a relief. You¡¯ve safely awakened.¡± Even as I grow even more confused due to Selena¡¯s arrival, she looks at my face and makes the same relieved face Lana had. ¡°Katarina-sama, I sincerely apologize for our violent conduct towards you. However, I pledge to safely bring you home once everything is over, so please live here until then,¡± she says, bowing deeply. Huh? What does she mean by ¡®violent conduct¡¯? Why am I in this unfamiliar ce? Once I desperately trace back my memories¡­ I recall that after following the person who had been leading me to the ballroom, I had been taken to some other ce instead. Then someone had suddenly grabbed my arm and shoved cloth or something to my face¡­ that¡¯s when my consciousness faded¡­ huh? This feels like the kind of scenario I¡¯ve read in a manga before. And whenever something like this happened in a manga, it was always a¡­ ¡°¡­ Kidnapping¡­¡± On hearing the words that slipped from my mouth, Selena looked like a deer in headlights. She then bowed deeply again, looking terribly apologetic. ¡°I am truly sorry. However, I pledge to not harm you.¡± For real?! To think I was seriously kidnapped! I had thought that kidnapping was something that only happened in my previous life¡¯s manga¡­ this is totally unexpected. However, although I was an average sryman¡¯s daughter in my previous life, I¡¯m now (technically) a Duke¡¯s daughter. There should¡¯ve always been a fair risk that I be kidnapped. But up until now I had been desperate in destroying the otome game destruction gs and hadn¡¯t even thought about stuff like that. To make things worse, I had let my guard down in my happiness after finally dealing with all those destruction gs. Argh, if I should¡¯ve paid more attention to Keith¡¯s warning if things were going to turn out like this. I wonder how much ransom money they¡¯ve demanded for my return. I am (technically) a Duke¡¯s daughter, so it¡¯s probably a pretty high sum. My father is crazy for his daughter so he¡¯ll probably immediately pay any ransom¡­ but I wonder how much my mother would pay? If it¡¯s just too high¡­ she seems the type to say ¡°It can¡¯t be helped. We have Keith, so we might as well give up on our idiot daughter.¡± I¡¯m surprised at just how realistically I can imagine her saying that! No¡­ mother, don¡¯t abandon me! I won¡¯t break your precious flower vases and tes while ying catch indoors anymore! I¡¯m begging you! I desperately plead with my mental version of my mother. ¡°¡­ Um, so about how much will my ransom be?¡± Please be a sum that my mother would agree to pay! However, Selena just looks confused at my question. ¡°¡­ Ran ¨C som?¡± ¡°Yes. Ransom money for my kidnapping. About how much has it been set to?¡± ¡°¡­ Ah, no. We do not n to ask for that kind of money,¡± Selena responds hurriedly. ¡°Uh¡­ you don¡¯t want money? Then why did you kidnap me?¡± They don¡¯t want money? Then why? I¡¯m not really proud of this, but it¡¯s not like I¡¯m a beauty like Maria and the others (what with my viinous face), nor am I talented in magic, nor am I particrly intelligent. I think the only use you could get from me is my family¡¯s money¡­ Well, I¡¯ve got the basics of agriculture down pat so I¡¯d probably be able to be a farmhand for a farmer¡¯s household, but I can¡¯t imagine that I was kidnapped for something like that. ¡°¡­ That is¡­¡± She struggles with my question. Just when she opens her mouth¡­ ¡°Selena-sama, we¡¯ve confirmed Katarina-sama is safe, so let us return your room.¡± Thedy-killer butler who had beenpletely silent up until then speaks as if he¡¯s cutting off Selena¡¯s words. He puts a hand on her shoulder. ¡°Rufus¡­ you¡¯re right. Well then, I will be returning to my room.¡± Apparently thedy-killer butler is called Rufus. The way he¡¯s escorting Selena is erotic. Wait, I still have a lot of things I want to ask! It doesn¡¯t feel too good being left in the dark like this. ¡°Um, wait a second¡­¡± I call out to her, but Selena just looks troubled again and says: ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Lana, I¡¯m leaving Katarina-sama to you. Katarina-sama, if you need anything, just ask Lana. She¡¯ll do whatever she can.¡± Selena leaves the room, led by Rufus. I look towards Lana, who was left in the room, but she quietly shakes her head. In this way, stillpletely in the dark about everything, I ended up having to live in this room in who-knows-where. Volume 3 3 — Captive Part II

Volume 3 Chapter 3: Captive Part II

Though it¡¯s a bit awkward to say this myself, I think that I, Jared Stuart, am pretty talented. I can do most things easily and I¡¯m pretty good at reading people¡¯s expressions. So I¡¯ve been able to do most things easily with no struggle. If there was one, single thing that I couldn¡¯t do easily, it would have to do with my fianc¨¦e Katarina es. I was first attracted to her when I met her when I was eight, and eight yearster, my feelings for her are so crazy strong they even shock me. And yet¡­ Katarina just won¡¯t dance to my tune¡­ in fact, I even feel like she¡¯s getting further and further away from me. Even though the more we spend time together the more I¡¯m attracted to her¡­ Take today for example. After spending eight years with her, I had gotten pretty used to her actions and had thought that I wouldn¡¯t be too surprised at anything she did¡­ But at the sight of her on the stage, my heartbeat rose and she stole my heart anew. Just how many times must she steal my heart away until she¡¯s satisfied? I just keep getting more attracted to her. However, I¡¯ve honestly gotten a little frustrated that Katarina just sits there normally with not a hint of a blush when I say lines that easily fluster other nobledies. That¡¯s why I had nned to take my revenge by touching her even more than usual at the ball, to have my fill of her soft body¡­ but my hopes remained unfulfilled as Katarina suddenly disappeared. To make things worse, Katarina¡¯s location remains unknown even as the days pass by. At first, I thought little of it, figuring that she had gotten lost or something in the academy since it was dark outside. It¡¯s normal for her to not sit still and listen to instructions. But after a little while, I realized that wasn¡¯t the case. Apparently no one saw her after she went into the waiting room. Is that even possible? There were even a few people who said that their memory was hazy, worsening my sense of unease. I recallst year¡¯s incident. Katarina nearly lost her life after forbidden dark magic was cast on her. However, that incident was over and done with. The mastermind Rafael lost that power anyway. So what in the world is going on this time?! Why is it always Katarina¡­? My feelings did a 180 and I grew irritated. But even as I continued my desperate search, there was no progress and so I became even more irritated. That was when¡­ ¡°¡­ Um, Jared-sama, a letter has arrived for you,¡± says one of my servants in a very respectful voice. That hesitation is probably because I¡¯m so different from my usual self. I recognize that, but I still can¡¯t smile like I usually do. Even as I think that I couldn¡¯t care less about a letter at a time like this, I soften my face for my frightened servant and ask: ¡°Who sent it?¡± ¡°Well the thing is, the sender¡¯s name is missing,¡± my servant says, looking troubled. ¡°The sender¡¯s name is missing?¡± Thinking rationally, it¡¯s unbelievable that someone wouldn¡¯t put their name on a letter addressed to royalty. What does this mean? Did some idiotic noble write me some abuse and nder or something? As I muse, I ept the letter from my servant. ¡°I have not read the letter, but I did verify that it was not dangerous.¡± Hearing my servant¡¯s words, I open the letter with no worries. What I saw written there when I passed my eyes over the letter was something I hadn¡¯t even considered. ¡°What¡­ is this¡­?¡± I lost my voice in my shock. ************ I was kidnapped, brought to some ce who-knows-where, and my kidnappers don¡¯t even want ransom money. I don¡¯t understand what¡¯s going on. As if I¡¯d be able to rx in a situation like this! ¡­ Or at least that¡¯s what I had thought, but¡­ When I say that I¡¯m hungry, I¡¯m brought sweets, when I say that I want to read a book since I¡¯m bored, I¡¯m brought books. Even better, when I said that I couldn¡¯t rx in a dress, I was brought some incredibly pleasant feeling clothing. At the academy, I¡¯m always busy with lessons and training, but here I canze around as much as I want. If I were at the es household, Mother would probably barge into the room to re at me and say ¡°Stopzing around and go practice your manners!¡± But here, no one barges in like that. I can read books, eat sweets, andze around as much as I want. A little over half a day since I woke up in an unknown location, I began to happily make myself at home. ¡°It¡¯s a bit strange for someone in my position to say this, but Katarina-sama, are you not ill at ease?¡± Lana says with aplex expression as she watches me. ¡°Ill at ease?¡± ¡°Yes. About where this is, when you don¡¯t even know why you were kidnapped.¡± Oh, right! I was kidnapped! I was having such a pleasant time Ipletely forgot about that. ¡°R ¨C right.¡± I¡¯m startled after Lana reminds me of my current situation. ¡°Don¡¯t tell me¡­ you forgot?¡± Lana widens her blue eyes in great shock. I begin to feel somewhat ashamed. ¡°Sorry,¡± I apologize. Lana looks downwards. She¡¯s probably exasperated at how carefree I am¡­ but it can¡¯t be helped that I¡¯d let my guard down in such a pleasant ce. As I watch Lana, who¡¯s still looking downwards, I notice that her shoulders are severely trembling. What?! What¡¯s the matter?! Is she feeling ill? ¡°L ¨Cna, what¡¯s the matter? Are you alright?¡± I say in worry. ¡°I ¨C I¡¯m fine. I apologize for my unseemly conduct,¡± she responds with a slightly trembling voice. ¡°You¡¯re really alright?¡± ¡°Yes. I¡¯m fine,¡± she responds this time with a firm voice. She then raises her head, looks at my face and says with a beaming smile, ¡°Katarina-sama, you¡¯re really just like the stories.¡± ¡°The stories?¡± I was wondering what she meant by ¡®the stories¡¯, but Lana justughed off my questions with an alluring smile. I feel I¡¯ve seen that smile before¡­ but I met Lana for the first time today so it¡¯s probably just my imagination. In this way, I remembered the situation I was in and asked Lana questions, but as expected, she couldn¡¯t answer them. Lana¡¯s just a maid so she can¡¯t easily talk about things her master has forbidden her from talking about (Though, even if I forbid Anne from talking about things, she still unhesitatingly tells Mother about how I snuck out some sweets, or how I broke flower vases and statues¡­). Since that was the way things were, I decided to continue to happilyze about in the room. I talked about a lot of things with Lana, since she was with me. Once I told her about my field and how I was great at tree climbing and fishing, she said that it sounded fun. With sparkling eyes, she then asked me to teach me how to do those things sometime, and we ended up getting close. This is bad ¨C I might end up addicted to this lifestyle. ************ I had lunch brought to my room and had Lana eat with me since it would be boring eating all by myself, but for dinner, I was escorted to a different room. It had a needlessly long table with cutlery alreadyid out. It seems dinner will be brought here. At the instructions of the servants in the room, I sat at the seat that had been prepared for me. Since the seat across from me has been prepared for me as well, it seems one more person wille. Just as I thought that, Selena came in, with thedy-killer butler following close behind. ¡°Katarina-sama, are you feeling well?¡± Selena asks, seeing that I¡¯m obediently sitting in my seat. ¡°Ah, yes, thanks to you.¡± I was treated to such a pleasant experience that I almost forgot that I had been kidnapped. ¡°I am so very sorry that I was unable to prepare anything particrly delicious for lunch, and had you eat in your small room,¡± says Selena, again lowering her head deeply. This country¡¯s nobles generally always eat te after te of fancy food in rooms like this so long as they aren¡¯t sick or something. That¡¯s probably why Selena is apologizing like this, but I don¡¯t think that my room is small, and I don¡¯t really need a great variety of different food to eat. After all, if I¡¯m given so many different types of food, then I end up wanting to try it all, often leading to a stomach-ache. Thinking back, I was given just the right amount of food for lunch, and I was able to eat it happily with Lana, so there¡¯s really no reason for Selena to apologize. ¡°No no. Really, I¡¯mpletely fine,¡± I say sincerely. ¡°¡­ I¡¯m very sorry for making you push yourself.¡± She mistakenly thinks that I¡¯m pushing myself. Looking at Selena¡¯s pained face makes me want to apologize. From Selena¡¯s appearance alone, she looks like a run-of-the-mill noble girl. She probably has a delicate and kind heart. Even if I say ¡°You¡¯re really treating me well,¡± she¡¯ll probably think that I¡¯m just thinking of her feelings and forcing myself. Perhaps Selena sees me as a delicate noble girl as well. That¡¯s not to say that I¡¯m not delicate¡­ I¡¯m a run-of-the-mill noble girl as well. My heart is fairly delicate as well. For example, my delicate heart is hurt when someone eats sweets I had wanted to eatter or when birds eat my vegetables that were nearly ready for harvest¡­ but neither of those things happened today. After all, I can eat as much as I want, read as much as I want, and evenze around without people getting angry at me ¨C I¡¯mpletely in heaven. Honestly, I¡¯d even go as far as to say that I want to live here for a little while to get my fill of this lifestyle. But Selena, unaware of my true feelings, continues to apologize, trying to be attentive to my feelings. When I gorge myself on all the food being brought out to us, she tells me ¡°You don¡¯t have to force yourself to eat it,¡± in a worried tone of voice (Of course, I¡¯m not forcing myself at all. I¡¯m just eating because I want to eat). Really, I¡¯m more worried about Selena, who¡¯s barely touched her food. Honestly, Selena looks so unwell from worrying about me that I¡¯d think that Selena was the one who was kidnapped. After that, she asked me a lot of things like whether there was anything I felt I was missing or whether there was anything I needed. You¡¯ve already given me everything I need so I don¡¯t need anything more¡­ Selena is just way too thoughtful. I feel like this is the most I¡¯ve been spoiled in the past sixteen years. Just from seeing how Selena has been acting during this short while, I can tell that she didn¡¯t want to kidnap me. Dinner is nearly over and I¡¯mpletely full. As I mentally murmur ¡°Ah, that was really satisfying,¡± to myself, my eyes meet Lana¡¯s, who¡¯s standing in a corner. When our eyes meet, I notice that her eyes narrow. This is ¨C she¡¯s exasperated at me because she thinks that I¡¯ve forgotten that I¡¯ve been kidnapped again! Wait, I haven¡¯t forgotten. I¡¯ve just let my guard down a little because I¡¯m experiencing such pleasure. So I ask: ¡°Um, Selena-sama. Why did you bring me here? You said that you would bring me back once everything is over, but what in the world do you mean by ¡®everything¡¯?¡± I try asking Selena the question I asked at the very beginning. It¡¯s not like I¡¯ve forgotten that I¡¯m kidnapped! It¡¯s not like I feel like I¡¯m on an amazing vacation or anything! Not at all! At my words, Selena, who already looked unwell, began to look even worse. Urgh, I kind of feel bad, sorry Selena. ¡°Yes, of course. You must feel ill at ease not knowing anything. At this rate, you won¡¯t be able to sleep¡­¡± No, you¡¯ve treated me very well so I don¡¯t feel ill at ease at all, and I feel confident that I¡¯ll be able to sleep deeply tonight. But I keep quiet and listen to Selena for now. ¡°The truth is, I brought you here because¡­¡± Just when Selena says those words, that butler Rufus steps in and cuts off her words. ¡°Young mistress Selena, dinner is over, so let us return to your room. Katarina-sama, I¡¯m sure you¡¯re tired so sleep early,¡± says Rufus, cing a hand on Selena¡¯s shoulder. ¡°¡­ Yes, of course. Then, Katarina-sama, good night,¡± says Selena with an expression reminiscent of a doll. She leaves the room. She seemed like apletely different person from the person who had just been talking¡­ I have a bad feeling, one that sends shivers up my spine. ************ All in all, I ended up facing the night still not knowing where this was or why I was kidnapped. Selena had worried that I wouldn¡¯t be able to sleep, but naturally that wasn¡¯t a problem. I talked with Lana until I went to bed, and had her bring me some extremely delicious tea, so I had plenty of fun and ended up having a pleasant sleep. And as I was elegantly sleeping deeply¡­ ¡°Katarina-sama, please wake up.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t want to, I¡¯m still sleepy. Let me sleep a little longer, Anne.¡± ¡°I am not Anne, I am Lana.¡± ¡°Ugh¡­ Lana?¡± Huh, not Anne? Who was Lana again? When I somehow manage to open my eyes, I realize I¡¯m not in my normal dorm room. Huh, where was this again? As I blearily look around the room, a little bit of my consciousness awakens and I recall where I was. That was right. I was kidnapped and brought to this heavenly room. My room is still dark, lit dimly by amp. Huh? It¡¯s not morning yet. ¡°Katarina-sama, there¡¯s someone here to see you.¡± ¡°What, here to see me?¡± Who woulde here thiste at night? When I get out of bed, I¡¯m still half-asleep. Lana fixes up my pajamas and my hair then sits me down in a chair. Then the door quietly opens and a small human silhouette appears. ¡°¡­ Selena?¡± A small animal-like nobledy, the lovely Selena Burke, was illuminated by themp. Why is she here sote? Ugh, and I¡¯m still sleepy. I rub my eyes to try to wake myself up. ¡°Yes. Katarina-sama, I¡¯m very sorry to visit you at this time of night. But I was just so worried that you were having a sleepless night, filled with unease¡­¡± It seems rather that Selena wasn¡¯t able to sleep. She looks even more unwell than before. On a side note, since I was able to eat delicious food for dinner, I was able to sleep well. Thus, I probably look great. So, I think that anybody would worry more about Selena than me. ¡°¡­ After dinner, for some reason, I began to feel really strongly that I shouldn¡¯t tell you why. But now I think that it¡¯s really not right to tell you nothing after all¡­¡± Selena has a brooding look. She was probably worrying about things while I was deep in sleep. I kind of feel sorry. ¡°Um, so you¡¯re talking about the reason you brought me here? As I thought, Selena-sama, you know why?¡± ¡°Yes¡­ I am the one who nned this kidnapping, after all.¡± What?! Selena-sama is the mastermind?! I thought that she was just being used or being threatened by someone since she seemed so guilty about everything¡­ but to think that she was the mastermind¡­ Putting aside my mouth open wide in shock, Selena began talking as if she were confessing her sins. ¡°I am trying to force Jared-sama to renounce his right to the throne by kidnapping you.¡± ¡°¡­ Forcing Jared to renounce his right to the throne?¡± Quite frankly it was a motive I hadn¡¯t expected at all. ¡°Yes. To have Ian-sama be the next king¡­¡± I saw strong determination in her eyes that had been so dark just a moment ago. And then, Selena began exining the exact details of the kidnapping¡­ There were some parts I found difficult to understand here and there, but the general gist is the following. Lately, Jared has been gaining more influence and among a certain faction of nobles, there¡¯s been talk about him bing the next king. At the moment, just the firstborn Geoffrey and the second-born Ian have been dueling it out for the right to the throne, but if Jared steps in as well, the fight will be even worse. So to prevent that from happening, Selena wants to force Jared to renounce his right to the throne. But why would she attack Jared, ignoring her main rival Prince Geoffrey? There were some parts of the story that didn¡¯t really make sense to me, but for now ¨C ¡°I really don¡¯t think that Jared would renounce his right to the throne even if you use me¡­¡± It¡¯s true that I¡¯ve been friends with Jared for nine years and we get along fairly well, but would he really throw away his right to the throne for a mere friend? Maybe if I were his girlfriend or his wife¡­ but I¡¯m just a fianc¨¦e he uses as a shield. I feel like he wouldn¡¯t go that far for me. ¡°That can¡¯t be, it¡¯s well-known that Jared-sama loves you very much. He¡¯ll do anything for you, Katarina-sama,¡± says Selena passionately. But that¡¯s probably just false rumours that ck-hearted prince spread around so women wouldn¡¯t try to get close to him. That¡¯s what I thought, but¡­ ¡°I¡¯m so envious that he loves you so much,¡± says Selena, cheeks red as fire. I didn¡¯t really want to crush her dreams, so I kept quiet. ************ Jared-sama, Keith-sama, Mary-sama, Nikol-sama, Sophia-sama, and Maria-sama ¨C the academy¡¯s student council members are together in one dorm room. But the one that should be in this room, Katarina-sama ¨C the mistress of me, Anne Sherry ¨C is nowhere to be seen. It¡¯s been about half a day since Katarina disappeared at the end of the school festival. That¡¯s when Jared received an anonymous letter. The following was written in the letter: We have kidnapped Katarina es. If you want her to be returned safely, renounce your right to the throne. That¡¯s right ¨C Katarina didn¡¯t just disappear, she was kidnapped. Jared immediately gathered everyone in this way after receiving the letter and exined the situation to them. He was even considerate to me, who had been worried about Katarina and unable to sit still, by letting me stay here with everyone else. Once Jared finishes exining, everyone looks even worse, despite already looking fairly pale before. I suspect I myself have a pretty terrible expression on my face as well. Even after he finishes exining, no one speaks up. A heavy silence permeates the room. ¡°So Jared-sama, what are you nning to do?¡± Keith asks finally after a little while. He looks at Jared strongly. ¡°If Katarina cane home safely, I¡¯ll renounce my right to the throne however many times I need to. But unfortunately it¡¯s something that takes time. If something happened to her while I was renouncing my right¡­¡± says Jared with a grim face. He hadpletely lost his usual smile. ¡°¡­ Not to mention, even if Jared gives into the demands, there¡¯s no guarantee that Katarina wille back safely. It¡¯s not unthinkable that if she saw the culprit¡¯s face, she¡¯d be killed to keep it a secret,¡± says Nikol gravely with a simrly grim look. ¡°That can¡¯t be! It¡¯spletely unreasonable to kill her just because she saw their face while they were kidnapping her¡­¡± cries Sophia in a voice nearing a scream. Although I didn¡¯t say anything out loud, I¡¯m screaming the same thing in my heart. ¡°We¡¯re talking about someone who kidnaps people ¨C they probably don¡¯t care if they do something unreasonable. It¡¯s possible. If that¡¯s the case, Jared giving into the demands won¡¯t end things. It would be faster to go searching for her location than to begin preparations to renounce his right to the throne.¡± ¡°n-sama, you asionally have good ideas.¡± ¡°¡­ You didn¡¯t need to add the ¡®asionally¡¯, Mary.¡± ¡°Heh heh, I apologize. Well, if that¡¯s the case, should we go searching for any suspicious people and mansions we can find?¡±ughs Mary darkly. ¡°No, to search everywhere is a bit much¡­ plus, that would take quite a bit of time,¡± disagrees Keith. ¡°U ¨C um, it¡¯s possible that dark magic is involved, right?¡± says Maria frantically with a raised voice. Yes, it¡¯s true. Apparently a number of people who were likely one of thest to see Katarina on the day of the school festival have hazy memories. This is simr to the incident that urredst year. Dark magic ¨C a forbidden magic hidden by royalty ¨C is capable of manipting people¡¯s minds. The reason why everyone here along with me knows about this magic is because ofst year¡¯s incident. Last year, a certain incident urred. During the incident, a certain someone cast dark magic on Katarina, forcing her into an unending sleep. Everyone worried about her, but thanks to Katarina¡¯s efforts among other things the incident was sessfully put to rest. During the incident, Jared told everyone here, along with me (who had been with Katarina the longest) and Katarina-sama, about the existence of dark magic, on the condition that we wouldn¡¯t tell anyone else about it. However,st year¡¯s dark magic incident had been sessfully put to rest, and the criminal behind it now got along well with everyone. So if dark magic was used again in this incident¡­ that means that there would have to be a different dark magic user involved. ¡°If dark magic was really used, then I¡¯ll be able to tell who the culprit is just by looking at suspicious people.¡± Maria is one of a select few light magic users in the country, and thus one of the few who can see dark magic, which can¡¯t normally be seen. It¡¯s true that Maria might be able to see the culprit. I thought it was an excellent n, but¡­ ¡°It¡¯s true that it¡¯s a good n, but if I remember correctly, you can only see dark magic when it¡¯s being used or a little after it was used, right? So wouldn¡¯t you be unable to see anything now, since half a day has already passed?¡± ¡°¡­ That is¡­¡± Maria¡¯s expression clouds over. Ah, even though I had thought it was such a good n¡­ ¡°It seems we¡¯ll have to search every little corner after all.¡± ¡°Wait a second, Mary! Where do you think you¡¯re going?! Calm down!¡± Ignoring n¡¯s shouts trying to stop her, Mary¡¯s smile grows even darker and she makes her way to the door. But the moment she makes to open the door, someone knocks and a new person enters the room. ¡°Mary-sama, where are you nning to go?¡± ¡°Oh, Rafael-sama, it¡¯s been a while. I¡¯m nning to go search for Katarina-sama, of course.¡± There stood Rafael Walt, the culprit behindst year¡¯s incident. He was currently working at the Ministry of Magic due to the incident. ¡°Do you have any clues?¡± responds Rafael with a questioning look. He likely already knew about the current situation. ¡°For now, I¡¯m nning to go search anywhere that looks suspicious one by one.¡± Rafael lets out a small sigh at Mary¡¯s confident words. ¡°That¡¯s much too reckless.¡± ¡°But Katarina-sama might be in danger right now as we¡¯re standing around talking! What do you think we should do then?!¡± shouts Mary, tears welling in her eyes. Despite acting determined, she¡¯s probably worried on the inside. Rafael smiles kindly at Mary. ¡°Everything is going to be alright. No harm wille to Katarina-sama,¡± says Rafael firmly. At those words, Jared stares at Rafael. ¡°What do you mean by that?¡± ¡°Katarina-sama has the ultimate bodyguard, so there¡¯s no chance that any harmes to her. So, just wait a little bit more,¡± says Rafael, before continuing with words brimming with strength, ¡°I will definitely save Katarina-sama.¡± Volume 3 3 — Captive Part III

Volume 3 Chapter 3: Captive Part III

As I patted Selena on the back as she sobbed, on the inside, I was at aplete loss. I just don¡¯t know what I should do. Selena said that Jared would do anything for me (though it¡¯s just a misunderstanding on her part) before saying ¡°I¡¯m so envious that he loves you so much,¡± with bright-red cheeks. Then immediately after¡­ she said ¡°I¡¯m truly envious,¡± in a terribly wistful voice as teardrops began to fall one by one from herrge eyes. ¡°S ¨C Selena! What¡¯s the matter ¨C are you alright?!¡± I panicked. I went up to Selena and threw my arms around her shoulders. ¡°¡­ Katarina-sama¡­ to worry about me, even after what I did to you¡­ you really are a saint, just like the rumours say. Inparison, I¡­ I¡¯m just a failure. It¡¯s no wonder that Ian-sama ended up hating me,¡± says Selena before bursting into tears again. Rumours? Saint? I didn¡¯t really understand the meaning behind some of her words, but more importantly, I didn¡¯t know what to do about Selena, who had burst out crying again. I just stand by her, patting her back. And then, as I stand there unable to do anything but continue patting her back, eventually Selena calms down a little bit. ¡°My apologies for losing myposure¡­¡± says Selena, eyes bright red. She seems like she¡¯s about to copse at any moment. ¡°¡­ I just became a little envious of how close you and Jared-sama are¡­¡± ¡°Envious?¡± That ck-hearted prince and I definitely don¡¯t have a rtionship worthy of being envied, but Selena seems be under the misunderstanding that we¡¯re a loving couple¡­ ¡°Yes. How wonderful it must be to love each other and support each other.¡± Yup. She¡¯spletely misunderstanding everything. ¡°¡­ I¡¯m not just envious of you and Jared-sama¡­ Geoffrey-sama and Suzanna-sama, n-sama and Mary-sama¡­ I¡¯m so very envious of all of you for having the kind of rtionship where you support each other on an equal level.¡± I don¡¯t know about Geoffrey-san, but are Mary and n really on an equal level? If I had to pick one, I¡¯d say that Mary is stronger. There¡¯s times when n looks like a dutiful servant when he¡¯s escorting Mary. But I wasn¡¯t really able to say that in an atmosphere like this, so I just shut up and listen to Selena¡¯s story. ¡°Suzanna-sama is praised as the most intelligent woman in the country.¡± Huh, so that sexydy is known for something like that. ¡°Mary-sama is praised for being a perfect example of a noble¡¯s daughter.¡± It¡¯s true that Mary is really amazing. Her dancing and manners are both perfect. It¡¯s little wonder that she would make someone act like a servant. ¡°Katarina-sama, you¡¯re praised for being saint-like.¡± Wait, me?! I¡¯m renowned for being saint-like?! Unfortunately, I¡¯ve never heard such praises ¨C rather, I¡¯ve never even been admired like that. But to be called saint-like¡­ Ah, maybe I missed part of the word and she actually said unrestrained-like? My teachers often praised me for ¡°having lots of spirit¡±, after all. ¡°Inparison, I don¡¯t have anything that makes me stand out at all¡­ my magic is weak and I¡¯m not that smart¡­ I¡¯m a useless fianc¨¦e who can¡¯t support Ian-sama ¨C no, worse. I¡¯m nothing but dead weight to him,¡± says Selena, tears forming in her eyes again, ¡°So I wanted to help Ian-sama, even if it was only with something little¡­ so I nned this kidnapping. Katarina-sama, I¡¯m so very sorry.¡± Tears fell from Selena¡¯s eyes. So her magic is weak and she isn¡¯t very smart¡­ I feel kinship with her. Well, I feel like I finally understand why Selena nned this incident despite looking so guilty all the time. Her methods were a bit questionable, but she just wanted to help out the person she loved. Once that crosses my mind, I begin to think that Selena is sweet. ¡°I am naturally prepared to ept the consequences once everything is over and done with.¡± ¡°What? Consequences?¡± ¡°Yes. I will dissolve my engagement with Ian-sama, and turn myself in for my crimes,¡± says Selena with determined, unwavering eyes. What, she¡¯ll dissolve her engagement and turn herself in?! What is she thinking?! ¡°W ¨C why?! You did something like this because you love Ian-sama and want to help him out, right? But now you¡¯re saying that you¡¯ll dissolve your engagement and turn yourself in¡­ are you alright with that?¡± ¡°Yes. This was something I did independently due to my attachment to Ian-sama. I¡¯ve resolved myself.¡± ¡°Even if you did it independently, you two are still engaged, aren¡¯t you?¡± It¡¯s like she¡¯s saying that her feelings aren¡¯t returned. ¡°¡­ When I was young, I was chosen to be Ian-sama¡¯s fianc¨¦e because we were close in age and I had magic¡­ but like I said before, my magic is weak and I¡¯m not even good at studying. In the end, even my parents and other rtives began saying that it might be better for someone else to be the prince¡¯s fianc¨¦e. It can¡¯t be helped. The other princes¡¯ fianc¨¦es are all perfectly capable of helping their fianc¨¦s, but I¡¯m no help at all ¨C I¡¯m just a burden.¡± I mean, same here - back home, my mother always says ¡°Jared-sama should choose a different fianc¨¦e! Our daughter will just hold Jared-sama back.¡± The kinship I had been feeling with Selena bes stronger. It seems like we¡¯re pretty simr. ¡°And I¡¯m sure that Ian-sama hates someone useless like me already,¡± continues Selena, unaware of what I¡¯m thinking. She averts her gaze. Ian hates Selena? I think back to the school festival. Selena had been escorted by the serious, strict-looking second son Ian. I have no idea what their rtionship is like from just that one encounter. So I ask: ¡°Hey, Selena-sama. Have you ever asked Ian-sama about this?¡± ¡°What?!¡± ¡°Have you ever asked Ian-sama about what he thinks about you?¡± ¡°H ¨C how could I ask something like that?! But Ian-sama is always cold to me, and everyone around us says that Ian-sama probably already hates me¡­¡± ¡°But that¡¯s just what the people around you say, and not what Ian-sama himself said, right? It could be just your imagination that he¡¯s cold to you, too.¡± ¡°¡­ But.¡± You can¡¯t rely on what people around you say. My strict little brother in particr always says ¡°Be careful ¨C nobles say nothing but lies.¡± If I believed all those rumours out there, I would think that I was a lovely nobledy loved by Jared ¨C theplete opposite situation from the truth. Not to mention¡­ ¡°Feelings are something that can only be understand by one person ¨C the person who holds them. So if you want the truth, you need to confirm things with Ian-sama himself!¡± ¡°¡­ Confirm things?¡± Selena looks up. ¡°Yes, you need to talk with Ian-sama!¡± After all, if you don¡¯t properly talk things out, you end up in the dark forever. For example, I¡¯ve learned so much about what kind of person Selena is just by talking with her just now. Selena stares at me, her round brown eyes open wide. ¡°Hey, Selena-sama. You¡¯ve been saying this whole time that you¡¯re a failure, but I don¡¯t think so.¡± Honestly, I¡¯m just as bad at magic and stupid as Selena is, and most people are on our level. It¡¯s just that a small subset of people are super amazing. ¡°You worried about me ¨C basically a stranger ¨C so much that you couldn¡¯t even sleep, and you have enough resolve to throw yourself in jail for the person you love.¡± I would never be able to do something like that, much less while thinking that the person I loved hated me. She¡¯spletely different from me ¨C I made a toy snake just in case Jared hated me and I needed to get rid of him. I look straight into Selena¡¯s brown eyes. ¡°Selena-sama, you¡¯re kind and strong and not a failure in the slightest. You¡¯re a lovely person.¡± Selena opens her eyes wide. ¡°¡­ No one has ever said anything like that to me,¡± says Selena, looking dumbfounded. I smile widely. ¡°Then I¡¯ll say it as many times as you want from now on. So, won¡¯t you please be my friend?¡± She spent all her time worrying about me even though she looked so much worse. She said that she didn¡¯t care if she was thrown in jail if it was for the person she loved. She looks like a frail little animal, but she¡¯s a gracious and strong girl. Perhaps it¡¯s strange for a kidnapper and their victim to be close, but I¡¯ve begun to really like this girl called Selena during the short time we¡¯ve had together. I really feel like we¡¯ve gotten closer after talking like this. I feel like we could be good friends. I hold out my hand to Selena with a smile. ¡°¡­ To say such things to your kidnapper¡­ Katarina-sama, you truly are just like the rumours say¡­¡± murmurs Selena as she gazes at the hand I hold out. Huh? What does she mean by rumours? Those rumours about how I¡¯m an ¡®unrestrained¡¯ girl? ¡°¡­ If you¡¯re alright with someone like me, then I¡¯d dly be your friend,¡± says Selena, taking my hand in hers. She then looks back at me and continues, ¡°¡­ Katarina-sama¡­ I think I should properly talk with Ian-sama himself without worrying about the people around me, like you said.¡± ¡°Yes, let¡¯s start from there!¡± ¡°Yes.¡± There were no longer any tears in her eyes, and while she still looked sickly, her expression was bright. ¡°But before that, I need to end this idiotic kidnapping I did. I need to repent for the crimes I¡¯vemitted thus far.¡± ¡°I can keep it all a secret if you¡¯d like.¡± She didn¡¯t do anything I didn¡¯t like ¨C actually, I had a rather heavenly experience. I can just say I got lost while out for a walk and no one will ask any questions. Selena lets out a wryugh. ¡°Just how kind can you be, Katarina-sama? But I¡¯m afraid I cannot take you up on your offer. I must repent for the crimes I¡¯vemitted,¡± says Selena with a brave expression. Oh, this girl was really gracious and strong. She looks so adorable from the outside but her inner personality enthralls me. ¡°Well then, I¡¯ll immediately return you to Jared-sama. I¡¯ll go make preparations,¡± says Selena, standing up and heading to the door. But the moment she ces her hand against the door, she slowly copses to the ground. ¡°S ¨C Selena-sama!¡± Before I could run to her to see what was wrong, I realize that someone had stepped in through the door. ¡°So you slipped away to somewhere like this when I looked away for a moment¡­Young mistress Selena, don¡¯t cause me trouble by trying to end things early.¡± He smiles incredibly beautifully as he puts a hand on Selena¡¯s shoulder. Selena is still copsed. ¡°W ¨C what did you do to Selena-sama?¡± It is incredibly obvious that he did something to Selena what with his timing and what he just said. I re at the man. ¡°I¡¯m just having her sleep for a bit. She still has a role to y, after all.¡± ¡°A role?¡± ¡°Yes. Her role is to take responsibility for this kidnapping and any other such crimes, then to disappear along with Prince Ian.¡± I¡¯m shocked. ¡°You have a role to y too. Lady Katarina es ¨C I¡¯ll have you disappear with Prince Jared,¡± says thedy-killer butler Rufus who had been serving Selena. Heughs so very cheerfully. ************ I, Selena Burke, first met him when I was nine. He was a handsome boy like no one I had ever seen before. I had been nervous enough just being in front of him, but at the sight of his face, I went rigid. ¡°N ¨C nice to meet you. M ¨C my n ¨C n ¨C name is Selena Burke.¡± I had practiced my greeting so many times, but thanks to my nervousness it came out horribly. The adults around me snickered. I was embarrassed ¨C my face was warm. I was sure that my face was red. Realizing that, I grew even more embarrassed and unconsciously looked downward. ¡°Nice to meet you, Selena. My name is Ian Stuart. I look forwards to getting along with you from now on,¡± responded Ian with a serious face. He held out his hand to me. He didn¡¯tugh at my greeting that everyone around us had snickered at, nor at my bright red face. My younger self immediately fell in love with that warm hand he held out to me. That was the first time I met Ian-sama. I had been born into a Duke¡¯s family, I was around the same age as the prince, and I had magic. For those three reasons, I, Selena Burke, was chosen as the fianc¨¦e of this country¡¯s second prince, Ian Stuart. Our wants and desires yed no part in the engagement. But after meeting Ian, I fell in love. That young love that was born on that day just grew and grew. He¡¯s earnest, works hard, and is awkwardly kind. Every time I met Ian, my love for him grewrger. Today, over ten years since I became his fianc¨¦e, I now hold Ian-sama dearer than anyone else. But despite how much my feelings grew, my magic ¨C the very thing that had triggered our engagement ¨C wouldn¡¯t grow at all. No matter how hard I work in my desire to stand by Ian¡¯s side, my magic remains weak. No matter how desperately I throw myself into my studies, my grades don¡¯t reflect my effort. I was able to enroll in the magic academy with Ian and the others because I had magic, but I wasn¡¯t able to be a member of the student council admired by the student popce. Geoffrey-sama, Suzanna-sama, Ian-sama ¨C they were all chosen, but I alone was a terrible student. To make things worse, Geoffrey and Suzanna often spent time with each other and seemed pretty close¡­ but Ian and I did not. Ian wouldn¡¯t meet with me unless he needed something. He wouldn¡¯t touch me unless he needed to, and even when we met, I felt like there was a distance between us. Seeing the state of our rtionship, everyone around us gossiped that Ian-sama hated his stupid, useless fianc¨¦e. And when Ian and I graduated the academy, Ian¡¯s younger twin brothers Jared-sama and n-sama entered it, along with their fianc¨¦es. Both of them were chosen to be student council members, along with n¡¯s fianc¨¦e Mary-sama. Jared¡¯s fianc¨¦e Katarina-sama wasn¡¯t chosen as a student council member, but it was said that she was loved by the student popce so much she had her own fan club. After hearing the stories, my parents and other rtives began saying that it might be better for someone else to be the prince¡¯s fianc¨¦e. The wonderful princes and their fianc¨¦es¡­ in that group, the only one who didn¡¯t belong was me. Why am I such a failure? No matter how hard I try, I can¡¯t do any better than average - it¡¯s natural that Ian-sama would hate me. Despite all that, I wanted to help him¡­ no matter how, I wanted to pay him back somehow for all the trouble I¡¯d caused him up until now¡­ That man appeared in front of me when I was thinking of nothing but helping Ian. ¡°I shall aid you with your desires.¡± Saying that, he told me that there was something even I could do to help Ian. Volume 3 3 — Captive Part IV

Volume 3 Chapter 3: Captive Part IV

When I enter the room, she bounces up from the bed and turns those blue eyes of hers towards me. ¡°What a relief. You¡¯ve safely awakened,¡± I blurt out thanks to how relieved I am. When she was brought to the mansion, she waspletely out of it. Supposedly she had just been chemically induced into a sleep, but I hadn¡¯t been able to rest easy without seeing her awake like this. There was something I needed to tell her now that she was awake. ¡°Katarina-sama, I sincerely apologize for our violent conduct towards you. However, I pledge to safely bring you home once everything is over, so please live here until then,¡± I apologize, bowing towards Prince Jared¡¯s fianc¨¦e, Katarina es. I knew perfectly well that even though I was doing this for Ian-sama, I wouldn¡¯t be forgiven for disappearing a nobledy with no involvement with the events at hand. And so, even though I knew I wouldn¡¯t be forgiven, I thought that I ought to begin by apologizing. After listening to my words, Katarina looks to be deep in thought for a while. Eventually, the word ¡°¡­ Kidnapping¡­¡± slips from her mouth. I was very surprised. I hadn¡¯t thought that she would realize the situation she was in when I hadn¡¯t yet exined her anything¡­ ording to the rumours, Katarina was brave and strong as well as being infinitely forgiving like a saint, but it seems that in reality she was also pretty capable. ¡°I am truly sorry. However, I pledge to not harm you,¡± I apologize again. Though I of course understand that there was no way I would be forgiven. After listening to my words, Katarina, with a serious expression, goes deep into thought again. ¡°Um, so about how much will my ransom be?¡± she says. ¡°¡­Ran - som?¡± I ask, unsure what she meant. ¡°Yes. Ransom money for my kidnapping. About how much has it been set to?¡± Katarina says, sporting a severe expression and puffing out her chest. ¡°¡­ Ah, no. We do not n to ask for that kind of money,¡± I hurriedly deny. It seems Katarina thought that this kidnapping was motivated by mary motives. . ¡°Uh¡­ you don¡¯t want money? Then why did you kidnap me?¡± It¡¯s just as Katarina says. Without knowing why she was kidnapped, she would probably be worried and unable to rest easy. ¡°¡­ That is¡­¡± I was the one to drag her into this mess. I ought to exin things to Katarina. Thinking that, I tried to open my mouth¡­ ¡°Selena-sama, we¡¯ve confirmed Katarina-sama is safe, so let us return your room,¡± says my butler Rufus, cing a hand on my shoulder. Immediately, I felt very strongly that he was right, I really needed to return to my room. ¡°Rufus¡­ you¡¯re right. Well then, I will be returning to my room.¡± ¡°Um, wait a second¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Lana, I¡¯m leaving Katarina-sama to you. Katarina-sama, if you need anything, just ask Lana. She¡¯ll do whatever she can,¡± I say before leaving the room with Rufus¡­ but on the inside, my feelings were hazy and unclear. ************ Once I leave Katarina and return to my room, I zoned out for a little while for some reason. My memory felt a bit murky at parts. While I was in that state, lunchtime passed by, and so I wasn¡¯t able to prepare something befitting her station for Katarina. After learning that she had apparently eaten in her room, I felt incredibly guilty. Katarina is probably overwhelmingly stressed and worried, what with being brought to a strange ce like this and being shut into her room ¨C all without even knowing the reason why. Although she looked fine when she was in front of me ¨C she seems to be as brave as the rumours say ¨C by now, she may be crying. Thinking of that makes my heart ache, even though this is something I decided to do myself. I need to make sure that Katarina can at the very least enjoy herself the best she can. I¡¯ll prepare the highest quality food for dinner. When Rufus and I enter the room that had been prepared for dinner, Katarina is already sitting on a chair. ¡°Katarina-sama, are you feeling well?¡± ¡°Ah, yes, thanks to you.¡± ¡°I am so very sorry that I was unable to prepare anything particrly delicious for lunch, and had you eat in your small room,¡± I apologize for what had happened in the afternoon and lower my head. ¡°No no. Really, I¡¯mpletely fine,¡± Katarina responds, putting on a brave face. There¡¯s no way she¡¯d be fine after getting kidnapped for some unknown reason and being forced into a room¡­ I¡¯m pushing her too far. My heart aches even worse. ¡°¡­ I¡¯m very sorry for making you push yourself.¡± It¡¯s pretty pathetic that I can¡¯t do anything but repeatedly apologize like this. Even after we began eating, Katarina acted like absolutely nothing was wrong. I grew worried and told her that she didn¡¯t need to force herself to eat, but she just smiled at me in response. She even asked me whether I was okay after seeing that I had barely touched my te, even though she¡¯s probably going through much worse than I am¡­ Katarina is truly like a saint, just as the rumours say. When we were almost finished our meal, Katarina asks me that question again. ¡°Um, Selena-sama. Why did you bring me here? You said that you would bring me back once everything is over, but what in the world do you mean by ¡®everything¡¯?¡± It was to be expected ¨C there¡¯s no way it wasn¡¯t bothering her. She probably felt terribly helpless from being stressed about it this whole time. And yet she desperately pretended to be fine¡­ my heart aches for her even more ¨C I feel so guilty I don¡¯t know what to do. At this point, the best thing to do is to tell her everything. ¡°Yes, of course. You must feel ill at ease not knowing anything. At this rate, you won¡¯t be able to sleep¡­The truth is, I brought you here because¡­¡± Immediately after I say those words, my butler Rufus cuts them off. ¡°Young mistress Selena, dinner is over, so let us return to your room. Katarina-sama, I¡¯m sure you¡¯re tired so sleep early,¡± he says, cing a hand on my shoulder. I suddenly feel very strongly that I shouldn¡¯t tell her everything after all. ¡­ That¡¯s right, I shouldn¡¯t tell her everything. I should return to my room, like Rufus says. I need to listen to what he says ¨C after all, he¡¯s a kind person who taught even someone like me a way to help Ian. ¡°¡­ Yes, of course. Then, Katarina-sama, good night.¡± I need to return to my room and rest¡­ but I wonder why, my feelings seem hazy and unclear again. ************ It seems after I returned to my room, I zoned out on my chair again. I wonder if it¡¯s just my imagination that I seem to do this a lot nowadays. When Ie to, I realize that it¡¯s already well into nighttime. My room waspletely dark too. When I think that I should move to my bed to sleep, I recall those blue eyes looking at me in worry. ¡°Are you okay?¡± she had asked me¡­ Katarina-sama! For some reason, I hadpletely forgotten about her after I returned to my room. A saint-like girl who was kind to even the person who kidnapped her and trapped her in a room. How could I have forgotten her? I¡¯m really the absolute worst. She¡¯s probably tossing and turning, unable to sleep in her worry and stress¡­ I need to go to her, I need to be by her side so I can do what little I can to help her. I quickly slip out of my room during thiste hour when everyone¡¯s asleep. As I quietly walk through the dark mansion, I feel like my head clears for some reason. When I reach Katarina¡¯s room, for some reason a maid was standing in front of it. It was Lana, a maid who I had recently hired to help out with the kidnapping and was now serving Katarina. She had a very serious expression on her face ¨C she seemed like she had been guarding the entrance for quite some time. But when I ask her whether she had been here all this time, she responds that she had just woken up. When I tell Lana that I want to see Katarina, she tells me to wait a little bit then enters the room. And then, after a short while Lana says ¡°Come in,¡± so I enter the room. ¡°¡­ Selena?¡± Katarina says in a somewhat dazed voice. ¡°Yes. Katarina-sama, I¡¯m very sorry to visit you at this time of night. But I was just so worried that you were having a sleepless night, filled with unease¡­¡± When I draw near, I see Katarina rubbing her eyes. She was probably crying¡­ what have I done? I decided then to tell her everything to try to ease the unease and worry in her heart, even if only by a little. ¡°¡­ After dinner, for some reason, I began to feel really strongly that I shouldn¡¯t tell you why. But now I think that it¡¯s really not right to tell you nothing after all¡­¡± ¡°Um, so you¡¯re talking about the reason you brought me here? As I thought, Selena-sama, you know why?¡± ¡°Yes¡­ I am the one who nned this kidnapping, after all.¡± I begin exining everything to an extremely shocked Katarina. ¡°I am trying to force Jared-sama to renounce his right to the throne by kidnapping you.¡± ¡°¡­ Forcing Jared to renounce his right to the throne?¡± ¡°Yes. To have Ian-sama be the next king¡­¡± ************ It happened a few months ago. A young man called Rufus Brode was introduced to our household by distant rtives. He was a splendid young man who was attentive and good at his work, and would even serve me well ¨C despite how I was a failure ignored by the rest of the household. He would take my failures in stride, back me up, then talk to me kindly. Before I knew it, he had be my confidant. After hearing of my strong desire to help Ian, no matter how, he told me ¡°I shall aid you with your desires.¡± Then he thought up a n¡­ to force Ian¡¯s rival princes to renounce their rights to the throne, allowing Ian to be the next king. When I first heard that n, I thought it was an atrocious thing I couldn¡¯t possibly carry out. But as Rufus passionately reminded me that it was all for Ian and that there was nothing else I could do to help him, I slowly began to ept the n. And so, I decided to begin by setting the n to kidnap Katarina in to motion. ************ I told Katarina about my motives and goals for the kidnapping, holding back only the things about Rufus. After all, if I told her about everything Rufus did for me, Rufus would have to shoulder the me as well ¨C I would feel too guilty to let that happen. After listening to my story, Katarina looks deep in thought for some time. ¡°I really don¡¯t think that Jared would renounce his right to the throne even if you use me¡­¡± she finally says. ¡°That can¡¯t be, it¡¯s well-known that Jared-sama loves you very much. He¡¯ll do anything for you, Katarina-sama,¡± I respond in surprise. Jared¡¯s love for Katarina is well known in high society. Jared looked incredibly happy escorting Katarina at his birthday party as well. ¡°I¡¯m so envious that he loves you so much.¡± Loved by Jared, and admired by so many others¡­ inparison, I¡¯m¡­ ¡°I¡¯m truly envious.¡± The words slip from my mouth unconsciously. A failure like me can¡¯t support her fianc¨¦ like the other fianc¨¦es do. After that thought crosses my mind, I suddenly feel incredibly sorrowful. I feel so wretched and pathetic and before I realize it, tears were falling from my eyes. ¡°S ¨C Selena! What¡¯s the matter - are you alright?¡± says Katarina,ing to my side and wrapping her arms around my shoulders. ¡°¡­ Katarina-sama¡­ to worry about me, even after what I did to you¡­ you really are a saint, just like the rumours say. Inparison, I¡­ I¡¯m just a failure. It¡¯s no wonder that Ian-sama ended up hating me.¡± Katarina is called a saint at the academy. She cares little for noble titles and treats everyone equally ¨C someone filled with forgiveness. I thought that people were exaggerating things because she¡¯s a prince¡¯s fianc¨¦e and a duke¡¯s daughter¡­ but she¡¯s so kind to her kidnapper, even though she¡¯s probably the one who wants to cry the most. She isn¡¯t even angry ¨C she¡¯s just rubbing my back. A saint ¨C Katarina truly is a wonderful person, just as the rumours say. No wonder Jared loves a lovely person like her. I slowly calm down a little as Katarina rubs my back. ¡°My apologies for losing myposure¡­I just became a little envious of how close you and Jared-sama are¡­¡± ¡°Envious?¡± ¡°Yes. How wonderful it must be to love each other and support each other¡­ I¡¯m not just envious of you and Jared-sama¡­ Geoffrey-sama and Suzanna-sama, n-sama and Mary-sama¡­ I¡¯m so very envious of all of you for having the kind of rtionship where you support each other on an equal level.¡± As Katarina rubs my back, all the thoughts I had kept locked deep insidee spilling out one by one. ¡°Suzanna-sama is praised as the most intelligent woman in the country, Mary-sama is praised for being a perfect example of a noble¡¯s daughter, and Katarina-sama, you¡¯re praised for being saint-like.¡± They all have the talent and skill worthy of being a prince¡¯s fianc¨¦e. ¡°Inparison, I don¡¯t have anything that makes me stand out at all¡­ my magic is weak and I¡¯m not that smart¡­ I¡¯m a useless fianc¨¦e who can¡¯t support Ian-sama ¨C no, worse. I¡¯m nothing but dead weight to him¡­ So I wanted to help Ian-sama, even if it was only with something little¡­ so I nned this kidnapping. Katarina-sama, I¡¯m so very sorry.¡± Right now, I can¡¯t do anything but apologize. But of course¡­ ¡°I am naturally prepared to ept the consequences once everything is over and done with.¡± ¡°What? Consequences?¡± ¡°Yes. I will dissolve my engagement with Ian-sama, and turn myself in for my crimes.¡± That was something I had decided to do the moment I set my ns into motion. Once you renounce your right to the throne, you can¡¯t get it back ¨C this is the way it¡¯s been for a long, long time. Thus, so long as Jared renounces his right, even if my crimes became public, that fact would not change. And so, once everything¡¯s over and done with, so long as I was able to help Ian out even a little¡­ I¡¯ve more than resolved myself to live out my life as a criminal. ¡°W ¨C why?! You did something like this because you love Ian-sama and want to help him out, right? But now you¡¯re saying that you¡¯ll dissolve your engagement and turn yourself in¡­ are you alright with that?¡± Katarina exims in a loud voice, seeming surprised. ¡°Yes. This was something I did independently due to my attachment to Ian-sama. I¡¯ve resolved myself,¡± I respond firmly. ¡°Even if you did it independently, you two are still engaged, aren¡¯t you?¡± My heart aches at Katarina¡¯s words. That¡¯s true, right now we¡¯re still engaged. However¡­ ¡°¡­ When I was young, I was chosen to be Ian-sama¡¯s fianc¨¦e because we were close in age and I had magic¡­ but like I said before, my magic is weak and I¡¯m not even good at studying. In the end, even my parents and other rtives began saying that it might be better for someone else to be the prince¡¯s fianc¨¦e. It can¡¯t be helped. The other princes¡¯ fianc¨¦es are all perfectly capable of helping their fianc¨¦s, but I¡¯m no help at all ¨C I¡¯m just a burden.¡± I have no doubt that sooner orter, a more worthy candidate will be chosen as Ian¡¯s fianc¨¦e. ¡°And I¡¯m sure that Ian-sama hates someone useless like me already.¡± Everyone says that Ian, who rarely meets me and is cool and detached when we do, already hates his fianc¨¦e. It¡¯s unfair to Ian to tell him to fall in love with a failure like mepared to the other princes¡¯ fianc¨¦es. And yet, I still wanted to help Ian. After all, even if he hates me, I still love him¡­ ¡°Hey, Selena-sama. Have you ever asked Ian-sama about this?¡± ¡°What?!¡± I was very shocked at suddenly being asked something I had never even considered before. ¡°Have you ever asked Ian-sama about what he thinks about you?¡± ¡°H ¨C how could I ask something like that?! But Ian-sama is always cold to me, and everyone around us says that Ian-sama probably already hates me¡­¡± That¡¯s right, it¡¯s what everyone says so it has to be right¡­ just what is Katarina saying? ¡°But that¡¯s just what the people around you say, and not what Ian-sama himself said, right? It could be just your imagination that he¡¯s cold to you, too.¡± ¡°¡­ But.¡± I¡¯m at a loss. I don¡¯t know how to respond to thispletely novel idea. Is it just my imagination that he¡¯s cold to me? Is everyone else wrong? ¡°Feelings are something that can only be understand by one person ¨C the person who holds them. So if you want the truth, you need to confirm things with Ian-sama himself!¡± ¡°¡­ Confirm things?¡± ¡°Yes, you need to talk with Ian-sama!¡± You can¡¯t know someone¡¯s feelings unless you ask them yourself? Talk with Ian-sama? Could I do such a thing¡­? Would it be a good idea for someone like me to do it even if I could? When I look up, Katarina¡¯s pure blue eyes look straight at me. ¡°Hey, Selena-sama. You¡¯ve been saying this whole time that you¡¯re a failure, but I don¡¯t think so. You worried about me ¨C basically a stranger ¨C so much that you couldn¡¯t even sleep, and you have enough resolve to throw yourself in jail for the person you love. Selena-sama, you¡¯re kind and strong and not a failure in the slightest. You¡¯re a lovely person,¡± says Katarina with a kind look. I¡¯m not a failure¡­ I¡¯m a lovely person? ¡°¡­ No one has ever said anything like that to me,¡± I murmur, looking dumbfounded. Up until now, everyone always called me a failure. I was barely ever praised, and even when I was, I could tell it was just pretty lies. But I could tell that Katarina wasn¡¯t lying. Her eyes, still looking straight at me, seem truthful¡­ and her words slowly sink into my mind. ¡°Then I¡¯ll say it as many times as you want from now on. So, won¡¯t you please be my friend?¡± I stare nkly at the hand held out to me. This woman may truly be a saint. ¡°¡­ To say such things to your kidnapper¡­ Katarina-sama, you truly are just like the rumours say¡­¡± My chest burns. I feel like if I take this hand, I¡¯ll be able to change things. ¡°¡­ If you¡¯re alright with someone like me, then I¡¯d dly be your friend,¡± I say, taking Katarina¡¯s hand. It was a very warm hand. I continue, ¡°¡­ Katarina-sama¡­ I think I should properly talk with Ian-sama himself without worrying about the people around me, like you said.¡± Before now, I had never even considered it. No one had ever suggested something like that to me. Even if I had thought of the idea, I would have probably been too scared to actually do it. I may have flinched at the very idea of someone like me doing something like that. But, now, I think I can do it. I feel like Katarina is giving me strength through our joined hands. ¡°Yes, let¡¯s start from there!¡± Katarina says, looking straight at me. ¡°Yes,¡± I agree, suddenly feeling bright and happy. Katarina¡­ loved by many, called a saint. A strange person¡­ I feel like her words and her straight gaze hold some kind of strange power. ¡°But before that, I need to end this idiotic kidnapping I did. I need to repent for the crimes I¡¯vemitted thus far.¡± I need to start from there. Even if my engagement is dissolved, it can¡¯t be helped. I feel like if I talk with Ian properly like Katarina says, I¡¯ll be able to change things. ¡°I can keep it all a secret if you¡¯d like.¡± The saint is so very forgiving. However¡­ ¡°Just how kind can you be, Katarina-sama? But I¡¯m afraid I cannot take you up on your offer. I must repent for the crimes I¡¯vemitted.¡± I need to repent for my crimes, then talk with Ian. ¡°Well then, I¡¯ll immediately return you to Jared-sama. I¡¯ll go make preparations.¡± I head to the door. I feel so refreshed ¨C my chest pains are no more. I feel like I could do anything right now. Volume 3 4 — My Life as a Captive Continues Part I

Volume 3 Chapter 4: My Life as a Captive Continues Part I

That butler appeared the moment when I had finally found out Selena¡¯s motives and when it had seemed like I had gotten closer to her. He¡¯s a young man named Rufus who was always by Selena¡¯s side. After appearing so suddenly, he said something disturbing - that Selena¡¯s role was ¡°to take responsibility for this kidnapping and any other such crimes, then to disappear along with Prince Ian.¡± He even told me that my role was ¡°to disappear with Prince Jared¡±. But caring little for the bombshells he had just dropped, he took advantage of my shell-shocked state to pick up Selena from the ground and leave the room. When I returned to my senses and tried to pursue him, it was toote ¨C the door to the room was already locked. I was left alone in the room. It was the middle of the night, but in this situation, even I wasn¡¯t able to go back to sleep soundly¡­ I instead mused about Rufus, who had left after saying such disturbing things. Selena had suddenly copsed to the ground. ¡°I¡¯m just having her sleep for a bit,¡± that man hadughed. It hadn¡¯t seemed like Selena had been doused with some kind of medicine like I had back at the academy. Naturally, nor had it seemed like she had been knocked out through violent means. She had just quietly copsed to the ground for some unknown reason. But that man had said that he was the one to put her to sleep. It hadn¡¯t seemed like he had used medicine or violence, but his hand had been on Selena¡¯s shoulder. I knew just one power that could put people to sleep by simply touching them. I learned of it for the first timest year, during the incident I had gotten involved in ¨C this was a power limited to only dark magic users, dark magic that could manipte people¡¯s hearts and minds. Whenever Selena had thought to tell me why she had kidnapped me, that man would touch her. Then, she would immediately shut her mouth and her face would go nk, almost like a doll. I recalled that this happened numerous times. ¡­ That man called Rufus may wield dark magic. Apparently dark magic may be wielded by anyone who can use magic ¨C but in order to do so, you need to perform a ritual with a human sacrifice. Dangerous magic that can manipte people¡¯s hearts that can only be obtained by stealing someone¡¯s life away¡­ naturally, dark magic is strictly forbidden and its mere existence is a secret. If Rufus truly wields dark magic¡­ this means that he performed the ritual and sacrificed someone. That means that it¡¯s possible that he¡¯s a murderer. It¡¯s possible that he was forcibly given the power like Rafael, but considering those cold eyes as he looked at Selena, and his cheerfulugh¡­ a shiver went up my spine. ************ I thought that I wouldn¡¯t be able to sleep after everything that happened¡­ but when I came to, I realized that I had slept well. Now that I think back, I recall that the night before the graduation ceremony, when I knew that the destruction gs might being for me, I slept well. It seems like I can sleep well no matter the situation. Still, I¡¯m surprised at myself for being able to sleep so soundly after being kidnapped and being told by a potential dark magic user that he would make me disappear. And the one who woke me up from my sound sleep was ¨C ¡°Geez, I can¡¯t believe it. She¡¯s sleeping so deeply after everything that happened ¨C does thisdy have nerves of steel or what?¡± ¨C someone who sounded incredibly exasperated. ¡°Ugh¡­¡± Wondering why I was woken up from my nice sound sleep, I somehow force my eyes open. In front of me is a man¡¯s face, one I saw justst night. If I remember correctly, his name was¡­ ¡°Rufus¡­¡± ¡°¡­ I am honoured that you deigned to remember my name, Katarina-sama. Now, I believe it would behoove you to get up already. It¡¯s already past noon.¡± For some reason the way he¡¯s speaking ispletely different from before, but his voice sounds the exact same. So then the one who woke me up was this person? But more importantly¡­ ¡°What?! It¡¯s already past noon?!¡± ¡°¡­ That¡¯s what youtch onto, I see,¡± says Rufus, again in an exasperated tone¡­ but seriously, I thought that I had only closed my eyes for a bit after all. After Rufus had left, I thought that I wouldn¡¯t be able to sleep for sure so I decided to start nning my escape while it was still nighttime. For example, I thought about using the dark to hide me and sneak out the window. To think that I had ended up sleeping past noon¡­ and was woken up by a probable enemy¡­ ¡°I¡¯m surprised at myself.¡± ¡°¡­ No, I¡¯m the most surprised here. I couldn¡¯t hear your voice all morning and even past noon, so I thought that you were trembling and crying¡­ but to think you were sprawled out on the bed, snoring¡­¡± says Rufus, his exasperated tone increasing in intensity. I see, so I was sprawled out on the bed¡­ I¡¯m a little embarrassed. But this isn¡¯t the time to worry about something like that. There¡¯s something more important I need to confirm. ¡°There¡¯s a lot I want to ask you, but firstly, is Selena alright?¡± I ask, looking at Rufus in a challenging tone. Selena suddenly copsed before being taken away by him¡­ is she alright? ¡°¡­ The rumours do you no justice. Very well, I¡¯ll answer your question. Selena is safe, she¡¯s sleeping soundly in her room.¡± ¡°¡­ I see.¡± I stare at his eyes but it doesn¡¯t seem like he¡¯s lying, so I decide to believe him for now. Someone mentioned ¡®rumours¡¯ again. Was this about me being ¡®unrestrained¡¯ like Selena said? Well anyways, I couldn¡¯t care less about that right now. What I want to know most is¡­ ¡°Rufus, do you wield dark magic?¡± His eyes widened slightly at my question. He quirked his lips. ¡°That¡¯s very direct of you.¡± Yes, I did think that it was perhaps too direct, but my conversational skills aren¡¯t good enough to slyly pry it out of him. ¡°I couldn¡¯t think of any way to hint at it.¡± ¡°You¡¯re truly an odd person. And as you¡¯re aware of the existence of dark magic, you must have been involved inst year¡¯s incident, as I had suspected.¡± I was shocked. While it was known in wider society that someone from a Marquis¡¯ house hadmitted a severe crime, it should have been kept secret that dark magic was involved. ¡°Were you surprised? Did you think that it should¡¯ve been a secret? But there¡¯s no way that it could¡¯ve all been kept quiet. Especially for the nobles who were friendly with the Deek family and for those involved with the darker parts of society,¡± he continued, as if he had read my mind. Rufus smiled crookedly, ¡°And so dark magic caught his attention as well.¡± ¡°His?¡± ¡°My master. I obtained dark magic and came to the Burke household on his orders.¡± ¡°W ¨C what for?¡± I ask, feeling a bit overwhelmed by Rufus, who had suddenly changed in intensity. ¡°I already told you ¨C for Selena-sama to take responsibility for any crimes rted to the kidnapping and disappear with Prince Ian, from both the battle for the throne and from greater society. You and Prince Jared as well, of course.¡± ¡°But why would you do such a thing¡­¡± ¡°Why? Because you¡¯re in the way, obviously. My master wants the first prince, Prince Geoffrey, to ascend the throne, and he¡¯s not the type to be picky about how he sees his desires fulfilled.¡± I was shocked. Ian and Jared were in the way of Geoffrey¡¯s ascension to the throne¡­ wait, what about n? This is probably a pretty serious conversation, and I knew that I needed to ask more, but a mental image of n floated up in my head and started sulking,ining that he was the only one not involved. No, wait, you¡¯re probably going to be targetedter. You¡¯re still growing, after all, I reassure my mental image of n. I wonder what Rufus is thinking about me, given that I suddenly went dead quiet. ¡°Was that enough to make even you afraid? Well then, I¡¯ll leave the chit-chat to there. I¡¯ll leave a light meal here, so please, enjoy yourself,¡± he says, ¡°If you need anything, use this bell.¡± He leaves a single bell behind and leaves. In this way, I was left alone in the room again. Since I slept so much, I wasn¡¯t tired anymore, so I decide to eat the meal that had been left behind for me. All that had been left behind were a few different types of bread on the small side. To be honest, this isn¡¯t enough for a light meal for me ¨C it¡¯s about the size of a snack. Even as I think that it¡¯s not enough, I take a round bun in my hand and bite into it. ¡­ W ¨C what is this?! It¡¯s incredibly delicious! I ate my fill of delicious food at the festival¡¯s food booths, but this bun was just as splendidly delicious. The outside was puffy, the inside was doughy ¨C I couldn¡¯t get enough of this texture. Hm, what if I add some of this cream-like mixture ced next to the te? I¡¯ll add this cream to this top-quality bread. My, this is delicious as well! It looked like custard cream on the outside, but it seems like it¡¯s something different. It¡¯s not too sweet, but very refreshing ¨C a delicious taste that matches well with the bread. Alright, next I¡¯ll try this tbread. Ah, this is delicious too. I wonder who prepared this light meal. I should askter. I eat all of the delicious bread within a few minutes, and with my stomach partially filled, I decide to really get down to business and think about what to do about my kidnapping. You¡¯re starting a bitte, points out the Anne in my mind. But it can¡¯t be helped, I ended up falling asleep. Alright! Time to hold an strategy meeting about this kidnapping! President: Katarina es, Vice-President: Katarina es, Secretary: Katarina es. I would like to begin by carefully examining our current situation step-by-step. Please, everyone, tell me what you think. Yes, for now, I¡¯d like to specte about what Selena talked aboutst night and what Rufus said. What an excellent idea. I agree! Well then, to begin with, from what Selena saidst night, she¡¯s been depressed for a long time about not being any help to Prince Ian. That¡¯s true. Then thatdy-killer butler Rufus appeared in front of her and suggested that she kidnap Katarina for Prince Ian, right? That¡¯s true¡­ it¡¯s also possible that he used dark magic to influence her. Then, Selena kidnapped Katarina as suggested by Rufus¡­ but Rufus¡¯ true aim was to have Selena take all the me for the crime and have them both be ruined, I¡¯m guessing? My! Katarina es-san, you¡¯re particrly quick-witted today. Is something up? Heh heh. I ate a lot of delicious food and slept a lot, so I¡¯m unbelievably quick-witted this afternoon. Amazing! You could call yourself the Great Detective Katarina right now! Ooh, the Great Detective Katarina has a nice ring to it. Later, I can open up the Detective Katarina Agency, and solve difficult cases as they¡¯re brought to me¡­ Everyone, please concentrate! You¡¯re going off on a tangent! ¡­ We¡¯re sorry. Well then, let¡¯s get back on topic. About Rufus ¨C he said that he¡¯s executing this kidnapping n for his master, didn¡¯t he? In order to have Prince Geoffrey ascend the throne. Yes, he did say that. In that case, what if the true mastermind is Prince Geoffrey himself? But, I really don¡¯t think he¡¯s the type of person to do this, from what we saw at the school festival¡­ ¡­ That¡¯s true. The snacks he gave us were good too. Yeah, those snacks were delicious. I agree, I really want to eat them again. Now I¡¯m getting hungry¡­ The bread was good, but there really wasn¡¯t enough. Really. How can we eat our fill with a portion size barely fit for a bird ¨C wait, we¡¯re going off on a tangent again! We need to get back on track¡­ Even if you say that¡­ we¡¯re already used a fair bit of brainpower¡­ and I¡¯m hungry so I can¡¯t think of anything but food. Same here¡­ and since it¡¯s not used that much, Katarina¡¯s brain is at its limit¡­ it¡¯s crying out for sugar. ¡­ That¡¯s true¡­ I can¡¯t think of anything but food¡­ Bread, meat, fish¡­ ¡­ cake, cookies, pie¡­ ¡­ apples, oranges, grapes¡­ All Katarinas became unable to talk about anything but food¡­ the meeting was forced to a close. This is no good, all thates to mind is food. I¡¯ll have someone bring food up to me! And so, I lightly ring the bell Rufus left me. ************ ¡°I can¡¯t believe it. How steely are her nerves? Is she really a noble¡¯s daughter?¡± mutters Rufus, a bit ruder than before, as he pours me tea. When I rung the bell and he arrived, he said ¡®My my, did even the great Katarina-sama get lonely? But until you fulfill your role, I¡¯ll have you stay here,¡¯ with a viinous smile¡­ But when I said ¡®No. I¡¯m hungry, so bring me something to eat. If possible, since it¡¯s almost teatime I¡¯d like tea and some sweets¡­ just kidding,¡¯ Rufus stood there, frozen. He stayed frozen like that for a while¡­ but when my stomach made a loud gurgle, it seems he suddenly came to. He left the room for a bit before returning with a cart with tea and sweets. He seemed a bit scary a moment ago¡­ but he might actually be a good person considering that he brought me tea and sweets just like I asked. ¡°It¡¯s ready. Please help yourself,¡± says Rufus, holding out a cup of tea to me. ¡°Thank you,¡± I say, epting the cup, ¡°You know, teatime by myself is rather dull ¨C you should join in.¡± Usually, Keith and my friends are with me during teatime. Yesterday, I had Lana join in. So, today, I¡¯ll have Rufus join me. He¡¯s the one who brought me the sweets, so I thought that he¡¯d ept my invitation as well¡­ but he just stood there, looking frozen again. Does he really like that expression or something? ¡°¡­ Honestly, you¡¯re just¡­ actually, you know what, whatever. If I keep being shocked at everything you do I don¡¯t think I¡¯ll ever stop,¡± says Rufus, taking a cup in one hand and sitting in front of me. Yes, it seems like he¡¯s a pretty good person after all. But one thing bothers me¡­ ¡°Aren¡¯t you talking a bit differently?¡± We were talking pretty casually right now, but when he woke me up in the morning ¨C I mean afternoon ¨C I feel like he was politer. ¡°Yeah, I was pretending to be a butler so I tried to speak all formal and stuff¡­ but I started to feel kinda stupid for being so polite to someone like you, so I went back to normal. But if it displeases you, I can speak politely again, young mistress.¡± Thatst sentence sounded off ¨C it was delivered with a fake smile. Yeah, it just feels wrong ¨C it makes me wonder why he¡¯s speaking so politely after being so casual before. ¡°No, I¡¯m fine with your current tone. It feels somewhat creepy for you to start speaking politely again, after all.¡± ¡°Ha ha, like I thought.¡± ¡°More importantly, you said that you were pretending to be a butler ¨C you weren¡¯t one originally?¡± As I talk with him now, I can¡¯t think of him as anyone other than say, a young man from the outskirts of a town, but when I first met him, that butler outfit fit him even better than Sebastian. ¡°Do I look like a butler right now?¡± ¡°Eh, right now you just seem like someone from the outskirts of a town,¡± I say truthfully. ¡°Amazing, got it in one. I¡¯m impressed you figured it out,¡± he responded, sounding impressed, ¡°Wait, you¡¯re nobility ¨C you still go to the outskirts of towns?¡± ¡°¡­ asionally I sneak out.¡± Truthfully, I drag Keith with me to go y there fairly often. The food is cheap, there¡¯s plenty to do, and I love themoner feel. But I am technically keeping it a secret. If my mother heard about it, she¡¯d probably get mad at me for going out and ying, after all. ¡°But what do you mean that I was right about you being someone from the outskirts of a town? Are you from there?¡± ¡°No, but you got it more or less right. I¡¯m not from the outskirts, even though I spent most of my time there. I¡¯m actually from the slums.¡± ¡°What?! The slums?! There are slums in this country?!¡± I knew the word, but I heard that thanks to the efforts of the magic users in this country, it was fairly well-off. Apparently, even themoners had a higher quality of lifepared to other countries. And so, I was taught that there were no slums¡­ but maybe I just didn¡¯t know about them? ¡°Ah, no. I wasn¡¯t born in this country,¡± he firmly denies. ¡°Huh? Oh, I see.¡± Ah, so Rufus isn¡¯t from this country. Now that he mentions it, if I squint he does kind of look like a foreigner. ¡°When I was a kid, back when I was living with my buddies from the slums, I fucked up and got captured by ve traders. I was sold, and eventually I ended up in this country when I was bought by my current master.¡± He casually drops a huge bombshell. In my sheer shock, I temporarily find myself unable to speak. ¡°Were you surprised? Maybe it¡¯s something that a coddled noble like you can¡¯t believe, but it¡¯s not unusual or anything in poorer countries. Actually, I was one of the lucky ones ¨C I¡¯mpletely healthy and right now, I¡¯m even able to wear this high-quality clothing. I¡¯m really blessed,¡± Rufus says, seeming to be looking somewhere far, far away. As I look at him, a small thought briefly stirs in my mind. As I try to grasp at the thought ¨C ¡°Heh, was that enough to creep even you out? Or maybe you¡¯re pitying me? Sorry, but I don¡¯t need pity. It¡¯s not like I think I¡¯m unlucky or anything,¡± says Rufus, quirking his lips again. I can¡¯t see any untruths in those blue eyes staring straight at me. Looking at him again, I grasp the small thought from before. ¡°¡­ So cool¡­¡± ¡°What?¡± It seems like he didn¡¯t catch what I just said, so I say it again. ¡°You¡¯re really cool.¡± ¡°¡­ Uh, where¡¯s thising from? I know that I¡¯m fairly cool-looking already¡­¡± ¡°That¡¯s not it. I¡¯m not talking about your appearance, but what¡¯s on the inside. I¡¯m talking about the way you think.¡± ¡°¡­ What the hell are you saying?¡± ¡°Your positive attitude is really, really cool.¡± There¡¯s plenty of people among both nobles andmoners who whine that it¡¯s everyone else that¡¯s to me, that they¡¯re just unlucky, that people should feel sorry for them. But Rufus, despite his difficult life, doesn¡¯t whine about it. He even goes as far as to say that he¡¯s lucky. Someone like that just seems really cool to me. As I gaze at Rufus in admiration, I see that he¡¯s frozen again. Hm, what¡¯s the matter? Was I rude? Now that I think about it, maybe I was supposed to say ¡®It must¡¯ve been tough¡¯¡­ ¡°¡­ I never thought that I¡¯d ever meet someone who¡¯d say the same thing as him¡­¡± ¡°What?¡± After staying frozen a while, Rufus¡¯ shoulders begin to tremble. Oh no, I said something rude and made him angry ¨C my heart skips a beat. He then lets out a breath of air and begins tough, his arms cradling his stomach. He was truly roaring withughter. Wait, why? What was so funny about our conversation? Confused, I wait for hisughter to stop. After a while, he finally stopsughing and begins speaking. ¡°You¡¯re really funny. It¡¯s been a while since Iughed this much.¡± ¡°Okay¡­¡± But I didn¡¯t think that I said anything that funny. ¡°Hey, let¡¯s talk some more. I want to talk with you more.¡± ¡°Okay¡­¡± This is how Rufus and I began to talk. Volume 3 4 — My Life as a Captive Continues Part II

Volume 3 Chapter 4: My Life as a Captive Continues Part II

Topic: The bread from the light meal ¡°Hey, who made the bread that you gave me in that light meal earlier?¡± ¡°Ah, I bought that from a bakery in the outskirts of town, but I guess it wouldn¡¯t fit the tastes of a high and mighty nobledy ¨C¡± ¡°What? A bakery in the outskirts of town!? Where is it!? It was really good, so I want to go buy it myself sometime if I can!¡± ¡°¡­ You¡¯re really strange.¡± Topic: My interests and talents ¡°I like taking care of my field.¡± ¡°Field? A flower field?¡± ¡°Mm, no, a vegetable field.¡± ¡°¡­ Why?¡± ¡°Why? Because it¡¯s fun.¡± ¡°¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯m also sure that I¡¯m the best at climbing trees and fishing.¡± ¡°¡­ Are you really a nobledy?¡± Topic: The other countries Rufus passed through beforeing to this country ¡°Hey, you said that you passed through a lot of different countries beforeing here, but how many countries have you been to exactly?¡± ¡°How many exactly? Well, I guess all of them in the area.¡± ¡°Hey, what kind of countries have you been to? I want to hear about them.¡± ¡°Alright, but I don¡¯t think they¡¯ll be the bright, sparkling stories you¡¯re imagining. I travelled through the dark, dirty underside of society, after all. Do you still want to hear about them?¡± ¡°The underside of society!? A hardboiled world, right?!¡± ¡°¡®Hard¡¯, huh¡­ and why are your eyes sparkling? What the hell are you expecting?¡± ************ I was very interested in Rufus¡¯ stories ¨C they were filled with things I had never even heard of before. As I begged him for more and more stories, a great deal of time passed before I even realized it. ¡°Wait, if you aren¡¯t actually a butler, does that mean that Rufus is a fake name too?¡± I asked, wondering about it all of a sudden. ¡°Yeah, what would be the point my infiltration with dark magic if I used my real name?¡± I guess that makes sense. ¡°Then what¡¯s your real name?¡± ¡°I have plenty of names. I use whichever one suits me best at the time.¡± Ooh, as expected from someone who lived their life in the hardboiled underside of society! ¡°What¡¯s your original name?¡± I ask. Rufus draws up close. Before I could react, Rufus¡¯ face was right up in front of mine. Ooh, this is the first time I¡¯ve seen his face from up close. I can really make out hisdy-killer looks well from this distance. ¡°I don¡¯t have an original name. After all, I¡¯m not like you people ¨C I don¡¯t have parents. The first memories I have are of scavenging through garbage in the slums.¡± Ooh, he even has a mole under his eye ¨C a standard feature for ady-killer. Amazing, this guy even beats out Keith, who¡¯s ady-killer archetype just like him. And those eyes I can see through his lenses¡­ ¡°He-e-y. Why are you all frozen? Was it too shocking of a story for a young nobledy?¡± ¡°¡­ Really pretty¡­¡± ¡°¡­ What?¡± ¡°Your eyes! Your eyes are really pretty, they¡¯re the colour of a clear sky.¡± ¡°¡­¡± When I look at them up close, I can see that Rufus¡¯ eyes are clear and blue like an unclouded sky. They were incredibly pretty, lit up by the sun that was gradually setting. I end up transfixed despite myself. ¡°¡­ You¡¯re really¡­¡± ¡°Hm?¡± Rufus reaches out a hand to softly touch my cheek. It makes me feel a bit ticklish to be caressed by his pretty fingertips. Were there crumbs on my cheek or something? And I feel like Rufus is slowly getting closer to my face¡­ but is it just my imagination? That¡¯s when my stomach gives a gurgle. Even if I had been snacking, it was dinnertime. It looks like my stomach is telling me that it¡¯s time to eat. At the surprisingly loud sound, Rufus stops moving. His shoulders begin to tremble again. After a little while, the trembling dies down and he says ¡®Shall I have people bring up dinner?¡¯ with augh. ************ Yesterday, I had to move to a different room to have dinner, but today it seems it¡¯s alright to eat in the room. At Rufus¡¯ orders, the servants that had brought in the food yesterday brought dinner up to the room. But since eating alone is generally dull, I invited Rufus to eat with me. He agreed readily. ¡°Oh yes, what is Lana doing? I don¡¯t see her.¡± Rufus is doing mostly everything that Lana did yesterday. I haven¡¯t seen her since she brought in Selenast night. ¡°Ah, I¡¯m just having her do a different job. Nothing to worry about.¡± I see, that¡¯s good. But I do want to talk with Lana again. After that, I begged Rufus to tell me more about the foreign countries he went to. He talked about towns where all the houses were made of stone, about a town with a river flowing through it where everyone travelled with boats, about the thrilling things he did where he worked. It was all incredibly fascinating. ¡°Ah, your stories of foreign countries are really interesting.¡± ¡°Your stories are interesting too. It¡¯s a total waste that you¡¯re a nobledy.¡± That was apliment, right? I assume that it¡¯s apliment and thank him. ¡°I¡¯ve never travelled abroad, but hearing your stories makes me want to.¡± I never took a step outside of Japan in my previous life too, so if possible, I want to travel outside of my country in this life. ¡°Ha ha, I¡¯m starting to feel like I might like travelling around to all those different countries again, if it¡¯s with you.¡± I was surprised. My father¡¯s overprotective, and my mother doesn¡¯t approve of me going outside. She always says that ¡®Our shame will be publicly known,¡± or something like that. I don¡¯t really get it. I always thought that travelling abroad was a pipe dream. So I was really happy to hear him say that. ¡°Really!? Then please, bring me with you next time!¡± When I look at Rufus with sparkling eyes, he looks troubled. Huh? Oh no. I took him seriously, but I guess he might¡¯ve just been being polite. ¡°I¡¯m from a different world than you. There¡¯s no way we could go together,¡± Rufus responds. A different world? ¡°A different world? What are you talking about? You¡¯re right in front of me.¡± ¡°¡­¡± ¡°We¡¯re talking together and eating together. We¡¯re in the same world, aren¡¯t we?¡± I look at Rufus in confusion ¨C I have no idea what he¡¯s saying. He still looks troubled. Hm? What¡¯s the matter? ¡°You¡¯re really a strange person. Alright, I get it. I¡¯ll bring you with me next time.¡± Yay! I got a travel buddy for going abroad! ¡°Alright, it¡¯s a promise. Pinky promise!¡± When I hold out my pinky to him, he looks confused. Oh right, that¡¯s not something people do in this world. Uh, how did people make promises in this world¡­? Oh right! I head to the shelf that held the dress I wore when I arrived here. I stick my hand in one of its pockets. It¡¯s there! I take it out and head back to Rufus. ¡°Here you go. I¡¯ll give this to you as a symbol of our promise.¡± There¡¯s no such thing as pinky promises in this world, but there is something like that. You just give the other person something of yours. ¡°¡­ This is a brooch?¡± Rufus asks, gazing at the item I ced in his hand. It¡¯s the brooch with a beautiful blue stone I had bought at the school festival at the urging of my friends. ¡°It¡¯s a very pretty colour right? It¡¯s even simr to your eye colour. The colour of a clue blue sky.¡± ¡°¡­¡± I take the brooch from Rufus¡¯ palm. ¡°And see, if you make the light hit it like this, it turns light blue. Just like my eyes.¡± I ce the brooch back onto Rufus¡¯ palm. ¡°It bes both your eye colour and mine¡­ I think it¡¯s perfect as a symbol of our promise.¡± I thought it was a pretty good n so I look towards Rufus expectantly. But he just looks genuinely troubled. Wait, why? Was something wrong? As I was wondering, confused, suddenly, Rufus¡¯ arm snakes out towards me and pulls me towards him. Before I realized it, I was pressed against his chest. The next moment, he lifted up my legs as well ¨C in the end, I was held uppletely in the air. And I feel like the way he¡¯s carrying me is something I¡¯ve only ever seen in manga and games¡­ a princess carry. Wait, what, what is this? As I was panicking, for some reason, he took me to the bed and ced me down. ¡°When I¡¯m with you, for some reason, my chest grows hot. It¡¯s been a long time since I¡¯ve felt this way.¡± Huh? What¡¯s with this position? Before I realized it, I was lying face-up on the bed. And Rufus was leaning over me. Rufus had ditched his sses at some point too, and I could make out his blue eyes very clearly without the lenses. Ah, his eyes are really pretty. For a moment, I forget about this situation that I don¡¯t really understand and lose myself in his eyes. ¡°Hey, won¡¯t you be mine?¡± A clear sky blue ¨C a very splendid colour. ¡°If you look at me with those sparkling eyes, I won¡¯t be able toin no matter what you do to me,¡± Rufus says, burying his face in my neck. I returned to my senses at the sensation of his breath on my skin. W ¨C what is with this situation¡­ wait, could this be¡­!? Pinning me against the bed like this¡­ could he be trying to make me sleep with his dark magic!? I hadpletely let my guard down, thinking that he was a good person, but he was the mastermind behind my kidnapping, and he did say that he would make me disappear¡­ at this rate, I¡¯ll end up sleeping for days again! Well, I guess I did feel really refreshed after being forced into a two-day sleepst year, but my body got all stiff. I¡¯ll probably be fine if it¡¯s just for another two days, but if it¡¯s for numerous weeks, I¡¯m worried that my muscles will deteriorate¡­ ¡°Um, Rufus¡­ wait a second¡­ ow.¡± When I try to open my mouth, a small jolt of pain shoots up my neck. I feel like it¡¯s a sensation I¡¯ve felt before¡­ what is it? Was I bitten by a bug or something? While I was distracted by the pain I felt, someone knocked loudly on the door. ¡°Rufus-sama, are you there?¡± Lana says in a loud voice. Rufus, still draped over me, clicks his tongue in irritation. ¡°I¡¯m busy,¡± Rufus says. ¡°It¡¯s a very urgent matter,¡± Lana insists loudly, refusing to give up. In the end, Rufus is the one to give in. He gets off of me and heads to the door. ¡°It was just getting to the good part,¡± he sighs, opening the door. ¡°An urgent letter has arrived for you,¡± Lana says with a smile. ¡°Where is it?¡± says Rufus, looking displeased. Lana¡¯s smile doesn¡¯t falter. ¡°I¡¯ve prepared it in your room. I believe it¡¯s for the best if you verify its contents as soon as possible,¡± says Lana. Rufus¡¯ eyes widen. ¡°¡­ You¡­ could you be possibly¡­ well, I guess it doesn¡¯t matter anymore,¡± sighs Rufus deeply, leaving the room. Lana enters the room. ¡°Katarina-sama, were you alright?¡± she asks, looking worried. ¡°I¡¯m fine, though I think that he was about to cast some magic on me.¡± ¡°What, you¡¯re worried about magic?¡± ¡°Huh? Yeah, he pushed me onto the bed, so I thought for sure that he was about to force me asleep with his magic. You really helped me out, Lana.¡± ¡°¡­¡± Huh, why is Lana making such a weird face? ¡°Well, the most important thing is that you¡¯re safe.¡± For reason, she let out a deep sigh. ************ There was a lot I didn¡¯t really understand, but well anyhow, my second night here arrived. I sunk into bed. I thought that I might not be able to sleep, since I slept past noon today, but I actually slept pretty normally. I¡¯m really amazing! But someone ended up visiting me in the middle of the night again. ¡°Katarina, Katarina.¡± ¡°Nngh.¡± When I look towards the voice with my drowsy eyes, I see Rufus. ¡°Ah!¡± In my surprise, I jerk up from the bed. ¡°Ha ha, you really do sleep a lot.¡± ¡°Wha ¨C what do you want?¡± I ask cautiously, recalling what had happened right after dinner. ¡°I see that even you¡¯ve being a bit cautious. But I won¡¯t do anything anymore. After all, things areing to a head.¡± ¡°To a head?¡± ¡°Yeah, I wouldn¡¯t have minded running off to another country with you¡­ but that¡¯s a bit reckless, so never mind. We¡¯d probably run into a lot of trouble thanks to my magic, so I figured I¡¯ll just be a good boy and put you under protection instead.¡± ¡°What?¡± Hm, I really don¡¯t understand what he¡¯s saying. What is he talking about? Another country? Protection? ¡°But then I won¡¯t be able to see you anymore, so I came to see your face onest time,¡± says Rufus, reaching out a hand to brush my cheek. It feels ticklish again. ¡°¡­ What do you mean by ¡®onest time¡¯¡­?¡± Immediately after I ask that, I hear a very loud noise. ¡°Hm, faster than I expected,¡± Rufus says, taking his hand off of my cheek and stepping back. Then, the door opens with arge bang, revealing¡­ ¡°Huh? Why is everyone here¡­?¡± Jared, Keith, Mary, n, Sophia, Nikol, Maria, Rafael¡­ all my friends are standing there, grim expressions on their faces. And standing in front of them all is¡­ ¡°¡­Lana?¡± ¡°Ah, I was calling myself that, but I¡¯ll re-introduce myself now. I am Lahna Smith, of the Ministry of Magic. I am Rafael¡¯s superior ¨C I look forwards to working with you from now on.¡± I was shocked. Lana wasn¡¯t a maid working at this house?! She was Rafael¡¯s superior?! At my befuddled state, Lana just smiles before turning to Rufus. ¡°Since you¡¯re still here, I suppose you¡¯ve made your decision?¡± ¡°Yes. I¡¯ll go with all of you and reveal everything,¡± Rufus says agreeably, a meek expression on his face¡­ though it did seem like his expression was fake. ¡°Yes, that¡¯s a good attitude to have. Very well. Rufus Brode, you¡¯re under arrest for the kidnapping of Lady Katarina es. For now, I¡¯ll have youe with me to the Ministry.¡± At Lana¡¯s ¨C or rather, Lahna¡¯s ¨C signal, people, likely from the Ministry, run up from behind her and surround Rufus. He lets them restrain him and they lead him out of the room. I did have my guard up since he had nearly cast his magic on me¡­ but his life philosophy was pretty cool, and his stories were pretty interesting¡­ I didn¡¯t know what to feel. ¡°U ¨C um!¡± I call out to Rufus without thinking. The people from the Ministry of Magic taking Rufus away stop still for me. But I don¡¯t know what else to say. What I want to say is¡­ That¡¯s when ¨C ¡°I¡¯ll keep this until I keep my promise,¡± says Rufus, lifting his hand slightly. In his hand, the brooch with a blue stone I gave him twinkles in the light. ¡°Yes!¡± I respond cheerfully. And so, Rufus was taken away to the Ministry of Magic. ************ My earliest memories are of living in the slums with my friends. I stole without thinking anything of it, and tricked people for a living. I had no parents and no name ¨C I learned how to live from my slum buddies. Our life suddenly changed when a certain man stepped into our territory. He hade from the outside world. Despite his gangly appearance, he was pretty strong, and before we realized it, he was living near us. That man, who had a name unlike us, knew of so many things. There were many among us who didn¡¯t think highly of people from the outside world, but I found his stories so fascinating. I was very attached to him. Then one day, that man, when I said that I didn¡¯t have a name, gave me the name ¡®Sora¡¯. When I asked where the name came from, he responded: ¡°Because your eyes are beautiful, like the blue sky.¡± Heughed as he stared into my eyes. My chest felt warm ¨C it was a mysterious sensation I had never experienced before. After that day, I called myself ¡®Sora¡¯, and visited that man even more than before. That man didn¡¯t only have stories of the outside world to tell me ¨C he also taught me things like mathematics, reading, and writing. My knowledge of the world really expanded after meeting him. Before I realized it, my everyday life was more fun than it had been before. ¡°Hey, Sora. Don¡¯t you hate it when I talk about the outside world?¡± he said one day. ¡°What are you saying all of a sudden?¡± ¡°Well, when I talk to all the other guys about the outside world, they always say that it gets them in a bad mood. You¡¯re the only one that doesn¡¯t say something like that.¡± ¡°Why would I get into a bad mood?¡± ¡°¡­ That is¡­ because when you learn of the outside world, you start to understand your own situation¡­¡± ¡°I don¡¯t get it.¡± ¡°¡­ That is, it must be tough to hear about everyone loved by their parents out in the outside world when you guys don¡¯t even have names and are desperately trying to live on, one day at a time.¡± ¡°Ah, I see.¡± ¡°It doesn¡¯t hurt, to hear such stories?¡± ¡°Mm¡­ but well, other people are other people ¨C I¡¯m me. Other people¡¯s lifestyles ain¡¯t got nothin¡¯ to do with me.¡± ¡°¡­ Sora, there¡¯s nothing that you don¡¯t like about your life?¡± ¡°Of course not! I wanna sleep in a warm bed, and eat my fill! But what¡¯s the point of getting jealous of some stranger and crying about how tough it all is? Besides, I don¡¯t think I¡¯m unlucky or anythin¡¯. I¡¯m living out every day safely, and I get to hear your interesting stories. Ain¡¯t that enough?¡± ¡°¡­ Sora, you¡¯re really cool.¡± ¡°W ¨C what are you saying out of nowhere?! Are you messin¡¯ with me?¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m not messing with you. The way you think is really cool. Please, keep on looking forwards in life - don¡¯t get influenced by the people around you,¡± that man said, ruffling my hair. My cheeks reddened for some reason. Shortly after, that man copsed due to an illness¡­ He was very strong, but his body probably couldn¡¯t deal with the unsanitary environment of the slums. He weakened by the day. All my buddies told me to give up ¨C they said that nothing could be done, that this happened a lot to people from the outside world. But I just couldn¡¯t give up. I¡¯ve said goodbye to many of friends thanks to illnesses and injuries¡­ but for reason, I just couldn¡¯t give up on that man. And so, I went around alone, stealing medicine from houses ¨C and in the end, I was captured and sold to a ve trader. I don¡¯t know what happened to that man after that. I was passed around a number of countries, learning much about howrge the world was ¨C and how dirty it was. Thanks to the reading, writing, and arithmetic I had learnt from that man, I was valued more highly than other slum brats. However, there were times when I felt absolutely horrible, and wanted to curse the world. But every time I felt that way, I remembered what that man had told me. ¡°The way you think is really cool. Please, keep on looking forwards in life - don¡¯t get influenced by the people around you.¡± The words of that man, who was probably already dead, were the only things I ever took to heart. I found myself in front of David Mason several years ago. Mason bought me because apparently I had magical power. Though all I could do was call up a small fire. It was a power I used to make my bed a little warmer back when I was living in the slums under a cold sky ¨C I was very shocked that it was the same thing magic users used. Since all the countries I had travelled through previously didn¡¯t have a lot of magic users, no one had realized my talent. But after buying me, Mason realized that my magical power was weaker than he had expected. He had probably thought that I was strong and had hoped to use it. And so, despite being bought for my magical talent, I barely ever used it. Instead, I helped out the thugs and other ves with dark, sketchy stuff like intimidating people and helping out with backroom deals. But Mason¡¯s ce was pretty nicepared to the ces I had lived before. Learning all those manners to help me with infiltration was annoying, but I was fed and was given a high-quality bed to sleep on. And since I was given high-quality clothing too, I was a huge hit with women ¨C really, everything was great. I thought that it might be nice to have my fill of this pleasant lifestyle. But such dreams were destined to break sooner orter ¨Cst year¡¯s incident was the trigger. An incident that urred within a Marquis¡¯ house ¨C an incident where dark magic was involved. Apparently this magic, which could manipte people¡¯s hearts and minds, was forbidden and hidden from the world atrge¡­ but someone must¡¯ve revealed the secret. Of course, such information was erased by powerful people up high¡­ but since the small-fry viin Mason had dark dealings with the Marquis¡¯ house in question, for some reason, he learned about dark magic. And so, the small-fry viin who learned about dark magic and how to gain it, naturally wanted to obtain it. In order to gain dark magic, a magic user needed to use a human sacrifice in a ritual. Mason, who had no magical power of his own, suddenly recalled my existence. And so, on Mason¡¯s orders, I went about obtaining dark magic. I used an old man with no rtives that Mason had prepared for the ritual. Honestly, I thought using a human sacrifice was pretty sketchy and I half-expected nothing to happen, but apparently that small-fry viin Mason¡¯s info was urate. The ritual seeded and I obtained dark magic. But my power of maniption wasn¡¯t all-powerful, and I learned it had many limits. For one, I can¡¯t make anyone have feelings they don¡¯t have at all. I can¡¯t make someone like someone that they don¡¯t like, and same for hatred. And, likely since I wasn¡¯t that powerful of a magic user in the first ce, I learned that my magic doesn¡¯t really work that well on strong magic users. Learning these truths, Mason got pissed. David Mason is part of Prince Geoffrey¡¯s faction and has a fair bit of influence. And since he¡¯s probably been promised a fairly high position if Prince Geoffrey ascends the throne, he¡¯s very desperate to see the first prince take the throne. That was why he had me obtain dark magic. With this power, he wanted to make Prince Geoffrey¡¯s enemies, Prince Ian and Prince Jared, among others, to renounce their rights to the throne. But after learning of my limitations, he realized that it was impossible. Prince Ian and the other princes all were fairly magically gifted ¨C it was very probable that my magic wouldn¡¯t work on them. For a while, he was just pissed that his original n didn¡¯t work out and took out his anger on me, but he calmed down eventually. Since he had finally obtained dark magic (though I was the one who actually obtained it), he somehow managed to squeeze out a n despite his small brain. The n he had thought up was the kidnapping n I had carried out. I was to target not Prince Ian, but his fianc¨¦e Selena Burke. It was well known that she was not very magically talented. Using Selena, I would kidnap Katarina es - Prince Jared¡¯s fianc¨¦e who simrly had little talent in magic - and using them, I would have the princes both renounce their rights to the throne. When everything was over, I would have Selena take all the me, and thus the Burke house, who was a member of Prince Ian¡¯s faction and wielded a fair bit of influence, would withdraw from society. Honestly, David Mason isn¡¯t a very smart man. From my perspective,pared to all the horrors I¡¯ve seen in various ces, he¡¯s really just a small-fry viin. But I did think that he had really tried his best to think up this n¡­ but it was sloppy here and there. Well, if it did fail, I could always abandon Mason and run away, or if it seeded, just cry and pretend that I was forced to do it. Since I was born with a handsome face, if I look sad and shed a single tear or something, people¡¯ll feel sorry for me. I¡¯ve escaped countless hairy situations in that way. So, I wear the high-quality clothing that had been prepared for me, put on the sses that make me look like I know what I¡¯m doing, and head to the Burke house. And with all my preparationsplete, I finally kidnap Katarina es, but¡­ Volume 3 4 — My Life as a Captive Continues Part III

Volume 3 Chapter 4: My Life as a Captive Continues Part III

The more we talk, the more I realize how suited Katarina is to be my girlfriend. The bread I gave her for her light meal was actually bought in the outskirts of town. It was intended as a sardonic insult towards a young nobledy, but Katarina just excitedly asked where the bakery was located. ¡°What? A bakery in the outskirts of town!? Where is it!? It was really good, so I want to go buy it myself sometime if I can!¡± she eximed. It looks like she doesn¡¯t have that strange sense of pride characteristic of nobility. She also likes taking care of her field for fun ¨C but not a flower field, a vegetable field. And apparently her special skills are fishing and climbing trees. To bepletely honest, I wondered if she was actually a mischievous little street urchin or something. Then, Katarina asked me about the various countries I had passed through. However, in every country, I lived in the dark underside of society, and so I can¡¯t talk about the lovely ces and things she probably wants to hear about. But since she still begs me to talk about it, I tell her everything, omitting nothing. I even talk to her about that time I got involved in a gang war. Normal girls would be scared or turned off of me, but Katarina just listens with sparkling eyes, eximing ¡®Amazing, amazing!¡¯ Seriously, this girl is different from the all the other girls I¡¯ve met up until now. ************ Engrossed in our conversation, I failed to notice the time. Before I realized it, the sun had already begun to set. That was when Katarina suddenly asked me a question. ¡°Wait, if you aren¡¯t actually a butler, does that mean that Rufus is a fake name too?¡± ¡°Yeah, what would be the point my infiltration with dark magic if I used my real name?¡± ¡°Then what¡¯s your real name?¡± ¡°I have plenty of names. I use whichever one suits me best at the time.¡± I have so many names that I don¡¯t have enough fingers to count them. ¡°What¡¯s your original name?¡± When she asked me that with her direct gaze, the name ¡®Sora¡¯, which that man had given me, floated up in my mind. But¡­ ¡°I don¡¯t have an original name. After all, I¡¯m not like you people ¨C I don¡¯t have parents. The first memories I have are of scavenging through garbage in the slums.¡± I haven¡¯t used the name that man gave me since then. And yet still, whenever I¡¯m asked about my original name, I recall the name that man gave me. Feeling myself beginning to sink into my thoughts, I drag myself back to reality. When I look at Katarina, she looks troubled. ¡°He-e-y. Why are you all frozen? Was it too shocking of a story for a young nobledy?¡± I talked about things that were a lot more shocking earlier, but perhaps not having parents and not having a name was shocking in a different sense? But Katarina¡¯s response waspletely off from what I had expected. ¡°¡­ Really pretty¡­¡± ¡°¡­ What?¡± What is this all of a sudden? I don¡¯t understand. Katarina meets my distrustful gaze with her sparkling light blue eyes. ¡°Your eyes! Your eyes are really pretty, they¡¯re the colour of a clear sky.¡± ¡°¡­¡± That man had said before that he gave me the name ¡®Sora¡¯ because my eyes were ¡®beautiful, like the blue sky¡¯. Considering her earlierments on how cool my thinking was, her thought processes are really simr to that man. I feel like I¡¯ve met someone I thought I¡¯d never meet again. Almost unconsciously, I embrace Katarina and push her into my chest. Feelings I had never experienced before well up in my chest¡­ she¡¯s precious to me. When I caress her soft cheek, she opens her mouth like it¡¯s ticklish. I¡¯m naturally attracted to those pink lips¡­ I returned to my senses when her stomach suddenly gave a gurgle. In front of me is Katarina, looking a little embarrassed. I begin tough. ¡°Shall I have people bring up dinner?¡± ************ Dinner had been in a separate room yesterday because Selena had really wanted it to be, but today I¡¯ll have dinner be brought up to the room. Since Katarina is technically a prisoner, I can¡¯t have her walk freely around the mansion. I give the orders to have the servants bring dinner to the room. Then, Katarina says that it¡¯s dull to eat alone again and invites me to eat with her. Gradually getting used to her antics, I feel like it¡¯s stupid to argue and agree readily. ¡°Oh yes, what is Lana doing? I don¡¯t see her.¡± ¡°Ah, I¡¯m just having her do a different job. Nothing to worry about.¡± Lana is a maid I hired a little while back to help out with this n. I figured she was convenient because she didn¡¯t have any family ¨C if it came down to it, I could easily silence her. But even though I only hired her for a reason like that, she actually turned out to be pretty good at her job. She was tight-lipped and very easy to use. Right now, she¡¯s taking care of Selena, who is in aplicated situation right now. After we begin eating, Katarina begs me to talk more about other countries again. I obediently start talking. ¡°Ah, your stories of foreign countries are really interesting,¡± says Katarina near the end of our meal, finally having her fill of my stories. ¡°Your stories are interesting too. It¡¯s a total waste that you¡¯re a nobledy.¡± I¡¯m speaking from my heart. I even think that it must be tough being a young nobledy with a personality like hers. ¡°I¡¯ve never travelled abroad, but hearing your stories makes me want to.¡± ¡°Ha ha, I¡¯m starting to feel like I might like travelling around to all those different countries again, if it¡¯s with you,¡± I say casually, not really meaning much of it. I didn¡¯t really expect a response. But¡­ ¡°Really!? Then please, bring me with you next time!¡± I widen my eyes in surprise. Just what is this woman saying¡­? ¡°I¡¯m from a different world than you. There¡¯s no way we could go together.¡± I¡¯m not embarrassed about the circumstances of my birth. However, I understand perfectly well my position in society. That¡¯s why I know. When this whole charade is over and done with, I won¡¯t be able to stay with this woman¡­ and yet¡­ ¡°A different world? What are you talking about? You¡¯re right in front of me,¡± Katarina says, looking at me with a direct gaze, ¡°We¡¯re talking together and eating together. We¡¯re in the same world, aren¡¯t we?¡± A smile naturally spreads across my face at her reaction. She¡¯s acting like I¡¯m the weird one here. ¡°You¡¯re really a strange person. Alright, I get it. I¡¯ll bring you with me next time.¡± At my words, Katarina smiles happily. ¡°Alright, it¡¯s a promise. Pinky promise!¡± Pinky promise? Is that some cultural custom of this country? Katarina seems to suddenly realize something after seeing that I¡¯m confused. She runs to a corner of the room and ruffles around in a dress in a box. ¡°Here you go. I¡¯ll give this to you as a symbol of our promise,¡± she says, putting something on the palm of my hand. I knew about symbols of promises. They were someone¡¯s objects you held onto until your next promise with them. The custom existed in most countries, but nowadays, I feel like the only people who do such things are merchant¡¯s daughters and children¡­ and right now, Katarina probably falls under thetter category. A little exasperated, I look at the object that had been ced in my hand. ¡°¡­ This is a brooch?¡± It seemed to be a brooch adorned with a stone. ¡°It¡¯s a very pretty colour right? It¡¯s even simr to your eye colour. The colour of a clue blue sky,¡± says Katarina, taking the brooch from the palm of my hand, ¡°And see, if you make the light hit it like this, it turns light blue. Just like my eyes.¡± It¡¯s true, the colour of the stone changed when the light hit it ¨C and that new colour was identical to the colour of her eyes. ¡°It bes both your eye colour and mine¡­ I think it¡¯s perfect as a symbol of our promise,¡± says Katarina, smiling. Since I was born with a fairly handsome face, lots of women have approached me. And so, I¡¯ve never had anyck of women to choose from. Many different women have approached me. There were some professionals among them, with pick-up lines naturally falling from their lips¡­ but Katarina¡¯s words are much stronger than their lieced lines. What an incredibly amazing pick-up line. ¡®I¡¯ll give you a stone that bes both your eye colour and mine¡¯? We live in different worlds¡­ so it¡¯s not right for me to want her. My heart had been desperately struggling, but with that one line, I stopped struggling. I lift up Katarina and move her to the bed. ¡°When I¡¯m with you, for some reason, my chest grows hot. It¡¯s been a long time since I¡¯ve felt this way.¡± I thought that I had lost the ability when I was just a brat. But when I¡¯m with this woman, my chest grows strangely warm. I smoothly remove my sses before pushing Katarina down on the bed. I¡¯ve humoured many women who¡¯ve approached me up until now, but it¡¯s the first time I¡¯ve wanted a woman myself. ¡°Hey, won¡¯t you be mine?¡± For some reason, after pushing her down onto the bed, Katarina stares at me with sparkling eyes. It¡¯s the first time anyone¡¯s looked at me like that in bed. Her gaze is so different from the other women, who looked at me with sickly sweet gazes. It makes my heart race. ¡°If you look at me with those sparkling eyes, I won¡¯t be able toin no matter what you do to me,¡± I murmur, burying my face in her neck. A sweet smell wafts up into my nose and I can¡¯t hold back any longer. ¡°Um, Rufus¡­ wait a second¡­ ow.¡± I press my lips against her soft white skin and leave a mark. I realize that my heart is beating unbelievably fast. Ah, my heart¡¯s never beat this fast with any of the other women I¡¯ve bedded. If I could make this woman be mine, I would¡­ ************ Someone knocked loudly on the door. ¡°Rufus-sama, are you there?¡± Lana says loudly, her voice reverberating. I click my tongue in irritation. She interrupted right at the absolute worst moment. ¡°I¡¯m busy,¡± I say, but she doesn¡¯t give up. ¡°It¡¯s a very urgent matter,¡± she insists loudly. I could tell from her tone of voice that she wouldn¡¯t give up. So I give in, take my hands off of Katarina, and head to the door. ¡°It was just getting to the good part,¡± I sigh, opening the door. ¡°An urgent letter has arrived for you,¡± says the maid that should¡¯ve been serving Selena, smiling. ¡°Where is it?¡± I say, making no effort to hide my annoyance. But the maid just smiles meaningfully. ¡°I¡¯ve prepared it in your room. I believe it¡¯s for the best if you verify its contents as soon as possible,¡± she says. At her words and her meaningful smile, my eyes widen. ¡°¡­ You¡­ could you be possibly¡­¡± I thought she was a little too good at her job for a maid with no family¡­ but she was probably nted in this household from the very start as a governmental official or something. I can surmise that much from her meaningful words and smile. I haven¡¯t worked in the dark underside of society for nothing. My intuition is usually pretty good about stuff like this. So in that case¡­ this n has already failed. ¡°¡­Well, I guess it doesn¡¯t matter anymore.¡± The n was full of holes from the very start. I let out anotherrge sigh and leave the room. ************ When I head to my room, a letter had arrived, just like that maid had said, and it was from Mason. Apparently Mason¡¯s household was under investigation. So the higher-ups have finally turned their gaze towards small-fry viins¡­ though, I suppose it may also be because this n was a bit too ambitious for a small-fry viin. In that case, this n will all be revealed soon enough ¨C he¡¯s not really good at hiding evidence. Officials will probablye here soon, holding proper proof of misdeeds. So then I have two options. My first option is to hurry up and escape from this ce. However, since I have dark magic, I¡¯ll probably be pursued fairly heavily. It¡¯ll be a pain to be always trying to escape. My second option is to reveal everything about Mason¡¯s sins, and cry about how I was forced to do it to the officials. Considering my childhood and my handsome face, I could probably pull it off¡­ but my freedom would probably be limited after that, which I don¡¯t really like. Now then, should I ept the annoyance of running about, or the restrictions on my freedom? ************ ¡°Katarina, Katarina.¡± ¡°Ah!¡± At my sudden voice in the middle of the night, Katarina jerks up from the bed, surprised. ¡°Ha ha, you really do sleep a lot.¡± ¡°Wha ¨C what do you want?¡± ¡°I see that even you¡¯ve being a bit cautious. But I won¡¯t do anything anymore. After all, things areing to a head.¡± The officials will likely be here any second now. I haven¡¯t seen that maid Lana for a while too. ¡°To a head?¡± ¡°Yeah, I wouldn¡¯t have minded running off to another country with you¡­ but that¡¯s a bit reckless, so never mind. We¡¯d probably run into a lot of trouble thanks to my magic, so I figured I¡¯ll just be a good boy and put you under protection instead.¡± That¡¯s right, I decided not to run. My intuition is telling me that I¡¯ll be able to live more freely if I turn myself in, even if I have to deal with a few restrictions. ¡°What?¡± ¡°But then I won¡¯t be able to see you anymore, so I came to see your face onest time.¡± I¡¯ve made a number of mistakes in the past and gotten myself captured. So I¡¯m pretty confident that I can make it through this time as well. But if I¡¯m in jail, I can¡¯t see people from the outside world for a while. Until now, that hadn¡¯t bothered me. Everyone I¡¯ve known up until now were just casual acquaintances or women I slightly knew. Even if I wasn¡¯t able to see them anymore I never thought to see them onest time¡­ but it seems I¡¯ve gotten a little weird since meeting this woman. I caress Katarina¡¯s cheek. I enjoy the feeling of her soft white skin like I¡¯m tasting it. ¡°¡­ What do you mean by ¡®onest time¡¯¡­?¡± I hear a very loud noise from outside the room. ¡°Hm, faster than I expected.¡± I take my hand off of Katarina¡¯s cheek and put a little space between us. If those lovestruck princes saw me like this, I¡¯d probably be cut down on the spot. Immediately after I moved back, the door opened with arge bang. There stood a line-up of fairly good-looking people. Standing in front of them all was¡­ ¡°¡­ Lana?¡± Katarina exims. The woman smiles at her. ¡°Ah, I was calling myself that, but I¡¯ll re-introduce myself now. I am Lahna Smith, of the Ministry of Magic. I am Rafael¡¯s superior ¨C I look forwards to working with you from now on.¡± Ah, so this woman was from the Ministry of Magic. But more importantly, she¡¯s acting really differently from before. When she was acting like a maid, she was dull and demure, but even though she¡¯s wearing the exact same clothes, she seems very vibrant now. She¡¯s no ordinary person to be able to even change the way she feels. That extraordinary woman turns her gaze towards me. ¡°Since you¡¯re still here, I suppose you¡¯ve made your decision?¡± ¡°Yes. I¡¯ll go with all of you and reveal everything,¡± I say agreeably, faking a meek expression. I¡¯m going to be acting the part of a poor young man from now on, after all. Image is everything. ¡°Yes, that¡¯s a good attitude to have. Very well. Rufus Brode, you¡¯re under arrest for the kidnapping of Lady Katarina es. For now, I¡¯ll have youe with me to the Ministry.¡± At her signal, people, likely from the Ministry, run up from behind her. They surround and restrain me. As I was being led out of the room, that girl of all people calls out to me. ¡°U ¨C um!¡± ¡°I¡¯ll keep this until I keep my promise,¡± I say at Katarina¡¯s desperate gaze. I lift up the brooch in my hand. ¡°Yes!¡± she responds cheerfully. Volume 3 5 — Everything Ends

Volume 3 Chapter 5: Everything Ends

We remained in the room as Rufus was taken away. Lana ¨C or rather Lahna ¨C remained in the room as well. ¡°Um, Lahna-sama. Thank you very much for saving me. And for treating me so well,¡± I thank her again. To think that Lana, who I had thought to be a mere maid, was actually someone from the Ministry of Magic ¨C and fairly high up in the Ministry to boot. I was surprised. ¡°No no, I had always wanted to sit down and have a long conversation with you, so it was pretty fun for me,¡± she says, shing a smile. ¡°What? Always?¡± Huh? Then maybe she knew about me beforehand? ¡°She is the superior I mentioned during the school festival,¡± Rafael exins, noticing my confusion. Ah, so she¡¯s the one who had apparently taken a shine to me¡­ so then we may have already met in the past? ¡°Um, so then have we met before?¡± Had I just forgotten again? ¡°Yes, we¡¯ve met before, but since I¡¯ve never met you with this appearance, you probably can¡¯t tell who I am,¡± says Lahna, shing another smile. ¡°With that appearance?¡± What does she mean? ¡°She¡¯s a master of disguise, so she has many different appearances. By the way, she¡¯s the one who taught me how to disguise myself.¡± What?! She was that master of disguise he mentioned before?! That¡¯s amazing! But in that case, no wonder I don¡¯t recognize her. Actually, if that¡¯s the case then no matter how many times I met her, I wouldn¡¯t be able to remember her. I wonder what she looked like thest time we met. ¡°Um, what did you look like when we met before?¡± I ask Lahna. ¡°When we met before, I was wearing my public face,¡± she says, giving me a somehow meaningful smile. ¡°Public face?¡± As I was standing there confused, for some reason, Lahna suddenly embraces me. ¡°Huh? Um¡­¡± ¡°Ha ha, you¡¯re really cute. I told you that I¡¯d embrace you when we met next, didn¡¯t I?¡± says Lahna, narrowing her blue eyes like a cat as sheughs. She said that she¡¯d embrace me when we met next? And those eyes¡­ I¡¯ve seen them before somewhere¡­ ¡°Hurry up and give back Katarina already,¡± says Jared, stepping in just when it seemed like I was about to remember. He drags me away from Lahna¡¯s chest. ¡°Such a short-tempered prince,¡± says Lahna, snickering. Ugh, and I was just about to remember¡­ ¡°Katarina, are you alright?¡± asks Jared, looking at me with a serious expression. ¡°Yes, nothing happened to m ¨C oh right! Selena-sama, Selena-sama had magic cast on her¡­¡± I hadn¡¯t seen Selena sincest night. Rufus said that she was just sleeping, but I was worried how she was doing right now. ¡°Some others are heading to her location along with Ian-sama, so no need to worry,¡± Lahna responds. ¡°Ian-sama came as well?¡± ¡°Yes, after hearing the news, he jumped in with a deathly pale face. I¡¯ve never seen Ian-sama look like that. He must be really worried about Selena.¡± ¡°Is that so! That¡¯s good.¡± Like I thought, you can¡¯t really tell what someone is thinking unless you talk with them. It looks like Selena¡¯s not hated like she thought. ¡°But really, it¡¯s a relief that nothing happened to you,¡± says Jared, sighing deeply. Everyone else said they were relieved that I was safe too. ¡°Be more careful from now on, okay?¡± Keith says. ¡°I understand,¡± I reply meekly. ¡°But considering that you were kidnapped¡­ Katarina, isn¡¯t your skin unusually smooth?¡± says Jared, looking at me intently. I tense up. It¡¯s a bit tough for me to say that I was treated even better than usual after being kidnapped, considering how much I must¡¯ve worried everyone. ¡°Is ¨C is that so? ¡°Yes. I also feel like your hair is glossier too¡­ wait, what¡¯s this?¡± says Jared, voice rising. He holds my hair up as he looks at my neck. ¡°Huh, what is it?¡± ¡°This mark on your neck. What in the world happened?¡± ¡°A mark on my neck?¡± What does he mean, a mark on my neck? Oh right, it must¡¯ve happened then! ¡°Ah, it seems like I was bitten by a bug or something.¡± ¡°You were bitten by a bug?¡± ¡°Yes. When Rufus pushed me down on the bed¡­¡± ¡°Pushed down on a bed?!¡± Huh? For some reason, Jared looks very scary. What was the matter? ¡°What do you mean by that? By Rufus, you mean the man that was just taken away, correct?¡± ¡°Ah, yes. Well,st night, he suddenly pushed me down on the bed, and that¡¯s when I was bitten by a bug or something. I think that Rufus was trying to put me to sleep with his magic, but¡­¡± For some reason, Jared looks even scarier than before. I want someone toe save me. Thinking that, I turn my gaze towards my friends standing behind me, but their faces are just as dark. Huh, why? Everyone was all smiles a moment ago ¨C what happened? ¡°It looks like we can¡¯t trust Katarina¡¯s definition of ¡®okay¡¯¡­ so, did anything else happen other than getting pushed down and being bitten by a bug?¡± ¡°Ah, yes. Lana ¨C I mean Lahna ¨C came in shortly after so I got away before he could cast his magic on me.¡± Jared let out a deep breath. ¡°To think that this would happen as I was taking my time, matching your pace¡­ if I¡¯m not careful, you might be stolen before my very eyes. I think I have no choice but to stop waiting,¡± says Jared, closing into my face for some reason. ¡°Hm?¡± I don¡¯t really understand what¡¯s happening, so I just think absentmindedly that wow, handsome people really are still handsome from up close. But before I knew it, Jared¡¯s face had gotten so close I couldn¡¯t even make out its details¡­ then I feel a soft sensation on my lips¡­ W ¨C what is this?! C ¨C could this possibly be¡­? ¡°I won¡¯t wait any longer. I won¡¯t be able to stand it if someone else steals you away while I¡¯m waiting,¡± says the ck-hearted prince who stole away my first kiss. Those lips¡­ on my lips¡­ What¡¯s happening? But why? Jared just uses me as a shield to ward off other women ¨C he should actually love Maria¡­ but then w ¨C why a kiss¡­? Everyone was getting pretty noisy around me, but none of their words registered. My mind is filled with the thoughts of that kiss. Why, but why, I don¡¯t understand. Even in my previous life, I had no experience with romance ¨C and so, my mind short-circuited. This is how the kidnapping incident ended. ************ ¡°Selena, Selena.¡± I wake up to the sound of someone desperately calling out my name. I open my eyes to someone I had never expected to see, gazing at me worriedly. ¡°Ian-sama?¡± ¡°Selena, you¡¯re awake. Thank goodness,¡± says Ian, embracing me as if I¡¯m something precious to him. It was almost like a dream, but the warmth I felt from him was definitely real. ¡°I heard the whole story. I¡¯m so sorry you went through all this for me,¡± apologizes Ian, looking pained for some reason. ¡°N ¨C no no, I¡¯m the one who decided to do all this¡­ I apologize deeply for troubling you by acting without thinking.¡± After I wake up, my mind feels unbelievably clear. Thinking back, I can¡¯t believe I did everything I did. I really had thought that if I took on all the me, I would be able to avoid troubling Ian¡­ I¡¯m embarrassed at how foolish I was. ¡°Don¡¯t worry about it. You were being controlled, it¡¯s not your fault. More importantly, thank goodness you¡¯re alright. I was really worried, you know?¡± Controlled? I was wondering what he meant by that, but such questions flew from my mind at his final sentence. ¡°Um¡­ you were worried about me?¡± ¡°Of course. You¡¯re my precious fianc¨¦e.¡± Ah, I never thought that I would hear Ian say that I¡¯m his precious fianc¨¦e¡­ but¡­ ¡°U ¨C um¡­ Ian-sama, I was under the impression that you disliked me?¡± I ask, recalling Katarina¡¯s insistence that to know the truth, you need to confirm things with the person in question. ¡°What in the world are you saying? Of course not,¡± says Ian, looking surprised for some reason. He didn¡¯t seem like he was lying. ¡°Um, but you won¡¯t meet with me that often, and you¡¯re always cold to me whenever we do meet¡­¡± I ask, gaining the courage from Katarina¡¯s words to ask everything I never could ask before. ¡°Ah!¡± exims Ian, blushing slightly. What¡¯s the matter? ¡°That was because¡­ you¡¯re so adorable that I lose the willpower to hold myself back.¡± I¡¯m troubled at his words. They camepletely out of left field. ¡°We¡¯re still just engaged ¨C we¡¯ve not yet been wedded. And so I understand that you do not want me to be overly clingy¡­ but when I see you, I¡¯m overtaken by the desire to touch your lovely self¡­ thus, I¡¯ve been avoiding meeting you and keeping my distance whenever we do meet,¡± says Ian, his face redder than I¡¯ve ever seen before, ¡°I¡¯m sorry if you¡¯ve misunderstood me because of that. I¡¯ll say it again then, properly. I, Ian Stuart, love Selena Burke.¡± Despite his red face, he said those words while looking directly at me. Ah, it was just like Katarina had said. The only person who knows what they¡¯re thinking is that person themselves. That¡¯s why you have to talk with them. It was just like she said. I start to cry at my overwhelming happiness. Ian, his face still red, wipes away my tears in a fluster. ************ With the Katarina es kidnapping case safely closed, after making my report to the Ministry of Magic, I head to my partner¡¯s ce while holding a written report. When I say ¡®I¡¯ming in,¡¯ at his door, he says ¡®Come in,¡¯ in response. On entering the room, I see him looking at me with a rxed gaze. ¡°Ooh, your disguise is especially in today, I see.¡± ¡°I was disguising myself as an unassuming maid with no rtives, after all. The wig was a bit stuffy though,¡± I say, taking off my brown-haired wig. My natural ck hair flows down my back. ¡°I always think that your disguises are really amazing, Suzanna Randall,¡± says Geoffrey with a smirk. ¡°Your praise is a great honour, Prince Geoffrey,¡± I respond, purposefully talking like a noblewoman. That¡¯s right ¨C the true identity of the master of disguise of the Ministry of Magic, Lahna Smith, is actually Suzanna Randall, the fianc¨¦e of the First Prince Geoffrey. The only ones who know of this fact apart Geoffrey are a few higher-ups in the Ministry. To exin why I¡¯m going as far as to disguise myself and use a fake name, if I worked in the Ministry as ¡®Suzanna¡¯, I wouldn¡¯t be able to move as freely as I can now. Well, thanks to my secret identity, I can conveniently take on Geoffrey¡¯s requests from the shadows. Geoffrey was the one who requested that I investigate the House of Mason due to the kidnapping incident ¨C or to be more precise, after noticing their suspicious behaviour. Thanks to his request, the case was quickly closed. Geoffrey Stuart is a man who, contrary to how he looks, is not only pretty good at his job but is also secretly doing a lot in the shadows. So then why would he let a man, rumoured to be secretly doing terrible things, into his faction? The reasoning is simple ¨C Geoffrey purposefully let him into his faction to get him moving, so he could then push him to ruin after gathering plenty of evidence of his misdeeds. Based on that reasoning, he herds a lot of people like that into his faction, purposefully preventing them from joining Ian¡¯s faction. Thus, there¡¯s many ne¡¯er-do-wells in his faction. And yet, he doesn¡¯t care ¨C he¡¯s happy with that. That¡¯s right ¨C he doesn¡¯t really want to ascend the throne at all. There¡¯s only one thing on his mind. ¡°Hm, but most importantly, that bastard Mason ¨C I really can¡¯t forgive him for going after Ian and Jared behind my back. Looks like I¡¯ll have to crush him into dust,¡± he says once I finish my report on the main details of the case. Geoffrey smiles oh-so-very evilly. His expression makes me think that Mason is done for. If Mason had just done some small-scale misdeeds, he would¡¯ve gotten off with a normal punishment¡­ but to go after Geoffrey¡¯s brothers¡­ I have no doubt a punishment that greatly exceeds his expectations is awaiting him. ¡°Ah, but I¡¯m d all¡¯s well that ends well. Were my wonderful brothers doing well?¡± ¡°Yes, they were fine.¡± ¡°Thank goodness!¡± Geoffrey says, jumping up from his chair. He runs to the wall and throws open some curtains on the wall. ¡°Ah, my brothers are really wonderful,¡± says Geoffrey. He stands by an oil portrait of his three brothers, hung securely on the wall. Normally, it¡¯s hidden by the curtains. That¡¯s right ¨C Geoffrey Stuart is in reality a pervert who loves his brothers to an abnormal extent. (On a side note, only a few people including myself know of this fact.) And so, fighting with Ian for the throne is all an act. While pretending to fight for the throne, he¡¯s secretly keeping an eye out for any strange or dangerous people and helping Ian out by preventing them from joining Ian¡¯s faction. He¡¯s also always watching out for his twin little brothers as well, making sure that no weird peoplee near them. There¡¯s only one thing on this mind ¨C to make sure that the brothers he so loves can live happily. To aplish his goal, this perverted prince will do absolutely anything. When we first met, I greeted him by telling him that I had no interest in anything other than magical research and that I had no interest in being a princess. In response, he told me that he had no interest in anything other than his brothers and that he had no intention to ascend the throne. It¡¯s a nice memory. We¡¯ve ended up getting along fairly well since that first meeting ten years ago. And so we continued our everyday life of pursuing and punishing evildoers, I for the Ministry of Magic, him for his brothers. However, I do appreciate this pervert for beingrgely the reason why I can avoid the topic of marriage as I do as I please in the Ministry. ¡°Oh, these eyes, they¡¯re just like mine,¡± says the pervert, lost in his thoughts as he gazes at the oil painting. I don¡¯t understand what he¡¯s saying. He probably won¡¯t return to reality for a while, so I help myself to some tea that had been prepared in his room. Mm, it¡¯s delicious ¨C little wonder from tea prepared for royalty. But anyways, Katarina es really is an amusing girl. She first caught my attention at the twin princes¡¯ birthday party. Normally, I don¡¯t really have much interest in others. I was standing in the corner, a little tired of dealing with people. That¡¯s when she came along and began eating the food at great speed. She then proceeded to chug down the wine before flopping down, drunk. I was surprised to see someone act like that at a party held at the castle ¨C she immediately caught my interest. Then, the more I investigated her, the more amusing the rumours made her seem. Even though we hadn¡¯t even met once, I really took a shine to her. Just when I was feeling sad because I wasn¡¯t able to talk with her much despite finally meeting her again at the festival, amazingly, she appeared during my infiltration mission. And so I was able to talk a lot with her. After talking with her in reality, I learnt that she was even more amusing and wonderful than I had expected. Ah, I want to put Katarina es in the Ministry of Magic and have her by my side. I didn¡¯t realize that my expression as I fantasized mirrored Geoffrey¡¯s as he gazed at his oil painting. ************ With the incident over and done with, I return to my dorm room. I had some kind of weird dream right after the incident and so my memories are a bit hazy, but Keith exined what had happened afterwards. I¡¯m sure that I had that weird dream because of sleep deprivation during the incident ¨C that¡¯s right, that has to be it. Well actually, oversleeping may be the real reason¡­ Anyways, apparently the case is closed. The mastermind behind the incident was apparently a Marquis named David Mason. He had apparently executed his n to ce Geoffrey on the throne, but Geoffrey himself had no knowledge of Mason¡¯s ns. This was a bit off from my deductions, but I¡¯m d that it wasn¡¯t a sibling fight. On a side note, supposedly Rufus was sobbing his eyes out over at the Ministry of Magic as he revealed everything of Mason¡¯s misdeeds, crying about how he did everything on Mason¡¯s orders and that he had no choice. Thanks partly to his sympathetic childhood, he wasn¡¯t arrested for the crime and was instead taken in by the Ministry of Magic like Rafael. To be honest, when I talked with him, he didn¡¯t really seem that sympathetic and he didn¡¯t seem that likely to start bursting into tears¡­ but I guess he pulled it off well. However, Keith and the others werementing that Rufus got off light. They¡¯ve basically never met and yet they¡¯re treating him like an enemy. Why? The thing that surprised me the most after returning to the academy was that I was chosen for an Outstanding Achievement award. At the very end of the school festival, students would nominate their favourite performances and other such student-made creations for the award ¨C a few among the nominations would receive an Outstanding Achievement award. Apparently my performance in the student council¡¯s y was one of the things nominated for an Outstanding Achievement award. Supposedly, it was greatly praised for being so good it sent shivers of terror down everyone¡¯s spine. On a side note, Maria¡¯s sweets were also very well received and were also chosen for an Outstanding Achievement award. As expected from Maria. The award is just for the prestige and doesn¡¯t have any prizes associated with it, but putting Maria aside, it¡¯s pretty impressive for me to receive an award considered to be a great honour in the academy. After all, no matter what I did I couldn¡¯t seem to get it right ¨C I was a stereotypical noble girl viiness. The next time I go home, I should bring along my award certificate. Apparently my father had been pretty busy with his work so both my parents weren¡¯t able toe to the school festival after all, so I¡¯m sure they¡¯ll be very happy if they see my certificate. And so, though there were a few small surprises along the way, I returned to my everyday school life¡­ But I feel like Keith¡¯s suddenly be overprotective. Hees along with me no matter where I go. Not only Keith, actually ¨C all my other friends too. They cling to me so tightly it makes me wonder what¡¯s happening with all their student council work. Well, I do kind of think it can¡¯t be helped considering how much I worried them when I was kidnaped¡­ but I also feel like it¡¯s overkill even considering that. Naturally, wanting some time alone, one day, I sneak out of the dorms and head to my field. There stood a man who, in direct contrast to everyone else, barely showed his face in front of me since that incident. ¡°Jared-sama.¡± ¡°Ah, Katarina ¨C we finally meet again,¡± says Jared, smiling beautifully. I grow a little nervous as he nears, thanks to that weird dream I had right after the incident. In that dream, for some reason, we had kissed. I have no idea why I had a dream like that¡­ maybe I have so little experience with romance that my desires grew out of control? How embarrassing. However, I hadpletely forgotten about the dream since I barely ever saw Jared for some reason since the incident. But seeing him standing in front of me makes me recall the dream, making me nervous. But paying little attention to my internal turmoil, he draws near and holds me around my shoulders. Not that I care or anything, but now that I¡¯m more aware of him, Jared really likes touching me, doesn¡¯t he? Is it because he¡¯s a prince? Is that why I grew frustrated and had such a dream¡­ ugh, it¡¯s all his fault. ¡°Since then, thanks to all the people getting in my way I wasn¡¯t able to see you. I was really lonely, my beloved princess.¡± Hisst words were word-for-word the line he said to the heroine Maria during that y. They¡¯re sugary sweet, but they aren¡¯t really that different from the things Jared says normally. Jared drops lines like that on a regr basis. It¡¯s not unusual for him to whisper them in my ear like this too. That¡¯s right, this ispletely normal¡­ and yet, for some reason, his voice reverberating in my ear sounds a bit seductive and my face heats up. Thanks to my dream, I¡¯m way more aware of him and what he¡¯s doing now. Even though he¡¯s acting just the same as usual, I just can¡¯t see him normally and it¡¯s embarrassing. Jared¡¯s eyes glint for some reason on seeing my flustered state. ¡°Oh? What an unusual reaction ¨C did you finally start paying attention to me after you-know-what?¡± Huh? What does he mean by ¡®you-know-what¡¯? ¡°Hm? Ah, no, I just had a strange dream after the incident¡­¡± ¡°Dream?¡± ¡°Yes, a dream where you and I¡­ um¡­¡± It¡¯s no good, it¡¯s so embarrassing I can¡¯t even say it out loud. My voice trails off. My face grows even redder and my tears prick at my eyes. In both my previous life and this one, I¡¯ve had zero romantic experiences ¨C I¡¯ve never even talked with my friends about the people I like. If this was 2-D, then things would work out, but in 3-D, I can¡¯t casually drop the word ¡®kiss¡¯ in front of a handsome guy like him standing so close to me! And if I talk about a dream like that, I¡¯ll be so embarrassed if he thinks I¡¯m creepy for having such a dream because my desires are unfulfilled¡­ Jared looks incredibly pleased considering how agitated I am. His cheeks seem slightly flushed as well. Huh, why? Did my agitation spread? ¡°Hmm¡­ was that dream something like this?¡± Just like in the dream, Jared closes in with an incredibly happy face and brushes his lips to mine. This is! Our lips make a soft noise as they part. Jaredughs cheerfully. ¡°So you thought it was a dream? It¡¯s not a dream ¨C both this time andst time.¡± ¡°W ¨C why¡­¡± I¡¯m just a shield he uses to ward off other nobledies ¨C Jared should actually like Maria¡­ but he kissed me¡­ is this a joke? Was Jared that kind of person?! ¡°Why kiss you? Why, because I love you, of course.¡± I¡¯m lost for words. L ¨C love? If he loves me, then that means¡­ Jared ces a hand on my cheek, a lovely smile spreading across his face. ¡°Ha ha, you¡¯ve finally realized? I¡¯m very happy.¡± When Jared makes to kiss me again in myplete confusion, someone interrupts. ¡°Stop right there ¨C don¡¯t get any closer to my sister.¡± ¡°Move over. Keith-sama, I¡¯ll deal with him with magic.¡± ¡°Wait a second Mary, what are nning to do?¡± ¡°No no, Mary-sama, I¡¯ll step in here¡­¡± ¡°S ¨C Sophia-sama, please calm down. Throwing something like that is dangerous. Please pick something that would cause injuries I could heal with my magic.¡± Everyone runs over at once. Volume 4 1 — The Incident Occurred Suddenly Part I

Volume 4 Chapter 1: The Incident urred Suddenly Part I

I speed up a little after I realize that the sun had already started setting. I¡¯ll worry her if I¡¯m toote. The street I hurry through was crowded just a little while ago. But perhaps because it¡¯s dinnertime, right now there¡¯s only a few people here and there. The delicious smell of dinner wafts out from someone¡¯s house as I pass it by. I adjust the bag I hold in my hands. The bag holdsmoner sweets and pastries that you can¡¯t buy anywhere but the outskirts of town. She¡¯s had to be patient for a while, so I¡¯m sure she¡¯ll be overjoyed. A smile naturally spreads across my face at the thought of the person I¡¯m bringing these sweets to, the person who¡¯ll surely be overjoyed. I kept it a secret that I went out to buy sweets today. Normally, I wouldn¡¯t go buy sweets like this so suddenly¡­ but recently, she¡¯s had to deal with a lot of trouble, so I went all the way to the outskirts of town just to cheer her up even a little. But the store had been busier than I expected, and so I ended upter than I expected. I speed up even more under the sky that¡¯s gradually staining orange. That was when it happened. Someone slipped out, likely from one of the alleyways lining the street, and stands right in front of me, blocking my way. The hooded figure isn¡¯t toorge. The dress under the hood looks to be meant for women. Is she a woman? Just who is she? She was acting too strangely for her to have just identally almost bumped into me. I look curiously at the person who stands in front of me purposefully. ¡°It¡¯s been a while,¡± says the person in front of me. Her voice was unmistakably a woman¡¯s voice. However, I didn¡¯t recognize it. ¡°¡­ Who might you be?¡± I ask cautiously in a low voice. The woman lets out a flirtatious sound and draws near. ¡°My, you¡¯re acting so cold ¨C as if you don¡¯t know who I am.¡± The woman puts down her hood, letting her long hair flow down her back. At the sight of her face, my eyes grow very wide in my surprise. Seeing my expression, the woman¡¯s red lips quirk up. ¡°Hey, I have a request ¨C you¡¯ll listen to it, right?¡± the woman says flirtatiously again. My expression grows severe. ************ ¡°Please wake up already, young mistress. If you don¡¯t hurry up, you¡¯ll bete for ss.¡± At the slightly stern voice, I open my heavy eyelids from my bed. The curtains had been drawn back from the windows ¨C sunlight is shining in. I let out a groan as I stretch. I wake myself up, rubbing at my eyes that are threatening to close again. My maid Anne makes me presentable, swift as usual. After thanking Anne, I begin preparing for school while still half-asleep. It¡¯s been almost two years since I, Katarina es, entered this magic academy. It feels like I just started yesterday, but in reality I¡¯m going to be graduating soon. Time passes quickly. Recallingst year¡¯s graduation ceremony, I¡¯m quietly reminded that when I first started school, I hadn¡¯t even thought that I would be able to safely reach graduation¡­ I, Katarina es, am a normal run-of-the-mill duke¡¯s daughter. Well, it¡¯s true that daughters of dukes can¡¯t be found just anywhere, but even if I have a fairly high social standing, on the inside I¡¯m just a normal girl. If I had to point out one part of me that was unusual, I would have to pick the fact that I remembered my previous life when I hit my head on a rock when I was eight. In my previous life, I grew up as the eldest daughter in a normal sryman household. Eventually, I matured into aplete otaku of a high school girl. Manga, anime, games¡­ I mastered all of them. I was living a splendid life¡­ but unfortunately, I lost my life thanks to an unlucky incident. And so, I was safely reborn as an duke¡¯s daughter¡­ but the noble girl I was reborn as turned out to be Katarina es, a viiness of an otome game I had been ying up until the day before I died! The game was called Fortune Lover and I had been desperately ying it after my fellow otaku friends rmended it to me. I was a rival character who was engaged to a capture target, a viiness who got in the way of the capture target and the protagonist¡¯s love for each other. I was reincarnated as a character who I had considered pretty annoying in the game¡­ To make things worse, this noble girl viiness would be exiled from the country in a good ending and would be killed in a bad ending. She had nothing but destruction gs waiting for her ¨C she was the absolute worst character to be. When I realized this at age eight, I desperately worked hard until I entered the magic academy ¨C where the game was set. I nned out numerous wless ns to deal with my ruin. Thenst spring, I started school. I was all pumped up, thinking that there was no way that I would lose to some stupid destruction gs! However¡­ I hadn¡¯t really expected everything to end with a friendship ending. The game¡¯s protagonist, Maria, is beautiful, kind, and even great at making sweets. She¡¯s my number-one candidate to be my bride ¨C she¡¯s just that alluring. And yet,st year at the graduation ceremony ¨C where the game was meant to end ¨C everything ended with everyone staying friends. Thus, I wasn¡¯t able to use even one of the many ns I thought up and was easily able to avoid ruin. I safely entered my second year. After that, there was a bit of trouble here and there, but right now I¡¯m safely heading to graduation. I¡¯m really living a blessed life that I wouldn¡¯t have even dreamed of during the entrance ceremony. As we near gradation, even though I have ss today, there¡¯s many days when I don¡¯t. My grades were dangerously bad at first, but now, thanks to my talented friends, I¡¯m doing okay. I¡¯m going to be graduating soon - it¡¯s almost like the days I panicked over being exiled or being killed were just a bad dream. But there is one new issue I have to deal with¡­ ¡°Young mistress, you were sent flowers and a letter again,¡± says Anne, bringing over the bouquet and the letter. The bouquet was mainly made of pink flowers and was very cute. However, I can¡¯t help but sigh at the sight of it. This bouquet is the one issue I have to deal with now that I¡¯ve safely avoided ruin. ¡°We¡¯re going to see each other soon enough¡­ he doesn¡¯t need to send me flowers and a letter¡­¡± Anne neatly ces the flowers in a vase as she smiles wryly. Isn¡¯t he sending them every day now¡­? My room is overflowing with flowers thanks to the bouquets that are sent so often. I take the letter that had been delivered along with the bouquet and sigh even more deeply than before. I¡¯m sure that this letter is filled with seductive lines that make me blush despite myself, since I have almost no experience with romance. ¡­ Just why in the world did Jared be like this¡­? I think about Jared Stuart, the sender of this bouquet and letter. Jared Stuart was originally a capture target in the world of the otome game. He was the third prince of the country and incredibly talented ¨C so talented that he found the whole world boring and lived every day sick of everything. The story was that after he enters the magic academy, he meets the bright, innocent protagonist and is slowly drawn to her. That¡¯s when I, Katarina es, make my first appearance as a rival to the protagonist for Jared¡¯s love. When Katarina was young, she was engaged with Jared by using the scar on her forehead, and basically followed him around everywhere as his fianc¨¦e ever since. When she realizes that Jared is growing interested in the protagonist, she bullies the protagonist mercilessly and gets in the way of their rtionship. As a result, the only endings waiting for her were being exiled from the country after her crimes were revealed, or being cut down by Jared after attacking the protagonist¡­ But well, in reality I haven¡¯t bullied the protagonist at all (rather, I even severely threatened people who tried to do something to the incredibly cute, sweet Maria) and I haven¡¯t stalked Jared (rather, I¡¯ve told him I¡¯d break off the engagement again and again). Despite this, I still made proper preparations for my potential ruin. I kept a set of my farming tools ready so I would be prepared to leave the country at any moment and I kept a toy snake in my pocket so I¡¯d be ready if I was attacked¡­ But despite no one getting in their way, Maria and Jared didn¡¯t get together during the ending. And in the end, my engagement with Jared wasn¡¯t annulled and even after we entered second year, I remained his fianc¨¦e. But as I knew the otome game¡¯s storyline, I believed that Jared didn¡¯t think of me as anything but a shield to ward off other girls that approached him. I believed without doubt that if Jared fell for Maria or some other girl I would no longer be any use to him and he would throw me away. I had mused casually that I just wanted him to hurry up and find someone, like it had nothing to do with me. However, something that destroyed my assumptions happened a little while back. It happened during the school festival. I was over the moon after sessfully avoiding ruin and was enjoying my first school festival in this life. That¡¯s when I got wrapped up in a bit of trouble and was kind of sort of kidnapped. Well, I say kidnapped, but it¡¯s not like anything bad happened to me. Since I had been on cloud nine, I hadn¡¯t been careful at all ¨C and so, I apparently had been put to sleep with drugs. After I woke up, I was served by an excellent, attentive maid. I had a lovely time ¨C I was given three meals a day and was allowed to take afternoon naps. This isn¡¯t something I can admit to everyone who was worried about me, but honestly I felt it was a lot more pleasant than being at the academy or home. Well, even if I felt like that, kidnapping is a crime. After a while, everyone saved me from the mansion where I had been trapped inside¡­ But when I had been safely saved, Jared kissed me for some reason. It was my first kiss in both this life and myst, as I had never been kissed in my previous life. Since I fell unconscious due to the sudden situation, when I came to, I decided that incident was just a dream. After all, there was no way that Jared would do something like that to someone he considered nothing more than a shield¡­ that¡¯s what I had thought¡­ And yet when I met him again at the academy, Jared stole a kiss from my lips again with a sentimental expression. ¡°So you thought it was a dream? It¡¯s not a dream ¨C both this time andst time,¡± he said, smiling. ¡°W ¨C why¡­¡± ¡°Why kiss you? Why, because I love you, of course,¡± he said, dropping another bombshell while I was still shaken. It was unbelievably shocking. To think that I, who had zero experience with romance in both this life and myst, would be confessed to¡­ and to think that the one confessing to me would be a capture target from an otome game, a handsome prince. When he was 2D, I was able to look at him even while smirking¡­ but when that handsome face of hises in close in 3D¡­ Ah¡­ I blush at my memories of that moment. Ugh, what should I do? If I were a super popr girl like an otome game protagonist, I may have been able to deal with a confession or two, no matter how they confessed¡­ but I¡¯m just a girl with zero romantic experience after all, even taking my previous life in ount. In turmoil at my first confession in this life ¨C no, in myst life too ¨C I haven¡¯t been able to do anything but stammer. And since the confessor is a handsome, popr prince, I¡¯m feeling even more shaken than I would¡¯ve been otherwise. I let out another deep sigh. ************ ¡°But really, I wonder why me?¡± ¡°What¡¯s the matter all of a sudden, big sis?¡± says Keith, sighing. After I finish my preparations to head to school, my kind younger stepbrother Keithes to my dorm room to walk with me. So I ask him a question that¡¯s been bothering me for a while. ¡°I¡¯m talking about Jared-sama. I¡¯m wondering why me.¡± ¡°Ah, about that,¡± Keith says, looking somewhat stiff. At his expression, I think that ah, Keith thinks that it¡¯s love as well. ¡°After all, Jared-sama¡¯s so popr he has no shortage of admirers.¡± Not only is he a handsome prince, but he¡¯s also intelligent and athletic, and even good at magic on top of all that. He¡¯s truly a perfect man ¨C no wonder he has to beat women off with a stick. And so, despite having a fianc¨¦e ¨C Katarina es ¨C he¡¯s popr enough that he¡¯s still approached by numerous women. ¡°He could have his pick of any number of splendid people.¡± And in the original game, he was drawn to a bright, innocent girl like the protagonist because he was bored with life¡­ ¡°And yet, why did he choose someone with no redeeming features like me?¡± I do have my social standing as an duke¡¯s daughter, but thanks to my viinous face I¡¯m not particrly beautiful, I¡¯m not very intelligent, and I barely have any magic. I suck at dancing too ¨C the only thing I¡¯m really good at is tree climbing and fishing. I¡¯m apletely normal girl. ¡°What could be so good about a normal, uninteresting girl like me?¡± I hang my head, really having no clue why he would be interested in me. ¡°I think you should look up the definition of ¡®normal¡¯ in the dictionary again,¡± says my brother, looking at me with a faraway look. Not understanding what he means, I look at him in confusion. ¡°Good morning, Katarina,¡± says a smooth voice from behind me as I¡¯m still gazing at Keith in confusion. Speaking of the devil¡­ when I turn around, I see just the person I expected to see. He¡¯s smiling as he draws near. It¡¯s the third prince of this country and Katarina es¡¯ fianc¨¦e ¨C Prince Jared Stuart himself. ¡°¡­ Good morning, Jared-sama,¡± I greet him despite my inner turmoil. Jared closes the distance between us with impressive swiftness. ¡°I sent you flowers and a letter today as well, but did they arrive safely?¡± he says, giving me his best quality smile from fairly close up. He¡¯s close! Too close! My heart is going to explode at this 3D super-handsome man! In the past, I just thought that he just couldn¡¯t get a handle on personal bubbles. But now that he¡¯s making passes at me every day, I¡¯m a lot more conscious of him now and can¡¯t just act normally when hees up close. ¡°U ¨C um Jared-sama, could you step¡­¡± Before I could finish asking him to step back, Jared step back. Wait, if I look closely, he didn¡¯t step back by choice ¨C he was pulled back by someone else¡¯s hand. ¡°Jared-sama, you¡¯re too close,¡± says Keith, who had been the one to pull Jared back for me. His smile is just as bright as Jared¡¯s. Ah, thank you, my stepbrother. Your actions have saved my heart. ¡°Keith, Katarina and I will be married eventually. It¡¯s fine for me to touch her even more than I am now,¡± says Jared, extending a hand out to touch my cheek. At the sensation of his long fingers softly touching my cheek, I jump despite myself and smoothly put some distance between us. Keith furrows his eyebrows at my actions. ¡°Don¡¯t be ridiculous ¨C marriage? She¡¯s scared. Sis, over here,¡± says Keith. At Keith¡¯s encouragements, I smoothly hide behind him. But my stepbrother, it¡¯s not that I¡¯m scared¡­ ¡°Katarina isn¡¯t scared. She¡¯s just more aware of me now,¡± says Jared, as if he can see right into my heart. It¡¯s just like he says. It¡¯s not that I¡¯m in any way scared¡­ it¡¯s just that I¡¯m not used to these kinds of romantic moves. I don¡¯t know what to do and it makes me feel shaken. What else should I have expected from the perfect prince Jared? He sees right through me. ¡°I¡¯m different from a certain somebody who she doesn¡¯t notice in the slightest,¡± says Jared as I¡¯m admiring his astuteness. He smiles fearlessly. Hm, who does he mean by someone I don¡¯t notice? Since Keith seems to have reacted to his taunt, does Keith know who it is? Looking up, I see that Keith looks really sad for some reason. So I try to call out to him. ¡°Um¡­¡± That¡¯s when someone else cuts in. ¡°Katarina-sama, good morning,¡± greets my best friend Mary Hunt cheerfully. Shees in with her fianc¨¦ n Stuart. Mary¡¯s bright voice chases away the awkward atmosphere in a moment, making it cheerful instead. ¡°Morning, Mary, n-sama,¡± I respond with a smile. Mary gives me a lovely wide smile as well right back. In high society and public areas, she smiles perfectly and elegantly ¨C a picture-perfect noble girl. But when she talks to me, she always gives me a lovely smile like this. On the other hand, herpanion n just says ¡°Yeah,¡± aloofly ¨C I can¡¯t even tell whether that¡¯s supposed to be a greeting. But that¡¯s nothing new. I don¡¯t expect him to be as friendly as Jared, but I can¡¯t help but think that it might be nice if he was a little friendlier¡­ but n fans say that his unfriendliness is what makes him great. I don¡¯t really get it, but a maiden¡¯s heart is unfathomable. Well, the point is that the atmosphere changed after they arrived. But Mary, who had been smiling at me brightly, transitioned into the smile she uses in high society at some point. ¡°Oh my, Jared-sama, is it alright for you to be in a ce like this at a time like this? I believe that quite a bit of student council work has piled up,¡± says Mary to Jared. The words themselves made her seem like she was worrying for him¡­ but I feel like the atmosphere has gotten awkward again for some reason. ¡°That¡¯s true. It had piled up quite a bit, but when I gave it my all I finished it immediately.¡± ¡°I see, that¡¯s good¡­¡± Mary¡¯s smiling¡­ but the atmosphere is still¡­ I wonder why? ¡°But recently, I¡¯ve really received much more work than usual. I wonder why that could be.¡± ¡°It¡¯s nearly graduation. Could the cause not be that?¡± ¡°Is that so? I myself am thinking that someone is purposefully pushing work on me to take up my time.¡± ¡°My, Jared-sama, are you bing delusional in your exhaustion? I do believe it may be best for you to rest alone today.¡± ¡°Well, let¡¯s leave things at that for now. However, no matter how much my workload increases, it won¡¯t be much trouble for me.¡± ¡°Ha ha ha, as expected from you. It¡¯s easy for you.¡± Their smiles are bright and lovely but the atmosphere is terrible. ¡°Good morning. Everyone, I do believe we all need to head to the school building. We will bete,¡± interrupts Sophia, ending their conversation. Sophia looks flustered, as if she slept in a little. And so, we all headed together to the school building as always. On a side note, Sophia had apparently slept in just like I had thought. Apparently she had stayed upte reading novels. Since the novel had supposedly been very interesting, I had her agree to lend me it sometime. When we reach to the school building, Maria, who lives in a different dorm, was waiting for us. We head to the ssroom together and attend our lectures, which dwindle by the day. ************ ¡°When I went to the Ministry of Magic yesterday, Lahna-sama said that she wanted me to bring you as well next time, Katarina-sama,¡± says Maria during our break, after our lectures are over. Maria Campbell. She¡¯s the protagonist of the original otome game and one of the few light magic users in the country. It had already been decided that she would be joining the Ministry of Magic after graduation, and now that our lectures at the magic academy have lessened, she¡¯s visited the ministry a number of times. I met the woman who¡¯s going to be her direct supervisor, Lahna Smith, during the incident that urred a little while back. I spent a short while with Lahna, unaware of her true identity. She had been incredibly easy to talk to and seemed very openhearted, but in reality she was a higher-up in the Ministry of Magic. And apparently she was very high up in the ministry. This Lahna has taken a liking to me for some reason and so she¡¯s been encouraging me to join the Ministry of Magic after graduation. She¡¯s even said that she¡¯d rmend me. If I graduate like this, it¡¯s very possible that I¡¯d end up Jared¡¯s wife. Well, it¡¯s not like I dislike Jared himself, but since he¡¯s a prince if I marry him I¡¯d be royalty. To be honest, I¡¯m barely managing as an duke¡¯s daughter¡­ even when I think I¡¯m doing okay I end up getting lectured by my mother. I feel like I¡¯m not really suited to be a nobledy in the first ce since my memories of my past life returned to me. I¡¯m more suited to be a farmer or a townsperson. Someone like me bing royalty¡­ the highest standing in this country¡­ A little while back, I thought that my engagement was just until Jared found someone he really liked, and mused about what I should do once the engagement was annulled. In a normal noble family, I would probably be told to hurry up and marry myself off¡­ but my father dotes on me and says stuff like ¡°You can do what you¡¯d like, Katarina.¡± And my mother is like ¡°If you¡¯re going to bring shame down on the family by marrying someone then you¡¯re better off at home.¡± So both of them didn¡¯t really bother me about getting married. So I hadn¡¯t really been worrying about graduating¡­ but to think that Jared would seriously approach me romantically¡­ At this rate, I¡¯ll really be royalty. I can join the Ministry of Magic to avoid that. My friend Rafael who¡¯s currently working at the Ministry of Magic was the one to tell me that. The Ministry of Magic has the second-most power after the king. And so, if I join the Ministry of Magic, even if a prince requests it, I apparently can¡¯t be married off immediately and dragged off to the castle. This is really helpful for me in my current situation¡­ but I don¡¯t really have much confidence in it. After all, my magic is the absolute worst in the academy. If I was good at academics, then I could¡¯ve be a researcher, but my academics aren¡¯t that great either. Is it really okay for a normal girl with no redeeming qualities to join a ministry filled with elites so easily? From my previous life on, my parents always scolded me for being too insolent sometimes¡­ I don¡¯t really want to enter this country¡¯s number one organization through nothing but connections when I don¡¯t have anything to show for myself. And so, even though Lahna¡¯s inviting me, I haven¡¯t given her a proper response yet. It¡¯s toote to hope to be as skilled as Maria, but if I could only gain some kind of special power, I¡¯d join the ministry with no hesitation¡­ I muse about things like that as I give a vague response to Maria, who¡¯s desperately inviting me to go to the Ministry of Magic with her. There¡¯s only a few months left until graduation ¨C I still don¡¯t know what I want to do. Volume 4 1 — The Incident Occurred Suddenly Part II

Volume 4 Chapter 1: The Incident urred Suddenly Part II

Jared¡¯s romantic overtures, unrelenting since his confession after the kidnapping incident, don¡¯t abate today. He elegantly draws in near with his oh-so-beautiful face and whispers of his love, then begins to touch me. My friends always back me up when I go pale or flush red in my inner turmoil¡­ but at this rate, my heart won¡¯t hold up, given that I have zero tolerance to romance. In this short time since his confession, my heart has been beating so fast that I worry that my heart may use up the limited number of heartbeats allocated for my life. To be honest, it¡¯s really tough for me to deal with a handsome prince¡¯s romantic overtures when he throws himself on top of me. Seriously, it¡¯s enough to make me want him to begin with writing in an exchange diary with me or something. I¡¯m aplete novice at romance, after all. And so, I¡¯mining to my stepbrother Keith in his room today again, exhausted from dealing with Jared¡¯s romantic overtures. ¡°¡­ I¡¯m ¨C I¡¯m so tired.¡± I flop onto his room¡¯s sofa. ¡°Looks like you¡¯ve given up,¡± says Keith, even as he smiles wryly at his sister¡¯s whining. He brings out my favourite sweets and pours me my favourite tea. ¡°Mmank phu,¡± I thank him, already stuffing my mouth with the sweets. Normally, Keith would get angry at me for my terrible manners. But today, seeing how exhausted I am, he lets it go with just another wry smile. But really, Keith hasn¡¯t made oneint despite his stepsistering into his room every day, exhausted, to do nothing but grouch. He not only listens to myints but even emphasizes with my pain. I really have a splendid stepbrother. Though Keith has always helped me out like this in the first ce, ever since we were little. Whether it was after I was lectured by Mother or after I made a mistake during a tea party, he always listened to what I had to say until I returned to normal. My older brothers from my previous life were rather different. When they saw their younger sister depressed, the only idea they would have would be to start wrestling with her until she felt better. I didn¡¯t hate my older brothers, but I did think, too many times to count, ¡°Try even a little to understand a sensitive girl¡¯s feelings! You morons!¡± In contrast, Keith is considerate, understanding perfectly how a maiden¡¯s feelings work. He would never start wrestling with his sister when she¡¯s feeling down. Instead, he would silently bring out her favourite sweets and tea. Considerate, kind, and faultless ¨C I really have a splendid stepbrother. The way he is, he wouldn¡¯t bring shame to the family no matter whose wife he be ¨C oh, though he would be a husband, to be urate. He¡¯s probably beating off the women with a stick. But as his stepsister, I want him to find a good wife if possible. It would inconvenience me if she were the same type of person as Mother. My ideal would be a good and kind girl like Maria. As I go and muse about my stepbrother¡¯s wife, Keith speaks up. ¡°Hey, do you really not intend to marry Jared-sama?¡± asks Keith, looking somewhat serious. ¡°Obviously! If I married Jared-sama, I would be royalty! Royalty ¨C they stand at the top of this country! Do you think I could fit in a role like that?¡± I deny firmly. Even my friend Mary, known as a picture-perfect noble¡¯s daughter, says that it might be tough on her. It¡¯spletely impossible for a useless, hopeless girl like me. ¡°Heh heh, that¡¯s true. Being royalty would probably be tough on you, sis,¡± says Keith,ughing cheerfully. But immediately after, his serious expression returns, ¡°But¡­ but, despite that, if you still¡­ about Jared¡­¡± ¡°Hm?¡± ¡°Never mind, it¡¯s nothing,¡± says Keith, stopping himself from saying more. He looked somehow pained¡­ my heart twinged at the expression. It reminded me of how he looked when he hade to our house for the first time. But his expression returned to normal almost immediately and he encouraged me to continue talking. I forgotpletely about my heart twinging after I startedining again at Keith¡¯s encouragements. And so, feelingpletely refreshed, I returned to my room. As the academy is closed for a break for a short while starting from tomorrow, we¡¯ll be returning to the es mansion. I¡¯ll be able to escape from Jared¡¯s passionate romantic overtures for a short while. I was feeling a little relieved. ************ The next day, Keith and I returned to the es mansion as nned. I immediately changed into my work clothes and headed out to my field at home for the first time in a while. In the past, my mother would disapprove. But now, she¡¯s started to just say with a tired expression that she doesn¡¯t care so long as I don¡¯t make strange shouts. I tell her cheerfully that I understand, even though I don¡¯t understand the most important thing - what she means by strange shouts. Could I be yelling out weird things like ¡°Ah-h-hh!¡± or ¡°Ra-a-ah!¡± without realizing it? I need to be careful. I take my plow in my hand. ¡°Heigh-hoh, heave-ho,¡± I shout, beginning my farmwork. Perhaps because it was a break, but even Jared didn¡¯t visit my home today. Keith had left soon after we got home, saying that he had something he needed to do. So I worked hard on my field with old man Tom and Anne. In the past, Anne would look stiff and say that she couldn¡¯t believe that a good noble daughter would work on a field, but perhaps because she apanied me every day as I worked on my field even at school. But before I knew it, Anne had be even better than me at farmwork. Now, she¡¯s be so good that she can even give me precise instructions. ¡°Oh, young mistress, you shouldn¡¯t harvest that nt just yet. I believe that the one next to it is readier for harvest,¡± for example. She¡¯s be incredibly good at nting seeds and seedlings, and nowadays, she¡¯s even be knowledgeable about what kinds of fertilizer are best and which tools would make work go more smoothly. And so, I worked hard on my field ¨C so hard that I lost track of time. Before I knew it, the sun was setting. My efforts were not for vain. My field has be a lot tidier than before and I was able to harvest many vegetables. Wanting Keith to see my hard work, I head to his room without changing out of my work clothes. ¡°Hey, Keith. My field has gotten even more splendid than before ¨Ce see¡­¡± I say. I knock on the door before opening the door and entering. But¡­ ¡°Huh? He¡¯s still not back?¡± There was no one there. I thought that he would be back already since he left pretty early, but perhaps he was somewhere else? So I ask the es family butler Sebastian (a nickname I went and gave him on my own), but he says that Keith had still not returned. Was the thing he had to do something that takes a lot of time? I¡¯m disappointed, but it can¡¯t be helped. I give up and make to return to my field, but I happen to run into Mother as she leaves the tearoom. As soon as she catches sight of me, Mother, who had been cheerfully chatting with a maid, immediately darkens. She stands up tall. I can see her anger very clearly in her eyes. What? What? Why? We only just saw each other. Mother¡¯s sharp gaze pierces me as I panic in confusion. She then checks something behind me. Her gaze sharpens even further. Wait, what? I look behind me to see a trail of dirt on my path. To make things worse, I can see it trailing off rather neatly all the way to the hallway behind me. Then I look down at myself. I¡¯m wearing my work clothes, still caked in dirt from my farmwork. This is bad¡­ Sensing danger, I tried to quietly escape, but my opponent moved faster. Before I could escape, Mother grabs me by the scruff. ¡°Katarina,e to my room for a bit,¡± growls Mother in a low, dangerous voice. She sounds like a gatekeeper to hell. And so after she brushed off the dirt caked on my clothes, Mother dragged me to her room like a prisoner. I received an hours-long lecture. And so, after being finally released from her lecture, I headed to Keith¡¯s room again toin about how Mother got angry at me and to talk about my harvest. I had thought that he would be back, since the sun had already set, but¡­ ¡°¡­ Keith?¡± The room was just as quiet as it had been thest time I visited. There was no answer to my call. In the end, Keith did not return to the es mansion that day. ************ Keith had never note back home without saying something first. Thus, when Keith didn¡¯te back, everyone in the mansion was taken off guard. A single letter was delivered to the es mansion when we were discussing filing a missing person¡¯s report. In the letter the following was written in what was unmistakably Keith¡¯s writing. I am leaving as I can no longer bear the responsibility of being the heir to a Duke¡¯s house. Please do not look for me. - Keith After receiving the letter, the chaos at the mansion worsened. Everyone who served the House of es said things like ¡°I cannot believe that someone as talented and perfect as Keith-sama wouldn¡¯t be able to bear the responsibilities of being heir,¡± and ¡°But he¡¯s intelligent and recently, he was apanying Master to his work. He was furthering his studies,¡± and ¡°He did not seem in the slightest like he couldn¡¯t bear his responsibilities.¡± I did agree with what everyone said. It¡¯s been almost a decade since Keith was taken into the family, but Keith has always been talented and quick to learn. He easily blended with noble circles and he¡¯s better than me at conducting himself in high society. By now, he was recognized as the House of es¡¯ perfect heir. Would Keith think that being a Duke¡¯s heir was just too tough at this point? As I mused in confusion, I was called over by Mother to her room for some reason. What was the matter? Did she perhaps learn something about Keith? ¡°Katarina, about Keith¡­¡± says Mother with a serious look when I enter her room. Did she learn something about Keith after all? Adopting a simrly serious expression, I wait for Mother¡¯s next words. ¡°About Keith¡¯s letter ¨C I really can¡¯t believe that the responsibilities of a Duke¡¯s house were such a burden on him.¡± ¡°¡­ That¡¯s true.¡± As I thought, Mother was thinking the same thing as me. I give her a big nod of agreement. ¡°So I asked the servants about a lot of different things¡­ then they said¡­¡± ¡°Then they said?¡± Mother¡¯s gaze sharpens. I automatically straighten up in response. ¡°Keith apparently had been spotted a number of times looking depressedtely, his expression dark.¡± ¡°Keith looking depressed?¡± I don¡¯t think I¡¯ve ever seen him look depressed, but perhaps I just didn¡¯t notice? ¡°That¡¯s right. And everyone says that he almost always only looked depressed after he saw a certain someone.¡± ¡°What!? A certain someone!?¡± Who could it be? Could that person have something to do with Keith¡¯s worries? Then if we ask that person, we might learn something about his worries. ¡°Mother, just who is this person?¡± ¡°¡­ It is¡­¡± Mother begins, pausing for a moment to stare at me before continuing, ¡°¡­ You, Katarina!¡± She said the second statement firmly, as if she were a detective from a TV show that had found the culprit. ¡°¡­ Wh ¨C what!? Me!?¡± My mouth drops open in my shock. ¡°That¡¯s right, you, Katarina. ording to the servants¡¯ testimonies,tely Keith has apparently looked particrly depressed after speaking with you,¡± Mother says as if she were cornering in on the culprit of a crime. ¡°After speaking with me¡­¡± He had listened to my grouching a lottely¡­ but had he seemed depressed? I think back¡­ now that she mentions it, I do recall that he had seemed somehow pained the day before we came home. ¡°Oh, now that you mention it¡­¡± ¡°As I thought, you know what it may be,¡± says Mother at myment, sighing deeply as if she were a policewoman that had wrangled out a confession from a criminal. Continuing, she deres loudly, ¡°Keith did not run away from home because he could not bear the burden of his responsibilities as the heir to a Duke¡¯s house. Keith ran away because babysitting you, Katarina, was too much for him to bear!¡± ¡°What, babysitting?¡± Well, it¡¯s true that he did always back me up and help me out in a lot of different ways¡­ but babysitting? ¡°Keith became tired of having to take care of his useless stepsister for all these years. But since he¡¯s a kind child, he couldn¡¯t say straight-out that he hated his stepsister, so he wrote a letter like that¡­¡± says Mother, looking away with a pained expression. ¡°¡­¡± Putting aside the babysitting and so on, it¡¯s true that I¡¯ve barged into his room and made him listen to my grouching a lottely. Being told that he got tired because of that is making me think that may be so. ¡°¡­ What should we do¡­?¡± If Keith never came back, having drained all of his goodwill towards me¡­ At my downhearted state, Mother looks at me grimly and tightly grips my hands. ¡°There¡¯s nothing we can do about what¡¯s already happened. For now, apologize for everything you¡¯ve done up until now. And tell him that you¡¯ll do your best to avoid causing him trouble in the future. If he recognizes your genuine intentions, I¡¯m sure he¡¯ll forgive you ¨C he¡¯s a kind child.¡± ¡°¡­ Mo ¨C mother.¡± To think that Mother would say something like that to me. I¡¯m touched ¨C my eyes get wet. I grip my mother¡¯s hands right back. ¡°Mother, I will properly apologize to Keith! And I¡¯ll go and tell him that I will do my best to avoid causing him trouble!¡± I say. ¡°Yes, do your best, Katarina!¡± In this way, in one room in the es mansion, a mother-daughter pair, both a little off their heads, grip each other¡¯s hands and cry out to each other. ************ Right then, let¡¯s conduct a strategy meeting for bringing Keith back! President: Katarina es, Vice-President: Katarina es, Secretary: Katarina es. Very well then. Today, I would like to discuss strategies to have Keith return back home after he ran away. Everyone, please voice your opinions. I would not call this my opinion exactly, but would it not be a good idea to apologize and promise to not cause him any trouble anymore like Mother suggested earlier? Well, that is the basic idea, but I believe that it would be better to show our good faith in some way. Good faith? For example, doing something for him to make up for all the trouble we¡¯ve caused him up until now? Ooh, that is a very good idea. So then what would we do for him? I have not thought about that yet! ¡­ You shouldn¡¯t say that so haughtily. What if we gave him a present? Like sweets? That sounds good, but would Keith be happy getting sweets? Then perhaps new seedlings or fertilizer? That¡¯s just what Katarina wants, isn¡¯t it. Then perhaps tickets for shoulder massages or washing his back in the bath? Father would probably be overjoyed, but would Keith? But it might be nice to demonstrate our gratitude for what he does for us every day by serving him well like that. Well then, it¡¯s decided! We¡¯ll apologize to Keith to get him toe home, then serve him well with all our gratitude! And we need to promise to not cause him trouble anymore. That¡¯s right. Let¡¯s vow to no longer eat too much and get sick. Let¡¯s also vow to be careful not to y inside after getting carried away, thus breaking things. Alright, it¡¯s perfect. Well then, all we need to do now is go to Keith. That¡¯s right! ¡­ So, where is Keith? !!! !!! We need to begin by searching for Keith, do we not? Y ¨C you¡¯re very smart, Katarina es. It¡¯s just as you say. That¡¯s true, let¡¯s start by searching for Keith. Since he ran away from home, he¡¯s probably not nearby¡­ so we¡¯ll need to set out on a journey in search of Keith. A journey in search of Keith! Like in that anime 3000 Leagues in Search of Mother, right!? That¡¯s right, but in search of our stepbrother rather than our mother. ¡­ Well, to begin with then are we alright with deciding to set out on a journey in search of Keith? Yes. Yes. And so, I resolved to set out on a journey to search for Keith. ************ The fact that I had decided to set out on a journey had leaked from somewhere¡­ and for some reason, people showed up saying that they wanted toe along with me. One was my fianc¨¦ Jared Stuart, who said that he woulde along because he was worried about me. He wouldn¡¯t listen to my objections and I couldn¡¯t send him away. Another was Lahna from the Ministry of Magic for some reason, who said ¡°This is convenient ¨C I can treat it as the training trip for new Ministry employees. Let mee along.¡± I was surprised to hear there was a trip like that, but since things would probably go smoothly with a Ministry higher-up like Lahnaing along, I decided to ask her toe along. So the new employees that Lahna was going to train, Maria and Sora, ended uping along as well. On a side note, the young man named Sora is the same person as Rufus, one of the culprits behind my kidnapping a little while back. He helped out greatly with the kidnapping with his dark magic, but after bursting into tears and iming that his master had threatened him, he was absolved of all charges. He, who had lived through such an unlucky childhood, was under custody by the Ministry of Magic. Though well, when I actually interacted with him during the kidnapping incident he really didn¡¯t seem like the type to burst into tears and im that he was threatened¡­ Well anyways, through this and that, it was decided that a somewhat strange group consisting of me, Jared, Lahna, Maria, and Sora (Rufus) would set out on a journey in search of Keith. Volume 4 1 — The Incident Occurred Suddenly Part III

Volume 4 Chapter 1: The Incident urred Suddenly Part III

¡°Oh, by the way, there was something I wished to ask you, young mistress,¡± Anne says when we had almost finished our preparations for the journey. She was helping me with them. Although normally Anne always apanies me no matter where I go, she won¡¯t being along on this journey. She was hesitant, saying that she was worried about me being on my own. But as Keith running away from home hadn¡¯t been made public, it was thought that it would not be a good idea for arge group people to head out. So the number of people leaving had been minimized. But the party includes Lahna, said to be one of the most influential in the Ministry of Magic, a light magic user, a dark magic user, and a prince who can do anything. I don¡¯t think there¡¯s anything to worry about with this fairly unbeatable lineup. I told Anne this, but she insisted strongly, ¡°I am not worried about that ¨C I am worried about your everyday life, young mistress.¡± Myself, I thought that I could take care of myself on my own, but Anne got angry at me, saying, ¡°Ady who attempts to leave the house with a wrinkled dress and without brushing one hair on her head can most certainly not take care of herself!¡± But my hair is naturally smooth so I don¡¯t really need to brush it, and I think that even if my dress is a little wrinkled it¡¯s not really a problem so long as I can wear it¡­ I tried to win Anne over by promising to do everything properly, but she just responded, ¡°There is nothing less reliable than your definition of ¡®properly¡¯, young mistress.¡± What a harsh maid. Since everybody else, even Jared who¡¯s a prince, won¡¯t have anyone apany them, me being the only one to have Anne apany me is a bit¡­ ¡­ While she would be dependable, it would feel like I was the only one to have my parente along with me on a school trip. In the midst of my troubles due to my wanting to go alone, Maria became my saviour. ¡°In that case, I will look after Katarina-sama,¡± she said with a goddess-like smile. ¡°If you say so, Maria-sama,¡± agreed Anne readily, despite not even considering for a moment my deration that I would do everything by myself. I was kind of unhappy with how differently Anne treated Maria inparison to me¡­ but anyways the point is that thanks to Maria, I was able to avoid that embarrassing feeling of being the only one to have her parent apany her on a school trip. But Anne still helped me happily with my preparations for the trip. ¡°Young mistress, where do you n to begin?¡± says Anne. ¡°Huh, where?¡± I say, my mouth opening in confusion. I didn¡¯t understand what she meant. ¡°What I mean is that you n to search for Keith-sama, no? So to begin with, where do you n to look?¡± ¡°¡­ Huh.¡± I was very troubled by Anne¡¯s question. ¡°What, young mistress, you don¡¯t mean to tell me that you have not considered where to go? You announced that you were heading out so confidently ¨C your preparations for the journey are almostpleted ¨C but you have not thought about where to go?¡± ¡°¡­¡± ¡°¡­ Young mistress.¡± No, Anne, don¡¯t look at me like that¡­ I¡¯m shocked at myself right now too. I had gotten all swept up in the excitement of heading out on a journey in search of Keith that I hadpletely forgotten about where to go. To be blunt, at the moment, I have zero leads on where Keith may be. I don¡¯t even know what direction he went ¨C whether he went to the east, or the west, or maybe even south or north. At this rate, I won¡¯t know where to go on my journey¡­ Uh-h-h, what should I do? The day when we n to set out on the journey is fast approaching. Seriously, what should I do? In the midst of my troubles again, my second saviour was Lahna, a powerful figure in the Ministry of Magic. I went to the Ministry of Magic, wanting advice about how I still don¡¯t know where to go even though there was less than a day until we were set to leave. ¡°As expected from you, Katarina,¡± she said, bursting intoughter for a while. She then shed a smirk and continued, ¡°In that case, I have a special something.¡± She told me to wait for a bit and left the room. Then, when she returned, she held a stuffed animal in her hand for some reason. It was made from brown cloth and had rounded ears and beady eyes. From its shape, it was a bear, perhaps? ¡°Um, Lahna-sama, what is that stuffed animal?¡± I ask. ¡°This is a magical tool to help us search for Keith,¡± she says, shing another smirk. ¡°Magical tool?¡± Lahna exined to me what it was given that I was confused at the unfamiliar term. Magical tools were something that primarily Lahna was developing. It was a tool used after packing it with magic. She said that she¡¯s using them for a variety of things, but they haven¡¯t been working so well. So she¡¯s in the middle of prototyping different versions. ¡°If we can consistently make good magical tools, even those without magic will be able to benefit from it,¡± exined Lahna, her eyes sparkling. Her passionate description of magical tools continued. Unable to keep up with her exnations, which were steadily growing more technical, I simply responded with sounds like ¡°Ah,¡± or ¡°Hm.¡± As I was listening to Lahna¡¯s passionate words, I felt like the stuffed animal ced next to her slightly moved. H ¨C huh? I rub my eyes and look at the stuffed animal¡­ our eyes meet! Until just a moment ago it had been ced facing down, its gaze downwards, so why!? ¡°W ¨C why?¡± Noticing my wide eyes open in shock, Lahna followed my gaze. ¡°Oh, right right, I hadn¡¯t exined this to you yet,¡± she said, picking the stuffed animal up again, ¡°This is something that some perver ¨C I mean, an important person in a certain country asked us to make recently. It¡¯s a tool that can search for people.¡± ¡°A tool that can search for people?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. It can follow someone¡¯s aura from an object that has great emotional meaning to the person you want to find. It¡¯s something we made after applying our research on dark magic, but¡­¡± She ended up talking for a while after that too, but to summarize, if we got this stuffed animal to store an object that has great meaning to Keith in its memory, it¡¯ll figure out where he is. Apparently its sess rate wasn¡¯t too great, but it¡¯s still wonderful considering that we have zero clues. But more importantly¡­ ¡°Um, Lahna-sama. Is that stuffed animal moving?¡± Even as she talks, it¡¯s squirming around behind her arm. I can¡¯t help but be bothered by it. ¡°Yes, it searches for people so it wouldn¡¯t be much help if it couldn¡¯t move around and guide you, right?¡± ¡°What!? That stuffed animal is going to guide us?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right,¡± says Lahna, as if it¡¯s obvious¡­ but a stuffed animal guide? But well, it¡¯s true that I did wonder how a stuffed animal would search for people¡­ but to think that it would guide us¡­ ¡°Um, why is it a stuffed animal?¡± I ask, looking serious. Is there some deep meaning to it? ¡°Oh, well, it¡¯s cute,¡± answers Lahna indifferently. What!? That¡¯s the reasoning!? Because it¡¯s cute!? But well I guess it¡¯s better if it¡¯s cute? I stare at the stuffed animal Lahna holds. This has been bothering me since she came back with the stuffed animal, but¡­ is this stuffed animal cute? Somehow, I can¡¯t really think of it as cute. It may be a bit hypocritical for someone with a viinous face like me to say so, but I would say it was more ugly than cute if I had to pick one. I had thought that all stuffed animals were cute. But this amazingly ugly face¡­ just where did she find it? ¡°I spotted it in a general store in town. I fell in love at first sight at its cuteness,¡± Lahna says with a cheerful smile, as if she read my mind. Mm¡­ people have a variety of tastes. Anyways, the point is that we can now search for Keith using this stuffed animal with its weird face. In order to find Keith, we apparently need something of great emotional meaning to Keith. I take a trip back to the mansion to search for something of great meaning to Keith or whatever. Hmm, what would have meaning to Keith? I¡¯ve always been with him, but I can¡¯t think of anything that would fit. So I ask one of Keith¡¯s servants. ¡°Things of emotional meaning to Keith? Hmm. Perhaps something in this box?¡± said the servant, bringing me a fairlyrge wooden box. I call it a simple wooden box, but it¡¯s a fairly well-decorated box. Hmm. I¡¯ve never seen it before. ¡°To tell the truth, I¡¯m not actually supposed to bring this box out without permission, but it is an emergency¡­¡± ¡°Thank you, I¡¯ll apologize to Keith for you too.¡± The box I ept from the servant is rather heavy. I ce it onto a desk and lift the lid. ¡°Oh? This is¡­¡± I recognized the items in the box. They were things like birthday presents that I had given him over the years. ¡°Woah, there¡¯s even stuff I gave him so long ago¡­¡± There¡¯s even a crumpled piece of paper with ¡®Coupon: I Will Listen to Any Request¡¯ written on it in a child¡¯s handwriting. It¡¯s my handwriting, so I probably gave it to him¡­ but to be honest, I don¡¯t remember myself. To think that he would carefully keep all these things¡­ my stepbrother must really care for me as his sister. I¡¯m very touched. I decide to take the whole box over to Lahna since I can¡¯t decide which item would be best. ************ When I visit Lahna again, there¡¯s someone other than Lahna in her room. ¡°Hey, Lady Katarina es,¡± that someone says, smiling casually. I recognize him. He¡¯s Geoffrey Stuart, Jared and n¡¯s older brother and the first prince of this country. What, why is the first prince here? But no matter how bewildered I am on the inside, my ingrained noble manners help me manage a curtsy. ¡°I actually requested the creation of a magical tool from Lahna so I¡¯m here to check up on how it¡¯s going,¡± Geoffrey exins with another casual smile. He probably could tell that I was bewildered. ¡°A magical tool?¡± Geoffrey seems to be worlds apart from me, who only just learned about the existence of magical tools. He even goes as far as to request them. As expected from royalty. But anyways, I wonder what he requested. Lahna just told me about how there¡¯s arge variety of magical tools out there, even if they all are ssified as ¡®magical tools¡¯. ¡°What type of magical tool did you request?¡± I ask. ¡°Oh, he requested a tool to help search for people,¡± Lahna responds instead of Geoffrey. ¡°A tool to search for people¡­ ah, could that be?¡± Even I realized what she meant, despite the fact that I¡¯m not very sharp. A tool to search for people ¨C isn¡¯t that the ugly stuffed bear I¡¯m nning to borrow soon!? ¡°That¡¯s right. It¡¯s the thing we¡¯re nning to use on the journey,¡± says Lahna nonchntly. But wait, is that okay? That means we¡¯re borrowing something from the first prince that he requested himself, you know? Isn¡¯t that bad? I panic. ¡°Ah, she already told me about that ¨C no worries,¡± says Geoffrey in an easygoing tone, ¡°It was never something I needed urgently. Feel free to use it first to test out whether it actually works. If it does, I¡¯ll use it next.¡± ¡°¡­ I see, thank you very much.¡± Geoffrey was waving a hand dismissively as he talked ¨C he doesn¡¯t seem displeased at all. It looks like it¡¯s not a problem for us to use it first. But honestly, this Prince Geoffrey¡­ how should I phrase it¡­ he really feels nothing like a prince. Although Jared and n are both royalty, they don¡¯t act high and mighty (though n was fairly arrogant when he was young.) But they don¡¯t act as uniquely easygoing like Geoffrey is right now. I asked Anne about him after we met at the school festival¡­ but he¡¯s apparently known for being a really talented prince with arge faction. I can¡¯t reconcile that image with the actual person. I couldn¡¯t help but stare at Geoffrey. As I stared, our eyes met. ¡°Hm?¡± says Geoffrey, prompting me to continue. ¡°U ¨C um, what do you n to use the tool for?¡± Since it wasn¡¯t like I could tell him that I was thinking about how he didn¡¯t act like a prince, I blurted out the first thing that I could think of¡­ but this may not have been something that I should¡¯ve asked someone I barely knew. If it was going to be used for something important for the country¡­ I might be in trouble. ¡°Oh well, it¡¯s so I¡¯ll always know where my dear sweet children are.¡± ¡°Y ¨C your dear children?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, I want to always know where my children are. I love them more than anything else in the world.¡± ¡°¡­ Does that have something to do with your responsibilities towards the country?¡± ¡°Nope, not at all. I just want to use it personally.¡± ¡­ The country wasn¡¯t involved at all. And I feel like his reason is a bit off. He wants to always know where his dear sweet children are? Isn¡¯t that a bit stalkerish¡­ no, let¡¯s not go there. Let¡¯s avoid thinking too deeply about this. I feel like I¡¯d start to see this prince¡¯s smile as something more sinister if I did. I chase away any rted thoughts that pop up in my mind and clear my head. ¡°Very well then, I will take you up on your offer and borrow the tool.¡± ¡°Yes, feel free,¡± says the prince, smiling cheerfully. Having received the prince¡¯s permission, I give Lahna the box I had brought over from my house. ¡°What in the world is this?¡± she exims on looking in the box. That¡¯s true, a stranger wouldn¡¯t know what they were looking at. ¡°These are presents I gave Keith. Apparently he carefully kept all them like they were precious,¡± I say. Lahna along with Geoffrey, who had been looking in the box next to her, let out impressed noises. ¡°This is impressive.¡± ¡°You must be really dear to him, for him to keep all of these this so preciously,¡± says Geoffrey. ¡°Dear?¡± I ask. ¡°That¡¯s right, he must really hold you very dear,¡± responds Geoffrey, smiling meaningfully. ¡°Yes. My stepbrother really dotes on me as his sister,¡± I respond with a smile. Geoffrey and Lahna look at me with strange expressions. Hm? Did I say something weird? On a side note, apparently the stuffed bear needs to periodically refresh its memory of the objects it stores. So, an object that could be carried along would be preferable. And so, after carefully picking through the box¡¯s contents, we picked a handkerchief, embroidered myself, that I had gifted to Keith back when I was learning embroidery. To be honest, I had forgotten that I even gave him it, but it had been carefully folded and preserved in a pure, clean state. So we decided to go ahead and have the stuffed bear store it in its memory. ¡°How can we have it store it?¡± I ask. ¡°Well, just watch,¡± Lahna says with an out-of-ce smile. She hands the handkerchief to the bear. It became able to move after bing a magical tool - so it epts the handkerchief, looking as though it agreed to help¡­ then pushes the handkerchief against its button (or whatever it was) nose and begins loudly sniffing it. What, by smell ¨C no way, just like a dog!? Wait, can a stuffed animal even smell!? As I stare at the bear nkly, it finishes its sniffing. It hands the handkerchief to Lahna, looking as though everything finished sessfully. ¡°Um, Lahna-sama. Can we really search for Keith with this?¡± ¡°Yeah, definitely. Alright, Alexander, where¡¯s Keith?¡± ¡°What? Its name is Alexander?¡± ¡°Yeah, that¡¯s this guy¡¯s name. Cool, right?¡± ¡°¡­ Yes¡­¡± Wait, do you want it to be cute or cool? And anyways, that name doesn¡¯t suit this ugly bear¡­ Much to my surprise, this stuffed bear called Alexander jumps up and confidently points a finger ¨C or rather an arm ¨C towards the east. ¡°Ooh, Alexander, amazing!¡± exims Lahna happily. I side-eye Lahna. Somewhat worried, I look at the bear, only to see it looking at me condescendingly. It makes a gesture that makes it look like it¡¯s letting out a snort. ¡­ I kind of feel like I won¡¯t get along with this ugly bear Alexander. ************ And so, since we had decided on a destination ¨C or to be more urate, since we had decided to head out in the direction that ugly bear (I don¡¯t really want to call it Alexander) had pointed out ¨C we were able to set out on our journey on time. We wait at the magic academy¡¯s entranceway for Lahna and Sora toe from the Ministry of Magic. Mary, n, Sophia, and Nikol are here to see us off. ¡°I wanted to go with you too, Katarina-sama¡­¡± says Mary, sounding sad as she lets out a small sob. ¡°It can¡¯t be helped this time,¡± consoles her fianc¨¦ n. ¡°I do too, Katarina-sama,¡± says Sophia as well, looking pained. Nikol supports her from her side. Honestly, I wanted to go with everyone too¡­ but then the party would get too big. And also¡­ ¡°There¡¯s no way that all of the student council members could leave at once at a busy time like this,¡± points out Nikol. Sophia looks even more downhearted at Nikol¡¯s words. For some reason, Mary raises an eyebrow. ¡°That¡¯s right. I absolutely cannot believe that the student council president would leave at a time like this, when we¡¯re all busy with preparations for the graduation ceremony.¡± She res at Jared, but he looks unconcerned. ¡°I¡¯ve finished almost everything that I can do. And if there¡¯s anything else, I¡¯ve set things up so Nikol can help you if necessary,¡± he replies nonchntly. ¡°I ¨C I¡¯m so very sorry to leave at a critical time like this,¡± apologizes Maria instead of Jared out of a feeling of obligation. Mary goes into a fluster at her words. ¡°You don¡¯t need to apologize, Maria, you¡¯re involved with this job,¡± Mary says frantically to support Maria. Jared, having escaped Mary¡¯s cross-examination, smoothly grips my hand. ¡°I will protect you, Katarina,¡± he says with a smile. ¡°¡­ I ¨C I see,¡± I respond, thinking that this was rather sudden. He looks at me in mistrust at my response. Hm? What¡¯s the matter? ¡°Um, could this be¡­¡± Jared, despite not agitating easily, was very agitated. ¡°She probably forgot. Her mind is probably filled with Keith right now,¡± Nikol cuts in, calm as always. ¡°Hm?¡± Just what are they talking about? ¡°That¡¯s true¡­ she¡¯s always been the type to forget about anything else once shetches onto something¡­ but to think it was this bad.¡± For some reason, Jared hangs his shoulders, looking crestfallen. Next to him, Mary seems to have perked up a lot, as if her bad mood from before was just a dream. I¡¯m confused. ¡°It¡¯s nothing. You do not need to worry yourself over it, Katarina-sama,¡± says Mary with a lovely smile in response to my confusion. It does bother me, but well, if Mary says to not worry about it, I won¡¯t. While we were talking, Lahna and Sora arrived. ¡°Katarina-sama, it¡¯s been a while,¡± says a handsome young man, lowering his head. He has blue-tinged hair and eyes. It¡¯s Sora, who I haven¡¯t seen since the kidnapping incident. He smiles at me, looking the same as before. If I had to point out somewhere he changed, I would say that his speech is more formal now. ¡°Yes, it¡¯s been a while¡­¡± I try to respond. But Jared slides in front of me, cutting me off. ¡°Sora-san, correct? I¡¯m counting on your help on this journey,¡± he greets with a perfect princely smile. ¡°Please, call me Sora. I¡¯m counting on you too, Jared-sama,¡± Sora responds politely. ¡­ but for some reason, I feel like the atmosphere has darkened. It¡¯s probably just my imagination. ¡°My apologies for making you wait. Well then, since we¡¯ve all gathered, shall we head out?¡± Lahna says, acting like she couldn¡¯t care less about reading the mood. And so, I set out on my journey in search of Keith after bidding brief farewells to my friends. ************ I open my eyes to an unfamiliar ceiling. It¡¯s hard for me to move my arms and legs. ncing down, I see I¡¯ve been restrained by ropes. I¡¯m lying on the floor. It¡¯s very clearly not a normal situation. Myst memory is entering an alleyway at that woman¡¯s invitation. I feel like something happened after that, but my memories are murky. I can¡¯t remember anything. I deeply regret following that woman so easily. She was always an unredeemable woman. I understood that in the past¡­ but perhaps because I got used to my happy life, or perhaps because of her influence (since she¡¯s always with me)¡­ I¡¯vepletely lost my sense of caution. Well anyways, nothing will happen if all I do is wallow in regret. As I look around the room to determine just the kind of situation I was in, the room¡¯s single door opens. An unfamiliar man appears in the doorway. On noticing that I¡¯ve awoken, the man narrows his eyes and walks up to me. ¡°It¡¯s been a while,¡± says the man once he stands in front of me. He looks down at me, still lying on the floor, and smiles crookedly. He has frizzy hair and a body so fat that I couldn¡¯t make out where his limbs began and his torso stopped. Even his face is bloated. The skin on his fingers was shining and he was covered with e. He said that it had been a while, but I¡¯ve never seen a man like this. And so, I just silently watched him¡­ but his face darkens, presumably not liking my attitude. ¡°Oh I see, you won¡¯t say anything. You won¡¯t even talk to lower-ss nobles, I see!¡± he spits out loudly in anger. His demeanor when angry awakens an old memory in me. It was a memory from when I was still young, of a boy who grew up with me in the same grounds. ¡°¡­ Thomas¡­?¡± As I murmur the name, I immediately feel a jolt of pain in my cheek. The man in front of me, face bright red, had punched me. ¡°Someone like you¡­ using my first name¡­ why would trash like you do that!?¡± The man ¨C Thomas ¨C clenches his fist and punches down at me again. While he lookedpletely different from how I remembered him in the past, he had definitely not changed at all on the inside. With my arms and legs restrained, all I could do was let myself be continually punched. Oh, it¡¯s kind of a nostalgic feeling. In the past, I always endured it. I closed my heart and just waited for the storm to pass. It¡¯s a sensation I haven¡¯t felt in a long while. As I blearily muse about such things, blearily gazing at Thomas, who continues to punch me, before I knew it, a single woman was standing behind him. ck hair flowed down her back - she was about the same age as me. The sight of her drew my gaze. This was not because she was extraordinary beautiful or anything. It was because she wasughing at the sight of the man crazily punching me, his face flushed red. At the sound and sight of her innocentughter, a chill ran up my spine. I felt much more afraid of this woman that the man who continues to wave his fists around in front of me. Perhaps sensing my gaze, the woman meets my eyes. Her eyes were so very innocent, as if she were a small child. Ah, what is going to happen to me¡­ will I no longer be able to meet her? My memory of a smile ¨C a smile from a woman I hold dearer than anyone else in the world ¨C floats up in my head. Volume 4 2 — Where the Journey Takes Us Part I

Volume 4 Chapter 2: Where the Journey Takes Us Part I

The journey in search of Keith began. We ride our carriage in the direction the ugly bear points as it follows Keith¡¯s scent (well, to be precise, it¡¯s following memories, but I can¡¯t see it as doing anything but following a scent.) For now, we do as the bear says ¨C or rather, as the bear points. I don¡¯t know whether this bear will be of any use, but right now our only lead is this bear, so it can¡¯t be helped. On a side note, we borrowed a ratherrge carriage (we did choose one that merchants or regr citizens would use just in case), so we¡¯re not packed inside despite there being six of us. Though well, Sora is driving the carriage for us so he isn¡¯t sitting inside. Inside the moving carriage, Lahna is passionately answering a small question about magic Maria had asked her. There¡¯s no sign of her stopping talking any time soon. Maria is listening to Lahna¡¯s exnation intently, perhaps out of duty given that she was the one to ask the question or perhaps because of her diligent personality. Jared, sitting in a seat up front, has been seeming rather downhearted since we left. He¡¯s more well-behaved than usual ¨C he simply gives one-word responses at appropriate points and smiles a fake smile. I myself listened to Lahna¡¯s exnation at first, but as her exnation grew inplexity, I became unable to keep up. So I started to feel drowsy and ended up dozing. ¡°Katarina, for the time being, we¡¯ve reached the first town,¡± says Lahna, waking me up. Looking through the window, I see a fairlyrge town. It looks like we¡¯ve reached our first town while I was napping. At Lahna¡¯s urging, I exit the carriage. I hear the bustle of the town. Although it¡¯s the first town on our journey, it¡¯s close enough that we reached it in a half-day. However, I¡¯ve never been here before ¨C I¡¯m a bit excited. It¡¯s been decided that we¡¯ll start by asking around for information about Keith in this town. ¡°Well then, since the town is fairlyrge and we¡¯ll stand out if we move around in a big group, let¡¯s go looking for info in three groups ¨C Katarina and I, Jared and Maria, and Sora,¡± Lahna suggests. ¡°If I can, I would prefer to be with Katarina,¡± Jared says, but Lahna rejects his request, saying that it¡¯s already been decided. Well, I don¡¯t really care who I¡¯m with. I just don¡¯t want to be alone since there¡¯s a chance that something troublesome will happen. And so, it was decided that Lahna and I would work together. After wandering around the town, we found that it wasn¡¯t too different from our own town, perhaps because it wasn¡¯t that far from it. Still, I can¡¯t help but nervously nce back and forth in a town I¡¯ve never been in before. ¡°You¡¯re like a country girl that came to town for the first time,¡± says Lahna with a wry smile, seeing my behaviour. In this way, despite acting like country hicks, we asked around town about Keith as we walked. But we didn¡¯t get any information. To be honest, even putting aside my bias as his stepsister, Keith is a handsome guy who stands out. My thoughts had been lighthearted ¨C I believed that we¡¯d immediately find out where he was if we just asked a few people. It was a disappointment that we didn¡¯t find out anything at all. I feel downhearted. ¡°We¡¯ve just started. It¡¯s what happens from now on that matters. Don¡¯t make a face like that,¡± Lahnaforts, ¡°And Alexander is pointing to somewhere further ahead.¡± She gestures at the bear riding on her shoulder. When I turn my gaze towards it, as expected, it looks at me condescendingly as if it¡¯s snorting at me. It really makes me mad. Noticing my sour expression, Lahna follows my gaze to the bear, but by the time her gaze reaches it, it¡¯s already returned to its original expression. What an infuriating bear. But my irritation disappears in an instant as we turn a corner. A store is there, seemingly delicious sweets disyed out front. ¡°Ooh¡­ looks so good¡­¡± Entranced by the sweets, I press against the storefront. Ah, those are my favourite sweets. And other there, there¡¯s sweets I¡¯ve never seen before. I wonder how they taste? As I stare at the sweets, my stomach lets out a loud gurgle ¨C I¡¯m feeling somewhat hungry. My body is so dedicated to its desires. Right then, I hearughtering from behind me. ncing back, I see Lahnaughing rather strangely. It seems like my stomach¡¯s loud gurgling was hrious to her. Sheughs for a while longer before continuing. ¡°We still have some time until we¡¯re supposed to meet up, so do you want to buy some to eat?¡± ¡°Yes,¡± I naturally respond, cheerful. I enter the sweets shop with Lahna and pick out my favourite sweets and the sweets I¡¯ve never seen before for myself. Feeling bad grabbing sweets just for myself, I also bought snacks for everyone else. Lahna said that she didn¡¯t want any right now, but she did buy some featured sweets forter. And then, we sit down on a bench and open our bags of sweets. ¡°Delicious¡­¡± I throw the sweets I bought into my mouth, lost in their deliciousness. Lahna snickers again in a strange way. ¡°Is something the matter?¡± Huh? My stomach isn¡¯t growling anymore, right? ¡°No, I¡¯m sorry. It¡¯s just that your quickly shifting expressions are so fun to watch, I couldn¡¯t help myself.¡± ¡°¡­ I see.¡± I can¡¯t really tell if she¡¯splimenting me or what. ¡°It means that it¡¯s really fun being with you, Katarina. Right now, I can understand how they feel. And why you¡¯re someone they need in their lives as well.¡± ¡°¡­ Who do you mean by ¡®they¡¯?¡± I ask, not understanding one whit of what she was saying. Lahna just smiles meaningfully. ¡°What I mean to say is that I think it¡¯s the same as how my magic is to me,¡± she says, not answering my question. ¡°How your magic is to you?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right, for me, my magic is what gives the world colour,¡± says Lahna, her expression somehow calm and nostalgic, ¡°In the past, when I was young I was bored with the world. Since I was talented, I could do most things easily. There wasn¡¯t anything I found fun. I wasn¡¯t a cute kid ¨C I always was thinking that everything was boring.¡± Her story was like something I heard before. About a person who was so perfect ¨C too perfect ¨C that they weren¡¯t able to be interested in anything. Someone who seemed blessed, but was lonely in a way. ¡°But one day, someone I knew gifted me many collections of books rting to magic. My acquaintance was a little strange and gifted me mainly difficult books that even adults would have difficulty reading rather than children¡¯s books.¡± They gifted her difficult books on magic? If I had been her, I would¡¯ve probably immediately pushed them into a corner on my bookshelf. But Lahna apparently didn¡¯t do that. ¡°I was addicted after reading just a bit. I felt that something was interesting for the first time ever ¨C I devoured all the books I was given at once. I received quite a few books, but I finished reading them all in two, three days. And by the time I finished reading, I had bepletely obsessed with this thing called magic. Fortunately, I had magic myself, so I was about to try out a lot of things, and so I got even more addicted.¡± Ah I see, so that¡¯s how Lahna became the magic geek she is today. I listen, making noises of understanding at times. ¡°Oh yes, you¡¯re the second person to hear this whole story, Katarina,¡± Lahna says. ¡°What, is that so?¡± I had automatically thought that it was something she told a lot of people. ¡°Well, it¡¯s not really a story I want to tell just anyone. The only ones I¡¯ve told are you and my partner, I guess?¡± ¡°Partner?¡± ¡°Yeah, my fianc¨¦.¡± ¡°Your fianc¨¦!?¡± I was shocked. To think that Lahna, who seems to have zero interest in anything but magic, had a fianc¨¦ as well. But no, Rafael did mention that Lahna was a noble of fairly high prestige, so well, it¡¯s not as if it¡¯s out of the question¡­ ¡°W ¨C what is he like?¡± I ask, curious. ¡°entric,¡± Lahna responds shortly. Ah, so her fianc¨¦ is that type of person¡­ I see. But I still kind of want to meet her fianc¨¦ at least once, just to see what kind of person he is. Fianc¨¦¡­ oh, speaking of which. ¡°I just remembered!¡± I say suddenly. ¡°W ¨C what did you remember!¡± asks Lahna, looking surprised. ¡°Ah, my apologies. I had been thinking that your story of your childhood sounded familiar, and I just remembered why it does.¡± ¡°Oh, and why is it familiar?¡± ¡°Ah, yes. It reminded me of Jared-sama. He told me before that he¡¯s able to do anything and isn¡¯t capable of being fascinated with anything.¡± Well, in reality I didn¡¯t hear it from the man himself. I just read it during the otome game¡¯s storyline from my past life. ¡°I see, so Jared was the same. So he was able to safely find something that fascinates him as well.¡± ¡°¡­? No, I do not believe that Jared-sama has found such a thing yet?¡± After all, he should¡¯ve met Maria and fallen in love with her, thus bing fascinated with her. But unfortunately their love didn¡¯t bloom, so Jared shouldn¡¯t have found anything to be fascinated with yet. ¡°¡­ it¡¯s awfully unrequited.¡± ¡°Hm?¡± Lahna lets out a deep sigh for some reason. ¡°Well, still, it¡¯s fortunate just that he found something that fascinated him. Just finding one such thing brightens your surroundings at once. You gradually find more and more things you find fun, after all. Just like I did,¡± says Lahna,ughing mischievously, ¡°Alright, it¡¯s time to meet back up. Should we get back to the carriage?¡± And so, we returned to the carriage, each holding sweets in a hand. When I return holding sweets, Jared says, ¡°All you did was eat sweets, no?¡± so I erase his portion of the souvenir sweets. I gave Jared¡¯s portion to Maria, who happily eximed, ¡°Wow, they look so good.¡± Everyone else hadn¡¯t been able to find any information on Keith either. So, in the carriage, we head even further out. ************ As we ate sweets inside the carriage, cheerfully talking together, we reached the next town. We¡¯ve gotten quite far from the academy ¨C the town is muchrger than the one we reached first. ¡°Woah, what a big town,¡± I exim at the scenery I can see from a carriage window. ¡°That¡¯s true, it¡¯s the biggest town in this area,¡± Lahna exins, ¡°Mm. The sun has begun setting ¨C should we rest in this town today?¡± With Lahna¡¯s statement, it was decided that we would stay in this town today. When we leave the carriage and head out into town, it¡¯s fairly bustling with activity, even if naturally it isn¡¯t as much as the castle town. There¡¯s double the number of peoplepared to thest town, and plenty of stores. Lahna and Sora have apparently visited this town before, but this is all new to everyone else. I had never visited the town from before as well, but as it wasn¡¯t that far from where we lived, I was mostly used to the scenery, the stores, and the goods being sold. But this town was very different. The atmosphere was very different and the goods being sold are mostly items I¡¯ve never seen before. I end up distracted by the variety of goods disyed by the stores. And then I can¡¯t help but stop when my eyesnd on one such item. ¡°Woah, that¡¯s cool. It¡¯s nice¡­ I want it¡­¡± I¡¯m in a cheerful mood ¨C I feel like going around to sightsee. ¡°Katarina, we did note here to have fun,¡± Jared interrupts. ¡°Ugh, you¡¯re right.¡± ¡°But well, if there¡¯s something that has caught your eye, shall I buy it for you? Which do you wish?¡± ¡°What, are you serious!?¡± How generous, as expected from a prince. Well, I am from a Duke¡¯s House, but I¡¯m the only one in the family not given much of an allowance because ¡°we can¡¯t have you waste money.¡± And so, I need to carefully pick and choose what I want to buy, and most of it goes towards vegetable seeds, seedlings, and manure. So I¡¯m actually pretty broke. To make things worse, I spent quite a bit of money on sweets in thest town, so I need to save my money for the future. Thus, I¡¯ll ept his kind offer! I pick up the item that had caught my eye and hold it up in front of Jared. ¡°It¡¯s this!¡± ¡°What!? This is¡­¡± I feel like I see Jared twitch a little. Then, after a little while¡­ ¡°Um, what kind of tool is this?¡± he asks. ¡°I do not know. But doesn¡¯t it seem super cool!?¡± I answer, somewhat excited. The item I picked up after it caught my eye was a round tool that fit nicely in my hand. It seemed kind of like a mirror, but there was no mirror attached to it ¨C instead, decorations adorn its rim in a circle. I have no clue what it might be used for, but it looked like some kind of secret magical tool (much more than that ugly bear, honestly) and seemed super cool. It looked kind of like you could summon beasts by shouting out ¡°Come!¡± while holding it. Its cool design re-awoke my otaku soul from my past life and made me want it. At my insistences that I wanted it because it looked cool, Jared lets out a vague ¡°I see,¡± then gives a realistic response: ¡°For now, let¡¯s ask the shopkeeper what it¡¯s used for.¡± ¡°Oh, that¡¯s just an ornament,¡± the elderly shopkeeper responds once we ask. ¡°Just an ornament? Is it made by someone famous?¡± Jared asks. The shopkeeper looks troubled. ¡°No, I don¡¯t know who made it. It¡¯s something that¡¯s passed through a lot of different stores since no one wants to buy it. We were thinking of getting rid of it soon too ¨C we¡¯ve had it for quite a while but no one¡¯s been interested in it.¡± So to summarize it¡¯s travelled all around the marketce because no one buys it no matter where it is. The shopkeeper says that they bought it off of it an acquaintance shopkeeper for a low price. And so, we were able to buy it for a fairly low price. I was d because although Jared generously offered to buy it for me, I wouldn¡¯t have been able to ask him to buy something too expensive for me. ¡°Are you really happy with that?¡± Jared asks me a number of times. ¡°I¡¯m fine with this,¡± I respond repeatedly. And so he buys it for me. ¡°Jared-sama, thank you very much,¡± I thank him cheerfully, carefully putting the ornament in a pocket. ¡°Something so cheap¡­ I would¡¯ve bought you something more expensive,¡± he says. ¡°I wouldn¡¯t ept, you¡¯ve bought me so many vegetable seedlings and such. I would feel bad asking you for an expensive item.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t need to worry about that. We¡¯re engaged, aren¡¯t we?¡± ¡°No, but¡­¡± While it¡¯s true that we¡¯re engaged now, it¡¯s just for the moment. If Jared finds someone he loves¡­ huh, I feel like I¡¯ve forgotten something important because all I can think about is how Keith ran away¡­ Jared smoothly reaches a hand and caresses my hair as I think deeply. My heartbeat kind of rises. ¡°Hey, Katarina, it looks like you¡¯ve forgotten because you can¡¯t think about anything but Keith, but like I said before, I ¨C¡± ¡°¨CEnough. So you were loitering in a ce like this when I noticed that I couldn¡¯t see you two,¡± says Sora, appearing suddenly and grabbing Jared¡¯s hand. The hand caressing my hair stops touching, and I can no longer remember the thing I was almost about to recall. ¡°¡­ Sora, did you do that on purpose?¡± Jared asks, turning a threatening gaze to him. It seems like Jared has suddenly gone into a bad mood even though he was all smiles a moment ago. Why in the world? ¡°Yes. I had been asked to, after all,¡± Sora responds. ¡°Asked to?¡± says Jared, raising an eyebrow in distrust. ¡°Yes. Lady Mary Hart submitted an official request through the Ministry of Magic to ¡®ensure the safety of Katarina-sama¡¯.¡± ¡°¡­ Is getting in my way a part of that request?¡± ¡°Yes. Actually, that is the main goal of the request.¡± ¡°¡­¡± Jared goes silent, his face grim. I didn¡¯t really understand some parts of the conversation, but the important thing was that Mary made a request to the Ministry of Magic to ensure my safety during this journey. Though this journey wasn¡¯t really dangerous or anything, it made me happy that my friend cared about me. What a kind friend I have. ¡°Well then, we¡¯ve decided on an inn so we should head there. Lahna-sama and Maria-san are waiting there.¡± That¡¯s right, at Sora¡¯s urging we head to today¡¯s inn. Jared was muttering things like ¡°She got me,¡± and ¡°To think she¡¯d go this far.¡± Did something happen? Volume 4 2 — Where the Journey Takes Us Part II

Volume 4 Chapter 2: Where the Journey Takes Us Part II

Lahna had apparently picked out the hotel while Sora reserved us rooms. They really are reliable. We reserved two rooms, so we divided ourselves into two groups ¨C me, Lahna, and Maria, then Sora and Jared. ¡°I apologize for being unable to reserve a room for one ¨C there were not many empty rooms avable,¡± Sora said, but personally I was a little happy because it felt like I was on a school trip like in my past life. In this life, I¡¯ve always had my own room after all. So, I got excited on entering the room. ¡°Would it be alright for me to take this bed?¡± I ask excitedly. I jump on the bed once I get permission. Normally, I wouldn¡¯t really do something like that (since Anne would get mad at me), but the excitement of a school trip has gotten me pretty cheerful. Maria looks surprised at my actions. Lahna smiles, saying ¡°You look like you¡¯re having fun.¡± But when I happen to meet the eyes of the bear standing next to Lahna, it looks down at me condescendingly in contempt again. Seriously, what a nasty bear. After verifying the state of our rooms, we eat dinner in the dining hall. I grow even more excited as together, we cheerfully eat dishes I¡¯ve never seen before¡­ ¡°Ah, this looks good. This does too. Oh, and this.¡± ¡­ and end up eating way too much. Jared did warn me midway through that I would get a stomach-ache if I ate too much, but I was just so excited his warning went through one ear and out the other. At times like this, if Keith were with me, he would look at me coldly and forcibly remove food from my grasp, saying ¡°You¡¯re eating too much, sis.¡± ¡­ But Keith isn¡¯t with me right now ¨C and so, by the time I returned to my room, my stomach was very full and it was painful for me to even move. Jared looked at me like he was thinking that things turned out the way he expected. The bear shot me a cold gaze that made me feel like it was calling me stupid. ¡­ I¡¯ll be more careful from now on. Somehow avoiding throwing up, I return to my room. But even standing up was a struggle, so Iy down on my bed, waiting for my stomach to finish digesting. In all honesty, I wanted to go talk about girl things with Lahna and Maria after this and had expected that would be tonight¡¯s main event¡­ but my stomach hurts so much there¡¯s no way I can do that. I¡¯m sad. And as I was moaning on the bed, gripping my stomach, Lahna says ¡°I have something to do, so I¡¯ll be going,¡± and leaves. Perhaps she went out to see night tourist attractions? After moaning on the bed for a while, before I knew it, I fell asleep. When I wake up, the room is dark, lit only by the light of amp. It seems that Lahna is still out. Only Maria is sitting on her bed. She¡¯s probably already wearing her nightwear ¨C she¡¯s changed into afortable one-piece dress-like piece of clothing. Her golden hair, illuminated by themp, seemed paler than usual, letting out a sexier feel that felt different than normal. As I admire Maria despite myself, she notices my gaze or something and looks towards me. ¡°You¡¯ve woken up? Is your stomach feeling fine now?¡± she asks, her expression rather saint-like. I kind of feel embarrassed. ¡°I¡¯m fine! I¡¯mpletely better!¡± I cry, jumping up from bed with a needless amount of energy. ¡°I¡¯m d,¡± Maria says, smiling happily. As I gaze at Maria¡¯s amazing smile, I think again that Maria really is an alluring woman. I was shocked at her adorableness when I first saw her at the academy, but I feel like the closer we get, the more alluring Maria bes. At first, I thought that she was just what I expected from an otome game¡¯s protagonist ¨C she was born with amazing features¡­ but that wasn¡¯t the case. Everything good about Maria is all stuff she obtained herself through her hard work, not things she had to begin with due to being the protagonist. When I realized this, I started to feel like Maria was even more amazing than before. I love Maria, who¡¯s so kind, considerate, and hard-working. If I were a guy, I would definitely want her to be my wife. Whenever I think this, it¡¯s truly a mystery to me that the game ended with a friendship ending. How could Maria, splendid as she is, not have gotten together with anyone? I had even thought it wouldn¡¯t be strange if she got a harem ending. Either the men around me have no eye for women, or they¡¯re hesitating because don¡¯t know how to confess to her. Even though if thetter were true, I would definitely give them advice if they came to me. After all, even though I¡¯ve had zero experience with romance in both this life and myst, I¡¯ve gained a plethora of knowledge from manga and, otome games, along with the romance novels I¡¯ve read in this world. So I¡¯m sure that I¡¯d be able to give great advice. In both this life and myst, no one hase asking me for romantic advice. Even when I try to ask the girls myself when we¡¯re talking about girly things, they just avoid the question and say, ¡°I like you, Katarina-sama.¡± I really have no experience with romance in real life. But well, we¡¯re staying somewhere new for once after all. Today for sure, I want to talk with Maria about romantic stuff. Alright, here I go! ¡°Um, Maria, do you ¨C huh? Maria, what are you doing?¡± When I look at Maria again after I resolve to start talking about romantic stuff, Maria looks to be doing something. ¡°Ah, yes, I¡¯m just cleaning him a little,¡± says Maria, gesturing at the bear plopped on her knee. It looks as though she¡¯s carefully wiping the bear with a cloth. She looks rather cheerful, as if she¡¯s having fun, and the bear looks rather content as well. ¡°He¡¯s just so cute, isn¡¯t he?¡± she says, petting the ugly thing caringly. It¡¯s true that while its face is rather ugly, it acts rather cute (to anyone other than me). Maria seems to havepletely fallen for this bear just after one day. As Maria pets the bear, it snuggles against her knee. It¡¯s acting rather adorable. It kind of makes me pretty angry. As I stare at the bear in an ill temper, our eyes meet. The bear¡¯s expression changes ¨C and it¡¯s clear that it means to say, ¡°You¡¯re jealous, aren¡¯t you.¡± It seriously makes me angry. And really, what¡¯s been with this bear¡¯s attitude from the first time we met!? It acts all adorable around other people, but it actspletely differently just around me. I red at the bear to the best of my ability. But seeing my re, Mariapletely misunderstands. ¡°Ah, Katarina-sama, you want to touch him too, don¡¯t you? Here you go,¡± she says, handing me the bear. No, I don¡¯t want it. I¡¯m happy that Maria is so considerate, but I don¡¯t think this bear is cute in the slightest. But I can¡¯t tell Maria, who holds out the bear so cheerfully, that I don¡¯t want it. So I take the bear. The bear makes a disgusted expression when Maria probably can¡¯t see it. You damn bear, it¡¯s not like I¡¯m doing this because I want to either. However, the bear seems to have read the atmosphere and obediently sits on my knee. But when Maria leaves to go to the bathroom a little whileter, the bear immediately jumps off of my knee and dusts off its bottom as if it had been sitting on something dirty. Angry again at its attitude, I dust off where the bear had been sitting on my knee, not wanting to lose. Then the bear looks at me condescendingly again, and this time, even shrugs in a way that makes it look like it¡¯s sighing. ¡°W¨Cwhat is with your attitude!?¡± I can¡¯t help but cry. The bear looks at me even more condescendingly. It seemspletely different from the person ¨C or rather bear ¨C that had been snuggling against Maria¡¯s knee just a little while ago. As I and this bear who won¡¯t stop looking at me condescendingly continue ring at each other (though I¡¯m the only one ring since the bear just continues to look at me condescendingly), Maria returns. Then noticing the distance between the bear and I, she asks innocently, ¡°Oh, Katarina-sama, you¡¯ve already had enough of him?¡± ¡°Yes, I¡¯ve had enough,¡± I say, giving the bear back to Maria. ¡°Well then, maybe tonight I¡¯ll sleep with him,¡± she says, hugging the bear. It looks happy, rather like a spoiled child. How quickly it changes gears. It had just been looking down on me moments ago, but I can¡¯t see it as anything but a cute mascot now. What an excellent wolf in sheep¡¯s clothing ¨C despite being a bear. In the end, the bear went under the sheets, still hugged by Maria. And so, I decide to change into my sleepwear as well and crawl into bed. ¡°Ha ha.¡± I hear Maria¡¯s cuteughter a short while after I go to bed. ¡°What¡¯s the matter, Maria?¡± I ask. ¡°I¡¯m just kind of really happy,¡± she responds. ¡°Happy?¡± Happy about what? About being about to sleep with the bear? Does Maria like the bear that much? That bullying, two-faced jerk of a bear¡­ ¡°Yes. Before entering the academy, I didn¡¯t have any friends, so I¡¯ve never slept with anyone like this other than rtives. So I just ended up getting really happy.¡± Oh, so that¡¯s what she meant. I let my animosity towards the bear get the better of me. ¡°¡­ Oh, my apologies. Saying something so inconsiderate a time like this when Keith-sama is missing¡­¡± Maria says apologetically. ¡°I¡¯ve been starting to think this is a bit fun too,¡± I confess. Maria snickers again. I kind of feel quite happy that Maria feels the same as me. ¡°Hey, if we get the chance, let¡¯s go out again together. Next time, we can invite Mary and Sophia and be with everyone,¡± I say. ¡°Yes,¡± Maria responds immediately. Then after a short while, she continues, ¡°Katarina-sama, before meeting you at the academy, I would always get very lonely whenever I went to bed. But now, I always get very happy, and I always feel like I¡¯m having fun.¡± Maria seems like she¡¯s always having fun and has a lot more friends now, but before she started school, she probably had a tough childhood. Considering that, I¡¯m d that she can be happy like this now. Yes, yes. ¡°So it¡¯s thanks to you that I can be like this right now.¡± I was shocked. What, why is it thanks to me!? Is Maria half-asleep perhaps? She must be well on her way to sleep after going under the covers! ¡°W-what are you saying, Maria, there¡¯s no way that¡¯s true! Maria, you¡¯re the way you are today because you did your best ¨C I haven¡¯t done a thing!¡± I respond in a fluster. I see Maria¡¯s cheeks redden even in the dimly lit room. I can also see her eyes are wet. Huh? Is she yawning? And what¡¯s with her blushing? ¡°¡­ Katarina-sama, please let me always be by your side,¡± she says, her words almost like a confession. She turns to me with her wet eyes too ¨C I can¡¯t help but blush as well. ¡°¡­ Yes.¡± My tone of voice kind of betrays me. No, it¡¯s just that Maria is just much too alluring. If we keep on gazing at each other, talking, I get the feeling that I¡¯ll seriously venture into a world I rather shouldn¡¯t, so Iy back down and close my eyes. The moment I close my eyes andy down, perhaps because I spent the whole day running around excitedly, I immediately feel very tired. I fall deep asleep in moments. In the end, I never did find out when Lahna came back. On a side note, I only realized the next morning that I missed out on my chance to talk about romantic stuff. Volume 4 2 — Where the Journey Takes Us Part III

Volume 4 Chapter 2: Where the Journey Takes Us Part III

I, Lahna Smith, also known as Suzanna Randall, have currently arrived at a rooftop of a building a little ways away from the inn I¡¯m staying in. I am on this rooftop because it is the highest ce in the area. I did make sure to get permission from the owner of the building. I could¡¯ve climbed up without permission, but it might¡¯ve ended up being a pain if I didn¡¯t. The reason why I needed to be in a high ce is for this magic tool I¡¯m about to use. I thrust up a magic tool I took out from my bag. After a short while, the tool begins to tremble. ¡°There we go.¡± Looks like it¡¯s going to work. I speak to the tool. ¡°Ahem, this is Lahna Smith. Rafael Walt, do you copy?¡± ¡°Yes, I copy, Lahna-sama.¡± The somewhat disgruntled voice of my subordinatees from the tool. ¡°It¡¯s a sess.¡± I grin. This magic tool is an amazing tool that allows conversation over great distances. It was finallypleted through many iterations and experimentation. But since it uses wind magic, its sole drawback is that it needs to be used not only outside, but somewhere fairly high up. However, if it¡¯s improved upon, it may be viable for practical use. Once I return, I¡¯ll implement some new improvements¡­ ¡°Lahna-sama, Lahna-sama, do you copy?¡± Rafael¡¯s even more disgruntled voice cuts through my thoughts. ¡°Ah, my bad, I copy, I copy. So, how are things over there?¡± ¡°What do you mean, ¡®how are things¡¯? You pushed all the work onto me then suddenly went out on a trip ¨C I would prefer if you wouldn¡¯t do this,¡± whines my subordinate. ¡°But I can leave everything to you with no worries. Your skills are top ss even in the Ministry of Magic,¡± I point out. ¡°¡­ That¡¯s not¡­¡± he says, sounding embarrassed. On a side note, my statement wasn¡¯t mere ttery or anything ¨C it was nothing but the truth. Last year, Rafael was put in the custody of the Ministry of Magic after causing a certain incident. Considering the circumstances, there weren¡¯t many departments in the Ministry of Magic that were interested in taking him in. At first, I went and made him my subordinate out of curiosity ¨C I was interested in someone who used an unknown power. But now, I think of him as a splendid subordinate. His skills have helped me out greatly. And so, it will likely be fine to leave my work to him. Thus, I change the subject and ask him about what I had asked him to do. ¡°Is that investigation proceeding smoothly?¡± ¡°¡­ Yes. I¡¯m managing that as well,¡± responds Rafael, letting out a small sigh. ¡°As expected from a subordinate of mine. So, what¡¯s the situation?¡± ¡°Yes. Duke es is investigating independently, but it seems he has not found any clues as of now. The same goes for governmental officials or ministry workers who¡¯ve epted Duke es¡¯ request.¡± ¡°I see, the enemy is pretty skilled to evade Duke es. What about those rumours that there¡¯s someone using dark magic?¡± ¡°I believe those rumours are substantive. I found people that may have had dark magic cast on them.¡± ¡°I see, so those rumours are definitely true¡­¡± A few weeks back, I heard rumours that another dark magic user had appeared. To be honest, at the time I had been just fed up by how information had leaked out again. ¡°So, what¡¯s the probability that Keith es¡¯ disappearance and that dark magic user are connected?¡± ¡°I do not know that yet either.¡± ¡°I see¡­¡± On hearing those two reports for the first time, I just couldn¡¯t imagine that they were unrted. So I had Rafael investigate Katarina¡¯s stepbrother Keith¡¯s disappearance and the new dark magic user, feeling they may be connected. ¡°Oh, right. Send out a request under my name to Prince Geoffrey for cooperation with the investigation.¡± ¡°To Prince Geoffrey?¡± asks Rafael, sounding bewildered. ¡°Yeah, he owes a number of debts to me so I¡¯ll use them for this. Also tell him that if he doesn¡¯t cooperate, I won¡¯t give him that magic tool.¡± ¡°¡­ I see.¡± Rafael seems to be a bit confused, but he agrees without prying too deeply. Then, after a short silence, he speaks again. ¡°Um¡­ so, how is Katarina-sama doing?¡± Rafael asks, sounding worried. I recall that this subordinate of mine was one of those smitten with Katarina es. ¡°She¡¯spletely convinced that Keith¡¯s disappearance is just him running away from home. I don¡¯t know whether to tell you to rest assured because of this, or to be worried because she¡¯s just way too dense. And since she believes that he¡¯lle back immediately if we find him and she apologies, she¡¯s just as cheerful as usual.¡± ¡°I see, I¡¯m d she¡¯s doing well.¡± ¡°By the way, Maria is acting like that too ¨C she believes the running-away-from-home story. I¡¯m in awe at their innocence. However, unsurprisingly Sora and Prince Jared both seem to have realized something. Though they haven¡¯t asked me anything directly.¡± ¡°I see. But if they did ask you directly, wouldn¡¯t it be better for you to exin?¡± ¡°That¡¯s true. If that happens, I¡¯ll exin everything properly. But everything we know is just conjecture. Well, I¡¯ll try investigating things over here, so I¡¯m counting on you to continue your investigation over there.¡± ¡°Understood.¡± ¡°I¡¯m counting on you, my reliable subordinate.¡± When I try to end the conversation, I feel like I hear Rafael saying, ¡°Seriously?¡± and letting out a sigh. But I trusted that Rafael would investigate properly regardless of hisments. And so, I return to today¡¯s inn. In the inn rests Katarina, who believes that Keith simply ran away from home. She surely hasn¡¯t even considered that Keith might have been kidnapped, much less kidnapped by someone who uses dark magic. She probably hasn¡¯t even realized that I had the light magic user Maria and the dark magic user Sorae along with us on the journey because of this danger. I can¡¯t help but want Keith to have really just run away from home when I watch Katarina, so pure and innocent. I frantically continue my search for Keith, keeping the possibility that he might have been kidnapped secret in order to keep Lord and Lady es and their daughter from worrying. ¡°Please, be safe, Keith es, for your innocent stepsister¡¯s sake as well,¡± I murmur to the night sky, walking along the path to the inn. ************ It was refreshing to wake up in the inn. Normally, I would wake up to Anne yelling, ¡°How long do you n to sleep!?¡± But today, I woke up to Maria¡¯s kind voice saying, ¡°Katarina-sama, you need to wake up soon or you will really be sleeping in toote.¡± It makes me feel different. Though well, since it was prettyte it was a hassle getting ready as fast as possible. But Maria helped me out a lot so I made it in time. I don¡¯t know when Lahna came back, but by the time I woke up, she had finished all of her preparations and was elegantly drinking some tea. Jared, while being a prince, seems to be capable of getting ready by himself. He was waiting, looking just as prim and proper as usual. But the two of them still greeted me with a smile as I arrivete in a panic. The only one who reacted differently was the bear sitting next to Lahna. It looked at me as if it were calling me useless, so I red at it, thinking ¡°You impertinent little bear,¡± towards it. On a side note, since Sora wasn¡¯t there I thought that he had slept in eventer than me, but apparently he had left early to gather information about Keith in the town. What a hardworking man. But sadly, we couldn¡¯t find any information here as well. So we decided to head out further for now. Since we couldn¡¯t find any information, I began to wonder whether this bear really was reliable. But Lahna strongly insisted that the bear was trustworthy, so there was nothing I could do but believe in it for now. We ride the carriage again and head to the next town. In the carriage, the bear sits on Maria¡¯sp and has her pet it. It seems it got attached to her because of yesterday. Its expression is mostly rather adorable, but when it meets my eyes, it looks at me condescendingly. A truly nasty and rude bear. The journey is more or less proceeding smoothly, but my rtionship with the bear is just getting worse. To be honest, I do feel I¡¯m being childish considering that the bear is just a stuffed animal. But it¡¯s the one that¡¯s taking a condescending and hostile attitude towards me. It can¡¯t be helped. Again, today the carriage carrying us rolls forwards. We stopped by a number of towns on our way, but we couldn¡¯t find any information on Keith after asking around. Still, we voyage forwards, having nothing else to do at the moment. Eventually, the sun begins to set again. Two days after our departure, we decide to rest at an inn in a town we reached at sunset. The town we¡¯re staying in today is a rather small country vige in contrast to the town we stayed in yesterday. Unlike yesterday¡¯s town, there¡¯s no marketce, and the paths aren¡¯t maintained properly ¨C weeds pop up all over the ce. We park our carriage in a designated area in the outskirts of town and walk along one of these ill-maintained paths. If this were arger town, we could look at the various stores we pass by, but today there¡¯s nothing to watch but the nts by the road. As I walk, gazing at the nts, I notice something nostalgic. ¡°Oh, this fruit!¡± I say, stopping to pick up a nt. ¡°What is that?¡± Maria asks in a wondering tone. She was walking next to me. I hold up the fruit of stupidity I had found in the first time in a while. ¡°It¡¯s a fruit that really sticks to you. You don¡¯t know it?¡± I ask. ¡°Yes. This is the first time I¡¯ve seen it,¡± she responds. Now that I think about it, this might be the first time I¡¯ve seen this fruit in this life. Perhaps it doesn¡¯t grow around where we live. In myst life, these fruits were often stuck all over my clothing after I ran around the mountains. My mother often got mad at me because they just wouldn¡¯te off. How nostalgic. ¡°Anyways, it just really sticks to you,¡± I say to Maria, as she said that this was her first time seeing them. I take one and stick it to my clothing. ¡°It¡¯s true,¡± she says, wearing a cute expression of surprise, ¡°What is it called?¡± I¡¯m about to answer her question with ¡°The fruit of stupidity,¡± but then I rethink. ¡®Fruit of stupidity¡¯ can¡¯t be its proper name¡­ just what is its name actually? ¡°¡­ Um, sorry. I don¡¯t know its name.¡± I thought it was a bit pathetic not knowing the name after starting conversation about it myself. But Maria responded normally. ¡°I see, I wonder what it¡¯s called?¡± The angelic Maria would never make fun of someone because of something like this. But the same doesn¡¯t go for the bear who¡¯s been stered all over Maria for the whole day. Currently, it¡¯s hanging off of her shoulder. Hey you, you don¡¯t know what it¡¯s called after starting to talk about it yourself? Then don¡¯t start talking, you idiot. It conveys that kind of message through its expression. Our rtionship is just getting worse as time passes, but it makes me mad that it¡¯s getting easier and easier to understand what that bear is thinking for some reason. You damn bear! I clench the fruit in my hand, then suddenly have a sh of inspiration. Then, fruit of stupidity in my hand, an evil grin spreads across my face as I think: Just you watch, you bear. Volume 4 2: Where the Journey Takes Us (Part 4)

Volume 4 Chapter 2: Where the Journey Takes Us (Part 4)

We soon reached the inn and devoured our food quickly. Though the food was from the countryside, it tasted better with its rustic vouring. I had learnt my lesson from yesterday and made sure not to eat too much. We retreated to our rooms after our hearty meal, but Larna did not follow us this time. I guessed that she was going out for a stroll around the city, but she said that she had to do some work at the government. Her schedule was really busy. In the end, it was just me and Maria in the room and we chatted about the things we saw in town, about the academy and about other funny misceneous stuff. After our long chat, Maria took a bathroom break. I had been waiting for this. I grabbed my bad and carefully took out the stickseeds. And in the next instant, I hurled them at that annoying Ugly Bear that was sitting on Maria¡¯s bed with a stupid proud expression. The bear was nowpletely covered in the stickseeds just as nned. HAHAHA! How do you like that, you arrogant bear! Are you scared of me now? Are you?! You¡¯re just a plushie! You had thising, don¡¯t mess with Katarina es, the brilliant villiainess! Upon affirming that my n was a resounding sess, I raised a hand to my lips, before bursting out in my trademark viinessugh. I was satisfied at my sessful revenge, I put the back of my hand to my mouth, breaking out into the typicalugh viinesses made. The bear waspletely oblivious to what had happened. It froze and took a while to process the situation. When it realised what had happened, it iled its puffy arms in attempts to remove the sticksteeds while ring at me furiously. But of course it was to no avail. I continued my best impression of a viinessugh until Maria came back. When she saw the stickseed-riddled bear, Maria looked surprised. She was shocked to see the bear covered in stickseed. ¡°Whatever has happened to the bear, Lady Katarina?¡± she asked. ¡°What happened to the bear, Lady Katarina?¡± ¡°Oh, it¡­ tripped and fell onto some stickseeds,¡± I replied. ¡°Uh¡­ it just tripped and fell onto the stickseeds.¡± The angelic and pure Maria believed me and it kind of hurt my conscience, but there was no way I was going to tell her that I was serving justice on the bear. With Maria¡¯s help, the bear got all of the stickseeds off its body, while ring at me with scorn whenever she looked away. Whatever, I got the justice I deserved! I went to sleep feeling much happier. As I tucked into bed, I started seeing the stickseeds more fondly because it proved useful against the bear. I¡¯m going to tell all about it to Keith. Usually I would tell Keith about my day before going to bed. Thinking about it, there was never a day we were apart ever since he first moved in. This had never happened before. Ah¡­ I want to see Keith. The first thing I¡¯ll do is apologise to you, so pleasee back home and listen to my stories again, Keith. There are so many things I need to tell you¡­ *** I had fallen asleep in a cozy and sunny area under therge tree at the es Mansion, having been drained by all the fishing and running all over the ce. I had been sleeping in a very cozy ce, but I had been dreaming of things that happened to me a long time ago. That was when I was stuck in a tight and dark ce¡­ those days I remembered, when I was tortured so much. But things were different now. I had a loving family and they all cherished me. I¡¯m in a happier ce now, I¡¯m so happy, so happy that the old me would have never thought possible. Every day was a blessing. But there was still a shadow of the past lingering over me, that I would have nightmares of the past quite often. These nightmares made me think my current life was just my imagination. And in fact, I was still stuck, alone in that cold small room¡­ But those nightmares quickly disappeared when I saw a girl standing over me with a worried face. ¡°Keith¡­ are you okay?¡± There was a halo of sun rays shining around the girl, making her look like a goddess, just what the books depicted. ¡°¡­I¡¯m okay, sister. It was just a nightmare.¡± ¡°Oh¡­ I was worried about you because you kept mumbling and tossing about. So it was a nightmare¡­ I should have woken you up as soon as possible! I¡¯m really sorry, Keith!¡± ¡°It¡¯s ok¡­ I¡¯m sorry that I made you worried,¡± I replied. ¡°¡­Ok, but I won¡¯t let this happen next time! If you ever get a nightmare again, I¡¯ll wake you up immediately!¡± Katarina puffed up her chest to say ¡°Ha! Just leave it to me!¡± And Katarina would look at me with a smug face as if to say ¡°Ha! Just leave it to me!¡± I opened my eyes¡­ Katarina was not there. Ah¡­ It was just a dream. It was just about the pass. A nice and nostalgic one¡­ I used to suffer from bad nightmares every night when I moved into the es Mansion. And everytime Katarina would act like a big sister and do her best tofort me. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, Keith! I¡¯ll hold onto your hand,¡± she would say tofort me. Though I was happy, it still hurt how the girl I was in love with would say ¡°I¡¯ll hold your hand until you fall asleep!¡± and ¡°I¡¯ll sleep with you tonight!¡± My feelings would be all over the ce. After that, the nightmares stopped. Being with Katarina, her refreshing and bright personality filled my life with so much joy and blessings, that it wiped away all those nightmares. In fact, it had been a while since Ist reminisced about the past¡­ Was this all because I was stuck here? I was tied down, my limbs immobile and trapped in a dark space. I was called out by a woman, who was my mother who had abandoned me. I had let my guard down and I was taken away by unfamiliar men and imprisoned here. After that I had been reunited with my half other brother who I hadn¡¯t seen in years, we had different mothers. And my brother Thomas has been hitting me. Being stuck in the situation brought up old and distant memories, because I was in a simr situation I had been in the past. ¡­How long have I been here? My family¡­Katarina must be worried. I missed that loving, caring and gentle family that I have been with since I was eight¡­ and the person I loved the most. I could not stop thinking about the people who had surrounded me with more things I could ever wish for, their kindness and their love. I have always been on the receiving end, I hadn¡¯t got the chance to repay their kindness. Though I had been imprisoned in this room and could only lie on the floor, I was still fed asionally. I lost track of whether I was eating breakfast or dinner, but anyways it didn¡¯t seem like I was going to die. But what awaits me from now onwards and what were Thomas¡¯s ns for me¡­ I had no idea. But I refused to die in this ce, there were things I needed to do, like returning the favour to those who treated me kindly¡­ And I wanted to be with Katarina. I needed to survive so I forced down the horrible food I was given¡­ even if I seemed like a pathetic mutt Though memories of my abusive childhood kept resurfacing in this dark and cold ce¡­ I could hold on as long as I thought about Katarina. Her warm smile felt like the bright sun. Those kind hands that embraced mine. All those memories of her gave me strength. No matter how much Thomas acted violent with me, I didn¡¯t have any strength nor the means to fight back¡­ Thoughts of Katarina helped me pass the time. I told myself that I will escape this horrid ce one day and go back to her. Katarina kept me going, she was my strength. Shortly after Thomas hade into the room to verbally abuse me, the door opened again. I just thought that he had returned to continue his acts of tyranny. The only other person who asionally entered this room was just a quiet and solemn man who brought me my food. But this time the woman I had seen when I first came to was now standing before me. She entered the room with that innocent smile she always had. She stopped in front of me and bent down to meet my eyes. ¡°How are you?¡± she asked in a way that seemed like she was talking about something trivial like the weather. I couldn¡¯t figure out her intentions, so I chose to just shut my mouth and red at her in silence. ¡°You look pretty lively, so I guess you¡¯re doing fine, huh?¡± She chuckled. Ever since I first saw her, I found this woman a bit fishy. She looked about my age, but yet she acted like a child. I couldn¡¯t quite put my finger on it, but she felt dangerous. I was scared of her, more so than Thomas who always beat me whenever he saw me. I tried to maintain an indifferent front, trying to observe her more, and she justughed back. ¡°Haha. A normal person would go a little crazy after being imprisoned, restrained and tortured. You really live up to your title as the es heir. Or is it because you¡¯re already used to this because of your past?¡± From what she said, this woman seemed to know everything about me, my past and basically my entire life. ¡°¡­Why are you doing this?¡± I questioned her. ¡°Haha! Well, you know¡­I want to see your¡­demise.¡± ¡°¡­My demise? What¡­ what do you mean?¡± ¡°Oh, I mean what I said. I want to see you suffer from losing everything. To watch you fall from your position as the amazing heir of a Duke household¡­ down to the bottom. To drop from your tower and into the abyss.¡± ¡°Fall¡­ to the bottom?¡± The entire time I had assumed that they kidnapped me for ransom. Now I was confused by what this woman was saying and just showed an expression of disbelief. The woman saw all this andughed again. ¡°Thomas was the one who requested this from me. Then again¡­¡± The woman had aplicated expression like she was troubled, but of course I knew that she was just faking it. ¡°It seems that Thomas is losing it huh? He hates those forthfront eyes of yours, how you never back down no matter how much he beats you.¡± She gave an eerie smile again. ¡°Henceforth¡­ Keitch es. You will now be my experimental subject, basically my guinea pig.¡± ¡°¡­Guinea¡­ pig?¡± Her disturbing words sent chills down my spine. ¡°That¡¯s right, you¡¯ll be my guinea pig for my experiments in the Dark Arts. It was very difficult for me to find a perfect one as they need to have a strong will. The old ones were destroyed after a single test, I was really troubled¡­ but now Thomas says he is done with you. Looks like I struck gold this time, huh, so¡­¡± ¡°Experiments in the Dark Arts¡­Destroyed¡­?¡± She said all of this with a carefree look, as if she didn¡¯t mean any harm. I had a hard time believing her and just stared back at her with a nk look. ¡°I did say destroy, but nothing will happen to your body. The only thing we¡¯ll see getting destroyed will be your mind! No harm wille to your physical body so don¡¯t worry too much, huh,¡± the woman continued speaking with a smile. ¡°Ok then¡­ shall we start?¡± I finally moved when she said that, attempting to pull myself out of shock. I cannot stay here any longer, it¡¯s getting too dangerous. I used all my strength to move¡­ but my body didn¡¯t move an inch. Neither could I make a sound ¡ª the words were stuck in my throat. My mouth just gaped like a fish out of water. And my eyes were stuck open, the only thing I could do was continue looking at this woman as she began chanting a weird spell. After that, my vision went dark¡­ and my whole existence seemed to have been engulfed by a heavy and malicious force. ¡°Let¡¯s do our best, alright? Be an amazing creation for me.¡± Thest thing I heard was this woman¡¯s innocent voice through the darkness and I silently yelled the name of the person I loved the most. KATARINA!!!! *** ¡°!¡± I jumped out of my bed when I heard a scream full of pain and suffering. Sunlight streamed into the room. I started panicking because I didn¡¯t recognise the ce I was in. But in the next moment, I realized that this was the inn we were spending the night at. Maria and Larna were still fast asleep in the other beds. I must have had a nightmare because my whole body was drenched in sweat. I didn¡¯t feel like going back to sleep so I decided to leave the room. It was still quite early in the morning, but the residents of this town were already going about their day. I heard ovepping chatter from outside. I looked out the window to appreciate the rural sights that resembled my home from my previous life. This scenery made me nostalgic. I left the inn for some fresh hair, still in my pajamas. The smell of the sun and grass felt refreshing and it helped soothed my nerves. I stood there for some time, enjoying the scenery that stretched beyond me. ¡°Katarina?¡± I heard someone call me, I turned around and Geord was standing behind me. The prince who was usually dressed neatly and perfectly did not look like his usual self now, he looked kind of messy. And this look made him look more refreshing and seductive in a way. Prince Geord never fails to live up to his reputation. ¡°Good morning.¡± I probably didn¡¯t look presentable right now, being in my pajamas, but I still tried to look as elegant as possible as I greeted him¡­ But he just looked bbergasted by me. ¡°Katarina¡­ what¡¯s with your head?¡± ¡°Eh?¡± My head? Geord gave me a stiff smile, and he slowly raised his hand up to my head. ¡°These things were in your hair¡­¡± Geordmented as he pulled out something from my hair. I looked down and saw the stickseeds from yesterday¡¯s hectic event. Eh?! Stickseed? Ibed through my hair fervently, and indeed, the hated seeds were stuck on my head. Why is this here¡­ Suddenly, the memory of how I threw the seeks on the bear yesterday rushed into my head. And he kept trying to pull them off¡­ ¡°¡­Ah!¡± Not that I¡¯m thinking about it¡­ where did the stickseeds stuck on that horrible bear go?¡± Yesterday, Maria had offered her help to dispose of the seeds but the bear stopped her to signal that ¡®I¡¯ll handle it.¡± I never saw the bear throw them out, so that must mean¡­ culprit behind the stickseeds in my hair¡­ was that stupid bear! Urgh! I just managed to take my revenge and it threw it back?! It tricked me! It got me back! I let my guard down! I stomped the ground out of frustation. Geord just stood there with a confused look, watching my enraged expression as I stomped the ground. After taking out my anger in the ground, Geord moved closer to pull out the stickseeds in my hair. I wanted to do it by myself it was tough because I didn¡¯t couldn¡¯t see where the seeds were. Plus, I was so clumsy I doubt I could get them all off. Geord was theplete opposite though, he was very observant and good with stuff like these. HIs soft and slender fingers nimbly sifted through my hair, it didn¡¯t long for my hair to be back to normal. ¡°You¡¯re good to go now, Katarina, all the seeds are gone,¡± Geord announced and gave some pats on my head. ¡°Thank you,¡± I was grateful to him, but his actions made my face heat up, and I didn¡¯t know why I was acting this way. ¡°You¡¯re very wee, Katarina. Anyways¡­ why are you out here this early in the morning?¡± ¡°Oh, uhm¡­ I had a nightmare and woke up¡­¡± ¡°You had a nightmare?¡± ¡°Yes. I can¡¯t recall what it was about¡­ but it felt awful.¡± Just a reminder about the nightmare made my body tremble. I hugged my body tightly, trying to bury those thoughts. Geord¡¯s expression dimmed. ¡°¡­I knew this would happen, you must be very worried.¡± ¡°?¡± ¡°Though he is quite an annoying opponent, I do know that you care for him as a very important family member. I wanted to take the opportunity of this trip to strengthen our bond but¡­ I believe now is not the time.¡± ¡°?¡± I was confused with what he was going on about. Geord could see the confusion on my face and gave a lonely smile. ¡°And also¡­ I finally got you to notice it, but you appeared to have forgotten all about it. Really, Katarina¡­ well, I suppose I can¡¯t do anything more about it, for now.¡± Geord suddenly spread open his arms and pulled me into his tight embrace. I was surprised by his sudden movement, but Iter realised that my trembling stopped in his broad and warm arms. Ah, so he¡¯s doing this tofort me. Geord is such a nice person. I was really blessed to know these many warm and kind people. We stayed like this for a while¡­ but Geord suddenly let me go. Hmm? I looked up and noticed that Geord didn¡¯t let go of me, but someone had pulled back from him. ¡°Ah, a very good morning to both you, Prince Geord and Lady Katarine,¡± Sora greeted, I hadn¡¯t noticed when he stood next to me. ¡°¡­Sora. Can¡¯t you just let it go this time?¡± Larna said with a troubled look on her face. Sora responded back with an upturned smile. ¡°It¡¯s just my job, you know.¡± ¡°Is it me, but it seems like there¡¯s something more to that,¡± Geord shifted his re towards Sora. Sora continued smiling and just replied back, ¡°You must be mistaken, Prince Geord.¡± Of course, I waspletely lost with what they were talking about. But I was no longer feeling scared¡­ instead, I was feeling kind of peckish. My stomach made a loud grumble, earning a smile from everyone. After that, I returned to my room. ~~~ I had my clothes changed and returned to the dining hall for breakfast. After finishing my meal, I turned my attention to issue concerning me right now - finding the culprit behind my stickseed incident. And of course, the culprit was ugly bear. The bear, who couldn¡¯t speak, tried gesturing what happenedst night. He tried saying that he identally fell and got the stickseeds he had collected onto me. And that was definitely a lie. Everyone was oblivious to the bear¡¯s true nature, so they all believed its lies! But I couldn¡¯t just go up front and im that ¡°It¡¯s a lie, it¡¯s lying to you! Why can¡¯t you see that it did it on purpose!¡± Because I had used the same lie to get my revenge on the bearst night. Anyways, the bear and I suffered from each other¡¯s actions. But no matter how unsatisfied I was with the oue, there was nothing I could do. After that we boarded the carriage and departed, together with the bear. It had been three days since we started this journey. Larna mentioned that we were nearing the kingdom¡¯s borders around the countryside. And if we continued on, we might end up crossing it to the next country. I was honestly surprised because I didn¡¯t expect Keith to run this far. Was Ugly Bear really speaking the truth? Were we on the right track? In this life and myst, I had never left thend I was born in. Of course, one reason I didn¡¯t leave myst country was because Japan was an ind in the open sea. Here, the kingdom I was reincarnated in was huge and well-developed, so I never saw the need to leave. Geord and n were different though. They had to leave the kingdom frequently for diplomatic matters, but most gatherings were held in our kingdom because ournd was thergest. If we really continued on, this would be the first time I left my home country. Though these foreignnds belonged to a different monarch, everyone spoke the samenguage and shared a simr culture too, so I didn¡¯t expect much difference. Crossing the borders did not require a passport or documents that worked the same way. Despite so, this would still be a new experience for me and it made me really excited. What are these countries like? We arrived at a town that was the second closest to the kingdom¡¯s borders, and Sora announced that he would head out to gather more information. ¡°I¡¯m going too!¡± I gave my response excitedly. For the whole trip Larna had been my partner. I recalled what west talked about, and I felt that Sora¡¯s job was a lot like a spy, just like those you¡¯d see on film. I really wanted to see it with my own eyes. After I said that, Geord gave a quick response,¡±Then, I will go with you, Katarina.¡± I see¡­ so Geord wants to see Sora in action too, huh? But Sora quickly shot down Geord. ¡°Well then, Prince Geord, please do your investigation in the other direction.¡± And Geord fought back with, ¡°If that¡¯s so, I will go with Katarina. I believe that you are capable of doing your inspection alone.¡± ¡°Even so, I am more familiar with ces like this, so I can better guarantee Lady Katarina¡¯s safety.¡± ¡°Are you sure about that? Because I cannot help but notice your malicious intentions.¡± ¡°You must be mistaken, Prince Geord. I believe that I am a better gentleman than you.¡± ¡°It¡¯s almost amazing that you would say that. I know what you did to Katarina during that incident.¡± Larna didn¡¯t notice the sparks between them and interrupted their argument (and I didn¡¯t get why they were arguing in the first ce) ¡°I don¡¯t get what you all are going on about, but you are wasting time arguing here. What Sora said makes sense, he is familiar with ces like this, he would be a better guide for Katarina.¡± Larna¡¯s words gave the final blow as no one protested back. Though Geord looked very unhappy with this decision. ¡°You get it, right? I am the one who is Katarina¡¯s fiance,¡± he said, enunciating his every word carefully. He turned to me next and said, ¡°Make sure you keep your guard up, Katarina,¡± repeating it incessantly. This was getting out of hand. ¡°I will, really! I won¡¯t obstruct his work and inspection! And I won¡¯t get lost too!¡± I dered with all my heart, puffing up my chest and with my hands on my hips. Geord just gave me a disappointed and hurt look. Why though? Volume 4 2: Where the Journey Takes Us (Part 5)

Volume 4 Chapter 2: Where the Journey Takes Us (Part 5)

With that, Sora and I walked around the small town to see if we could find some clues about Keith¡¯s whereabouts. It might be because the town was near the border, the vibes here were much more different than thest one. It was a small town so it only boasted a handful of shops, but there were lots of nts I had never seen before. The foreign architecture of the buildings caught my attention, and I didn¡¯t realize I was looking around with sparkles in my eyes. Sora gave a gentle smile when he saw this. ¡°Is everything here new to you?¡± ¡°Yes, everything looks so refreshing! All the towns we¡¯ve visited had their own unique things, but this town is the most interesting one. This is the first time I¡¯ve left the capital, so this trip has been really fun for me.¡± ¡°Yea, I do recall that you said that before.¡± Sora gave a light chuckle. ¡°Why are youughing?¡± I was perplexed. ¡°Ah, well it¡¯s because I never expected us to go on a trip together, if you get what I mean.¡± Sora went back to his usual way of speaking. I did indeed recall that Sora had told me stories about the times he spent in different countries. And it was happening right now with me! ¡°I always thought that because we lived worlds apart this would never be possible¡­¡± He said the same thing back then, and I chose to give the same response. ¡°What do you mean? We¡¯re standing together right now, right in the same world.¡± ¡°Yes we are together on a trip. And this was only because of you.¡± Sora reached into his pocket and took something familiar - it was the brooch with a blue jewel embedded in it that I had given him. ¡°Wow! You had it on you the entire time¡­¡± Though it was just a cheap brooch I bought as a souvenir during the Academy¡¯s Festival, it made me happy that he treasured it so much. ¡°You bet I did, it¡¯s a special gift you gave me. It matches the colour of our eyes. I¡¯ll treasure it with all my heart.¡± Sora gave a warm smile, the same one I had seen before. Unlike the gentleman smile he wore during the entire trip, this one looked much better on him. ¡°Hehe, hey Sora, your smile right now looks much better than the formal looking one you always have!¡± Imented. ¡°?¡± Huh? What¡¯s going on? He¡¯s hugging me? Uhm wait, didn¡¯t something like this happen before? Uhm¡­ is it because Sora is from another country? Is this his country¡¯s way of greeting?¡± Sora just continued smiling as I stood frozen in his arms, but his smile was mixed with some awkwardness this time. ¡°You are really quite thedy, huh? How did you manage to catch so many guys all around you¡­¡± ¡°Catch? What? As in¡­ catch some fish? How did the topic change to fishing? ¡°¡­And you really aren¡¯t careful with yourself. I can see why Prince Geord is constantly worried about you.¡± After saying that, Sora stopped hugging me. ¡°As much as I would like to waste the time with you¡­ it wouldn¡¯t be wise to let Prince Geord see this. Shall we continue with our search, miss?¡± ¡°Ah¡­sure¡± I had lost track of our conversation and we ended up like this, but surely the hug was a greeting, right? And what did he mean by catching fish? But¡­ I guess it doesn¡¯t matter. ~~~ We continued touring the town, trying out best to dig up any information that might pertain to Keith¡¯s whereabouts. But after doing countless sweeps of the entire area, the search went unsurprisingly fruitless. ¡°Hmm¡­ We can¡¯t find anything here, at this rate we might have to cross the borders to continue our search¡­¡± I said with a twinge of excitement. ¡°Don¡¯t you think you are having way too much fun?¡± Soramented, seemingly surprised by my reaction. Shoots¡­ Cats out the bag! I told Sora why I was excited about being able to enter another country, but my reason made Sora surprised again, before his expression changed to a grave one. ¡°Uhm¡­ it might not be a good thing.¡± ¡°Why? But you told me so many stories about your trips and they all sounded fun, didn¡¯t they?¡± I recalled hearing all sorts of stories about Sora¡¯s adventures overseas after the kidnapping incident. I was pretty excited by them because I had never stepped beyond the borders. I was even tempted to go on a trip myself. ¡°I do admit that the other kingdoms have their own sort of unique fun, but it has its own set of dangers too.¡± ¡°Dangers¡­?¡± I struggled to think of what dangers he was referring to. ¡°Uhm¡­ the thing is that, the ce you lived in since you were born, the Kingdom of Sorcie, is very safe and peaceful. But crime is much more frequent elsewhere.¡± ¡°Eh? Really?¡± Even Japan was peaceful and quiet. I lived in the countryside then, uhm¡­ did we have anything dangerous there? Maybe we would asionally get some roons stealing from the garden? The Kingdom of Sorcie was just as peaceful as Japan. I was raised with lots of love and care in es Mansion, and was apanied and tended to by servants whenever I left the capital for nearby towns. I had never seen any crimes, so I never found myself in a situation to worry about my own safety. When I expressed my thoughts to Sora, he got surprised again. ¡°Wait, don¡¯t you remember that I used Dark Magic on you? And I kidnapped you too. Those are crimes¡­¡± He mumbled to himself quietly beforeposing himself. ¡°Well¡­ I guess this is just because your way of thinking is absurd.¡± Huh? What does this have to do with my way of thinking? ¡°¡­Anyways, the neighbouring kingdoms¡¯w and order are worlds apart from Sorcie¡¯s. This is especially so for Le Sable, the closest kingdom across the border. That ce is infamous for its crime. Thews there are only words on a paper with no practical use, the ve trade is thergest there.¡± ¡°ve trade¡­:¡± I lived in a very peaceful ce my entire life, so I only came across these words in novels. This was now a major eye-opening event, and I fell silent to process everything being said. Sora continued with a serious look. ¡°This ismon in other countries, especially in the one I was born in.¡± ¡°¡­¡± It appeared that I had been too sheltered because of my peaceful upbringing. I only learnt about other countries through interesting stories, so I perceived them to be fun ces to visit. I felt ashamed by my ignorance. ¡°¡­For me to get all excited without knowing all these¡­ I¡¯m an idiot,¡± My head dropped as I drowned in guilt and shame. ¡°You¡¯re really harsh on yourself, but it¡¯s ok. You can always learn the things you don¡¯t know, right?¡± ¡°Learning¡­ Yes, yes, that¡¯s right.¡± I needed to be open about this, I just needed to learn about the things I didn¡¯t know. And I sought to stay devoted to that idea, so I turned towards Sora to ask him more about Le Sable and the next town we were heading to, which was called Nore. ¡°Since Le Sable is known for its crimes, lots of criminals frequent there. The ve trade there is the biggest in this continent. Though Nore is located right between Sorcie and Le Sable, the crime there is quite concerning.¡± ¡°I¡­ I see.¡± Now that I knew what Nore was like¡­ I was getting a little scared to head there soon. Hmmm¡­ Wait a minute¡­ ¡°¡­If that ce is really as dangerous as you say, is there a chance that Keith would even be there? If he was going to flee overseas, he would have chosen a safer ce, wouldn¡¯t he?¡± I knew Keith like the back of my hand. For someone that intelligent, it made no sense for him to approach such a dangerous ce. ¡°Hmm¡­ that does make sense¡­¡± Sora chimed in quietly with aplicated expression. Did Keith really travel that far? Can I really trust the bear¡¯s words? We really need to find him soon if he¡¯s in such a dangerous ce. Is he safe? Did anything happen to him? The fear I felt in the morning was back again, much worse this time, and my body began to tremble with anxiety. We quickly wrapped up our investigation and made our way back to the carriage. George ran up to us. ¡°Did he do anything to you? You¡¯re ok, right?¡± What is with these weird questions again¡­ And why is he looking at my neck? Uhm? What is it? Nothing turned up in our investigation in this town and we left on our carriage to our next destination, Nore. ~~~ It was early in the evening when we arrived at Nore. Though Sora told me that this ce was quite dangerous, it didn¡¯t seem so on its first impression. It looked like every town I had seen. But upon closer observation, I noticed that there were some fishy people walking around. Larna and Geord were aware of the situation in this town. We didn¡¯t n to do any sight-seeing here, so went straight to the inn after doing a little investigation in town. I did my best to do what I can, which was to stay close with everyone and not get distracted. I kept my eyes front and didn¡¯t look at any of the stores. We walked together in silence and Maria stopped in her tracks the next second. Hm? Is she looking for a store? When I saw her face, I knew that wasn¡¯t so because she had a grim expression. I wasn¡¯t the only one to notice this because everyone else stopped too. She continued to stay rooted to the spot for a while. Her reaction made me very worried. I called out to her, ¡°Maria¡­ Maria! What¡¯s wrong?¡± She broke out of her trance and looked at me. ¡°Ah, Katarina-sama¡­ it¡¯s nothing¡­ I just thought that I saw¡­¡± ¡°Hm? What did you see?¡± ¡°Um¡­ it¡¯s uhm¡­:¡± I waited for her response and it took a while for her to continue. ¡°I thought I saw someone possessed¡­ by Dark Magic. But why is that person like that?¡± She muttered. ¡°I must have been mistaken,¡± sheughed it off with a shrug. Maria had said that because there had been a huge crackdown on Dark Magic after thest incident. It was odd for anyone else here to be able to use Dark Magic, except for Sora, and not even Sora himself was allowed to use it without receiving permission from the bureau. That was why it was odd that Maria had spotted someone using Dark Magic, I understand why she didn¡¯t believe it too. But Larna had a different reaction to Maria¡¯s spotting. ¡°Where did you see this person, Maria? You can just point it out.¡± ¡°Ah¡­no. I was mistaken¡ª¡± ¡°I still want to know. Please tell me.¡± Larna¡¯s voice deepened, and the situation turned serious quickly. Maria gave her reply in a stammer. ¡°The person¡­ who just walked past us. They were wearing a hood¡­ so I didn¡¯t get to see their face. They went over there.¡± ¡°How strong was it? The Dark Magic on them.¡± ¡°¡­Uhm. It looked like there was a faint misp enveloping them. It wasn¡¯t a strong presence¡­ but the fear I felt¡­ it was overwhelming¡­¡± Maria told us everything and her face was drained of blood. But Larna gave her a gentle smile in return. ¡°Thank you for telling us everything, Maria,¡± Larna thanked her and urged us to get back to the inn. I was still clueless about what was going on. But Larna looked so grim that I did not want to question her and so we all went straight to the inn without another word. ~~~ The inn we were staying in was picked by Sora, and Larna had double checked it to confirm that it was the safest option in this town. Everyone wanted to know why Larna had gotten so serious just now, but she left right after we entered the inn because she had ¡®something to do¡¯. With nothing else to do, the rest of us retreated back into our rooms. Just like usual, we were split into two groups for the rooming order, one for the girls and the other for the guys. Larna took the bear with her when she left. As for Maria and I, we sat at the table in the room again. We had always been talking about the new things we saw and all the sight-seeing we did. Our chats would gote into the night, but it was different tonight. We barely talked as we drank our tea, even the delicious looking snacks that were apparently Nore¡¯s specialty didn¡¯t look that appetising anymore, in fact I barely even touched them. Every time there was food in front of me, I would gobble up everything, but I didn¡¯t feel like doing it at all now. Maria¡¯s expression didn¡¯t look that good either because she didn¡¯t try the snacks too. I tried convincing her to try some but she would brush it off with ¡°Maybete¡­¡± ¡°Maria? Are you ok?¡± I decided to speak up after a while. Her face was still drained of colour the entire time. ¡°Yea¡­ I¡¯m fine,¡± she replied with a slight tremble in her voice, which begged to differ what she had just said. She was probably still shaken by what she had seen this afternoon. The phrase ¡°Dark Magic¡± was enough to send chills down my spine too. I felt scared when I first learnt about Dark Magic too, and this was the second time it had appeared around me. Raphael and Geord said that the existence of Dark Magic was a national secret. Someone who was well adept in Dark Magic could even crush someone¡¯s heart with ease. The very knowledge of that shook me to the core. Maria looked much worse than before, her face was extremely discoloured. Not only did she have to experience it twice, she even witnessed it twice too. Dark Magic was only visible by those who possessed affinity for Light Magic, so I had no idea what it looked like. It must look horrible because Maria looked very shaken. I really want to know what she saw. ¡°Maria, why are you so scared? Did it really look that bad?¡± I decided to ask upfront. Maria kept silent. ¡°Would you like to talk about it? You might feel better if you do.¡± ¡°You¡¯re probably right,¡± she gave me a pained smile and starting talking about her thoughts. ¡°It¡¯s hard to put it into words¡­ It felt different. It was unlike anything I have ever seen before from Dark Magic. This one was much more disgusting, weird, traumatising and scaring¡­ I can¡¯t stop thinking about it,¡± she said each word with so much terror. That must feel horrible. I couldn¡¯t bear to watch her suffer alone. My body moved instinctively towards Maria and I embraced her in a tight hug. ¡°!¡± Maria was surprised by my actions. ¡°You¡¯ll feel much better like this, right?¡± I said, trying to give my brightest smile. ¡°¡­You¡¯re right, Katarina-sama,¡± she mumbled with a blushed face. When Keith and I were children, Keith would often wake up pale from his sleep because of his nightmares. When I hugged him like this the colour would return to his face. Ever since then, I would hold his hand to sleep. We obviously stopped doing that now, but those memories were as vivid as yesterday. I was the youngest child in my family from myst life, so I always wanted a little sibling to rely on me like that. It was always my dream to be a big sister. But sadly, Keith became dexterous at everything and quite the independent child after that¡­ Dark Magic was present in this town. And it was not just any Dark Magic, it belonged to someone so strong that it made Maria this fearful. And it worried me that¡­ there was a chance that Keith was a longer distance away. While I hugged the terrified Maria who was trembling, memories of my brother wailing flooded into my head. Hey, Keith¡­ You¡¯re safe, right? You¡¯re not¡­ crying somewhere out there, right?¡± *** I, Larna Smith, along with my magical tool Alexander, am once again standing on the roof of the tallest building in this town to contact my employee, Rafael. Just that this building was home to some creepy-looking guys, they were criminals, I guess. ¡°Please lend me your roof for a while,¡± I did ask them politely. Of course they weren¡¯t going to go along with it. So I had been forced to use some magic to kindly lead theds out of the building. Now the building was nicely empty and peaceful, a perfect base for operations now. I raised up my hand to bring the transmitter higher into the night sky to call my employee again. ¡°Larna Smith here. Do you copy Rafael?¡± ¡°Yes, this is Rafael Volt, I can hear you loud and clear.¡± Now that the transmitter was connected to Rafael, I began to tell him what Maria saw earlier today. There was a chance that a Dark Magician was in this area. After my talk, Raphael reported back, ¡°We actually got some new information here too and I was just about to report it to you.¡± His tone dropped a pitch as he continued, ¡°We received some more information from Prince Jeffrey¡¯s side¡­ we have found the person whost contacted Keith es on the day of his disappearance.¡± ¡°Is that so? Well, who is it?¡± ¡°Apparently, it was Keith¡¯s biological mother.¡± ¡°His real mother? The one who used to be a prostitute, right?¡± ¡°Yes, that¡¯s right. His mother made contact with him when he was entering the downtown area. There was a witness to the entire event. His description seemed to have matched Keith¡¯s appearance, and the way he described his mother¡­ was quite unforgettable¡­¡± ¡°So Keith left with his mother?¡± ¡°No, his mother lured him into a trap where she sold him for quite a sum of money. So she had been hired by someone who wanted to kidnap Keith.¡± Rafael¡¯s voice got deeper as he continued on. I could tell he was angry at how Keith¡¯s mother had so easily sold her son away without any guilt. After all, Rafael was raised by a very loving and endearing mother, so he could have a hard time epting the fact that there was such a cruel mother like Keith¡¯s. I differed from his way of thinking. I knew such parents existed. After all, I was raised in nobility. It was amon sight for parents to treat their children like objects. ¡°Well, did we uncover who was the one who bought Keith?¡± ¡°No, his mother imed that she couldn¡¯t remember anything.¡± ¡°She didn¡¯t couldn¡¯t remember? Isn¡¯t that a tant lie?¡± ¡°Yes, I initially thought the same too. But our deeper investigation did reveal that she really had no memories of the incident. I saw that Keith¡¯s mother had the symptoms of someone who had Dark Magic casted on them. And, that must¡¯ve¡­¡± ¡°¡­I understand. My thoughts proved to be true ¡ª A Dark Magician must be behind all this¡­¡± I gave a loud sigh. ¡°It would seem so, Larna-sama,¡± he replied with some sharpness to his voice. ¡°If that¡¯s so, there is a high chance that the person Maria saw is the culprit behind Keith¡¯s disappearance. I will use Alexander to detect their whereabouts. There¡¯s a possibility that Keith is in this town.¡± ¡°Do take care. If we get any more information here, I will contact you as soon as possible.¡± ¡°I understand. I am depending on you, best-recruit Rafael.¡± I ended the transmission and summoned Alexander to do its job. With everything that has happened, it was impossible to conceal everything from Katarina and the others. If Keith¡¯s whereabouts are found, I will have to tell them everything. I don¡¯t want to get Katarina worried, but¡­ the situation is getting critical. I steeled myself and made my way to the direction Alexander was pointing to. *** It was gettingte but Larna was not back yet. I was getting worried when she came back right before the day ended. Her expression did not look good. Without any second spared, Larna called everyone to gather in our room. ¡°I need to tell everyone something,¡± she said with such a grim look I have never seen on her before. ¡°When searching for the runaway Keith¡­ we discovered that he did not run away from home.¡± ¡°!¡± I gulped on my saliva. Keith¡­ didn¡¯t run away? Then, what happened to him?¡± ¡°The whole time, the Bureau has been looking into this matter under Duke es¡¯ request. And the investigation has uncovered that Keith had disappeared because¡­ he was kidnapped.¡± ¡°Kidnapped?!¡± I roared as I shot up the chair. So Keith didn¡¯t run away¡­ but he was kidnapped?! ¡°Yes. Keith es is a victim of a kidnapping.¡± Whatever Larna said hit me point-nk. It felt like a bucket of ice-cold water had been dunked on me. Never before have I felt this shocked and horrified. Larna continued to detail the incident. Apparently, on the day he disappeared, Keith had met with his biological mother, who he hadn¡¯t seen in years. His mother had lured him somewhere and sold him to someone else. The most shocking revtion was that Keith¡¯s mother had been under the influence of Dark Magic. All her memories had been wiped, so she couldn¡¯t remember who had asked her to lure Keith into a trap and who she had given him to. I was having a hard time processing all this. I stood there unable to mutter a single word as Larna continued talking. The whole time, I believed that Keith ran away from home because I had offended him. I thought that we only needed to find him, then I would apologise to him and he woulde back home. But he had been kidnapped? Dark Magic? I struggled to understand everything. Standing next to me was Geord, he was the first to speak and he looked very grim too. ¡°So do we know who was the individual that used that Dark Magic?¡± Geord was better than me in situations like this. He quickly grasped the severity of the situation. ¡°¡­No, not yet. The culprit has been hiding from us, so haven¡¯t found a trace of them yet,¡± Larna said as she furrowed her brows. The gears in my head started to turn. So currently, we know Keith has been kidnapped, but we have yet to find the culprit behind it. ¡°Then do we know where Keith is now? Do we not know anything?¡± I asked frantically. Larna fell into silence as she started to ponder about something. Then continued on with a deeper tone, as though she was calcting. ¡°¡­No, we are not entirely clueless. There is one ce I have in mind, he might be there.¡± ¡°R-Really?! Where is it? Is he there?¡± My body tilted forward with anxiety. ¡°When everyone was here, I sent Alexander to try to detect his presence.¡± ¡°Do you remember that Maria said that she saw someone had Dark Magic on them, right? Keith¡¯s kidnapping has a Dark Magician behind it. Even if the user has tried to clean their tracks, it is inevitable for there to be some leaks every so often. I hope I¡¯m not wrong, it can¡¯t just be a coincidence that the magical tool has led us here and we have run into someone with Dark Magic on them.¡± She continued exining, ¡°Furthermore, since Maria had only seen remnants of Dark Magic when it has been used recently, I suspect that Keith is closeby so I sent out my magic tool in hopes of finding him.¡± ¡°So¡­ did you?¡± ¡°Yes, indeed. Alexander detected his presence in a specific mansion here.¡± I shot up again from my chair when I heard those words. ¡°Please tell me where the mansion is at. I¡¯ll go! I¡¯ll go now!¡± I¡¯ll save you right now, Keith! I felt Geord put his hand on my shoulder and push me down to my seat. ¡°At this time? It will be too dangerous. You need to calm down and rationalise your actions first.¡± He picked up a treat from the table and shoved it into my mouth. My mouth started chewing out of reflex. Seeing this, Geord turned towards Larna. ¡°I get what you have just said, Lady Larna. Please pardon my rude remarks, but this is the first time you have used your magical tool for situations like this, right? Do we have any more information that can back-up this im? Do we know for sure that this is the ce?¡± he was straightforward about his questions. The bear, who was sitting next to Larna, didn¡¯t look too happy about that. But Larna didn¡¯t look offended. ¡°Just like you said, this magical tool is still a prototype. There is no way topletely confirm the suspicion that Keith es is in that mansion with just this tool. But we can try to detect traces of Dark Magic within the mansion¡¯s vicinity. Our only lead right now is that Dark Magic was involved in the kidnapping, if we could detect any traces of it from the mansion, we might be able to confirm Keith¡¯s whereabouts too.¡± ¡°Traces of Dark Magic¡­ Do you mean Maria has too appraise the mansion?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right. But Maria won¡¯t be alone, we will let Sora appraise it too. We might uncover more information with both of their evaluations.¡± ¡°¡­Lady Larna, were you perhaps aware of this the whole time? Was this why you had them apany us?¡± ¡°Ha. You¡¯re overestimating me, Prince Geord. I just invited them along for additional precautions.¡± Crunch crunch crunch. Larna and Geord had been conversing in some deep euphemisms that I couldn¡¯t understand when I finally swallowed down the snack Geord gave me. I was listening the entire time though! Maria and Sora would scout around the mansion we had our eyes on, and then we would know how to set our future ns. ¡°Well then, we¡¯ll go right now,¡± I stood up but Larna stopped me in my tracks. ¡°We should wait till sunrise. The mansion is quite a distance away from Nore. It¡¯s too far out.¡± Larna persuaded me to wait, and we went back to our rooms to recover our energy for the mission. I honestly didn¡¯t believe I¡¯d be able to fall asleep, even though I knew I needed to. How could I fall asleep when Keith had been kidnapped¡­ and it might have been by a Dark Magician. I didn¡¯t know his condition right now. I couldn¡¯t stop thinking about Keith. I struggled to fall asleep as I curled up under the sheets. This was the first time I was experiencing this; even when I was abducted, I had no trouble falling asleep. After a while, the exhaustion from the day¡¯s trip peaked in me, and I started feeling drowsy¡­ And then, I started dreaming. A little boy was crying alone as he hugged his knees. He looked just like little Keith with his fair hair. He was crying with so much despair that my heart ached for him I exerted all my strength, my everything, to help him. But he couldn¡¯t hear me. I reached out to embrace him, but my hand just went through him. I couldn¡¯t do anything for him. I could only watch on in silence as the boy wept to himself. The sun had risen. My eyes slowly flipped open and I felt that my cheeks were damp. It must have been because of that nightmare. If this was a normal dream, it would vanish from my head immediately¡­ But not this time, I was going to engrave it deep into my mind, I was not going to forget it.The boy in my dreams was Keith¡­ my heart, it hurts. Volume 4: 3: Full Charge Towards the Enemy (Part 1)

Volume 4: Chapter 3: Full Charge Towards the Enemy (Part 1)

Dawn soon broke through the skies. Our breakfasts would usually be filled withughter and lively chatter, but it was different today. The atmosphere was so thick you could cut it with a knife, and everyone just ate in silence. After we readied our preparations, we departed for the location the bear had pointed out on the map. It was the ce from yesterday that we suspected Keith was held captive at. The ce was in the town of Nore, but it was quite some distance from the inn. We rode our carriage to the halfway mark and decided to travel the rest of the way by foot. This was an obvious decision, because if we arrived there on a carriage, we would definitely be noticed by the enemies. In fact, the carriage we were using now was different from yesterday¡¯s, it was much more run down and wobbly. Maybe this idea is to fool our enemies. But Iter learned that there was another reason for this. ¡°This¡­ this is devastating¡­¡± I muttered in shock. That was the only thing that came to mind when I saw what we passed by outside the carriage¡¯s window. Larna turned to me and exined. ¡°Crime and instability ravages this town. Towns like these should have long been patched up. Just that there have been difficulties doing so because it is near another foreign nation. The neighbouring kingdom¡¯s influence runs quite deep here. The capital had tried their best, but the folks here strongly reject the developments.¡± I continued looking out the window, there were people wearing worn and dirty clothes sleeping by the road, and they were surrounded by so much rubbish. Their living conditions were so terrible, and my heart hurt when I saw how emaciated they were. ¡°The carriage we had been using would have attracted too much attention. Stop looking outside, Katarina. If they make eye contact with you they will chase you relentlessly.¡± I followed Larna¡¯s instructions and looked away from the window. Reality was sinking in fast now ¡ª this ce was dangerous. We had to stop at a certain point because even the run-down carriage would attract too much attention. I wore a cloak that Larna gave me before we descended the carriage. The cloak had to be dirty and worn-out so that we could blend in. Afterall, the clothes we usually wore looked too out of ce. Now that we were in our hooded cloak, all of us hurried towards our destination with Larna in the lead. Since I was warned to not make eye contact with the people on the streets and not to look back, I could only look forward with a distant gaze in my eyes. The air felt stifling. ¡°There¡¯s the ce,¡± We had been walking for ten minutes when Larna spoke. I raised my head and saw a grandiose mansion in the distance. It lookedpletely out of ce in its horrible adjacent environment. ¡°¡­This is it?¡± The mansion looked muchrger as we got closer, it was so enormous that it was impossible to see its entirety. It really stood out like a sore thumb. It was way too fancy and eerily quiet. ¡°Why is there such a mansion here?¡± I muttered, confused by the disparity in scenery I was seeing. ¡°This mansion belongs to the chief of this town, I guess. I highly doubt the person living here would be anyone decent. Anyways, look, there¡¯s a lot of guards.¡± I turned to look at where Larna was pointing at. And just like she said, there were many tall and muscr men standing around the vicinity and they were very vignt. There were more of them closer to the mansion. It wasn¡¯t weird to see that a grandiose ce had lots of security in such awless town, but this seemed excessive, the whole ce was littered with guards. It was nearly impossible for us to get closer. ¡°I need a rest night and found out that infiltrating unnoticed is impossible,¡± Larna turned around to address everyone before speaking again to Maria and Sora ¡°If you two cannot sense any traces from here, I can cause a distraction so that both of you can get closer. How¡¯s that sound?¡± Maria shook her head. ¡°No, it¡¯s fine. We can make do with this.¡± ¡°How¡¯s it? Do you see anything? Do you need us¡­¡± ¡°There it is, the presence¡­ it looks very simr to yesterday¡¯s.¡± Maria¡¯s words made us freeze. After that, Larna spoke to Sora, ¡°Sora, do you see it too?¡± ¡°Ah¡­ I can¡¯t see it as well as Maria-sama, but indeed, I can feel something there.¡± Sora was a user of Dark Magic, so he had the ability to sense it just like Maria. With his confirmation, we now know that this was the ce. ¡°That must mean Keith is in there! We must save him now!¡± I jumped up and was about to run to the mansion but was quickly restrained by Geord. ¡°It¡¯s dangerous to run straight into such a heavily-guarded ce without a n, Katarina. Please try to collect yourself first,¡± he berated me with a twinge of rage. He¡¯s right¡­ I should calm down. ¡°¡­Yea¡­sorry about that¡­¡± George was satisfied with my response and nodded his head. ¡°That¡¯s good then.¡± George really felt like my guardian now. ¡°But I do acknowledge the fact that Keith is most likely held captive here. What is our n now, Lady Larna? Do we charge in?¡± Larna stroked her chin in deliberation. ¡°E-erm¡­¡± Maria stuttered. ¡°What¡¯s wrong, Maria? You look unwell. Would you like to go back to the inn?¡± I agreed with what Maria said, Maria was looking pale, much worse than what she was like yesterday. But Maria shook her head furiously. ¡°No¡­I¡¯m fine. It¡¯s just that, I don¡¯t want any of you to enter that mansion¡­¡± ¡°What do you mean?¡± ¡°The aura I can see¡­ the dark aura around the mansion¡­ it¡¯s very strange. It¡¯s just like what I saw yesterday, it¡¯s horrible. I have never seen anything this bad before. And the aura that covers every inch of this mansion is so thick that it looks pitch ck¡­¡± Maria turned to look at the mansion again, her whole body trembling with fear. She hugged herself tight to stop the trembling. Maria¡¯s words sent a shiver down my spine, and Sora added in to what she had said. ¡°I have to agree with Lady Maria. The mansion feels off. I cannot see what Lady Maria does¡­ but I don¡¯t feel good about it too. This ce is awfully dangerous.¡± Sora¡¯s words sent us into silence. A mansion with Dark Magic¡­ the very thought of that made my blood run cold. Seeing how pale Maria was and Sora¡¯s grim expression told me that we needed to be extremely cautious. ¡°¡­Then we cannot do anything. This ce is extremely dangerous and I can¡¯t think of any good strategies to infiltrate in. Maybe it¡¯s best that we distance ourselves from this ce and contact the Bureau.¡± Our group nodded at Larna¡¯s suggestion and moved away from the mansion. Larna said that she would contact the Bureau but she first brought us to the entrance of arge building. While waiting for her return, no one spoke a word. Geordter broke the silence. ¡°Lady Maria¡­ I apologise for my rudeness, but could I ask you for further details. What was the difference between the aura around the mansion and everything you have seen before¡­¡± ¡°Uhm¡­ It¡¯s hard to put it into words¡­ But¡­ If I were to describe it in simpler terms¡­ It was such a thick and overwhelming ck mass.¡± ¡°A thick ck mass?¡± ¡°That¡¯s right¡­ All of the Dark Magic I havee across just looked like an opaque ck haze¡­ or sort of a mist. The most concentrated aura I have seen was from the tiny room Raphael was in during the school festival. The aura there was dark and thick too, it felt horrible too, but this ce is¡­¡± ¡°Worse, if I¡¯m not wrong? ¡°Yea¡­ the ck aura beats everything I have seen by multitudes¡­ This is out of the world. It¡¯s the worst.¡± Sora added in his input too, ¡°I felt the same way too. My instincts were telling me to stay as far away as possible - that it was absolutely dangerous.¡± ¡°I see,¡± I said after listening to their conversation. An amount of Dark Magic much more terrifying that anything they had seen before. And a ce that was too heavily guarded to get close¡­ Shortly after that, Larna walked back out from the building. ¡°Indeed, it is a very dangerous ce. I have contacted the Bureau for reinforcements,¡± Larna said. I knew this was going to happen because of how dangerous the ce was. But she suddenly added in ¡°Then we should return to the inn and wait for the reinforcements.¡± ¡°Um, Lady Larna,¡± I interjected. ¡°When is the earliest time we can return to the mansion?¡± Larna gave me a very troubled look when I asked that. ¡°Tomorrow, or maybeter. We can only move when the reinforcements get here.¡± ¡°¡­Tomorrow¡­ or possiblyter.¡± But the mansion has so much Dark Magic. I know it would be dangerous for us to handle it ourselves. But¡­ if Keith was really in there¡­ I suddenly recalled the dream I had. The young boy in it really resembled Keith. And he was crying so sorrowfully. In the time we waited, something bad could happen to Keith. There was a possibility he was crying just like he did when he was a kid. ¡°Erm, Lady Larna¡­¡± ¡°What¡¯s wrong, Katarina?¡± I firmed my gaze and looked into Larna¡¯s eyes as she turned towards me. ¡°I can¡¯t wait¡­¡± ¡°What¡­ no¡­¡± Larna was shocked by what I said. ¡°I know that it is really dangerous. But¡­ if Keith is really in there¡­ he could be in danger right now! He might not be alive by tomorrow morning!¡± ¡°¡­¡± ¡°Knowing that Keith could lose his life at any moment¡­ There¡¯s no way I can just sit here and wait. I will even charge in alone if need be. I beg of you, let me go back.¡± I spoke with all the conviction I could summon, phrasing my words the most convincing way I knew. Larna looked very troubled by what I said, while Maria and Sora were shocked. But they likely had this reaction because they knew I couldn¡¯t do much. So what, my beloved brother is in danger! He could be in pain right now! It¡¯s absolutely impossible for me to y a sitting duck. I nibbled on my lip, anxiously waiting for her response. Suddenly, someone next to me said, ¡°Lady Larna, would you please consider it?.¡± ¡°Huh¡­? Geord-sama?¡± My eyes went wide in surprise as I flipped my head towards him. I had thought he was strongly against any situation that would endanger me? I never expected him to support my proposal. My jaw dropped open and I just stared at Geord with a shocked expression. Geord just gave me an awkward smile before turning back to Larna. ¡°Of course Katarina won¡¯t be alone. I¡¯ll be there too. Please approve of this, Lady Larna.¡± ¡°¡­Are you absolutely sure about this, Prince Geord?¡± Geord showed his resolution by hardening his gaze and nodding. ¡°Yes.¡± He replied before looking back at me, ¡°you already know once Katarina has set her mind on something, she¡¯s unstoppable. Even if you shot her request down, there¡¯s no doubt that she would try to charge in herself.¡± Gaord was absolutely right, but what he said didn¡¯t make me entirely happy. ¡°Ugh¡­¡± Nevertheless, he was right about me. That was my n anyways. If Larna refused, I was going to sneak off by myself. Geord gave me a stiff smile. ¡°I am very familiar with your way of thinking, Katarina.¡± ¡°Hmm¡­¡± Larna was silent as she went into deep deliberation. She gave her reply after a while, ¡°It might be better to adopt a rescue n as soon as possible, given that the ce is so dangerous¡­ but there¡¯s no way I would leave you two alone.¡± She gave an expression that seemed like she was at a loss in this matter. ¡°Ok. Seeing how you are both so resolved, I guess we should break in together.¡± ¡°Thank you so much, Lady Larna!¡± I shouted with glee. ¡°But not right now. After all, that ce won¡¯t take well to any visitors right now. We will have to scout the area and note any easy points of entry.¡± Larna addressed the other youth who had been silently watching on. ¡°Sora, can I entrust this to you?¡± Sora gave a smug little grin. ¡°Oh, sure you can. Since we have resolved ourselves on this, I will do my very best.¡± After that, Sora left us to scout the mansion and its surroundings. I was worried about his safety, but he assured me that he could do a better job alone. ¡°This is my area of field, you can trust me,¡± he sneaked in a little cheeky and haughty smile before leaving. From all the stories he told me, I felt that Sora¡¯s life closely resembled that of the protagonist of a spy movie. I guess it was fine to leave it up to him. He¡¯s such an amazing guy to have around huh¡­ After Sora had left, the rest of us retreated somewhere else safe while we waited for him to return. ¡°U-Um. Prince Geord?¡± ¡°Yes, Katarina?¡± I bowed down to him. ¡°Thank you so much for everything just now. Thank you for standing up for me.¡± ¡°Haha, I know you too well, Katarina. When you have that face, nothing can stop you,¡± Geord gave a gentle smile. ¡°¡­ ¡®That face¡¯?¡± What does he mean? ¡°Your face when you put your heart into something.¡± ¡°¡­Wha¡­¡± I was confused at what he said. Did my expression reveal all my thoughts? Geord saw how confused I was and smiled in response. ¡°To be honest Katarina¡­ I already knew you were going to say that, that you were going to charge in no matter what to save Keith. That is because you are just that sort of person.¡± ¡°?¡± ¡°Whenever someone is in trouble, or when they need help¡­ you will do everything to save them, even if you do not have the resources to do it well.¡± Is he trying to say I¡¯m too headstrong? That I¡¯ve been getting off too easily? I cringed in fright because I was expecting a scolding. ¡°Ah, I¡¯m not angry, Katarina,¡± he said, still smiling. ¡°Frankly, I like that part of you. Rather, if it was not Keith, but me who was kidnapped, would you still do the same and charge in to save me?¡± I waspletely perplexed with what he was intending to say, nevertheless I still knew how to respond to his odd question. ¡°Absolutely. No exceptions.¡± I gave him a firm nod. Geord smiled, so I supposed he was satisfied with what I said. ¡°Ah, Katarina, that¡¯s why I like you,¡± he blurted out as he gave me a pat on the head. His actions made me blush and my heartbeat started to speed up. ¡°Haha¡­ You better ready yourself, Katarine. After all of this¡­¡± He didn¡¯t say anything more and just smiled with an indescribable expression. ****************** ¡°So they are here¡­ just like I thought.¡± ¡°Did you say something, Sara?¡± I asked and looked towards Sarah. She had been looking out the window and said something inaudible. She responded with a soft smile, ¡°Oh, I didn¡¯t say anything.¡± ¡°I see.¡± My name is Thomas Coleman. I have known this person called Sarah for a month. I was initially quite suspicious of her, but it was different now, she¡¯s the only one who understands me. She is the only one I can trust. I used to be the heir to the Viscount Coleman family. I was supposed to be the next viscount. I was special, I was the heir to the family, and I should have been treated as someone that special. But my younger brother stole everything and I was kicked out of the house. Those despicable people. I wasn¡¯t at fault here. My grades in school were bad because of the ipetent teachers. The servants all left because they realised they were ipetent too. It¡¯s not my fault that everyone was bad at everything they did. I can still remember the look on my father¡¯s face as he berated me with, ¡°What have you done?¡± He dared to look down on me! Me! It was absolutely disgusting for a man like him to look down at me. That disgusting yboy. After that my younger brother appeared next to him. He was supposed to be myckey, but he dared to look down on me too and say ¡°Why won¡¯t you ever think about the consequences of your own actions?¡± This was the worst. My luck had turned for the worst. I just had to have such a father and brother. It was because of these morons that I lost everything. I was just born unlucky and I had to live with it. I only pped a couple of those useless servants, andter I was chased out of the house. I had lost everything. They barely gave me any money, so it didn¡¯t take that long for me to end up penniless. In the end I was left with nothing but a pathetic house and my own pitiful self. That one day I had entered the town district to get some alcohol¡­ I ran into him. That was the first time I had seen him since I got kicked out of the main house. There were rumours circting that he was adopted by a duke and living the life with nobles from the upper echelons. Seeing him made me see red. How dare he walk around here like he owns the ce? He¡¯s just a bastard child of a whore. I was never able to return to the noble¡¯s life, seeing him again had resurfaced deeply buried memories. Since I was sent down the drain with nothing, I never would have believed I would see him again, Keith es, my younger brother. We were born from different mothers. His mother was just a mere b*tch. Looking at him disgusted me. It infuriated me how he was unaware of his lowly status. He dared to use magic on me. He had summoned and crushed me under huge rocks. His attack had injured me so badly that I broke some bones. That incident had traumatised me so much that I would wake from nightmares. I was scared of him, and I despised him too. He¡¯s the worst. Disgusting scum. Why did someone like him get to wear such fancy clothes? He even has a woman next to him? Why does he get to be all that happy? I only get to wear these shabby clothes and be forced to eat scraps¡­ but he gets to relish in the duke¡¯s money, live without a care about his money and get all the women he wants? I¡¯ll never forgive him So what if he could use some magic? He got to enter the duke¡¯s family with just that. Keith is useless¡­he will never amount to anything more than a bastard. But why him?! Why is he the only one¡­? I¡¯ll never forgive him. Scum. Unforgivable. He needs to experience my pain. No¡­ he deserves worse. He needs the worst. Someone like should¡­ should just live as a ve for the rest of his life. These thoughts entrenched deeper into my mind as I continued looking at him. My hatred for him overtook my entire being. I wanted to do something but I didn¡¯t have the power or money to do so. My weak self vexed me. And the days went on¡­ And that one fine day, she appeared before me. ¡°Amazing, your heart is filled with so much darkness¡­ Would you mind telling me more about yourself?¡± ¡°?¡± When I was walking through the town district, a woman with ck hair called out to me. I was confused with what she was talking about and quite bbergasted. And then I remembered her¡­ I had seen her before, she was the one who served at the store I bought my alcohol from. I told her everything about me. I told her about those useless tutors that couldn¡¯t bring out the best in me, my useless leecher of a father, how that moronic brother of mine caused me to lose my home and that he was born from a whorish mother¡­ ¡°Why? Why does that creature from a disgusting upbringing get to live the life? Why is he so popr amongst everyone? But I am the unlucky one who doesn¡¯t get anything? I¡¯ll never let him get away with this.¡± Only this woman, Sarah, didn¡¯t look at me with pity when I said my misfortunes. ¡°You¡¯re right, you have really been very unlucky,¡± she agreed with me. This was the first time my voice was heard. Everyone else was just stupid. They were all useless scum and idiots. Only Sarah was special. She was the only one who understood me. I spent the whole day talking to Sarah about my life. I spat out my curses, ¡°I want Keith to meet his demise, I want him to suffer like me. He¡¯s nothing more than a useless and powerless scum¡­ a mere maggot.¡± ¡°Yes¡­ Only with that will you feel better¡­¡± Sarah gave me a gentle smile. She looked around my age, but her smile was very childlike. She looked kind of¡­ cute. After that, I gave Sarah my everything, body and soul. But Sarah didn¡¯t talk much about herself. I knew nothing about her other than her name, and that she had lots of money and quite some connections. I left behind that sh*tty house that my family gave me (as if that would help me after getting kicked out) for a gigantic mansion in a town I never knew existed. This ce had all the furniture and decorations one would ever need, along with fanciful clothes. ¡°Don¡¯t you think everything here was meant for the real you?¡± she praised. The servants here were the best too. They were on apletely different scale than the ones from my family¡¯s mansion. They werepetent and listened to my orders. Atst¡­ I got everything back, and it was all thanks to Sarah. Sarah even went beyond that and did everything I wished for. ¡°Thomas, I caught Keith es. He is all yours, you can do whatever you want.¡± Sarah had brought me to a room where Keith was¡­ His arms and legs were strapped to the bed. He looked horrible and in a mess. He no longer looked like the person he was back then. That¡¯s right. You deserve this, scum. Trying to act tough, huh? So what if you¡¯re the heir to a duke? This suits you better. It took some time for him to wake up, and Sarah was the one to inform me of this. I returned to the room and just like I was told, Keith was awake. I walked up to him ¡°Haven¡¯t seen me for a while, huh?¡± His eyes darted to me when I said this. And I remembered getting annoyed by him. How dare he look at me that way, does he not know his position? He remained nonchnt towards me and he had that same look. When we still lived together, he always talked back whenever I yelled at him. But now, he just stared at me in silence. I felt my face flush with rage. How dare he! Just because he¡¯s a duke¡¯s heir! Who does he think he is?! ¡°Yeah, stay that way then. You don¡¯t want to speak to some lowly noble, is that right?!¡± My words came flooding out, and he reacted to it. ¡°¡­Thomas?¡± He called me out. Although he was my half-brother¡­ he was still the son of a prostitute. He was brought into the house to protect our family¡¯s name. Of course he had to call us with the proper titles and what not. After all, we were his masters. Even though he was supposed to do that¡­ this guy forgot everything because we hadn¡¯t met for a while. It felt like he was looking down on me. That I was below him. Something inside me snapped. I smacked the man on the bed with my first. ¡°H-how dare¡­ a guy like you¡­ address me just by my name! A GUY LIKE YOU!¡± How dare you?! You dare to look down on me? You belong underneath me¡­ just a maggot. Just you¡¯re¡­ looking down at me from above. How did I fall this far? Why am I always the unlucky one? My fists kept mming down. Hitting him again and again. He couldn¡¯t move his limbs because Sarah somehow sealed his magic. He was absolutely helpless. Even so¡­ even after I hurt him this much, Keith never made a sound. He never begged for mercy or forgiveness. Silence was all I got. His gaze held so much strength¡­ quiet and unmoving like him. It felt like he wasn¡¯t looking at me. Like I didn¡¯t matter to him, and that made me angrier. My fists went down again, after again and again. I couldn¡¯t control myself. But I stopped when my hands started hurting. Just like always, Keith remained expressionless. I hated that part of him. I didn¡¯t feel better when I smacked him with my fists. I could only feel my pathetic-ness. Thinking about sending him into very in another ce didn¡¯tfort me either. Nothing made me feel better. Thinking about it¡­ I wasn¡¯t feeling too good recently. I didn¡¯t know why, but I struggled to wake everyday, and I was sleeping more. Sarah cared for me the most. She rubbed my shoulders, even though it wasn¡¯t any helpful. Rather, I was feeling worse. Something felt off. It felt like I was losing something. Something that mattered to me. Regardless so¡­ whenever I was in the mood to do so, I would find Keith. I wanted to see him in pain, hear him beg for mercy and moan in agony¡­ but he didn¡¯t do that. He was quiet the entire time. I punched him or derogated him with all I could, but his blue eyes always looked lively. Being around him made me feel more pathetic than I already was. ¡°I don¡¯t care for his demise anymore or if he bes a ve. He¡¯s useless to me now. A guy like him¡­can just drop dead and break for all I care.¡± I said. Hearing that, Sarah asked me, ¡°If that¡¯s so, can I do whatever I want with him?¡± She was smiling like always. Sarah shot me her usual smile. ¡°Yeah, do whatever you want,¡± I responded Sarah skipped out of the room. But my head started to throb. It felt like¡­ I was losing something¡­ The Novel will be updated first on this website. Come back and continue reading tomorrow, everyone!